MATHEMATICS

(w.e.f 2018-19)
First Year
Intermediate Vocational
Bridge Course

Paper - I : Mathematics

STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION, A.P.

BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION, A.P.

Smt. B.Udaya Lakshmi, I.A.S
Commissioner & Secretary
Intermediate Education
Guntur
SIVE Coordinating Committee

Sri P. Yerraiah,
M.Sc., B.Ed.
Professor
State Institute of Vocational Education
Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Guntur

Sri P. Muralidhar,
M.Sc., M.Phil..
Joint Secretary (Vocational)
Board of Intermediate Education, Guntur

Sri P. Seshu Narayana,

M.Sc., B.Ed.
Reader
State Institute of Vocational Education
Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Guntur

Sri Dr. G. V. S. R. Murthy,

M.Sc., Ph.D.
Lecturer
State Institute of Vocational Education
Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Guntur
Text Book Development Committee

Paper -1 Mathematics

AUTHOR’S

Sri. Dr. Kommalapati Moses,

M. Sc., M. Ed., Ph. D
Lecturer in Mathematics,
Andhra Christian College
Guntur, Andhra paradesh

Sri. Gudimella V R K Sagar,

M. Sc., M. Phil
Lecturer in Mathematics
Government Polytechnic
Ponnur – 522 124
Guntur (Dt.), Andhra Pradesh

EDITOR
Sri. Dr. Bavanari Satyanarayana
M. Sc., Ph. D
Assistant Professor in Mathematics
Department of Mathematics
Acharya Nagarjuna University
Nagarjuna Nagar – 522 510
Andhra Pradesh
 CONTENTS
UNIT - I
ALGEBRA

01. FUNCTIONS 01 - 21
1.1 Types of functions – Definitions and Theorems (Without Proofs) 1
1.2 Inverse functions and Theorems (without proofs) 5
1.3 Domain, Range, Inverse of real valued functions. 10

02. MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION 22 - 32

2.1 Principles of Mathematical Induction and Theorems (without proofs) 22
2.2 Applications of Mathematical Induction (Simple problems) 23

03. MATRICES 33 - 80
3.1 Types of Matrices – Definitions. 33
3.2 Scalar multiple of a matrix and multiplication of matrices 37
3.3 Transpose of a matrix 40
3.4 Determinants – Properties of determinants (Simple problems) 48
3.5 Adjoint and Inverse of a matrix- Theorems without proof 63
3.6 Solving simultaneous linear equations – Cramer’s rule and
Matrix Inversion method. 68

UNIT – II
VECTOR ALGEBRA

04. ADDITION OF VECTORS 81 - 107

4.1 Vectors as a triad of real numbers – some basic concepts. 81
4.2 Classification (types) of Vectors. 83
4.3 Addition of vectors 85
4.4 Scalar multiplication of a vector 86
4.5 Angle between two non- zero vectors 87
4.6 Vector equations of line and plane. 95

05. PRODUCT OF VECTORS 108 - 152

5.1 Scalar Product of two vectors – Definition and simple problems 108
5.2 Properties of Scalar product 112
5.3 Expression for Scalar (dot) product, Angle between two vectors 114
5.4 Vector product (cross product) of two vectors and properties 115
5.5 Vector product in ( i , j , k ) system. 118
5.6 Vector Areas 121
5.7 Scalar Triple Product - Vector triple product Definitions and
simple problems 125

i
UNIT – III
TRIGONOMETRY

05. TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS UPTO TRANSFORMATIONS 153 - 221

6.1 Trigonometric Ratios – Variation – Simple problems 153
6.2 Trigonometric Ratios of compound angles – Simple problems 167
6.3 Trigonometric Ratios of multiple and sub multiple angles –
Simple problems 183
6.4 Sum and product – Transformations – Simple Problems – Problems
on identities. 198

06. TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS 222 - 237

7.1 General solutions of trigonometric equations – Simple problems.
(without simple trigonometric equations) 222

07. HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS 238 - 253

8.1 Definitions of hyperbolic functions – Simple problems. 238
8.2 Definitions of Inverse hyperbolic functions. 241

UNIT – IV
CALCULUS

08. LIMITS AND CONTINUITY 254 - 276

9.1 Definition of the limits – Standard Formulae (without proofs) –
Simple problems. 254
9.2 Definition of Continuity and simple problems. 268

09. DIFFERENTIAON 277 - 312

10.1 Derivative of function – Elementary Properties – Simple problems. 277
10.2 Trigonometric and Inverse Trigonometric functions – Derivatives –
Simple problems. 290

10. APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES 313 - 339

11.1 Errors and approximations 313
11.2 Equations of Tangents and Normals 318
11.3 Lengths of Tangent, Normal, Sub tangent and sub normal-
Simple problems. 319
11.4 Angle between two curves – condition of orthogonality 324
11.5 Derivative as rate of change. 327

UNIT – V
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY (2-D & 3-D)

11. LOCUS 340 - 344

12.1 Definition of Locus – Problems. 340

ii
12. TRANSFORMATION OF AXES 345 - 349
13.1 Translation of axes – Rules and simple problems 345
13.2 Rotation of axes – Rules and simple problems. 346

13. THE STRAIGHT LINE 350 - 390

13.1 Equation of Straight line – various forms – Illustrations -
Simple problems 350
14.2 Intersection of two straight lines 357
14.3 Family of straight lines - Concurrent lines 360
14.4 Condition for Concurrent lines 363
14.5 Angle between two lines 367
14.6 Length of the perpendicular from a point to a line 370
14.7 Distance between two parallel lines 370
14.8 Concurrent lines - Theorems related to a triangle (without proof) –
Simple problems. 376

14. PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES 391 - 415

14.1 Introduction - Equations of a pair of lines passing through origin,
angle between a pair of Lines. 391
15.2 Condition for perpendicular and coincident lines, bisector of angles. 395
15.3 Pair of bisectors of angles (Theorems without proofs) – Problems. 398
15.4 Pair of lines – second degree general equation (Theorems without
proofs) – Problems. 404
15.5 Conditions for parallel lines – Distance between them, Point of
intersection of pair of lines. 405

15. THREE DIMENSIONAL CO-ORDINATES 416 - 433

16.1 Co-ordinates – simple problems. 416
16.2 Section formula – Centroid of triangle – Centroid of tetrahedron. 423
16.3 Simple problems related to centroid. 429

16. DIRECTION CONSINES AND DIRECTION RATIOS 434 - 444

17.1 Definition of Direction Cosines – Simple Problems. 434
17.2 Definition of Direction ratios – Simple Problems. 439

REFERENCES 445

iii
 1. FUNCTIONS
Introduction:
All scientists use Mathematics essentially to study relationships. Physicists,
Chemists, Engineers, Biologists and Social scientists, all seek to discern connection
among the various elements of their chosen fields and so to arrive at a clear understanding
of why these elements behave the way they do. A function is a special case of a relation.
The famous mathematician Lejeune Dirichlet (1805-1859) defined a function
as follows. A variable is a symbol which represents any one of a set of numbers; if two
variables

x and y are so related that whenever a value is assigned to x there is automatically

assigned, by some rule or correspondence, a value to y , then we say y is a (single
valued) function of x that permissible values that x may assume constitute the domain of
definition of the function and the values taken on by y constitute the range of values of
the function.
In this chapter we focus our attention on a special types of functions that play
an important role in Mathematics and its many applications. Here we study its basic
properties and then discuss several special types of functions.

1.1 Types of Functions-Definitions:

1.1.1 Definition (Function):
Let A and B be non-empty sets and f be a relation from A to B. If for
each element a ∈ A, there exists a unique b ∈ B such that ( a , b ) ∈ f , then f is
called a function (or mapping) from (or A into B ) A to B. It is denoted by
f : A → B. The set A is called the domain of f and B is called the co-domain
of f .
For example if f : A → B is a function defined as f ( x ) = x + 1 and
A = {1, 2, 3} , then f ( A) = {2,3, 4} .
1.1.2 Note:
A relation f from A to B (i.e f ⊆ A × B ) is a function from A to B if for
each element a ∈ A, there exists exactly one b ∈ B such that ( a, b) ∈ f and this b
will be denoted by f ( a ). In other words for each element a ∈ A, there exists a
unique f ( a ) ∈ B such that ( a, f ( a )) ∈ f .
1.1.3 Definition (Image, Pre-Image):
If f : A → B is a function and if f ( a ) = b, then b is called the image of a
under f or the f − image of a. The element a is called the pre-image or inverse
image of b under f and it is denoted by f −1 (b)
1.1.4 Examples:
1. Example: The relation f = {( x, x 2 + 1) / x ∈ R} is a function from R to R + ,
since every x ∈ R has association with unique element x 2 + 1 in R + . The function

1
 f : R → R + is given by f ( x) = x 2 + 1.
 1 
2. Example: The relation f = ( x, ) / x ∈ R  is not a function from R to R,
 x 
1
since there is no b ∈ R such that (0, b) ∈ f But f ( x) = is a function from
x
R − {0} → R since every x ∈ R − {0} has association with unique element in R

1.1.5 Definition (range):

If f : A → B is a function, then f ( A), the set of all f − images of elements
in A is called the range of f . Clearly f ( A) = { f ( a ) / a ∈ A} ⊆ B.
Also f ( A) = {b ∈ B / b = f ( a ) for some a ∈ A} . f
1.1.6 Examples: A B

1. Example: Let f : N → N be defined by f ( n) = 2n. 1 a

2 b
c
The range of f = f ( N ) = {2 n / n ∈ N } 3
d
4
Which is the set of all even natural numbers. e

2. Example: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x) = x 2 .

The range of f = f ( R ) = { x 2 / x ∈ R} = [ 0, ∞) ∵ x 2 ≥ 0 for all x ∈ R 

1.1.7 Definition (Injection or one-one function):

A function f : A → B is called an injection or a one-one function if distinct
elements of A have distinct f − images in B.
i.e f : A → B is called an injection
⇔ a1 , a2 ∈ A and a1 ≠ a2 implies that f ( a1 ) ≠ f ( a2 )
⇔ a1 , a2 ∈ A and f ( a1 ) = f ( a 2 ) implies that a1 = a2
1.1.8 Examples:

1. Example: Let A = {a , b, c, d } and B = {1, 2, 3, 4,5} .

If f = {( a , 3), (b, 5), (c ,1), ( d , 4)} then f is a function from A into B and
for different elements in A, there are different f − images in B. Hence f is an
injection.

2. Example: Let A = {a , b, c} and B = {1, 2, 3, 4} .

If g = {( a , 2), (b, 2), (c ,3)} then g is a function from A into B, but

g ( a ) = g (b). Hence g is not an injection.

3. Example: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x) = 2 x + 1.

Then f is an injection since for any a1 , a2 ∈ R and f ( a1 ) = f ( a 2 )

2
 ⇒ 2 a1 + 1 = 2 a2 + 1 ⇒ a1 = a2 .

4. Example: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x) = x 2 .

Then f is not an injection because f ( −1) = 1 = f (1).

5. Example: Let A = {a, b, c, d } and B = {1, 2, 3} .

We can’t define an injection from A into B because at least two different

elements in A have the same f − images in B.

1.1.9 Definition (Surjection or onto function):

A function f : A → B is called a surjection or an onto function if the range
of f is equal to the co-domain of f
i.e f : A → B is called a surjection ⇔ range f = f ( A) = B (co − domain)
⇔ B = { f ( a ) / a ∈ A}
⇔ for every b ∈ B there exists atleast one
a ∈ A such that f ( a ) = b.

1.1.10 Examples:

1. Example: Let A = {a, b, c, d } and B = {1, 2, 3} .

If f = {( a ,1), (b, 2), (c,1), ( d , 3)} then f is a function from A into B

and range f = f ( A) = {1, 2, 3} = B (co − domain ) Hence f is a surjection. Note
that f is not an injection

2. Example: Let A = {a , b, c, d } and B = {1, 2, 3} .

If g = {( a ,1), (b,1), (c, 2), ( d , 2)} then g is a function from A into B

and range g = g ( A) = {1, 2} ≠ B (co − domain ) Hence g is not a surjection. Note
that g is not an injection

3. Example: Let A = {−3, − 2, −1,1, 2, 3} and B = {1, 4, 9} . Let f : A → B be

defined by f ( x ) = x 2∀x ∈ A

range f = f ( A) = { f ( −3), f ( −2), f ( −1), f (1), f (2), f (3)}

= {1, 4, 9} = B (co − domain )

Hence f is a surjection. Note that f is not an injection

4. Example: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x) = 2 x + 1.

Then f is a surjection since for any y ∈ R ( co − domain ) there exists

3
 y −1 y −1
x= ∈ R ( domain) such that f ( x ) = 2 x + 1 = 2( ) +1 = y
2 2

i.e every element in the co-domain has a pre-image in the domain. Note

that f is an injection too.

1.1.11 Definition (Bijection):

If a function f : A → B is both an injection and a surjection then f is said to
be a bijection or one-to-one from A onto B.
i.e f : A → B is a bijection ⇔ f : A → B is both an injection and a surjection
⇔ a1 , a2 ∈ A and f ( a1 ) = f ( a2 ) implies that a1 = a2
⇔ for every b ∈ B there exists atleast one a ∈ A
such that f ( a ) = b.
1.1.12 Examples:

1. Example: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x ) = 2 x + 1, then from examples

3(1.1.8) and 4(1.1.10), f is a bijection.

2. Example: Let f : N → N be defined by f ( x ) = 2 x + 1.

Then f is an injection since for any a1 , a2 ∈ N and f ( a1 ) = f ( a2 )

⇒ 2 a1 + 1 = 2 a2 + 1 ⇒ a1 = a2 .

range f = f ( N ) = { f (1), f (2), f (3),...} = {3, 4, 5,...} ≠ N (co − domain)

Hence f is not a surjection. Observe that the natural numbers 1,2 in the

co-domain N of f has no pre- image in the domain N .

1.1.13 Definition (Equality of functions):

Let f and g be functions. We say that f and g are equal and write
f = g if domain of f = domain of g and f ( x) = g ( x) for all x ∈ domain of
f.
1.1.14 Example:

Let f ( x ) = x 2 − 2 x and g ( x) = − x + 6

f ( x) = g ( x) ⇔ x 2 − 2 x = − x + 6 ⇔ x 2 − x − 6 = 0

⇔ ( x − 3)( x + 2) = 0 ⇔ x = 3, x = −2

f ( x) and g ( x ) are equal on the domain {−2, 3}

1.1.15 Definition (Constant function):

A function f : A → B is said to be a constant function, if the range of f
contains exactly one element, i.e f ( x) = c for all x ∈ A, for some fixed c ∈ B.

4
1.1.16 Example:

Let A = {a , b, c, d } and B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}

If f = {( a ,1), (b,1), (c ,1), ( d ,1)} then f is a constant function from A into B.

1.1.17 Definition (Identity function):

Let A be non-empty set. Then the function f : A → A defined by
f ( x ) = x for all x ∈ A is called the identity function on A and is denoted by I A .

1.1.18 Example:

If A = {a, b, c} , then I A = {( a, a ), (b, b), (c, c )}

1.2 Inverse Functions and Theorems:

If f is a relation from A to B, then the relation {(b, a ) / ( a , b ) ∈ f } is
denoted by f −1.

1.2.1 Definition (Inverse Function):

If f : A → B is a bijection, then the relation f −1 = {(b, a ) / ( a , b ) ∈ f } is a

Function from B to A and is called the inverse of f .

1.2.2 Examples:

1. Example: If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a , b, c} then f = {(1, a ), (2, c ), (3, b )} is a

bijection from A to B and f −1 = {( a ,1), (b, 3), (c, 2)} is a bijection from B to A

2. Example: If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a, b, c, d } then f = {(1, a ), (2, c), (3, b)} is an
injection but not a surjection, and f −1 = {( a ,1), (b, 3), (c, 2)} is a relation from B to A

but not a function because d ∈ B has no f −1 images in A.

3. Example: If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {a , b} then f = {(1, a ), (2, b ), (3, a )} is a

surjection but not an injection, and f −1 = {( a,1), (b, 2), ( a, 3)} is a relation from B
to A but not a function because a ∈ B has two f −1 images in A.

1.2.3 Definition (Composite Function): f

If f : A → B , g : B → C , then the A B
f

g
relation { }
( a , g ( f ( a ) ) ) / a ∈ A is called g f
C
composite of g with f and is denoted as g f .

5
1.2.4 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be functions. Then g f is a function from A to
C and ( g f ) ( a ) = g ( f ( a ) ) for all a ∈ A.

Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are functions.

To prove g f is a function from A to C and ( g f ) ( a ) = g ( f ( a ) ) ∀ a ∈ A.

Let a ∈ A
Since f is a function from A to B then f ( a ) ∈ B for all a ∈ A.
Since g is a function from B to C then g ( f ( a ) ) ∈ C .
Hence g f is a relation from A to C . Further, given a ∈ A there is one and
only
element c in C , namely g ( f ( a ) ) such that ( a, c ) ∈ g f .
Hence g f is a function from A to C and ( g f ) ( a ) = g ( f ( a ) ) ∀ a ∈ A.

1.2.5 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be injections. Then g f : A → C is an
injection.
Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are injections.

To prove g f : A → C is an injection.
Let a1 , a2 ∈ A such that ( g f ) ( a1 ) = ( g f ) ( a2 ) ⇒ g ( f ( a1 ) ) = g ( f ( a2 ) )
⇒ f ( a1 ) = f ( a2 ) [ since g is an injection]
⇒ a1 = a2 [ since f is an injection]
∴ g f : A → C is an injection.

1.2.6 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be functions such that g f : A → C is an
injection. Then f : A → B is an injection.
Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are functions such that g f : A → C is
an injection
To prove f : A → B is an injection.
Let a1 , a2 ∈ A such that f ( a1 ) = f ( a2 ) then g ( f ( a1 ) ) = g ( f ( a2 ) )
⇒ ( g f ) ( a1 ) = ( g f ) ( a2 )
⇒ a1 = a2 [ since g f is an injection]
∴ f : A → B is an injection.

1.2.7 Note:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C are functions such that g f : A → C is an
injection. Then g : B → C need not be an injection.
For example, Let A = {1, 2} , B = {a, b, c} , C = {d , e} , f = {(1, a ), (2, b)} and

6
 g = {( a, d ), (b, e), (c, e)} then g f = {(1, d ), (2, e)}
Hence g f is an injection but g is not an injection. However if g f is an
injection then necessarily f is an injection.

1.2.8 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be surjections. Then g f : A → C is a
surjection.

Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are surjections.

To prove g f : A → C is a surjection.
Let c ∈ C , since g : B → C is a surjection then there exists b ∈ B such that
g (b) = c.
For b ∈ B and f : A → B is a surjection then there exists a ∈ A such that
f ( a ) = b.
∴ c = g (b ) = g ( f ( a ) ) = ( g f ) ( a )
∴ For each c ∈ C there exists a ∈ A such that ( g f ) ( a ) = c.
Hence g f : A → C is a surjection.

1.2.9 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be functions such that g f : A → C is a
surjection. Then g : B → C is a surjection.
Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are functions such that g f : A → C is
a surjection
To prove f : A → B is a surjection.
Let c ∈ C , since g f : A → C is a surjection then there exists a ∈ A such that
( g f ) (a ) = c ⇒ g ( f ( a ) ) = c.
Let b = f ( a ). Then f ( a ) = b ∈ B and g ( b ) = c.
∴ For each c ∈ C there exists b ∈ B such that g ( b ) = c.
∴ g : B → C is a surjection.

1.2.10 Note:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be functions such that g f : A → C is a
surjection. Then f : A → B need not be a surjection. In note 1.2.7 g f is a
surjection but f is not a surjection. However if g f is a surjection then
necessarily g is a surjection.

1.2.11 Theorem:
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be bijections. Then g f : A → C is a
bijection.
Proof: This is a consequence of Theorems 1.2.5 and 1.2.8.

7
1.2.12 Theorem:
−1
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be bijections. Then ( g f ) = f −1 g −1.
f
Proof: Given f : A → B and g : B → C are bijections.
A B
−1
To prove ( g f ) = f −1 g −1. g f g
f
Since f : A → B and g : B → C are bijections, then by Theorem 1.2.11
C
−1
g f : A → C is a bijection. Hence ( g f ) : C → A is a bijection.

Further, f −1 : B → A and g −1 : C → B are also bijections.

Hence f −1 g −1 : C → A is a bijection.
−1
Therefore the functions ( g f ) and f −1 g −1 have same domain and co- domain.

Let c ∈ C , since g : B → C is a bijjection then there exists a unique b ∈ B such

that g ( b ) = c ⇒ g −1 (c ) = b.
Let b ∈ B, since f : A → B is a bijjection then there exists a unique a ∈ A such
that f ( a ) = b ⇒ f −1 (b ) = a.

−1
Thus c = g ( b ) = g ( f ( a ) ) = ( g f ) ( a ) ⇒ ( g f ) (c) = a

Now ( f −1 g −1 ) (c) = f −1 ( g −1 (c ) ) = f −1 (b) = a

−1
Hence ( g f ) = f −1 g −1.

1.2.13 Theorem:

The identity function I A : A → A is a bijection and I A −1 = I A .

Proof: Given I A : A → A is a function.

To prove I A : A → A is a bijection and I A −1 = I A .

We have I A = {( a , a ) / a ∈ A}

Given a ∈ A we have I A (a ) = a. Hence I A is a surjection.

Let a1 , a2 ∈ A such that I A ( a1 ) = I A ( a2 ) then a1 = a2 . Hence I A is an injection.

∴ I A : A → A is a bijection and I A −1 = I A .

1.2.14 Theorem:

8
 Let f : A → B , I A and I B be identity functions on A and B respectively.
Then f I A = f = I B f .

Proof: Given f : A → B is a function. Also given that I A and I B be identity functions

on A and B respectively. I A : A → A and I B : B → B are identity functions.

To prove f I A = f = I B f .

Since f : A → B and I A : A → A are functions, then f I A : A → B is a function.

Therefore the functions f I A and f have same domain and co-domain.

Let a ∈ A, then that ( f I A ) ( a ) = f ( I A ( a ) ) = f ( a ) [∵ I A ( a ) = a∀a ∈ A]

∴ f IA = f (I)

Since f : A → B and I B : B → B are functions, then I B f : A → B is a function.

Therefore the functions I B f and f have same domain and co-domain.

Let a ∈ A, then that ( I B f ) ( a ) = I B ( f ( a ) ) = f ( a ) [∵ f : A → B ⇒ f ( a ) ∈ B ]

∴ IB f = f (II)
From (I) and (II) we have f I A = f = I B f .

1.2.15 Theorem:
f
Let f : A → B be a bijection. Then f f −1 = I B and f −1 f = I A . B
Proof: Given f : A → B is a bijection. A
To prove f f −1 = I B and f −1 f = I A . f f −1 f −1

Since f : A → B is a bijection then f −1 : B → A is also a bijection.

A
Hence f f −1 : B → B and f −1 f : A → A are bijections.

We have I B : B → B and I A : A → A are bijections.

Therefore the functions f f −1 and I B have same domain and co-domain.

Let b ∈ B, since f : A → B is a bijjection then there exists a unique a ∈ A

such that f ( a ) = b ⇒ f −1 (b ) = a.

Thus ( f f −1 ) (b ) = f ( f −1 (b ) ) = f ( a ) = b = I B (b).

∴f f −1 = I B

The functions f −1 f and I A have same domain and co-domain.

9
 We have ( f −1 f ) ( a ) = f −1 ( f ( a ) ) = f −1 (b) = a = I A ( a ).
∴ f −1 f = I A

1.2.16 Theorem:

Let f : A → B, g : B → C and h : C → D. Then h ( g f ) = ( h g ) f .

Proof: Given f : A → B , g : B → C and h : C → D are functions.
To prove h (g f ) = (h g ) f .

Since f : A → B, g : B → C are functions then g f : A → C is a function.

Since g f : A → C , h : C → D is a function then h (g f ) : A → D is a function.

Further g : B → C , h : C → D ⇒ h g : B → D is a function.

Also f : A → B, h g : B → D ⇒ ( h g ) f : A → D is a function.

Hence the functions h (g f ) and ( h g ) f have same domain and co- domain.

Let a ∈ A,
Now  h (g f )  ( a ) = h ( g f ) ( a )  = h  g ( f ( a ) ) 

= ( h g )( f ( a ) ) =  h (g f )  ( a ).

∴h (g f ) = (h g ) f

1.3 Real valued Functions(Domain, Range and Inverse):

If X is any set and f : X → R then f is called a real valued function.

a b  
For example, Let X =    a , b, c , d ∈ R  , define f : X → R by
c d  
f ( A) = det A ∀ A ∈ X , then f is a real valued function.

In this section a function f is defined through a formula, without

mentioning the domain and the range explicitly. In such cases, the domain of f is taken
to be the set of all real x for which the formula is meaningful. The range of f is the set
{ f ( x ) x is in the domain of f }.
Definition ( n th root of a non-negative real number):

Let x be a non-negative real number and n be a positive integer. Then there

exists a unique non-negative real number y such that y n = x. This number y is called
n th root of x and is denoted by x1/ n or n
x.

2 2
When n = 2, x is called the square root of x. x is simply written as x.

10
1.3.1 Algebra of real valued functions:
If f and g are real valued functions with domains A and B respectively, then
both f and g are defined on A ∩ B when A ∩ B ≠ φ . defined through a formula

(i) If f : A → R and g : B → R are functions such that A ∩ B ≠ φ . We define

f + g : A ∩ B → R as ( f + g )( x ) = f ( x ) + g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.
(ii) If f : A → R and g : B → R are functions such that A ∩ B ≠ φ . We define
f − g : A ∩ B → R as ( f − g )( x ) = f ( x ) − g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.
(iii) If f : A → R and g : B → R are functions such that A ∩ B ≠ φ . We define
fg : A ∩ B → R as ( fg )( x ) = f ( x ).g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.
(iv) If f : A → R and g : B → R are functions such that
f
E = { x ∈ A ∩ B / g ( x ) ≠ 0} ≠ φ . We define : E → R as
g
 f  f ( x)
  ( x) = ∀ x ∈ E.
g g ( x)
(v) If f : A → R and c ∈ R. We define cf : A → R as (cf )( x ) = cf ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A.
n
(vi) If f : A → R and n ∈ N . We define f n : A → R as f n ( x ) = ( f ( x ) ) ∀ x ∈ A.
(vii) If f : A → R and E = { x ∈ A / f ( x ) ≥ 0} ≠ φ . We define f : E → R as

( f ) ( x) = f ( x) ∀ x ∈ E.

1.3.2 Some more types of functions:

1. Even and odd functions:
Let A be a nonempty subset of R such that − x ∈ A for all x ∈ A and
f : A→ R

(i) If f ( − x ) = f ( x ) for any x ∈ A then f is called an even function.

(ii) If f ( − x ) = − f ( x ) for any x ∈ A then f is called an odd function.
Examples:
(i) f ( x ) = x 2 , g ( x ) = cos x, h( x ) = x for any x ∈ R are all even functions.
(ii) f ( x ) = x, g ( x ) = sin x, h( x ) = tan x for any x ∈ R are all odd functions.
(iii) f ( x) = x 2 + x3 , g ( x) = cos x + sin x for any x ∈ R are neither even nor
odd functions.

2. Polynomial function:

If n be a nonnegative integer, a0 , a1 , a2 ,...an are real numbers(at least

one ai ≠ 0) then the function f defined on R by
f ( x ) = a0 + a1 x + a2 x 2 + ... + an x n for all x ∈ R is called a polynomial function.

Examples:

(i ) f ( x) = ax 2 + bx + c for any a , b, c ∈ R is a polynomial function.

11
 (ii ) g ( x) = ax 2 + bx + c is a polynomial function.

(iii ) h( x ) = k (0 ≠ k ∈ R ) is a polynomial function

3. Rational function:
If f and g are polynomial functions and g ( x ) ≠ 0 for all x ∈ R then the

f  f  f ( x)
function defined by   ( x ) = is called a rational function.
g g g ( x)

Examples:

x 2 − 3x + 2
(i ) f ( x) = is a rational function.
x2 + 1
1
(ii ) g ( x) = , x ∈ R − {0} is a rational function.
x
4. Algebraic function:
A function obtained by applying a finite number of algebraic operations
on polynomial functions is called an algebraic function

Examples:

x 2 + 16 − x 2
(i ) f ( x) = , ( x ∈ [ −4, 4] − {−1}) is an algebraic function.
x +1

(ii ) g ( x) = 3 x + x 2 − 5 x + 6, x ∈ R − (2,3) is an algebraic function.

5. Exponential function:

The function a x when 1 ≠ a > 0 and x is rational is called an exponential

function. The domain of a x is R and range is R + .

Examples:

(i ) f ( x) = 3x , x ∈ R is an an exponential function

(ii) g ( x) = 2− x , x ∈ R is an exponential function

Graph of Exponential function:

Y
Y Y

y = a x , (a = 1) y = a x ,(0 < a < 1)

x
y = a , ( a > 1)

O X O X O X
12
6. Logarithmic function:

If a > 0, a ≠ 1 given y > 0 there is a unique x ∈ R such that a x = y. This

function defined on R + by f ( y ) = x, where a x = y, is called the logarithmic

function to the base a and is denoted by log a . Thus log a y = x iff a x = y.

The logarithmic function to the base e is called the natural logarithmic function

and is denoted by log e or ln . Thus log e y = x iff e x = y. The range is R.

Graph of Logarithmic function:

Y
Y

y = log a x, (0 < a < 1)

y = log a x, ( a > 1)

X
O X O

7. Greatest Integer function:

For any real number x, we denote by [ x ] , the greatest integer less than or

equal to x. For example [ 2.45] = 2, [ 0.47 ] = 0, [ −0.36] = −1, [ −3.56] = −4.

The function f : R → R defined by f ( x ) = [ x ] for all x ∈ R is called the

greatest integer function. The domain of [ x ] is R and range is Z .

Graph of Greatest Integer function:

4
3
Y
2

0 1
X
-1 1 2 3 4
-3 -2 -1
-2
13
-3
 8. Modulus function:

The function f : R → R defined by f ( x) = x for all x ∈ R is called the

modulus function. For any non-negative real number x, f ( x ) is equal to x.

But for negative real number x, f ( x) is equal to − x. For example

 x if x ≥ 0
2 = 2, −4 = 4. i.e f ( x ) =  .
 − x if x < 0

The domain of x is R and range is [ 0 , ∞) y= x

Graph of Modulus function:
Y

O
9. Signum function:

 1 if x > 0
 x
The function f : R → R defined by f ( x ) = =  0 if x = 0 for all x ∈ R
x 
 −1 if x < 0
is called the signum function. It is denoted by sgn( x).

The domain of sgn( x ) is R and range is {−1, 0,1} .

Graph of Signum function: Y

Y=1
1

X’I X
Y=-1 O

-1

YI

1.3.4 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: If A = 0, , , ,  and f : A → B is onto such that f ( x) = cos x

π π π π
 6 4 3 2
then
find B

Solution: Given f : A → B is onto such that f ( x ) = cos x

14
  π π π π
Also given A = 0, , , , 
 6 4 3 2

π π 3 π π 1
We have f (0) = cos 0 = 1, f ( ) = cos = , f ( ) = cos = ,
6 6 2 4 4 2

π π 1 π π
f ( ) = cos = , f ( ) = cos = 0.
3 3 2 2 2

 1 1 3 
∴ B = 0, , , ,1
 2 2 2 

2. Problem: If A = {−2, −1, 0,1, 2} and f : A → B is onto such that f ( x) = x 2 + x + 1

then find B

Solution: Given f : A → B is onto such that f ( x) = x 2 + x + 1

Also given A = {−2, −1, 0,1, 2}

We have f (−2) = (−2) 2 + (−2) + 1 = 4 − 2 + 1 = 3,

f (−1) = (−1)2 + (−1) + 1 = 1 − 1 + 1 = 1, f (0) = (0) 2 + (0) + 1 = 0 + 0 + 1 = 1,

f (1) = (1) 2 + (1) + 1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3, f (2) = (2) 2 + (2) + 1 = 4 + 2 + 1 = 7.

∴ B = {1,3, 7}

3. Problem: If f = {(1, 2), (2, −3), (3,1)} then find (i )2 f (ii ) f 2 (iii ) f + 2 (iv ) f

Solution: Given f = {(1, 2), (2, −3), (3,1)}

Now (i )2 f = {(1, 4), (2, −6), (3, 2)} (ii ) f 2 = {(1, 4), (2, 9), (3,1)}

(iii ) f + 2 = {(1, 4), (2, −1), (3, 3)}

(iv ) since f (2) = −3 f does not exists

4. Problem: If f = {(4, 5), (5, 6), (6, −4)} and g = {(4, −4), (6, 5), (8, 5)} then find

(i ) f + g (ii ) f − g (iii )2 f + 4 g (iv ) f + 4 (v ) fg (vi ) f / g (vii ) f

(viii ) f (ix) f 2 ( x) f 3

Solution: Given f = {(4, 5), (5, 6), (6, −4)} and g = {(4, −4), (6, 5), (8, 5)}

Now (i ) f + g = {(4,1)} (ii ) f − g = {(4, 9)} (iii )2 f + 4 g = {(4, −6)}

15
 (iv ) f + 4 = {(4,9), (5,10), (6, 0)} (v ) fg = {(4, −20)} (vi ) f / g = {(4, −5 / 4)}

(vii ) f = {(4, 5), (5, 6), (6, 4)} (viii ) since f (6) = −4, f does not exists

(ix) f 2 = {(4, 25),(5,36), (6,16)} ( x) f 3 = {(4,125),(5, 216), (6, −64)}

5. Problem: If f ( x ) = 2 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2 then find (i )(3 f − 2 g ) x (ii )( fg ) x

(iii )( f + g + 2) x (iv )( f / g ) x

Solution: Given f ( x ) = 2 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2

Now (i )(3 f − 2 g ) x = 3 f ( x ) − 2 g ( x ) = 3(2 x − 1) − 2( x 2 ) = 6 x − 3 − 2 x 2 ,

(ii )( fg )( x ) = f ( x ) g ( x ) = (2 x − 1)( x 2 ) = 2 x 3 − x 2

(iii )( f + g + 2)( x ) = f ( x ) + g ( x ) + 2 = 2 x − 1 + x 2 + 2 = x 2 + 2 x + 1

(iv ) ( f / g ) x = f ( x ) g ( x) = 2 x − 1 x 2

1 − x2
6. Problem: If f ( x ) = then show that f (tan θ ) = cos 2θ .
1 + x2

1 − x2
Solution: Given f ( x ) =
1 + x2

1 − (tan θ ) 2 1 − tan 2 θ
Now L.H.S = f (tan θ ) = = = cos 2θ = R.H.S
1 + (tan θ ) 2 1 + tan 2 θ

1− x 2x
7. Problem: If f ( x ) = log then show that f ( ) = 2 f ( x ).
1+ x 1 + x2

1− x
Solution: Given f ( x ) = log
1+ x

2x 1 + x2 − 2 x
1−
2x 1 + x 2 = log 1 + x 2
Now L.H.S = f ( ) = log
1+ x 2
1+
2x 1 + x2 + 2x
2
1+ x 1 + x2
2
1 + x2 − 2 x (1 − x ) 2 1− x
= log 2
= log 2
= log
1+ x + 2x (1 + x ) 1+ x

1− x
= 2 log = 2 f ( x) = R.H.S
1+ x

8. Problem: If f ( x ) = 4 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2 + 2 then find

16
  a +1
(i )( g f ) x (ii )( g ( f f )) x (iii )( g f )   (iv )( f f )x
 4 

Solution: Given f ( x) = 4 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2 + 2

Now (i )( g f ) x = g ( f ( x ) ) = g (4 x − 1) = (4 x − 1) 2 + 2

= 16 x 2 − 8 x + 1 + 2 = 16 x 2 − 8 x + 3

(ii )( g ( f f )) x = g ( f ( f ( x ) ) ) = g ( f ( 4 x − 1) )

= g ( 4 ( 4 x − 1) − 1) = g ( (16 x − 4 ) − 1) = g (16 x − 5 )

2
= (16 x − 5 ) + 2 = ( 256 x 2 − 160 x + 25 ) + 2 = 256 x 2 − 160 x + 27

 a +1   a +1   a +1 

(iii )( g f ) = g f   = g  4  − 1
 4    4    4  

= g ( ( a + 1) − 1) = g ( a ) = a 2 + 2

(iv ) ( f f ) x = f ( f ( x ) ) = f ( 4 x − 1) = 4 ( 4 x − 1) − 1

= 16 x − 4 − 1 = 16 x − 5

9. Problem: If f ( x ) = 2, g ( x ) = x 2 and h( x) = 2 x then find ( f ( g h)) x

Solution: Given f ( x ) = 2, g ( x) = x 2 and h( x ) = 2 x

( f ( g h)) x = f (( g h)) x = f (( g (h( x ))) = f (( g (2 x )) = f ((2 x )2 ) = f (4 x 2 ) = 2

10. Problem: If f ( x ) = ax + b then find f −1 ( x)

Solution: Given f ( x ) = ax + b

Put f ( x ) = y ⇒ ax + b = y ⇒ ax = y − b

y −b y−b
⇒x= ⇒ f −1 ( y ) = ∵ f ( x ) = y ⇒ x = f −1 ( y ) 
a a

x −b
∴ f −1 ( x ) =
a

11. Problem: If f ( x ) = 5x then find f −1 ( x)

Solution: Given f ( x ) = 5x

Put f ( x ) = y ⇒ 5x = y ⇒ x = log 5 y

17
 ⇒ f −1 ( y ) = log 5 y ∵ f ( x) = y ⇒ x = f −1 ( y ) 

∴ f −1 ( x ) = log 5 x

12. Problem: If f ( x ) = 4 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2 + 2 then find ( f g ) −1 ( x)

Solution: Given f ( x ) = 4 x − 1 and g ( x ) = x 2 + 2

Now ( f g ) x = f ( g ( x ) ) = f ( x 2 + 2) = 4( x 2 + 2) − 1

= 4 x2 + 8 −1 = 4 x2 + 7

y −7
Put ( f g )( x ) = y ⇒ 4 x 2 + 7 = y ⇒ 4 x 2 = y − 7 ⇒ x 2 =
4

y −7
⇒x=
4

y −7
⇒ ( f g ) −1 ( y ) = ∵ ( f g )( x ) = y ⇒ x = ( f g ) −1 ( y ) 
4 

x−7
∴ ( f g ) −1 ( x ) =
4

x +1
13. Problem: If f ( x ) = and g ( x) = x 2 + 2 then find ( f g )( x )
x −1

x +1
Solution: Given f ( x ) = and g ( x) = x 2 + 2
x −1

x2 + 2 + 1 x2 + 3
Now ( f g ) x = f ( g ( x ) ) = f ( x 2 + 2) = =
x2 + 2 − 1 x2 + 1
1
14. Problem: If f ( x ) = and g ( x ) = x then find ( g f )( x ) and ( g f )( x )
x

1
Solution: Given f ( x) = and g ( x ) = x
x

1 1 1
Now ( g f ) x = g ( f ( x) ) = g ( ) = =
x x x

1
Also ( g f )( x ) = g ( x ) f ( x ) = x ( ) =1
x

x2 − x + 1
15. Problem: If A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and f : A → B is defined by f ( x ) = then Find
x +1
range of f

18
 x2 − x + 1
Solution: Given f : A → B is onto such that f ( x ) =
x +1

Also given A = {1, 2, 3, 4}

12 − 1 + 1 1 − 1 + 1 1 22 − 2 + 1 4 − 2 + 1 3
We have f (1) = = = , f (2) = = = = 1,
1+1 2 2 2 +1 3 3

32 − 3 + 1 9 − 3 + 1 7 4 2 − 4 + 1 16 − 4 + 1 13
f (3) = = = , f (4) = = =
3 +1 4 4 4 +1 5 5

 1 13 7 
∴ Range of f = f ( A) =  ,1, , 
2 5 4

Exercise 1
1. If f ( x) = e x and g ( x) = log e x, then show that g f = f g and find f −1 and g −1.

x +1
2. If f ( x ) = 2 x − 1 and g ( x) = ∀x ∈ R, then find ( g f ) ( x ).
2

3. If f : R → R , g : R → R are defined by f ( x ) = 3 x − 1 and g ( x) = x 2 + 1 then find

(i )( g f ) x (ii ) ( g f ) (2) (iii ) ( f f ) ( x 2 + 1)

4. If f : R → R , g : R → R are defined by f ( x ) = 3 x − 2 and g ( x) = x 2 + 1 then find

(i )( g f −1 )(2) (ii ) ( g f ) ( x − 1) (iii ) ( g f ) (2a − 3)

5. If f : R → R , g : R → R are defined by f ( x ) = 2 x − 3 and g ( x ) = x 3 + 5 then find

(i )( g f )(1) (ii ) ( g f −1 ) (2) (iii ) ( f g ) ( x )

6. If f = {(1, a ), (2, c ), (3, b ), (4, d )} and g −1 = {(1, c ), (2, a ), (3, d ), (4, b)} then find

−1 −1
(i ) g −1 f −1 (ii ) ( g f ) (iii ) ( f g ) (iv ) f −1 g −1

7. If f ( x ) = 3x then find f −1 ( x)

8. If f ( x ) = 3 x + 5 then find f −1 ( x)

 π π π π
9. If A = 0, , , ,  and f : A → B is onto such that f ( x) = sin x then find B
 6 4 3 2

1 2
10. If f : R − {0} → R is defined by f ( x) = x + then prove that ( f ( x) ) = f ( x 2 ) + f (1)
x

19
 Key Concepts
Let A and B be non-empty sets and f be a relation from A to B. If for
each element a ∈ A, there exists a unique b ∈ B such that ( a, b) ∈ f , then f is
called a function (or mapping) from (or A into B ) A to B. It is denoted by
f : A → B. The set A is called the domain of f and B is called the co-domain
of f . If f : A → B is a function and if f ( a ) = b, then b is called the image of
a under f The element a is called the pre-image or inverse image of b under
f and it is denoted by f −1 (b). If f : A → B is a function, then f ( A), the set of
all f − images of elements in A is called the range of f . Clearly
f ( A) = { f ( a ) / a ∈ A} ⊆ B.

1. f : A → B is called an injection ⇔ a1 , a2 ∈ A and f ( a1 ) = f ( a2 ) ⇒ a1 = a2

2. f : A → B is called a surjection ⇔ range f = f ( A) = B (co − domain)

3. f : A → B is a bijection ⇔ f : A → B is both an injection and a surjection
4. Let f and g be functions. We say that f and g are equal and write f = g
if domain of f = domain of g and f ( x ) = g ( x) for all x ∈ domain of f .

5. f : A → A defined by f ( x) = x for all x ∈ A is called the identity function

on A and is denoted by I A .

6. If f : A → B , g : B → C , then the relation {( a, g ( f ( a) ) ) / a ∈ A} is called

composite of g with f and is denoted as g f .
7. Let f : A → B and g : B → C be injections. Then g f : A → C is an injection
8. Let f : A → B and g : B → C be surjections. Then g f : A → C is a
surjection
9. Let f : A → B and g : B → C be bijections. Then g f : A → C is a bijection
−1
10. Let f : A → B and g : B → C be bijections. Then ( g f ) = f −1 g −1.
11. The identity function I A : A → A is a bijection and I A −1 = I A .
12. Let f : A → B , I A and I B be identity functions on A and B respectively.
Then f I A = f = I B f .
13. Let f : A → B be a bijection. Then f f −1 = I B and f −1 f = I A .
14. Let f : A → B , g : B → C and h : C → D. Then h (g f ) = (h g ) f .

15. If f and g are real valued functions with domains A and B respectively,

then both f and g are defined on A ∩ B when A ∩ B ≠ φ . defined through a

formula. If f : A → R and g : B → R are functions such that A ∩ B ≠ φ .

(i ) f + g : A ∩ B → R as ( f + g )( x ) = f ( x ) + g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.
(ii ) f − g : A ∩ B → R as ( f − g )( x) = f ( x) − g ( x) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.

20
 (iii ) fg : A ∩ B → R as ( fg )( x ) = f ( x ).g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A ∩ B.
f  f  f ( x)
(iv ) : E → R as   ( x ) = ∀ x ∈ E. Where
g g g ( x)
E = { x ∈ A ∩ B / g ( x ) ≠ 0} ≠ φ .
(v )cf : A → R as (cf )( x ) = cf ( x ) ∀ x ∈ A.
n
(vii) f n : A → R as f n ( x ) = ( f ( x ) ) ∀ x ∈ A.
(viii ) f : E → R as ( f ) ( x) = f ( x ) ∀ x ∈ E . Where
E = { x ∈ A / f ( x ) ≥ 0} ≠ φ .

16. Let A be a nonempty subset of R such that − x ∈ A for all x ∈ A and f : A → R is

called an even function if f ( − x ) = f ( x )∀x ∈ A and odd function if f (− x ) = f ( x )∀x ∈ A.

17. The function f : R → R defined by f ( x) = x for all x ∈ R is called the modulus

 x if x ≥ 0
function. i.e f ( x ) =  . The domain of x is R and range is [ 0 , ∞)
 − x if x < 0

 1 if x > 0
 x
18. The function f : R → R defined by f ( x ) = =  0 if x = 0 for all x ∈ R is called the
x 
 −1 if x < 0
signum function. It is denoted by sgn( x ). The domain of sgn( x ) is R and range is
{−1, 0,1} .
Answers
Exercise 1

(1) f −1 = log 2 x, g −1 = e x (2) ( g f )( x) = I ( x ) (3) (i )9 x 2 − 6 x + 2(ii )26 (iii )9 x 2 + 5

25 165
(4) (i ) (ii )9 x 2 − 30 x + 26 (iii )36a 2 − 132a + 122 (5) (i )4 (ii ) (iii )2 x 3 + 7
9 8

(6) (i ) {( a, c), (b, d ), (c, a), (d , b)} (ii ) {(1, 2), (2,1), (3, 4), (4,1)}
(iii ) {(a, c), (b, d ), (c, a), (d , b)} (iv) {(1, 2), (2,1), (3, 4), (4,1)}

x−5  1 1 3 
(7) log3 x (8) (9) 0, , , ,1
3  2 2 2 

21
e
 2. MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION
One key basis for mathematical thinking is deductive reasoning. An informal
example of deductive reasoning, borrowed from the study of logic, is an argument
expressed in three statements:

(a) Ramesh is a man.

(b) All men are mortal, therefore,

(c) Ramesh is mortal.

If statements (a) and (b) are true, then the truth of (c) is established. To make
this simple mathematical example, we could write:

(i) Six is divisible by two.

(ii) Any number divisible by two is an even number, therefore,

(iii) Six is an even number.

Thus, deduction in a nutshell is given a statement to be proven, often called a
conjecture or a theorem in Mathematics, valid deductive steps are derived and a proof
may or may not be established, i.e., deduction is the application of a general case to a
particular case.
2.1 Principles of finite Mathematical Induction & Theorems:
In contrast to deduction, inductive reasoning depends on working with each case and
developing a conjecture by observing incidences till we have observed each and every
case. It is frequently used in Mathematics and is a key aspect of scientific reasoning,
where collecting and analysing data is the norm. Thus, in simple language, we can say the
word induction means the generalisation from particular cases or facts.

2.1.1 Definition: A subset S of R is said to be an inductive set if

i )1 ∈ S , ii ) k ∈ S ⇒ k + 1 ∈ S .

Example: i) R is an inductive set.

ii) A = { x ∈ R / x > 0} is an inductive set.

iii) B = { x ∈ R / x > 3} is not an inductive set.

Note: i) The intersection of all inductive sets in R is called the set of natural numbers or
the set of positive integers. It is denoted by N or Z + .

ii) N = ∩ { A / A is an inductive set in R} .

iii) The set of natural numbers is an inductive set in R

22
2.1.2 Induction Theorem:
If S is a subset of N such that i )1 ∈ S , ii ) k ∈ S ⇒ k + 1 ∈ S then S = N

2.1.3 The Principle of finite Mathematical Induction:

Suppose there is a given statement P(n) involving the natural number n such that

(i) The statement is true for n = 1, i.e., P(1) is true, and

(ii) If the statement is true for n = k (where k is some positive integer), then the statement
is also true for n = k + 1, i.e., truth of P(k) implies the truth of P (k + 1).

Then, P(n) is true for all natural numbers n.

2.1.4 Steps involved in Mathematical Induction:
Let S ( n) be a statement for each n ∈ N .

If i ) S (1) is true,

ii ) S ( k ) is true ⇒ S ( k + 1) is true then S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

2.1.5 The Principle of a complete Mathematical Induction:

Let S ( n) be a statement for each n ∈ N .

If i ) S (1) is true,

ii ) S (1), S (2), S (3)...S ( k ) is true ⇒ S ( k + 1) is true then S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

2.2 Applications of Mathematical Induction:

Mathematical Induction is very useful in proving many theorems and statements. For
example, it is useful in Binomial theorem, Leibnitz’s theorem etc.

2.2.1 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Show that 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n = n( n + 1) / 2 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n = n( n + 1) / 2.

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 1

1(1 + 1)
R.H.S = =1
2
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k = k ( k + 1) / 2.

23
 k ( k + 1)
Adding both sides ( k + 1) we get 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + k + 1 = + k +1
2

k   k + 2  ( k + 1)( k + 2)
= (k + 1)  + 1  = ( k + 1)  =
2   2  2

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n = n( n + 1) / 2 for all n ∈ N .

2. Problem: Show that 12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + n 2 = n(n + 1)(2n + 1) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + n 2 = n(n + 1)(2n + 1) / 6.

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 12 = 1

1(1 + 1)(2.1 + 1) 1.2.3

R.H.S = = =1
6 6
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴ 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + k 2 = k (k + 1)(2k + 1) / 6.

Adding both sides (k + 1)2 we get

12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2 + (k + 1) 2 = k (k + 1)(2k + 1) / 6 + (k + 1) 2

 k (2k + 1)   2 k 2 + k + 6k + 6   2k 2 + 7 k + 6 
= ( k + 1)  + k + 1  = ( k + 1)   = (k + 1)  
 6   6   6 

( k + 1)( k + 2)(2k + 3)
=
6

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴12 + 22 + 32 + ... + n 2 = n(n + 1)(2n + 1) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

3. Problem: Show that 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + n3 = n 2 (n + 1) 2 / 4 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + n 3 = n 2 (n + 1)2 / 4.

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 13 = 1

24
 12 (1 + 1) 2 1.4
R.H.S = = =1
4 4
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴ 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + k 3 = k 2 (k + 1) 2 / 4.

Adding both sides (k + 1)3 we get

13 + 23 + 33 + ... + k 3 + (k + 1)3 = k 2 (k + 1) 2 / 4 + (k + 1)3

 k2   k 2 + 4k + 4 
= ( k + 1) 2  + k + 1  = ( k + 1) 2  
 4   4 

(k + 1)2 (k + 2) 2
=
4

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴ 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + n3 = n 2 (n + 1) 2 / 4 for all n ∈ N .

4. Problem: Show that 43 + 83 + 123 + ... + 64n 3 = 16n 2 (n + 1) 2 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 43 + 83 + 123 + ... + 64n3 = 16n 2 (n + 1)2

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 64.13 = 64.1 = 64

R.H.S = 16.12.(1 + 1) 2 = 16.1.4 = 64

∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴ 43 + 83 + 123 + ... + 64k 3 = 16k 2 (k + 1) 2

Adding both sides 64(k + 1)3 we get

43 + 83 + 123 + ... + 64k 3 + 64(k + 1)3 = 16k 2 (k + 1) 2 + 64(k + 1)3

= 16( k + 1) 2 ( k 2 + 4( k + 1) ) = 16( k + 1) 2 ( k 2 + 4k + 4 ) = 16(k + 1) 2 (k + 2) 2

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

25
 ∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴ 43 + 83 + 123 + ... + 64n3 = 16n 2 (n + 1) 2 for all n ∈ N .

5. Problem: Show that1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + ... + n( n + 2) = n( n + 1)(2n + 7) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + ... + n( n + 2) = n( n + 1)(2n + 7) / 6

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 1.3 = 3

1(1 + 1)(2.1 + 7) 1.2.9

R.H.S = = =3
6 6
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + ... + k (k + 2) = k (k + 1)(2k + 7) / 6

Adding both sides ( k + 1)(k + 3) we get

k (k + 1)(2k + 7)
1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + ... + k (k + 2) + (k + 1)(k + 3) = + (k + 1)(k + 3)
6

 k (2k + 7)   2k 2 + 7 k + 6k + 18 
= ( k + 1)  + k + 3  = ( k + 1)  
 6   6 

 2k 2 + 13k + 18  ( k + 2)(2k + 9) ( k + 1)(k + 2)(2k + 9)

= (k + 1)   = ( k + 1) =
 6  6 6

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + ... + n( n + 2) = n( n + 1)(2n + 7) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

6. Problem: Show that 1.6 + 2.9 + 3.12 + ... + n(3n + 3) = n( n + 1)( n + 2) for all n ∈ N .

Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that 1.6 + 2.9 + 3.12 + ... + n(3n + 3) = n( n + 1)( n + 2)

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 1.6 = 6

R.H.S = 1(1 + 1)(1 + 2) = 1.2.3 = 6

∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

26
 ∴ 1.6 + 2.9 + 3.12 + ... + k (3k + 3) = k (k + 1)(k + 2)

Adding both sides ( k + 1)(3k + 6) we get

1.6 + 2.9 + 3.12 + ... + k (3k + 3) + (k + 1)(3k + 6) = k (k + 1)(k + 2) + (k + 1)(3k + 6)

= ( k + 1)( k + 2) ( k + 3 )

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n) is true for all n ∈ N .

∴ 1.6 + 2.9 + 3.12 + ... + n(3n + 3) = n(n + 1)(n + 2) for all n ∈ N .

1 1 1 1 n
7. Problem: Show that + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
1.2 2.3 3.4 n ( n + 1) n + 1

1 1 1 1 n
Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that + + + ... + =
1.2 2.3 3.4 n ( n + 1) n + 1

1 1
If n = 1 then L.H.S = =
1.2 2

1 1
R.H.S = =
1+1 2
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

1 1 1 1 k
∴ + + + ... + =
1.2 2.3 3.4 k ( k + 1) k + 1

1
Adding both sides we get
( k + 1)( k + 2)

1 1 1 1 1 k 1
+ + + ... + + = +
1.2 2.3 3.4 k (k + 1) (k + 1)(k + 2) k + 1 (k + 1)(k + 2)

1  1  1  k (k + 2) + 1  1  k 2 + 2k + 1 
= k +  =   =  
k +1 k +2  k +1 k + 2  k +1 k + 2 

1  ( k + 1) 2  k + 1
=  =
k +1 k + 2  k + 2

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

27
 1 1 1 1 n
∴ + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
1.2 2.3 3.4 n ( n + 1) n + 1

1 1 1 1 n
8. Problem: Show that + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
1.3 3.5 5.7 (2n − 1)(2n + 1) 2 n + 1

1 1 1 1 n
Solution: Let S ( n) be a statement that + + + ... + =
1.3 3.5 5.7 (2 n − 1)(2 n + 1) 2 n + 1

1 1
If n = 1 then L.H.S = =
1.3 3

1 1
R.H.S = =
2.1 + 1 3
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

1 1 1 1 k
∴ + + + ... + =
1.3 3.5 5.7 (2k − 1)(2 k + 1) 2 k + 1

1
Adding both sides we get
(2k + 1)(2k + 3)

1 1 1 1 1 k 1
+ + + ... + + = +
1.3 3.5 5.7 (2k − 1)(2k + 1) (2k + 1)(2k + 3) 2k + 1 (2k + 1)(2k + 3)

1  1  1  k (2k + 3) + 1  1  2 k 2 + 3k + 1 
= k +  =   =  
2k + 1  2k + 3  2k + 1  2k + 3  2k + 1  2 k + 3 

1 (k + 1)(2k + 1) k +1
= =
2k + 1 2k + 3 2k + 3
∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

1 1 1 1 n
∴ + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
1.3 3.5 5.7 (2 n − 1)(2 n + 1) 2 n + 1

9. Problem:
n
Show that a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + ... + upto n terms = ( 2a + (n − 1)d ) for all n ∈ N .
2

Solution: n th term = a + ( n − 1) d

Let S ( n ) be a statement that

28
 n
a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + ... + ( a + (n − 1)d ) = ( 2a + (n − 1)d )
2
If n = 1 then L.H.S = a

1 1
R.H.S = ( 2a + (1 − 1)d ) = ( 2a ) = a
2 2
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

k
∴ a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + ... + ( a + (k − 1)d ) = ( 2a + (k − 1)d )
2
Adding both sides a + kd we get

k
a + ( a + d ) + ( a + 2 d ) + ... + ( a + ( k − 1) d ) + ( a + kd ) = ( 2a + (k − 1)d ) + ( a + kd )
2

k ( k − 1) d  k −1   k +1
= ak + + a + kd = a ( k + 1) + kd  + 1  = a ( k + 1) + kd  
2  2   2 

k +1
= (2 a + kd )
2

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

n
∴ a + ( a + d ) + ( a + 2d ) + ... + ( a + ( n − 1) d ) = ( 2a + (n − 1)d ) for all n ∈ N .
2

a (r n − 1)
10. Problem: Show that a + ar + ar 2 + ... + upto n terms = for all n ∈ N .
r −1

Solution: n th term = ar n −1

a (r n − 1)
Let S ( n ) be a statement that a + ar + ar 2 + ... + ar n −1 =
r −1
If n = 1 then L.H.S = a

a (r1 − 1) a (r − 1)
R.H.S = = =a
r −1 r −1
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

29
 Assume that S ( k ) is true.

2 k −1 a (r k − 1)
∴ a + ar + ar + ... + ar =
r −1

Adding both sides ar k we get

a (r k − 1) ar k − a ar k − a + ar k ( r − 1)
a + ar + ar 2 + ... + ar k −1 + ar k = + ar k = + ar k =
r −1 r −1 r −1

ar k − a + ar k +1 − ar k a ( r k +1 − 1)
= =
r −1 r −1

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

a (r n − 1)
∴ a + ar + ar 2 + ... + ar n −1 = for all n ∈ N .
r −1
11. Problem:
Show that 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ... + upto n terms = n ( n + 1)( n + 2)( n + 3) / 4 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: n th term = n(n + 1)(n + 2)

Let S ( n ) be a statement that

1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ... + n(n + 1)(n + 2) = n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3) / 4

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 1.2.3 = 6

1(1 + 1)(1 + 2)(1 + 3) 1.2.3.4

R.H.S = = =6
4 4
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ... + k ( k + 1)( k + 2) = k ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3) / 4

Adding both sides ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3) we get

1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ... + k ( k + 1)( k + 2) + ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3)

k ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3)
= + ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3)
4

k 
= (k + 1)(k + 2)(k + 3)  + 1
4 

30
  k + 4  ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3)( k + 4)
= ( k + 1)(k + 2)( k + 3)  =
 4  4

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

n( n + 1)( n + 2)( n + 3)
∴1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + ... + n( n + 1)( n + 2) = for all n ∈ N .
4
12. Problem:
Show that 1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + ... + upto n brackets = n( n + 1)( n + 2) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

Solution: n th bracket is 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n

Let S ( n) be a statement that

1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + ... + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n) = n( n + 1)( n + 2) / 6 for all n ∈ N .

If n = 1 then L.H.S = 1

1(1 + 1)(1 + 2) 1.2.3

R.H.S = = =1
6 6
∴ L.H.S = R.H.S

∴ S (1) is true.

Assume that S ( k ) is true.

∴1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + ... + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k ) = k ( k + 1)( k + 2) / 6

Adding both sides (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + ( k + 1) ) we get

1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + ... + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k ) + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + ( k + 1) )

k ( k + 1)( k + 2) k ( k + 1)( k + 2) ( k + 1)( k + 2)
= + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + ( k + 1) ) = +
6 6 2

( k + 1)( k + 2)  k  (k + 1)(k + 2)  k + 3  ( k + 1)( k + 2)( k + 3)

=  + 1 =   =
2 3  2  3  6

∴ S ( k + 1) is true.

∴ By principle of Mathematical Induction S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

n( n + 1)( n + 2)
∴ 1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + ... + (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n) = for all n ∈ N .
6

31
 Exercise 2
By principle of Mathematical Induction prove the following:

1. 2 + 7 + 12 + ... + (5n − 3) = n(5n − 1) / 2 for all n ∈ N .

2. 1.2 + 2.3 + 3.4 + ... + n( n + 1) = n( n + 1)( n + 2) / 3 for all n ∈ N .
n (4 n 2 + 6 n − 1)
3. 1.3 + 3.5 + 5.7 + ... + n( n + 1) = for all n ∈ N .
3
n ( n 2 + 6 n + 11)
4. 2.3 + 3.4 + 4.5 + ... + ( n + 1)( n + 2) = for all n ∈ N .
3
5. 2 + 3.2 + 4.22 + ... + (n + 1)2n −1 = n 2n for all n ∈ N .
1 1 1 1 n
6. + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
1.4 4.7 7.10 (3n − 2)(3n + 1) 3n + 1
1 1 1 1 n
7. + + + ... + = for all n ∈ N .
2.5 5.8 8.11 (3n − 1)(3n + 2) 2(3n + 2)
n ( n + 1) 2 ( n + 2)
8. 12 + (12 + 2 2 ) + (12 + 22 + 32 ) + ... + upto n brackets = for all n ∈ N .
12
13 13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33 n(2 n 2 + 9 n + 13)
9. + + + ... + upto n brackets = for all n ∈ N .
1 1+ 3 1+ 3 + 5 24
sin 2 n θ
10. cos θ cos 2θ cos 4θ ...cos 2n −1θ = n for all n ∈ N .
2 sin θ
Key Concepts
1. A subset S of R is said to be an inductive set if i )1 ∈ S , ii ) k ∈ S ⇒ k + 1 ∈ S .

2. If S is a subset of N such that i )1 ∈ S , ii ) k ∈ S ⇒ k + 1 ∈ S then S = N

3. Suppose there is a given statement P(n) involving the natural number n such that

(i) The statement is true for n = 1, i.e., P(1) is true, and

(ii) If the statement is true for n = k (where k is some positive integer), then the
statement is also true for n = k + 1, i.e., truth of P(k) implies the truth of P (k + 1).
Then, P(n) is true for all natural numbers n.
4. Let S ( n ) be a statement for each n ∈ N .

If i ) S (1) is true, ii ) S ( k ) is true ⇒ S ( k + 1) is true then S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

5. Let S ( n ) be a statement for each n ∈ N . If i ) S (1) is true,

ii ) S (1), S (2), S (3)...S ( k ) is true ⇒ S ( k + 1) is true then S ( n ) is true for all n ∈ N .

32
 3. MATRICES
3.1 Types of Matrices:
In this section we define a matrix, its order and various types of matrices.

3.1.1 Definition (Matrix):

An ordered rectangular array of elements is called a matrix.

The elements of matrices are real or complex numbers (functions). Matrices

are generally enclosed by brackets. We denote matrices by capital letters A, B, C...

The following are some examples of matrices.

 1 2 3
1 3 4  −1 4   
A= , B= , C =  3 4 0
 2 −1 0   3 0   −2 5 9 
 

In the above examples, the horizontal lines of elements are said to constitute

the rows of the matrix and the vertical lines of elements are said to constitute the

columns of the matrix. Thus A has 3 rows and 2 columns, B has 2 rows and 2

columns, C has 3 rows and 3 columns.

3.1.2 Definition (Order of matrix):

A matrix having m rows and n columns is said to be of order m × n, read as

of m cross n or m by n.

In the above examples, A is of order 2 × 3, B is of order 2 × 2, C is of order 3 × 3.

In general a matrix having m rows and n columns is represented as follows.

 a11 a12 a13 ... a1 j ...a1n 

 
 a21 a22 a23 ... a2 j ...a2 n 
 a a32 a33 ... a3 j ...a3n 
 31 
A =  ... ... ... ... ... 
 
 ai1 ai 2 ai 3 ... aij ... ain 
 ... ... ... ... ... 
 
 am1 am 2 am 3 ... amj ...amn 
 

In compact form it is denoted by A = aij ( ) m×n

where 1 ≤ i ≤ m and 1 ≤ j ≤ n.

33
3.1.3 Definition (Rectangular matrix):
In a matrix if the number of rows is not equal to the number of columns then
1 3 4 
that matrix is called a rectangular matrix. For example the matrix   is a
 2 −1 0 
rectangular matrix.

Since the number of rows is 2 and the number of columns is 3.

3.1.4 Definition (Square matrix):

A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of columns,

is called a square matrix.

A = ( aij ) is a square matrix if m = n. In this case A is a square matrix of order

m×n

n. 1 ≤ j ≤ n.

1 3 
For example the matrix   is a square matrix of order 2
 2 −1 
 1 2 3
and  3 4 0  is a square matrix of order 3.
 −2 5 9 
 

3.1.5 Definition (Row matrix):

A matrix having only one row is called a row matrix.

For example the matrix (1 2 3 ) is a row matrix.

3.1.6 Definition (Column matrix):

A matrix having only one column is called a column matrix.

 1 
For example the matrix  2  is a column matrix.
3 
 

3.1.7 Definition (Null matrix or Zero matrix):

A matrix consisting of all zero elements is called a null

matrix or zero matrix.

34
  0 0 0 
For example the matrix   is a zero matrix. It is denoted by O.
 0 0 0 

3.1.8 Definition (Principal diagonal elements of a matrix):

In a square matrix the elements in first row first column, second row
second column, third row third column...nth row nth column are called principal diagonal
elements of a matrix. If A = aij ( ) n×n
where 1 ≤ i, j ≤ n then the principal diagonal
elements are a11 , a22 , a33 ...ann .

 1 2 3
For example 1,4,9 are the principal diagonal elements of the matrix  3 4 0 
 −2 5 9 
 

3.1.9 Definition (Trace of a matrix):

In a square matrix the sum of the principal diagonal elements of a matrix is called
the trace of a matrix. Trace of a square matrix A is denoted by Tr ( A). If A = aij ( ) n×n

where 1 ≤ i, j ≤ n then the trace of a square matrix A is denoted by

n
Tr ( A) = ∑ aii = a11 + a22 + a33 + ... + ann .
i =1

 1 2 3
For example the trace of the matrix A =  3 4 0  is Tr ( A) = 1 + 4 + 9 = 14.
 −2 5 9 
 

3.1.10 Definition (Triangular matrices):

A square matrix A = aij ( ) n×n

is said to be an upper triangular matrix if
aij = 0 for all i > j

A square matrix A = aij ( ) n×n

is said to be a lower triangular matrix if
aij = 0 for all i < j

 1 2 3
 1 2  
For example   ,  0 4 5  are upper triangular matrices and
 0 4   
 0 0 9

35
  1 0 0
 1 0  
  ,  2 4 0  are lower triangular matrices.
 2 4  
 3 5 9

3.1.11 Definition (Scalar matrix):

If each non-diagonal element of a square matrix is equal to zero and each

diagonal elements are equal to each other, then it is called a scalar matrix.

 3 0 0
 2 0   
For example   ,  0 3 0  are scalar matrices.
 0 2   
 0 0 3 

3.1.12 Definition (Unit matrix or Identity matrix):

If each non-diagonal element of a square matrix is equal to zero and each

diagonal elements are equal to 1, then that matrix is called a unit matrix or identity

matrix.

 1 0 0
 1 0  
For example   ,  0 1 0  are identity matrices.
 0 1   
 0 0 1 

3.1.13 Definition (Equality of matrices):

Matrices A and B are said to be equal if A and B are of same order and the
corresponding elements of A and B are the same.

a a12 a13   b11 b12 b13 

Thus A =  11  and B =   are equal iff aij = bij
 a21 a22 a23   b21 b22 b23 

for i = 1, 2 and j = 1, 2,3.

3.1.14 Definition (Sum of two matrices):

Let A and B be matrices of same order. Then the sum of A and B

denoted by A + B is defined as the matrix of the same order in which each element is the

sum of the corresponding elements of A and B.

( )
If A = aij m×n
( )
and B = bij m×n
( )
then A + B = cij m×n
where cij = aij + bij

for 1 ≤ i ≤ m,1 ≤ j ≤ n

36
 1 1 − 2  4 2 2
For example, if A =   and B =  then
 3 4 −1  7 3 4 

1 1 − 2  4 2 2  1 + 4 1+ 2 − 2 + 2  5 3 0
A+ B =  + = =
3 4 − 1   7 3 4   3 + 7 4 + 3 − 1 + 4   10 7 3 

3.1.15 Properties of Addition of matrices:

( )
If A = aij
m×n
, B = ( bij )
m×n
and C = cij ( ) m×n
be matrices of the same order.
then the addition of matrices satisfies the following properties.

(i) Commutative Property: A + B = B + A

Now A + B = aij ( ) m×n
+ (b )
ij m×n = ( aij + bij )
m×n
= ( bij )
m×n
+ (a )
ij m×n = B + A.
(ii) Associative Property: A + ( B + C ) = ( A + B) + C
Now
A + ( B + C ) = ( aij ) +  ( bij ) + ( cij )  = ( aij ) +  ( bij + cij ) 
m×n  m×n m×n  m×n  m×n 

=  ( aij ) + ( bij + cij )  = ( aij + bij ) + ( cij ) 

 m×n m×n   m×n m×n 

= ( aij + bij ) + (c ) ij m×n = ( A + B) + C.

m×n

(iii) Additive identity: A + O = O + A = A

If A is a m × n matrix and O is the m × n null matrix. Then we call O is
the additive identity matrix.
(iv) Additive inverse: A + B = B + A = O
If A is a m × n matrix then there exists a unique m × n matrix B such that
A + B = B + A = O, O being the m × n null matrix. Then we call B is the additive
inverse of A denoted by − A .

3.2 Scalar multiple of a matrix and multiplication of matrices:

This section is devoted to the study of multiplication of a matrix (i) by a
scalar and (ii) by a matrix. We also study the properties of multiplication.

3.2.1 Definition (Scalar multiple of a matrix):

Let A be a matrix of order m × n and k be a scalar (i.e real or complex

number). Then the m × n matrix obtained by multiplying each element of A by k
is called a scalar multiple of A and is denoted by kA.

( )
If A = aij m×n
then kA = k aij ( ) m×n
= ( k aij )
m×n

37
 1 1 − 2 
For example, if k = 3 and A =   then
 3 4 −1 

1 1 − 2 3 3 − 6 
kA = 3 A = 3  = .
3 4 − 1   9 12 − 3 

3.2.2 Properties of scalar multiple of a matrix:

Let A and B be matrices of same order and α and β be scalars. Then

(i) α ( β A) = αβ ( A) = β (α A) (ii ) (α + β ) A = α A + β A
(iii)α ( A + B) = α A + α B (iv) α O = Oα = O
(v) 0 A = A0 = O

3.2.3 Multiplication of matrices:

We say that the matrices A and B are conformable for multiplication in that
order (giving the product AB ) if the number of columns of A is equal to the
number of rows of B.

3.2.4 Definition (Product of two matrices):

( )
Let A = aij m× p
, B = ( bij )
p×n
( )
be two matrices. Then the matrix C = cij m×n
p
where cij = ∑ aik bkj is called the product of the matrices A and B denoted by AB.
k =1

1 1 4 2 2
For example, if A =   and B =  
3 4  2× 2 7 3 4  2× 3

Let the rows A be R1 , R2 and the columns of B be C1 , C2 , C3 . When A2×2 is

multiplied with B2×3 then the order of the product matrix C = AB is 2 × 3

 c11 c12 c13   R1C1 R1C2 R1C3 

C = AB =   = 
 c21 c22 c23   R2C1 R2C2 R2C3 

c11 = R1C1 = the sum of the products of the first row elements of A with the

corresponding elements of the first column of B = 1× 4 + 1× 7 = 11

c12 = R1C2 = the sum of the products of the first row elements of A with the

corresponding elements of the second column of B = 1× 2 + 1× 3 = 5

Similarly we can get c13 = 6, c21 = 40, c22 = 18, c23 = 22.

38
 11 5 6 
∴C = AB =  
 40 18 22 

3.2.5 Properties of multiplication of matrices:

( ) ( ) ( )
If A = aij , B = bij and C = cij be matrices conformable for
multiplication. Then

(i) Associative Law: A( BC ) = ( AB)C

(ii) Distributive Law: A( B + C ) = AB + AC ( Left Distibutive Law)
( A + B)C = AC + BC ( Right Distibutive Law)

(iii) Existence of multiplicative identity:

If I is the identity matrix of order n, then for any square matrix A of order n,
AI = IA = A

3.2.6 Note:

(i) Matrix multiplication need not be commutative. If A and B are two matrices
conformable for multiplication, AB exists, but BA may not exist, even if BA exists, AB
and BA may not equal.

If the orders of A and B are 2 × 3 and 3 × 4 respectively then the order of AB is

2 × 4 but BA does not exist.

If the orders of A and B are 2 × 3 and 3 × 2 respectively then the order of AB is

2 × 2 and the order of BA is 3 × 3. Hence AB and BA can not be equal.

(ii) If O ≠ A and O ≠ B are two matrices conformable for multiplication, AB

exists and AB = O

0 1 3 4
For example, if A =   and B =   then AB = BA = O
0 2  2× 2 0 0  2× 2

(iii) If AB = AC and O ≠ A, then it is not necessary that B = C

1 0  0 0 0 0
For example, if A =   , B=  and C =   then
 2 0  2× 2 3 4  2× 2 5 6  2× 2

AB = AC = O but B ≠ C.

(iv) For any positive integer n, ( A)n = A. A. A.... A(ntimes)

(v) If is α a scalar and A is any square matrix and is n a positive integer, then

39
 (α A)n = (α A)(α A)(α A)....(α A)(ntimes) = α n An

3.3 Transpose of a matrix:

In this section we define the transpose of a matrix and study its properties.
We also define symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices.

3.3.1 Definition (Transpose of a matrix):

If A is a matrix of order m × n, then the matrix obtained by interchanging the

rows into columns or columns into rows of A is called the transpose of A.
The transpose of the matrix A is denoted by AT (or ) A′

( )
If A = aij
m×n
( )
then AT = a ji n×m

T  1 3 
1 1 − 2 1 1 − 2  
For example, if A =   then AT =   = 1 4 
3 4 −1  3 4 −1  −2 − 1 
 

3.3.2 Properties of transpose of a matrix:

We now state the following properties of transpose of matrices without

proof. These may be verified by taking suitable examples.

Let A and B be matrices of suitable order. Then

(i) ( AT )T = A (ii) (kA)T = kAT
(iii) ( A + B)T = AT + BT (iv)( AB)T = BT AT

3.3.3 Definition (Symmetric matrix):

A square matrix A is said to be symmetric matrix if AT = A.

 4 −1 5
 3 4  
For example   ,  − 1 7 − 3  are symmetric matrices.
 4 2  
 5 −3 2 

3.3.4 Note:

(i) Let A = aij( ) n×n

be a symmetric matrix if aij = a ji ∀1 ≤ i, j ≤ n.

(ii) We have On×n , I n×n are symmetric matrices.

(iii) If A is a square matrix then A + AT is a symmetric matrix.

3.3.5 Definition (Skew-symmetric matrix):

40
 A square matrix A is said to be skew-symmetric matrix if AT = − A.
 0 1 −5 
 0 4  
For example  , − 1 0 − 3  are skew-symmetric matrices.
 −4 0   
 5 3 0

3.3.6 Note:

(i) A = ( aij ) is a skew-symmetric matrix if

n×n

aij = −a ji∀1 < i, j < n andaii = 0∀1 ≤ i ≤ n.

(ii) We have On×n is a skew-symmetric matrix.

(iii) If A is a square matrix then A − AT is a skew-symmetric matrix.

3.3.7 Solved Problems:

3 9 0 4 0 2
1. Problem: If A =   and B =  then find A + B.
1 8 − 2 7 1 4 

3 9 0 4 0 2
Solution: Given A =   and B = 
1 8 − 2 7 1 4 

3 9 0 4 0 2
A+ B =  +
1 8 − 2   7 1 4 

3+ 4 9 + 0 0 + 2
=
1 + 7 8 + 1 − 2 + 4 

7 9 2
=
8 9 2 

7 9 2
∴A + B =  .
8 9 2 

1 2 3   3 2 1
2. Problem: If A =   and B =   then find 3 B − 2 A.
 3 2 1 1 2 3 

1 2 3   3 2 1
Solution: Given A =   and B =  
 3 2 1 1 2 3 

 3 2 1 1 2 3 
3B − 2 A = 3   − 2 
1 2 3   3 2 1

41
 9 6 3  2 4 6 
⇒ 3B − 2 A =  −
3 6 9   6 4 2 

9 − 2 6−4 3− 6
⇒ 3B − 2 A = 
3− 6 6−4 9 − 2 

 7 2 − 3
⇒ 3B − 2 A = 
 −3 2 7 

 7 2 − 3
∴3 B − 2 A =  .
 −3 2 7 

0 1 2  1 −2 0 
3. Problem: If A =  2 3 4  and B =  0 1 −1 then find A − B and 4 B − 3 A.
 
4 5 6  −1 0 3 
   

0 1 2  1 −2 0 
Solution: Given A =  2 3 4  and B =  0 1 −1
 
4 5 6  −1 0 3 
   

 0 1 2   1 −2 0 
   
(i ) A − B =  2 3 4  −  0 1 −1 
 4 5 6   −1 0 3 
  

 0 −1 1+ 2 2 − 0 
 
⇒ A − B =  2 − 0 3 −1 4 +1 
 4 +1 5 − 0 6 − 3
 

 −1 3 2 
 
⇒ A− B =  2 2 5
 5 5 3
 

 −1 3 2 
 
∴A − B =  2 2 5
 5 5 3
 

 1 −2 0   0 1 2 
   
(ii )4 B − 3 A = 4  0 1 −1  − 3  2 3 4 
 −1 0 3   4 5 6 


42
  4 −8 0   0 3 6   4 − 0 −8 − 3 0 − 6 
     
⇒ 4B − 3A =  0 4 −4  −  6 9 12  ⇒ 4 B − 3 A =  0 − 6 4 − 9 −4 − 12 
 −4 0 12   12 15 18   −4 − 12 0 − 15 12 − 18 
     

 4 −11 −6 
 
∴ 4 B − 3 A =  −6 −5 −16 
 −16 −15 −6 
 

2 3 1 1 2 − 1 
4. Problem: If A =   B= and A + B − X = 0 then find X
 6 −1 5  0 −1 3 

2 3 1 1 2 − 1 
Solution: Given A =   and B = 
 6 −1 5  0 −1 3 

A+ B− X = 0⇒ X = A+ B

 2 3 1  1 2 − 1 
⇒ X = +
 6 −1 5  0 −1 3 

 2 + 1 3 + 2 1 −1
⇒ X = 
 6 + 0 −1−1 5 + 3 

3 5 0
⇒ X = 
 6 − 2 8

3 5 0
∴X =  .
 6 − 2 8

1 3 −5 
5. Problem: Find the trace of the matrix  2 −1 5 

1 0 1 
 

1 3 −5 
Solution: Let A =  2 −1 5 

1 0 1 


The elements of the principle diagonal elements of A are 1, −1,1

Hence the trace of A = Tr ( A) = 1 − 1 + 1 = 1

 2 3  0 4
6. Problem: If A =   and B =   then find AB and BA.
 1 2  −1 2 

43
  2 3  0 4
Solution: Given A =   and B =  
 1 2  −1 2 

 2 3 0 4
(i ) AB =   
 1 2   −1 2 

 2 × 0 + 3 × −1 2 × 4 + 3 × 2 
⇒ AB =  
 1 × 0 + 2 × −1 1 × 4 + 2 × 2 

2−3 8+6
⇒ AB =  
0 − 2 4 + 4

 −1 14 
∴ AB =  
 −2 8 

 0 4 2 3
(ii ) BA =   
 −1 2   1 2 
 0 × 2 + 4 ×1 0 × 3 + 4 × 2   2+4 0+8 
⇒ BA =   ⇒ BA =  
 −1 × 2 + 2 × 1 −1 × 3 + 2 × 2   −2 + 2 −3 + 4 

 6 8
∴ BA =  
 0 1

 4 2 2
7. Problem: If A =   then find A
 − 1 1 

 4 2
Solution: Given A =  
 −1 1 

 4 2 4 2
A2 = AA =   
 −1 1   −1 1 

 4 × 4 + 2 × −1 4 × 2 + 2 × 1 
⇒ A2 =  
 −1 × 4 + 1 × −1 − 1 × 2 + 1 × 1 

 16 − 2 8 + 2 
⇒ A2 =  
 − 4 − 1 −2 + 1 

 14 10 
∴ A2 =  
 −5 −1 

 2 4 2
8. Problem: If A =   and A = O then find K
 −1 K 

44
  2 4
Solution: Given A =  
 −1 K 

 2 4  2 4 
A2 = O ⇒ AA = O ⇒   =O
 −1 K   −1 K 

 2 × 2 + 4 × −1 2× 4 + 4× K   4−4 8 + 4K   0 0 
⇒  =O ⇒ =
 −1 × 2 + K × −1 −1 × 4 + K × K   −2 − K −4 + K 2   0 0 

 0 8 + 4K   0 0 
⇒ = ⇒ 8 + 4 K = 0, −2 − K = 0, −4 + K 2 = 0
 −2 − K −4 + K 2   0 0 

⇒ K = −2, K = −2, K = ±2

∴ K = ±2

 1 2 2
9. Problem: If A =  2 1 2  then show that A2 − 4 A − 5 I = O
2 2 1
 

 1 2 2
Solution: Given A =  2 1 2 
2 2 1
 

1 2 21 2 2
2   
A = AA =  2 1 2   2 1 2 
 2 2 1 2 2 1
  

 1 × 1 + 2 × 2 + 2 × 2 1× 2 + 2 × 1 + 2 × 2 1 × 2 + 2 × 2 + 2 × 1 
 
⇒ A =  2 × 1 + 1× 2 + 2 × 2 2 × 2 + 1×1 + 2 × 2 2 × 2 + 1× 2 + 2 × 1
2

 2 × 1 + 2 × 2 + 1× 2 2 × 2 + 2 × 1 + 1× 2 2 × 2 + 2 × 2 + 1× 1
 

 1+ 4 + 4 2 + 2 + 4 2 + 4 + 2
 
⇒ A =  2 + 2 + 4 4 +1+ 4 4 + 2 + 2
2

 2 + 4 + 2 4 + 2 + 2 4 + 4 +1 
 

9 8 8
2 
∴A = 8 9 8
8 8 9
 

45
 9 8 8 1 2 2 1 0 0
2      
A − 4 A − 5I =  8 9 8  − 4  2 1 2 − 5 0 1 0
8 8 9  1   0 0 1 
  2 2
9 8 8 4 8 8 5 0 0
     
⇒ A − 4 A − 5I =  8 9 8  −  8
2
4 8 −0 5 0
8 8 9 8 8 4   0 0 5 
  
9 − 4 − 5 8 −8 − 0 8 −8 − 0  0 0 0
   
⇒ A − 4 A − 5I =  8 − 8 − 0 9 − 4 − 5 8 − 8 − 0  ⇒ A − 4 A − 5I =  0 0 0  = O
2 2

8 − 8 − 0 8 − 8 − 0 9 − 4 − 5 0 0 0
   

∴ A2 − 4 A − 5 I = O

i 0  2
10. Problem: If A =   then show that A = − I
 0 − i 

i 0 
Solution: Given A =  
 0 −i 

 i 0  i 0 
A2 = AA ⇒ A2 =   
 0 − i   0 −i 

 i ×i + 0× 0 i × 0 + 0 × −i   i2 0
⇒ A2 =   ⇒ A 2
=  
 0 × i + −i × 0 0 × 0 + −i × −i  0 i2 

 −1 0 
⇒ A2 =   ∵ i 2 = −1
 0 −1 

1 0  1 0 
⇒ A2 = −   = −I ∵  = I 
0 1  0 1 

∴ A2 = − I

 2 −4  T
11. Problem: If A =   then find A + A
 −5 3 

 2 −4 
Solution: Given A =  
 −5 3 
T
T  2 −4   2 −5 
A =  = 
 −5 3   −4 3 

46
  2 −4   2 −5   2 + 2 −4 − 5   4 −9 
A + AT =  + = = 
 −5 3   − 4 3   − 5 − 4 3 + 3   − 9 6 

 4 −9 
∴ A + AT =  
 −9 6 

 −1 2 3 
12. Problem: If A =  2 5 6  is a symmetric matrix, find the value of x
 3 x 7
 

 −1 2 3 
Solution: Given A =  2 5 6 
 3 x 7
 
T
 −1 2 3   −1 2 3 
A =  2 5 6  =  2 5 x 
T  
 3 x 7  
   3 6 7

Since A is a symmetric matrix we have by definition A = AT

 −1 2 3   −1 2 3 
   
⇒  2 5 6 =  2 5 x
 3 x 7  3 6 7
   

∴x = 6

Exercise 3( a)
2 3 − 1 1 0 1
1. If A =   and B =   then find A + B.
7 8 5  2 − 4 −1
 −1 3  2 1
2. If A =   B=  and A + B − X = 0 then find X
 4 2  3 − 5
 3 2 −1  −3 − 1 0
3. If A =  2 − 2 0  B =  2 1
  
3  and X = A + B then find X
1 3 1   4 −1 2 
 
 x − 1 2 y − 5  1 − x 2 − y 
4. If  z 0
 
2  = 2 0

2  then find the values of x , y , z , w.
1 − 1 1 + w   1 −1 1 

 x − 1 2 5 − y  1 2 3
5. If  0  
z −1 7  =  0

4 7  then find the values of x , y , z , w.
1 0 w − 5   1 0 0 


47
  1
 1 2 − 
2
 
6. Find the trace of the matrix  0 −1 2
 1 
− 2 1
 2 
 2 −4  T
7. If A =   then find AA
 −5 3
 0 4 T
8. If A =   then find A A
 −1 2 
2 3  0 4 T
9. If A =   , B=  then find BA
1 2  − 1 2 
1 4 7  1 2 − 1 
10. If A =   B= T T
 verify that ( A + B ) = A + B
T

 2 5 8   0 − 1 3 
1 5 3   2 −1 0
11. If A =  2 4 0  , B =  0 − 2
  
5  then find 3 A − 4 B T
 3 −1 − 5  1 2 0 
  
 −2 5 
 −2 3 1
12. If A =  5 0  , B =  then find 2 A + B T
 −1 4   4 0 2 
 

3.4 Determinants of a Matrix:

We have learnt in lower classes that the value a1b2 − a2 b1 is called the
a b 
determinant of the matrix  1 1 
 a2 b2 
The determinant of 1 × 1 matrix is defined as its element.
In this section, we define the determinant of a 3 × 3 matrix, study its
propertiesand the methods of evaluation of certain determinants.

3.4.1 Definition (Minor of an element):

 a1 b1 c1 
Consider a square matrix  a2 b2 c2  . The minor of an element in this
a b c 
 3 3 3

matrix is defined as the determinant of the 2 × 2 matrix, obtained after deleting

the row and column in which the element is present.
a1 c1
For example the minor of b2 is = a1c3 − a3c1.
a3 c3

3.4.2 Definition (Cofactor of an element):

48
 The cofactor of an element in the i th row and the j th column of a 3 × 3
matrix is defined as its minor multiplied by (−1)i + j
We denote the cofactor of ai j by Ai j
For example consider the matrix in 3.4.1
Since b2 is in 2 nd row and 2 nd column, we have the cofactor of b2 is
a1 c1
B2 = ( −1) 2+ 2 = ( −1) 4 ( a1c3 − a3c1 ) = a1c3 − a3c1.
a3 c3

3.4.3 Definition (Determinant):

 a1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  . The sum of the products of elements of the first row
a b c 
 3 3 3

with their corresponding cofactors is called the determinant of A. The

 a1 b1 c1  a1 b1 c1
 
determinant of the matrix  a2 b2 c2  is written as a2 b2 c2 . We also denote
a b c  a3 b3 c3
 3 3 3

the determinant of the matrix A by det A or A .

det A = a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1
So far we have defined the concept of the determinant for square matrix of
order n for n = 1, 2, 3. The concept can be extended to the case n ≥ 4 by using the
principle of Mathematical Induction. Let A = ( aij ) . Then the determinant of
m× n

n
A is defined as ∑a
j =1
ij Aij , where Ai j is the cofactor of ai j

3.4.4 Example:

 1 0 −2 
Let us find the determinant of A =  3 − 1 2 
 4 5 6
 
det A = The sum of the products of elements of the first row with their
corresponding cofactors
= 1(cofactor of 1) + 0(cofactor of 0) + ( −2)(cofactor of ( −2))
= 1( −16) + ( −2)(19) = −16 − 38 = −54.

3.4.5 Note:

The definition of the determinant is formulated by using the elements of the

first row and the corresponding cofactors only. However the process can be

49
 adopted for the elements of any row or column and the corresponding cofactors.
n
We thus have det A = ∑ aij Aij for 1 ≤ i ≤ n.
j =1

Here the sum on the right hand side is independent of i.

 a1 b1 c1 
If A =  a2 b2 c2  then det A = a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 expansion along first row.
a b c 
 3 3 3

Similarly det A = a2 A2 + b2 B2 + c2C 2 expansion along second row

= a3 A3 + b3 B3 + c3C3 expansion along third row
= a1 A1 + a2 A2 + a3 A3 expansion along first column
= b1 B1 + b2 B2 + b3 B3 expansion along second column
= c1C1 + c2 C 2 + c3C3 expansion along third column
For instance, consider

b2 c2 b1 c1 b1 c1
a1 A1 + a2 A2 + a3 A3 = a1 ( −1)1+1 + a2 ( −1) 2 +1 + a3 ( −1)3+1
b3 c3 b3 c3 b2 c2

= a1 (b2 c3 − b3 c2 ) − a2 (b1c3 − b3 c1 ) + a3 (b1c2 − b2 c1 )

= a1 (b2 c3 − b3 c2 ) − b1 ( a2 c3 − a3 c2 ) + c1 ( a2 b3 − a3b2 )

= a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 = det A

3.4.6 Properties of determinants:

(i) If each element of a row (or column) of a square matrix is zero, then the

determinant of that matrix is zero.

0 0 0
Let A =  a1 b1 c1 

a c2 
 2 b2

First row consists of all zero elements. Then

det A = 0. A1 + 0. A2 + 0. A3 = 0

(ii) If two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are interchanged, then the sign of the

determinant changes.

50
  a1 b1 c1   a2 b2 c2 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  and B =  a1 b1 c1 
 
a b c  a b c 
 3 3 3  3 3 3

B is obtained by interchanging of first and second rows of A.

det B = a1 ( −1) 2 +1 (b2 c3 − b3c2 ) + b1 ( −1) 2 + 2 ( a2 c3 − a3c2 ) + c1 ( −1) 2 +3 ( a2b3 − a3b2 )

= − a1 (b2 c3 − b3 c2 ) + b1 ( a2 c3 − a3 c2 ) − c1 ( a2 b3 − a3b2 )

= − [ a1 (b2 c3 − b3c2 ) − b1 ( a2 c3 − a3c2 ) + c1 ( a2b3 − a3b2 ) ]

= − det A

(iii) If each element of a row (or column) of a square matrix is multiplied by a

number k , then the determinant of the matrix obtained is k times the determinant

of the given matrix.

 a1 b1 c1   ka1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  and B =  ka2 b2 c2 
 
a b c   ka b c 
 3 3 3  3 3 3

B is obtained by multiplying the elements of first row of A by k . The cofactors of

a1 , a2 , a3 in A are A1 , A2 , A3 then the cofactors of ka1 , ka2 , ka3 in B are also
A1 , A2 , A3 respectively. Hence

det B = ka1 A1 + ka2 A2 + ka3 A3

= k (a1 A1 + a2 A2 + a3 A3 )

= k det A

(iv) If A is a square matrix of order 3 and k is a scalar, then kA = k 3 A .

(v) If two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are identical, then the value of the

determinant is zero.

 a1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a1 b1 c1 
a 
 2 b2 c2 

First and second rows are identical. Then

det A = a2 .0 + b2 .0 + c2 .0 = 0

51
 (vi) If the matrix is a diagonal matrix then the determinant of the matrix is product of

the diagonal elements.

a 0 0
Let A =  0 b 0 
0 0 c 
 

det A = abc

(vii) If the matrix is a triangular (upper or lower) matrix then the determinant of

the matrix is product of the diagonal elements.

a 0 0
Let A =  d 
b 0  ⇒ det A = abc
e f c 

a d e
Let B =  d b

f  ⇒ det B = abc
0 0 c 


(viii) If the corresponding elements of two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are

in the same ratio, then the value of the determinant is zero.

 ka1 kb1 kc1 

Let A =  a1 b1

c1  . Then
a b2 c2 
 2

ka1 kb1 kc1 a1 b1 c1

det A = a1 b1 c1 = k a1 b1 c1 = k (0) = 0 = 0
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2

(ix) If each element in a row (or column) of a square matrix is the sum of two

numbers then its determinant can be expressed as the sum of the determinants of two

square matrices as shown below.

 a1 + x1 b1 c1   a1 b1 c1   x1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a2 + x2 b2    
c2  , B =  a2 b2 c2  , C =  x2 b2 c2 

a + x b c3  a b c   c3 
 3 3 3  3 3 3   x3 b3
If in A the cofactors of a1 + x1 , a2 + x2 , a3 + x3 are A1 , A2 , A3 then the cofactors of
a1 , a2 , a3 in B and of x1 , x2 , x3 in C are also A1 , A2 , A3 respectively.

52
 Now, det A = ( a1 + x1 ) A1 + ( a2 + x2 ) A2 + (a3 + x3 ) A3

= (a1 A1 + a2 A2 + a3 A3 ) + ( x1 A1 + x2 A2 + x3 A3 )

= det B + det C

a1 + x1 b1 c1 a1 b1 c1 x1 b1 c1
∴ a2 + x2 b2 c2 = a2 b2 c2 + x2 b2 c2
a3 + x3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3 x3 b3 c3

(x) If each element in a row (or column) of a square matrix is multiplied by a number

k and added to the corresponding element of another row (or column) of the matrix

then the determinant of the resulting matrix is equal to the determinant of the given

matrix.

 a1 b1 c1   a1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  , B =  a2 + ka1 b2 + ka1 c2 + ka1 
  
a b c   a b3 c3 
 3 3 3   3

B is obtained from A by multiplying each element of the first row of A by k then

adding them to the corresponding elements of the second row of A

a1 b1 c1 a1 b1 c1
Now, det B = a2 b2 c2 + ka1 kb1 kc1
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3

a1 b1 c1 a1 b1 c1
= a2 b2 c2 + k a1 b1 c1 = det A + 0 = det A
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3

(xi) For any square matrix A, det A = det AT .

 a1 b1 c1   a1 a2 a3 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  , A =  b1
  T
b2 b3 

a b c  c c2 c3 
 3 3 3   1
The values of the cofactors of a1 , b1 , c1 are same in A, AT .
Hence det A = a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 = det AT

(xi) For any square matrix A, B of same order det( AB ) = det A det B.

(xii) For any positive integer n, det( An ) = (det A) n .

53
3.4.7 Notation:

While evaluating the determinant we use the following notations.

(i) R1 ↔ R2 , to mean that the rows R1 and R2 are interchanged.

(ii) R1 → kR1 , to mean that the elements of row R1 are multiplied by k .

(iii) R1 → R1 + kR2 , to mean that the elements of row R1 are added with k the

corresponding elements of row R2 .

Similar notation is used for other rows and columns.

3.4.8 Solved Problems:

2 1 
1. Problem: Find the determinant of the matrix  
1 − 5 

2 1 
Solution: Let A =  
1 − 5 

2 1
We have det( A) = A = = 2( −5) − 1.1 = −10 − 1 = −11.
1 −5

 2 −1 4 
2. Problem: Find the determinant of the matrix  0 − 2 5 
 −3 1 3 
 

 2 −1 4 
Solution: Let A =  0 − 2 5 
 −3 1 3 
 

2 −1 4
We have det( A) = A = 0 − 2 5
−3 1 3

−2 5 0 5 0 −2
=2 − ( −1) +4
1 3 −3 3 −3 1

= 2 [ ( −2)3 − 1.5] + 1[ 0.3 − ( −3).5] + 4 [ 0.1 − ( −2).( −3) ]

= 2 [ −6 − 5] + 1[ 0 + 15] + 4 [ 0 − 6 ]

54
 = 2 [ −11] + 1[15] + 4 [ −6 ] = −22 + 15 − 24 = 15 − 46 = −31.

 12 2 2 32 
 
3. Problem: Find the determinant of the matrix  2 2 32 4 2 
 32 4 2 5 2 
 

 12 2 2 32 
 
Solution: Let A =  2 2 32 4 2 
 32 4 2 5 2 
 

1 4 9 
 
⇒ A =  4 9 16 
 9 16 25 
 

1 4 9
We have det( A) = A = 4 9 16
9 16 25

9 16 4 16 4 9
=1 −4 +9
16 25 9 25 9 16

= 1[9.25 − 16.16 ] − 4 [ 4.25 − 9.16 ] + 9 [ 4.16 − 9.9 ]

= 1[ 225 − 256 ] − 4 [100 − 144 ] + 9 [ 64 − 81]

= 1[ −31] − 4 [ −44 ] + 9 [ −17 ] = −31 + 176 − 153 = 176 − 184 = −8.

a b c 
4. Problem: Find the determinant of the matrix  b c a 
c a b 
 

a b c 
Solution: Let A =  b c a 
c a b 
 

a b c
We have det( A) = A = b c a
c a b

55
 c a b a b c
=a −b +c
a b c b c a

= a [ c.b − a.a ] − b [b.b − a.c ] + c [b.a − c.c ]

= a bc − a 2  − b b 2 − ac  + c ba − c 2 

= abc − a 3 − b 3 + abc + abc − c 3 = 3abc − a 3 − b 3 − c 3

1 ω ω 2 
 
5. Problem: Find the determinant of the matrix  ω ω 2 1 
ω2 1 ω 
 

where 1, ω , ω 2 are cube roots of unity.

1 ω ω 2 
 
Solution: Let A =  ω ω 2 1 
ω2 1 ω 
 

1 ω ω2
We have det( A) = A = ω ω2 1
2
ω 1 ω

ω2 1 ω 1 2 ω ω2
=1 −ω +ω
1 ω ω2 ω ω2 1

= 1 ω 2 .ω − 1.1 − ω ω .ω − 1.ω 2  + ω 2 ω .1 − ω 2 .ω 2 

= ω 3 − 1 − ω ω 2 − ω 2  + ω 2 ω − ω 4 

= [1 − 1] − ω [ 0 ] + ω 2 [ω − ω ]
(∵ ω 3
= 1, ω 4 = ω 3 .ω = 1.ω = ω )

= 0−0+ 0 = 0

1 0 0
6. Problem: Find the value of x if 2 3 4 = 45
5 −6 x

56
 1 0 0
Solution: We have 2 3 4 = 45
5 −6 x

3 4 2 4 3 4
⇒1 − 0. + 0. = 45
−6 x 5 x −6 x

⇒ 1[3 x + 24 ] − 0 [ 2 x − 20 ] + 0.[ 3 x + 24 ] = 45

⇒ 3 x + 24 − 0 + 0 = 45

⇒ 3 x = 21 ⇒ x = 7

1 a a2
7. Problem: Show that 1 b b 2 = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )
1 c c2

1 a a2
Solution: L.H.S = 1 b b 2
1 c c2

On applying R2 → R2 − R1 , R3 → R3 − R1 we get

1 a a2
L.H.S = 0 b − a b 2 − a 2
0 c − a c2 − a2

1 a a2
= 0 b−a ( b − a )( b + a )
0 c−a ( c − a )( c + a )

1 a a2
= ( b − a )( c − a ) 0 1 (b + a )
0 1 (c + a )
On applying R3 → R3 − R2 we get

57
 1 a a2
= ( b − a )( c − a ) 0 1 b+a
0 0 c −b

On expanding along the first column we get

1 b+a
= ( b − a )( c − a )
0 c−b

= ( b − a )( c − a )( c − b − 0 )

= ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a ) = R.H.S

1 a a2
∴1 b b 2 = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )
1 c c2

1 a 2 a3
8. Problem: Show that 1 b 2 b 3 = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )( ab + bc + ca )
1 c 2 c3

1 a 2 a3
Solution: L.H.S = 1 b 2 b 3
1 c 2 c3

On applying R2 → R2 − R1 , R3 → R3 − R1 we get

1 a2 a3
L.H.S = 0 b 2 − a 2 b 3 − a 3
0 c2 − a 2 c3 − a3

1 a2 a3
= 0 ( b − a )( b + a ) ( b − a ) ( b 2 + a 2 + ba )
0 ( c − a )( c + a ) ( c − a ) ( c 2 + a 2 + ca )

1 a2 a3
= ( b − a )( c − a ) 0 (b + a ) (b
2
+ a 2 + ba )
0 (c + a ) (c 2
+ a 2 + ca )

58
 On applying R3 → R3 − R2 we get

1 a2 a3
= ( b − a )( c − a ) 0 ( b + a ) ( b 2 + a 2 + ba )
0 ( c − b ) ( c 2 − b 2 + ca − ba )

1 a2 a3
= ( b − a )( c − a )( c − b ) 0 (b + a ) (b 2
+ a 2 + ba )
0 1 (c + b + a )
On expanding along the first column we get

= ( b − a )( c − a )( c − b )
(b + a ) (b 2
+ a 2 + ba )
1 (c + b + a )

= ( b − a )( c − a )( c − b )  ( a + b + c )( a + b ) − ( b 2 + a 2 + ba ) 

= ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )( ab + bc + ca ) = R.H.S

1 a 2 a3
∴1 b 2 b 3 = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )( ab + bc + ca )
1 c 2 c3

b+c c+a a+b a b c

9. Problem: Show that c + a a + b b + c = 2 b c a
a+b b+c c+a c a b

b+c c+a a+b

Solution: L.H.S = c + a a + b b + c
a+b b+c c+a

On applying R1 → R1 + R2 + R3 we get

2( a + b + c ) 2( a + b + c ) 2( a + b + c )
L.H.S = c+a a +b b+c
a+b b+c c+a

a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c

=2 c+a a +b b+c
a+b b+c c+a

59
 On applying R1 → R1 − R2 we get

b c a
= 2 c + a a +b b +c
a+b b+c c+a

On applying R3 → R3 − R1 we get

b c a
= 2 c + a a +b b +c
a b c

On applying R2 → R2 − R3 we get

b c a
=2 c a b
a b c

a b c
=2 b c a = R.H.S
c a b

b+c c+a a+b a b c

∴ c + a a +b b + c = 2 b c a
a+b b+c c+a c a b

a −b b−c c −a
10. Problem: Show that b − c c − a a − b = 0
c − a a −b b − c

a −b b−c c−a
Solution: L.H.S = b − c c − a a − b
c − a a −b b − c

On applying R1 → R1 + R2 + R3 we get

0 0 0
L.H.S = b − c c − a a − b
c − a a −b b − c

= 0 = R.H.S

60
 a −b b−c c −a
∴ b−c c−a a −b = 0
c − a a −b b −c

a + b + 2c a b
3
11. Problem: Show that c b + c + 2a b = 2 (a + b + c)
c a c + a + 2b

a + b + 2c a b
Solution: L.H.S = c b + c + 2a b
c a c + a + 2b

On applying C1 → C1 + C 2 + C3 we get

2( a + b + c ) a b
L.H.S = 2( a + b + c ) b + c + 2a b
2( a + b + c ) a c + a + 2b

1 a b
= 2( a + b + c ) 1 b + c + 2a b
1 a c + a + 2b

On applying R2 → R2 − R1 , R3 → R3 − R1 we get

1 a b
= 2( a + b + c ) 0 b+c+a 0
0 0 c+a+b

On expanding along the first column we get

b+c+a 0
= 2( a + b + c )
0 c+a+b

= 2( a + b + c )  ( a + b + c ) 2 − 0 

= 2( a + b + c ) 3 = R.H.S

a + b + 2c a b
3
∴ c b + c + 2a b = 2 (a + b + c)
c a c + a + 2b

61
 ax by cz a b c
12. Problem: Show that x 2
y z2 2
= x y z
1 1 1 yz zx xy

ax by cz
Solution: L.H.S = x 2 y 2 z 2
1 1 1

1
On applying R3 → R3 we get
xyz

ax by cz
1
L.H.S = x2 y2 z2
xyz
xyz xyz xyz

a b c
1
= ( xyz ) x y z
xyz
yz xz xy

a b c
= x y z = R.H.S
yz zx xy

ax by cz a b c
2 2 2
∴ x y z = x y z
1 1 1 yz zx xy

Exercise 3(b)
I Find the determinants of the following matrices:

 0 1 1  1 4 2
i 0  1 − 1     
1.   2.   3. 1 0 1 4.  2 − 1 4 
 0 −i  3 1  1 1 0   −3 7 6 
   

 2 −1 4  1 0 − 2   1 −1 2  a h g 
       
5.  4 − 3 1  6.  3 − 1 2  7.  3 0 4  8.  h b f 
1 2 1   4 5 6  −4 − 2 5   g f c 
    

62
II Find the determinants of the following matrices:

1 a bc
9. Show that 1 b ca = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )
1 c ab

1 1 1
10. Show that a b c = ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )
a2 b2 c2

a b c
11. Show that a 2 b 2 c 2 = abc ( a − b )( b − c )( c − a )
a3 b3 c3

1 a a 2 − bc
12. Show that 1 b b 2 − ca = 0
1 c c 2 − ab

b+c c+a a+b

13. Show that c + a a + b b + c = a 3 + b 3 + c 3 − 3abc
a b c

a−b−c 2a 2a
3
14. Show that 2b b−c−a 2b = (a + b + c)
2c 2c c−a−b

3.5 Adjoint and Inverse of a Matrix:

In this Section, we discuss adjoint and inverse of a matrix.

3.5.1 Definition ( Singular and Non-singular matrices):

A square matrix is said to be singular if its determinant is zero. Otherwise it is

said to be non-singular.

 1 2 3 2 
For example   is a singular matrix while   is non-singular.
 2 4  2 4

3.5.2 Definition ( Adjoint of a matrix):

The transpose of the matrix formed by replacing the elements of a square

matrix A with the corresponding cofactors is called the Adjoint of A and it is
denoted by Adj A.

63
  a1 b1 c1 
Let A =  a2 b2 c2  and Ai , Bi , Ci be the cofactors of ai , bi , ci respectively.
a b c 
 3 3 3

T
 A1 B1 C1   A1 A2 A3 
 
Then Adj A =  A2 B2 C2  =  B1 B2 B3 
A B C  C C C 
 3 3 3  1 2 3

3.5.3 Definition (Invertible matrix):

Let A be a non-singular matrix. We say that A is invertible if a matrix B

exists such that AB = BA = I where I is the unit matrix of the same order as A
and B

3.5.4 Note:

(i) If B exists such that AB = BA = I then such a unique B is denoted by

−1
A and is called the multiplicative inverse of A
(ii) If A is invertible then A is non-singular matrix, hence det A ≠ 0

3.5.5 Theorem:

 a1 b1 c1 
If A =  a2 b2 c2  is a non-singular matrix then A is invertible and
a b c 
 3 3 3

Adj A
A −1 =
det A

 a1 b1 c1 
Proof: Given A =  a2 b2 c2 
a b c 
 3 3 3

T
 A1 B1 C1   A1 A2 A3 
 
By definition Adj A =  A2 B2 C2  =  B1 B2 B3 
A B C  C C C 
 3 3 3  1 2 3

 a1 b1 c1   A1 A2 A3 
Now A ( Adj A) =  a2 b2 c2   B1 B2 B3 
a b c C C C 
 3 3 3  1 2 3

 a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 a1 A2 + b1 B2 + c1C 2 a1 A3 + b1 B3 + c1C3 

 
=  a2 A1 + b2 B1 + c2C1 a2 A2 + b2 B2 + c2 C2 a2 A3 + b2 B3 + c2C3 
a A +b B +c C a3 A2 + b3 B2 + c3C 2 a3 A3 + b3 B3 + c3C3 
 3 1 3 1 3 1

64
  det A 0 0  1 0 0
   
= 0 det A 0  = det A  0 1 0  = (det A) I
 0 0 det A  0 0 1
  

Now, since det A ≠ 0 , we have A 

Adj A 
=I
 det A 

Similarly we can get 

Adj A 
A=I
 det A 

Adj A
Hence A is invertible and A −1 =
det A

3.5.6 Corollary:

Let A and B are invertible matrices. Then A−1 , A and AB are invertible
matrices. (i ) ( A −1 ) −1 = A (ii ) ( AT ) −1 = ( A −1 )T (iii ) ( AB ) −1 = B −1 A −1

3.5.7 Solved Problems:

2 1 
1. Problem: Find the adjoint and inverse of the matrix  
1 − 5 

2 1 
Solution: Let A =  
1 − 5 

2 1
We have det( A) = A = = 2( −5) − 1.1 = −10 − 1 = −11 ≠ 0
1 −5

Hence A is invertible.

 −5 − 1 
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A =  
 −1 2 

5 1 
Adj A 1  −5 − 1   11 11 
A −1 = =−  = 
det A 11  −1 2   1 −2 
 
 11 11 

 cos α − sin α 
2. Problem: Find the adjoint and inverse of the matrix 
 sin α cos α 

 cos α − sin α 
Solution: Let A = 
 sin α cos α 

65
 cos α − sin α
We have det( A) = A = = ( cos α ) . ( cos α ) − ( sin α ) . ( − sin α )
sin α cos α

= cos 2 α + sin 2 α = 1 ≠ 0

Hence A is invertible.

 cos α sin α 
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A = A = 
 − sin α cos α 

Adj A 1  cos α sin α   cos α sin α 

A −1 = =  =
det A 1  − sin α cos α   − sin α cos α 

1 3 3 
3. Problem: Find the adjoint and inverse of the matrix  1 4 3 
1 3 4 
 

1 3 3 
Solution: Let A =  1 4 3 
1 3 4 
 

1 3 3
4 3 1 3 1 4
We have det( A) = A = 1 4 3 = 1 −3 +3
3 4 1 4 1 3
1 3 4

= 1(16 − 9) − 3(4 − 3) + 3(3 − 4) = 7 − 3 − 3 = 1 ≠ 0

Hence A is invertible.
T
 7 − 1 − 1  7 − 3 − 3
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A =  −3 1 0  =  −1 1 0 
 
 −3 0 1   −1 0 1 
   

 7 − 3 − 3  7 − 3 − 3
−1Adj A 1    
A = = −1 1 0  =  −1 1 0 
det A 1    
 −1 0 1   −1 0 1 

 −1 − 2 − 2 
4. Problem: If A =  2 1 − 2  then show that Adj A = 3 AT
 2 − 2 1
 

66
  −1 − 2 − 2 
Solution: Given A =  2 1 − 2 
 2 − 2 1
 

T
−3 −6 − 6 −3 6 6
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A =  6 3 − 6  =  −6 3 − 6 
 
 6 −6 3   
   −6 − 6 3 
T
 −1 − 2 − 2   −1 2 2   − 3 6 6 
3 A = 3  2 1 − 2  = 3  −2 1 − 2  =  −6 3 − 6 
T  
 2 − 2 1  −2 − 2 1   − 6 − 6 3 
     

∴ Adj A = 3 AT

3 −3 4
5. Problem: If A =  2 − 3 4  then find A3 and A −1
 0 −1 1 
 

3 − 3 4 
Solution: Given A =  2 − 3 4 
 0 −1 1 
 

3 −3 4
−3 4 2 4 2 −3
We have det( A) = A = 2 − 3 4 = 3 +3 +4
−1 1 0 1 0 −1
0 −1 1

= 3( −3 + 4) + 3(2 − 0) + 4( −2 + 0) = 3 + 6 − 8 = 1 ≠ 0

Hence A is invertible.
T
 1 − 2 − 2  1 −1 0 
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A =  −1 3 3  =  −2 3 − 4 
 
 0 −4 −3   −2 3 − 3 
   

 1 −1 0   1 −1 0 
−1Adj A 1    
A = =  −2 3 − 4  =  −2 3 − 4 
det A 1    
 −2 3 − 3   −2 3 − 3 

3 − 3 4 3 − 3 4   3 −4 4 
    
A = AA =  2 − 3 4   2 − 3 4  ⇒ A =  0 −1 0 
2 2

 0 −1 1   0 −1 1   −2 2 −3 
   

67
  3 −4 4   3 − 3 4   1 −1 0 
    
A = A A =  0 −1 0   2 − 3 4  ⇒ A =  − 2 3 − 4 
3 2 3

 −2 2 −3   0 − 1 1   −2 3 − 3 
  

Exercise 3(c)
I Find the inverse of the following matrices:

1 2 1  1 0 2 
2 1  2 −3   
1.   2.  4 6  3.  3 2 3  4.  2 1 0 
 1 − 5    1 1 2  3 2 1
   

I I 5.

 1 − 2 3
If A =  0 − 1 4  then find ( AT ) −1
 −2 2 1 
 

3.6 Solution of Simultaneous Linear Equations:

In this Section, we discuss some methods of solving system of simultaneous linear
equations.

3.6.1 Crammer’s Rule:

Consider the system of equations

a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d1
a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = d 2
a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = d 3
 a1 b1 c1 
Where A =  a2 b2 c2  is non-singular.
a b c 
 3 3 3

 x  d1 
Let X =  y  be the solution of the equation AX = B Where B =  d 2 
 
 z d 
   3
a1 b1 c1 a1 x b1 c1
Let ∆ = a2 b2 c2 then x∆ = a2 x b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 a3 x b3 c3
On applying C1 → C1 + yC 2 + zC3 we get

68
 a1 x + b1 y + c1 z b1 c1 d1 b1 c1
x∆ = a2 x + b2 y + c2 z b2 c2 = d 2 b2 c2 = ∆1
a3 x + b3 y + c3 z b3 c3 d3 b3 c3
d1 b1 c1
∆1
∴x = where ∆1 = d 2 b2 c2
∆
d3 b3 c3
a1 d1 c1
∆2
Similarly we get y = where ∆ 2 = a2 d 2 c2
∆
a3 d 3 c3
a1 b1 d1
∆3
z= where ∆ 3 = a2 b2 d2
∆
a3 b3 d3

This is known as Crammer’s Rule.

3.6.2 Matrix Inversion Method:

Consider the system of equations

a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d1
a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = d 2
a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = d 3
 a1 b1 c1 
Where A =  a2 b2 c2  is non-singular. Then we can find A−1
a b c 
 3 3 3

AX = B ⇔ A−1 ( AX ) = A−1 B ⇔ ( A−1 A) X = A−1B ⇔ I X = A−1 B ∵ I = A−1 A 

X = A−1B From this x, y and z are known.

3.6.3 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Solve the following system of equations using crammer’s rule

x − y + 3 z = 5, 4 x + 2 y − z = 0, − x + 3 y + z = 5.

 1 −1 3   x  5
Solution: Let A =  4 2 − 1 , X =  y  , B =  0 
   
 −1 3 1   z  
    5

Then we can rewritten the given equations in the form of matrix equation as
AX = B

69
 1 −1 3
2 −1 4 −1 4 2
We have ∆ = det( A) = A = 4 2 −1 = 1 +1 +3
3 1 −1 1 −1 3
−1 3 1

= 1(2 + 3) + 1(4 − 1) + 3(12 + 2) = 5 + 3 + 42 = 50 ≠ 0 We have

5 −1 3
2 −1 0 −1 0 2
∆1 = det( A1 ) = A1 = 0 2 −1 = 5 +1 +3
3 1 5 1 5 3
5 3 1

= 5(2 + 3) + 1(0 + 5) + 3(0 − 10) = 25 + 5 − 30 = 0

1 5 3
0 −1 4 −1 4 0
We have ∆ 2 = det( A2 ) = A2 = 4 0 − 1 = 1 −5 +3
5 1 −1 1 −1 5
−1 5 1

= 1(0 + 5) − 5(4 − 1) + 3(20 − 0) = 5 − 15 + 60 = 50

1 −1 5
2 0 4 0 4 2
We have ∆ 3 = det( A3 ) = A3 = 4 2 0 =1 +1 +5
3 5 −1 5 −1 3
−1 3 5
= 1(10 − 0) + 1(20 + 0) + 5(12 + 2) = 10 + 20 + 70 = 100

Hence by Crammer’s rule

∆1 0 ∆ 50 ∆ 100
x= = = 0, y = 2 = = 1, z = 3 = =2
∆ 50 ∆ 50 ∆ 50

∴ The solution of the given system of equations is x = 0, y = 1, z = 2.

2. Problem: Solve the following system of equations using crammer’s rule

2 x − y + 3 z = 9, x + y + z = 6, x − y + z = 2.

 2 −1 3  x  9
Solution: Let A =  1 1     
1 , X =  y , B =  6
1 −1 1   z  2
    

Then we can rewritten the given equations in the form of matrix equation as
AX = B

2 −1 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
We have ∆ = det( A) = A = 1 1 1 =2 +1 +3
−1 1 1 1 1 −1
1 −1 1

70
 = 2(1 + 1) + 1(1 − 1) + 3( −1 − 1) = 4 + 0 − 6 = −2 ≠ 0 We have
9 −1 3
1 1 6 1 6 1
∆1 = det( A1 ) = A1 = 6 1 1 =9 +1 +3
−1 1 2 1 2 −1
2 −1 1

= 9(1 + 1) + 1(6 − 2) + 3( −6 − 2) = 18 + 4 − 24 = −2

2 9 3
6 1 1 1 1 6
We have ∆ 2 = det( A2 ) = A2 = 1 6 1 = 2 −9 +3
2 1 1 1 1 2
1 2 1

= 2(6 − 2) − 9(1 − 1) + 3(2 − 6) = 8 − 0 − 12 = −4

2 −1 9
1 6 1 6 1 1
We have ∆ 3 = det( A3 ) = A3 = 1 1 6 =2 +1 +9
−1 2 1 2 1 −1
1 −1 2
= 2(2 + 6) + 1(2 − 6) + 9( −1 − 1) = 16 − 4 − 18 = −6

Hence by Crammer’s rule

∆1 −2 ∆ −4 ∆ −6
x= = = 1, y = 2 = = 2, z = 3 = =3
∆ −2 ∆ −2 ∆ −2

∴ The solution of the given system of equations is x = 1, y = 2, z = 3.

3. Problem: Solve the following system of equations using crammer’s rule

2 x − y + 3 z = 8, − x + 2 y + z = 4, 3 x + y − 4 z = 0.

 2 −1 3   x  8
Solution: Let A =  − 1 2 1  , X =  y  , B =  4 
   
 3 1 − 4  z  0
     

Then we can rewritten the given equations in the form of matrix equation as
AX = B

2 −1 3
2 1 −1 1 −1 2
We have ∆ = det( A) = A = −1 2 1 =2 +1 +3
1 −4 3 −4 3 1
3 1 −4

= 2( −8 − 1) + 1(4 − 3) + 3( −1 − 6) = −18 + 1 − 21 = −38 ≠ 0

71
 8 −1 3
2 1 4 1 4 2
We have ∆1 = det( A1 ) = A1 = 4 2 1 =8 +1 +3
1−4 0 −4 0 1
0 1 −4

= 8( −8 − 1) + 1( −16 − 0) + 3(4 − 0) = −72 − 16 + 12 = −76

2 8 3
4 1 −1 1 −1 4
We have ∆ 2 = det( A2 ) = A2 = −1 4 1 = 2 −8 +3
0 −4 3 −4 3 0
3 0 −4

= 2( −16 − 0) − 8(4 − 3) + 3(0 − 12) = −32 − 8 − 36 = −76

2 −1 8
2 4 −1 4 −1 2
We have ∆ 3 = det( A3 ) = A3 = −1 2 4 =2 +1 +8
1 0 3 0 3 1
3 1 0
= 2(0 − 4) + 1(0 − 12) + 8( −1 − 6) = −8 − 12 − 56 = −76

Hence by Crammer’s rule

∆1 −76 ∆ −76 ∆ −76

x= = = 2, y = 2 = = 2, z = 3 = =2
∆ −38 ∆ −38 ∆ −38

∴ The solution of the given system of equations is x = 2, y = 2, z = 2.

4. Problem: Solve the following system of equations using matrix inversion method
x − y + 3 z = 5, 4 x + 2 y − z = 0, − x + 3 y + z = 5.

 1 −1 3   x  5
Solution: Let A =  4 2 − 1  , X =  y  , B =  0 
   
 −1 3 1   z  5
    

Then we can rewritten the given equations in the form of matrix equation as
AX = B

1 −1 3
2 −1 4 −1 4 2
We have det( A) = A = 4 2 −1 = 1 +1 +3
3 1 −1 1 −1 3
−1 3 1

= 1(2 + 3) + 1(4 − 1) + 3(12 + 2) = 5 + 3 + 42 = 50 ≠ 0

Hence A is invertible.

72
 T
 5 − 3 14   5 10 − 5 
Adjoint matrix of A is Adj A =  10 4 − 2  =  −3 4 13 
 
 −5 13 6   
   14 − 2 6 

 5 10 − 5 
−1Adj A 1  
A = = − 3 4 13 
det A 50  
 14 − 2 6 

Hence by matrix inversion method

X = A −1 B

 4 10 − 5   5 
1   
X =  −3 4 13   0 
50   
 14 − 2 6   5 

 25 + 0 − 25 
1  
= −15 + 0 + 65
50  

 70 + 0 + 30 

 0  0
1    
= 50  =  1 
50    
 100   2 

∴ The solution of the given system of equations is x = 0, y = 1, z = 2.

Exercise 3(d)
1. Solve the following system of equations using crammer’s rule
x − y + 3 z = 5, 4 x + 2 y − z = 0, − x + 3 y + z = 5.
2. Solve the following system of equations using crammer’s rule
3 x + 4 y + 5 z = 18, 2 x − y + 8 z = 13, 5 x − 2 y + 7 z = 20.
3. Solve the system following of equations using crammer’s rule
x + y + z = 3, 2 x + 2 y − z = 3, x + y − z = 1.
4. Solve the following system of equations using matrix inversion method
2 x − y + 3 z = 8, − x + 2 y + z = 4, 3 x + y − 4 z = 0.
5. Solve the following system of equations using matrix inversion method
3 x + 4 y + 5 z = 18, 2 x − y + 8 z = 13, 5 x − 2 y + 7 z = 20.
6. Solve the following system of equations using matrix inversion method
2 x + 4 y − z = 0, x + 2 y + 2 z = 5,3 x + 6 y − 7 z = 2.

73
 Key Concepts
1. An ordered rectangular array of elements is called a matrix. The elements of matrices
are real or complex numbers.

2. A matrix having m rows and n columns is said to be of order m × n, read as of m

cross n or m by n. In compact form it is denoted by A = aij ( ) m×n
where 1 ≤ i ≤ m and
1 ≤ j ≤ n.

3. In a matrix if the number of rows is not equal to the number of columns then that
matrix is called a rectangular matrix.

4. A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of columns,

is called a square matrix.

( )
5. A = aij
m×n
is a square matrix if m = n. In this case A is a square matrix of order n.
1 ≤ j ≤ n.

6. A matrix having only one row is called a row matrix.

7. A matrix having only one column is called a column matrix.

8. A matrix consisting of all zero elements is called a null matrix or zero matrix.

9. If A = aij( ) n×n
where 1 ≤ i, j ≤ n then the principal diagonal elements are
a11 , a22 , a33 ...ann . Trace of a square matrix A is denoted by Tr ( A) and is denoted by
n
Tr ( A) = ∑ aii = a11 + a22 + a33 + ... + ann .
i =1

10. A square matrix A = aij ( ) n×n

is said to be an upper triangular matrix if

aij = 0 for all i > j 11. A square matrix A = aij ( ) n×n

is said to be a lower
triangular matrix if aij = 0 for all i < j

12. A square matrix A = aij ( ) n×n

is said to be a unit or identity matrix if
aij = 0 for all i ≠ j

13. If A = aij ( ) m×n

and B = bij ( ) m×n
then A + B = cij ( ) m×n
where cij = aij + bij

for 1 ≤ i ≤ m,1 ≤ j ≤ n

14. If A = aij ( ) m×n

, B = ( bij )
m×n
( )
and C = cij m×n
be matrices of the same order.

74
(v) Commutative Property: A + B = B + A

(vi) Associative Property: A + ( B + C ) = ( A + B) + C

(vii) Additive identity: A + O = O + A = A

(viii) Additive inverse: A + B = B + A = O

15. If A = aij ( ) m×n

then kA = k aij ( ) m×n
= ( k aij )
m×n

16. Let A = aij ( ) m× p

, B = ( bij )
p×n
( )
be two matrices. Then the matrix C = cij m×n
where
p
cij = ∑ aik bkj is called the product of the matrices A and B denoted by AB.
k =1

( ) ( ) ( )
17. If A = aij , B = bij and C = cij be matrices conformable for multiplication. Then

(iii) Associative Law: A( BC ) = ( AB)C

(iv) Distributive Law: A( B + C ) = AB + AC ( Left Distibutive Law)
( A + B)C = AC + BC ( Right Distibutive Law)

(iii) Existence of multiplicative identity:

If I is the identity matrix of order n, then for any square matrix A of order n,
AI = IA = A

18. Matrix multiplication need not be commutative.

19. If A and B are two matrices conformable for multiplication, AB exists, but BA may
not exist, even if BA exists, AB and BA may not equal.

20. If O ≠ A and O ≠ B are two matrices conformable for multiplication, AB exists and
AB = O If AB = AC and O ≠ A, then it is not necessary that B = C

21. For any positive integer n, ( A)n = A. A. A.... A(ntimes)

22. If is α a scalar and A is any square matrix and is n a positive integer, then

(α A)n = (α A)(α A)(α A)....(α A)(ntimes)

23. If A is a matrix of order m × n, then the matrix obtained by interchanging the rows
into columns or columns into rows of A is called the transpose of A. The transpose of
the matrix A is denoted by AT (or ) A′

75
 ( )
24. If A = aij
m×n
then AT = a ji ( ) n×m

25. Let A and B be matrices of suitable order. Then

(i) ( AT )T = A (ii) (kA)T = kAT

(iii) ( A + B)T = AT + BT (iv)( AB)T = BT AT

26. A square matrix A is said to be symmetric matrix if AT = A.

(i) Let A = aij ( ) n×n

be a symmetric matrix if aij = a ji ∀1 ≤ i, j ≤ n.

(ii) We have On×n , I n×n are symmetric matrices.

(iii) If A is a square matrix then A + AT is a symmetric matrix.

27. A square matrix A is said to be skew-symmetric matrix if AT = − A.

(i) A = ( aij ) is a skew-symmetric matrix if

n×n

aij = −a ji∀1 < i, j < n andaii = 0∀1 ≤ i ≤ n.

(ii) We have On×n is a skew-symmetric matrix.

(iii) If A is a square matrix then A − AT is a skew-symmetric matrix.

28. We have learnt in lower classes that the value a1b2 − a2b1 is called the determinant of
 a1 b1 c1 
a b   
the matrix  1 1  Consider a square matrix  a2 b2 c2  . The minor of an element in
 a2 b2  a b c 
 3 3 3

this matrix is defined as the determinant of the 2 × 2 matrix, obtained after deleting the
row and column in which the element is present.

 a1 b1 c1 
29. Let A =  a2 b2 c2  . The sum of the products of elements of the first row with
a b c 
 3 3 3

their corresponding cofactors is called the determinant of A. The determinant of the

 a1 b1 c1  a1 b1 c1
 
matrix  a2 b2 c2  is written as a2 b2 c2 . We also denote the determinant of the
a b c  a3 b3 c3
 3 3 3

matrix A by det A or A .

det A = a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1

76
 n
Let A = ( aij ) . Then the determinant of A is defined as
m× n ∑a
j =1
ij Aij , where

Ai j is the cofactor of ai j
n
We thus have det A = ∑ aij Aij for 1 ≤ i ≤ n.
j =1

 a1 b1 c1 
If A =  a2 b2 c2  then det A = a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 expansion along first row.
a b c 
 3 3 3

b2 c2 b1 c1 b1 c1
a1 A1 + a2 A2 + a3 A3 = a1 ( −1)1+1 + a2 ( −1) 2 +1 + a3 ( −1)3+1
b3 c3 b3 c3 b2 c2

= a1 (b2 c3 − b3c2 ) − a2 (b1c3 − b3c1 ) + a3 (b1c2 − b2 c1 )

= a1 (b2 c3 − b3c2 ) − b1 ( a2 c3 − a3c2 ) + c1 ( a2b3 − a3b2 )

= a1 A1 + b1 B1 + c1C1 = det A

(i) If each element of a row (or column) of a square matrix is zero, then the

determinant of that matrix is zero.

(ii) If two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are interchanged, then the sign of the

determinant changes.

(iii) If each element of a row (or column) of a square matrix is multiplied by a

number k , then the determinant of the matrix obtained is k times the determinant

of the given matrix.

(iv) If A is a square matrix of order 3 and k is a scalar, then kA = k 3 A .

(v) If two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are identical, then the value of the

determinant is zero.

(vi) If the matrix is a diagonal matrix then the determinant of the matrix is product of

the diagonal elements.

(vii) If the matrix is a triangular (upper or lower) matrix then the determinant of

the matrix is product of the diagonal elements.

(viii) If the corresponding elements of two rows (or columns) of a square matrix are

77
 in the same ratio, then the value of the determinant is zero.

(ix) If each element in a row (or column) of a square matrix is the sum of two

numbers then its determinant can be expressed as the sum of the determinants of two

square matrices as shown below.

(x) If each element in a row (or column) of a square matrix is multiplied by a number

k and added to the corresponding element of another row (or column) of the matrix

then the determinant of the resulting matrix is equal to the determinant of the given

matrix.

(xi) For any square matrix A, det A = det AT .

(xi) For any square matrix A, B of same order det( AB ) = det A det B.

(xii) For any positive integer n, det( An ) = (det A) n .

30. While evaluating the determinant we use the following notations.

(i) R1 ↔ R2 , to mean that the rows R1 and R2 are interchanged.

(ii) R1 → kR1 , to mean that the elements of row R1 are multiplied by k .

(iii) R1 → R1 + kR2 , to mean that the elements of row R1 are added with k the

corresponding elements of row R2 .

31. A square matrix is said to be singular if its determinant is zero. Otherwise it is said
to be non-singular.

32. The transpose of the matrix formed by replacing the elements of a square matrix A
with the corresponding cofactors is called the Adjoint of A and it is denoted by Adj A.

33. Let A be a non-singular matrix. We say that A is invertible if a matrix B exists

such that AB = BA = I where I is the unit matrix of the same order as A and B

(i) If B exists such that AB = BA = I then such a unique B is denoted by

−1
A and is called the multiplicative inverse of A
(ii) If A is invertible then A is non-singular matrix, hence det A ≠ 0

 a1 b1 c1 
If A =  a2 b2 c2  is a non-singular matrix then A is invertible and A −1 =
Adj A
34.
a b c  det A
 3 3 3

78
35. Let A and B are invertible matrices. Then A−1 , A and AB are invertible matrices.
(i ) ( A − 1 ) − 1 = A (ii ) ( AT ) −1 = ( A −1 )T (iii ) ( AB ) −1 = B −1 A−1

36. Consider the system of equations

a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d1 , a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = d 2 , a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = d3
 a1 b1 c1   x  d1 
Let AX = B, Where A =  a2 b2 c2  is non-singular and X =  y  , B =  d 2 
   
a b c   z d 
 3 3 3    3
a1 b1 c1 d1 b1 c1 a1 d1 c1 a1 b1 d1
Let ∆ = a2 b2 c2 ∆1 = d 2 b2 c2 ∆ 2 = a2 d 2 c2 ∆ 3 = a 2 b2 d2
a3 b3 c3 d3 b3 c3 a3 d 3 c3 a3 b3 d3
∆1 ∆ ∆
∴x = , y = 2 , z = 3 This is known as Crammer’s Rule
∆ ∆ ∆
.

37. Consider the system of equations

a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d1 , a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = d 2 , a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = d3
 a1 b1 c1 
Where A =  a2 b2 c2  is non-singular. Then we can find A−1
a b c 
 3 3 3

AX = B ⇔ A−1 ( AX ) = A−1 B ⇔ ( A−1 A) X = A−1B ⇔ I X = A−1 B ∵ I = A−1 A 

X = A−1B From this x, y and z are known.

Answers
Exercise 3(a)
0 1 − 1
3 3 0 1 4    5
(1)   (2)   (3)  4 − 1 3  (4) x = 1, y = , z = 2, w = 0.
9 4 4 7 −3  5 2 2
 3 

 20 − 22   1 −2  12 8 
(5) x = 2, y = 2, z = 5, w = 5. (6) 1 (7)   (8)   (9)  
 −22 34   −2 20   4 3

 −5 15 5   −6 14 
   
(11) 10 20 − 8  (12) 13 0 
 9 − 23 − 15   −1 10 
  

Exercise 3(b)
(1) 1 (2) 4 (3) 2 (4) − 108 (5) 37

79
(6) − 54 (7) 27 (8) abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2

Exercise 3(c)
 1 1   1 −3 4  1 4 − 2
−1  − 5 − 1   4 8  −1   (4) 1  −2 − 5 4 
(1)  −1  (2)   (3)  − 3 1 0 
11  2 − 1 1  4   3  

   1 1 − 4   1 − 2 1 
 6 12 
 −9 − 8 − 2 
 
(5)  8 7 2
 −5 − 4 − 1 
 

Exercise 3(d)
(1) x = 0, y = 1, z = 2 (2) x = 3, y = 1, z = 1 (3) x = 1, y = 1, z = 1 (4) x = 2, y = 2, z = 2
(5) x = 3, y = 1, z = 1 (6) no solution

80
 4. ADDITION OF VECTORS
Introduction:
In our day to day life we come across many queries such as What is your
height? How should a foot ball player hit the ball, to give a pass to one another player of
his team? Observe that one possible answer to the first query is 1.75 meters, a quantity
that specifies a value (magnitude) which is a real number. Such quantities are called
scalars. However, the answer to the second query is a quantity (called force) which
involves muscular strength (magnitude) and also direction (in which another player is
positioned). Such quantities are called vectors. In Physics, Engineering and Mathematics,
we frequently come across with both types of quantities, namely scalar quantities such as
length, mass, volume, temperature, density, area, work, resistance etc. and vector
quantities like displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, weight, momentum etc.

Vector methods have revolutionised Mechanics, Engineering, Physics and

Mathematics. Rene Descarte (1596-1660) after whom the Cartesian coordinate system is
named, G.W. Leibnitz (1646-1716), a famous mathematician of 17th century and R.H.
Hamilton (1835-1865), a well known theoretical physicist are the trio who laid the seeds
to this branch of Mathematics. J.W. Gibb’s (1839-1903) work on vector analysis was of
major importance in Mathematics.

In this chapter, we will study some of the basic concepts about vectors, various
operations on vectors and their algebraic and geometric properties. Angle between two
non-zero vectors, vector equations of a line and a plane are discussed to give a full
realisation of the applicability of vectors in various areas as mentioned above.

4.1 Vectors as a triad of real numbers, some basic concepts:

Let l be any straight line in a plane or three dimensional space. This line can be
given two directions by means of arrow heads. A line with one of these directions
prescribed, is called a directed line.
l l

4.1.1 Definition (Directed line segment):

If A and B are two distinct points in the space, the ordered pair ( A, B ),
denoted by AB is called a directed line segment with initial point A and terminal
point B. The magnitude of AB, denoted by AB = a ( say ), is the length of AB
or distance between A and B. a

A B

81
4.1.2 Definition:

A line segment with a specified magnitude and direction is called a vector.

Notice that the directed line segment AB is a vector.
The zero vector, denoted by 0, is the collection of PP where P is any point
in the space. The zero vector, also known as null vector, has neither support nor
any direction. Observe that, for the zero vector, the initial and terminal points
coincide and its magnitude is the scalar 0.
Let a , b and c be real numbers (not necessarily distinct). A set formed with
a, b, c in which the order of occurance is also preassigned is called an ordered
triad or a triple. If a, b, c are distinct real numbers, then we get six ordered triads,
namely ( a, b, c), ( a, c, b), (b, c, a ), (b, a, c ), (c, a, b), (c, b, a ). For the ordered triad
( a, b, c ), a, b, c are called the first, the second and the third components
respectively.
The set of all ordered triads ( a, b, c) of real numbers is denoted by R 3 .

4.1.3 Position vector:

Consider a three-dimensional rectangular coordinate system OX , OY , OZ and

a point P in the space having coordinates ( x, y, z ) with respect to the origin
O (0, 0, 0) as shown in the Fig given below. Then the vector OP having O and P
as its initial and terminal points respectively, is called the position vector of the
point with respect to O. This is denoted by r . The magnitude of OP, using the
distance formula is given by OP = r = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 . It is customary that the

position vector of A with respect to the origin O is denoted by a.

1
Z 1
Z Y1
X .P ( x , y , z ) Y X 1

O
O

Y
Y Z1 X Z1 X

82
4.1.4 Direction cosines and Direction ratios:

Consider the position vector OP = r of a point P = ( x, y, z ). Let α , β , γ be the

angles made by the vector r with the positive direction (counter clockwise direction) of
X , Y , Z axes respectively. Then cos α , cos β and cos γ are called the direction cosines of
the vector r. These direction cosines are usually denoted by l , m, n respectively.

Draw perpendicular from P to the X , Y and Z axes and let A, B, C be the

feet of the perpendiculars respectively.

x x
We observe that ∆OAP is right angled and hence cos α = = . Similarly
r r

y
from the right angled triangles ∆OBP and ∆OCP, we may write cos β = and
r
z
cos γ = . Thus the coordinates x, y, z of the point P may also be expressed as
r
(lr , mr , nr ). The numbers lr , mr , nr which are proportional to the direction cosines are
called the direction ratios of the vector r . These are usually denoted by a, b, c
respectively. Y
B
We observe that
P
2 2 2 2
r =x +y +z

= l 2 r 2 + m2 r 2 + n 2 r 2
X
O A
= r 2 (l 2 + m2 + n 2 )
Z
2 2 2 2 2 2 C
so that l + m + n = 1 but a + b + c ≠ 1.

4.2 Classification (Types) of vectors:

4.2.1 Definition (Unit vector):

A vector whose magnitude is unity ( i.e 1 unit) is called a unit vector. It is

denoted by e. The unit vector in the direction of a given vector a is usually
denoted by aɵ .

4.2.2 Definition (Equal vectors):

Two vectors a and b are said to be equal vectors and written as a = b, if they
have the same magnitude and direction, regardless of the positions of their initial
points.

83
4.2.3 Definition (Collinear vectors, like and unlike vectors):

Two or more vectors are said to be collinear vectors if they are parallel to the
same line, irrespective of their magnitudes and direction. Such vectors have the
same support or parallel support.
Two vectors are called like vectors or unlike vectors according as they have the
same direction or opposite direction. In the following Fig a and b are like
vectors, where as a and c are unlike vectors.
c
a b

4.2.4 Definition (Negative of a vector):

Let a be a vector. The vector having the same magnitude as a but having the
opposite direction is called the negative vector of a and denoted by − a. Note
that if a = AB then − a = BA. − a.
a

4.2.5 Definition (Co-initial vectors and Co-terminal vectors):

Two or more vectors having same initial point are called co-initial vectors and
same final point are called co-terminal vectors.

4.2.5 Definition (Co-initial vectors and Co-terminal vectors):

Vectors whose supports are in the same plane or parallel to the same plane are
called coplanar vectors. Vectors which are not coplanar are called non-coplanar
vectors.
Note that the vectors a = PA, b = PB and c = PC are coplanar vectors if and
only if the four points P, A, B, C lie in the same plane. Coplanarity or non-
coplanarity of vectors arises only when there are three or more non-zero vectors,
since any two vectors are always coplanar.

P
B

84
4.3 Sum (addition) of vectors:
We shall now introduce the concept of addition (sum) of vectors, derive the
commutative law, associative law and a few other properties.

4.3.1 Triangle law of vector addition:

A vector AB simply means the displacement from a point A to the point B

along the line AB. Now consider a situation that a person moves from A to B and then
from B to C . The net displacement made by the person from point A to the point C , is
given by the vector AC and expressed as C

AC = AB + BC

This is known as the triangle law of vector addition. A

B
4.3.2 Parallelogram law of vector addition:

If we have two vectors a and b represented by the two adjacent sides of a

parallelogram in magnitude and direction, then their sum a + b is represented in
magnitude and direction by the diagonal of the parallelogram through their common point
known as the parallelogram law of vector addition.
B C
We have OA + AC = OC a +b
b
b
or OA + OB = OC (∵ OB = AC )
O A
a
4.3.3 Properties of vector addition:

1. Commutative property: For any two vectors a and b, a + b = b + a.

2. Associative property: For any three vectors a, b and c, ( a + b) + c = a + (b + c).

3. Identity property: For any vector a, a + 0 = 0 + a = a. Here the zero vector is the

additive identity vector.

4. Inverse property: For any vector a, a + b = b + a = 0. Here the vector b is the

additive inverse of the vector a.

85
4.4 Scalar Multiplication of a vector:
We shall now introduce the operation of scalar multiplication of a vector,
initially through a geometric visualisation and later state some laws of scalar
multiplication.

4.4.1 Scalar multiplication:

Let a be a given non-zero vector and λ a scalar. Then the product of the vector
a by a scalar λ , denoted as λ a, is defined as a vector λ a collinear with a. The vector
λ a is called the multiplication of vector a by the scalar λ and λ a has the direction
same (or opposite) to that of vector a according as the value of λ is a positive (or
negative).

The geometric visualisation of multiplication of a vector by a scalar is given in

the following Fig.

2a −a
a a
a
2 −2a
−a
a
When λ = −1 then λ a = − a, which is a vector having magnitude equal to the
magnitude of a and direction opposite to that of a. The vector −a is called the negative
of a vector a, we always have

a + (−a ) = (−a ) + a = 0.

1
Also, if λ = , provided a ≠ 0 then
a

1
λa = λ a = a = 1.
a

So λ a represents the unit vector aɵ in the direction of a.

1
Hence aɵ = a.
a

86
 4.4.2 Definition:

Let a be a vector and λ be a scalar. Then we define the vector λ a to be the

vector 0 if either the vector a is a zero vector or λ is the zero scalar; otherwise λ a is
the direction of a with magnitude λ a if λ > 0, and λ a = (−λ )(−a ), if λ < 0.

4.4.3 Some laws of scalar multiplication of a vector:

We now state some laws of scalar multiplication of a vector which are useful
for further discussion.

1. If a is a vector and λ is a scalar, then (−λ )a = λ (−a ) = −(λ a ).

2. If a is a vector and m, n are scalars, then m(na) = (mn)a = (nm)a = n(ma ).

3. If a is a vector and m, n are scalars, then (m + n)a = ma + na.

4. If m is a scalar and a, b are any two vectors, then m(a + b) = ma + mb.

4.4.4 Note:

1. Two vectors are collinear (parallel) if and only if one is a scalar multiple of the
other.

2. Three points A, B and C are collinear if and only if AB, BC are collinear vectors.

4.5 Angle between two non-zero vectors:

We have learnt about angle between two lines in plane geometry. We now
introduce the concept of the angle between two non-zero vectors, which is slightly
different from the angle between two lines. The concept of angle between two vectors is
largely useful in Chapter 5, which deals with dot and cross product of two vectors.

4.5.1 Definition:

Let a and b be two non-zero vectors. Let O, A and B be points such that
OA = a and OB = b. Then the measure of ∠AOB which lies between 00 and 1800 is
called the angle between a and b and is denoted by (a, b).

B B

b
0 0
900 < ( a , b ) < 180 0
0 < (a, b) < 90 b

O A
O A

a a
87
4.5.2 Note:

1. Let a and b be non-zero vectors. Then

(i ) ( a, b ) = 0 0 ⇔ a and b are like vectors.

(ii ) ( a , b ) = 180 0 ⇔ a and b are unlike vectors.

(iii ) ( a , b ) = 00 or 1800 ⇔ a and b are collinear vectors.

(iv) If ( a , b ) = 90 0 then a and b are perpendicular vectors.

2. Let a and b be non-zero vectors and m, n be positive scalars. Then

(i ) ( a , b ) = ( b, a ).

(ii ) ( a , b ) = ( − a , −b ).

(iii ) ( a , −b ) = ( − a , b) = 1800 − ( a , b ).

(iv ) ( a , b ) = ( ma , nb ).

(v ) ( ma, − nb ) = ( − ma, nb) = 1800 − ( ma , nb ).

4.5.3 Definition:

Let A and B be two points and P a point on the straight line AB. We say
that P divides the line segment AB in the ratio m : n (m + n ≠ 0), if n AP = m PB.

4.5.4 Theorem:

Let a and b be position vectors of the points A and B with respect to the
origin O. If a point P divides the line segment AB in the ratio m : n (m + n ≠ 0), then the
mb + na
position vector of P is .
m+n

Proof: Let P be a point on the straight line AB lying between A and B, in which case
P is said to divide the line segment AB internally. Let OP = r . P
n B
m
By definition n AP = m PB
A
⇒ n ( AO + OP ) = m ( PO + OB )
r b
⇒ n (OP − OA) = m (OB − OP )
a
O

88
⇒ n ( r − a ) = m (b − r )

⇒ ( m + n ) r = m b + na

m b + na
∴r =
m+n

4.5.5 Note:

The above formula is called (division) section formula and it holds weather
P divides AB internally or externally. The position vector of the point P which divides
mb − na
the line segment AB in the ratio m : n (m − n ≠ 0), is given by .
m−n

4.5.6 Corollary:

If P is the mid point of AB then m = n , and hence the position vector of P

a+b
is r = OP = .
2

Proof: In Theorem 4.5.4, take m = n = 1.

4.5.7 Theorem:

Let a and b be any two non-collinear vectors. If r is any vector in the plane
Π determined by a pair of supports a and b, then there exist unique scalars x and y
such that r = xa + yb.

Proof: Choose a point O in the plane Π as the origin and

points A and B in Π. a = OA and b = OB so that O, A and B B

are not collinear. Let P be a point in the plane Π such that

OP = r. If P lies either on the support of a (i.e on thelineOA )

b
or on the support of b (i.e on thelineOB ), then y = 0 or x = 0.

Suppose P does not lie on the supports of a and b. M P

Through P draw lines parallel to b meeting the support of a

in L and parallel to a meeting the support of b in M . A

O
L
a

89
Thus OL is collinear with a and OM is collinear with b. Hence there exist scalars x and
y such that OL = x a and OM = y b.

Then r = OP = OL + LP

= OL + OM = x a + y b.

If r = x′ a + y ′ b, then ( x − x′ ) a = ( y − y ′) b so that x = x′ , y = y ′, otherwise a and b will

be collinear vectors. Thus x and y are unique.

4.5.8 Corollary:

Let a and b be vectors and x, y are scalars then xa + yb = 0 if and only if

x = y = 0.

Proof: If x = y = 0, then xa + yb = 0.

Since 0 = 0.a + 0.b, by Theorem 4.5.7, x = y = 0.

It is known that non-coplanar vectors do exist in the space and in particular three
non-zero vectors with the same initial point exist. Now, we have the following theorem
which we called representation theorem.

4.5.9 Theorem:

Let a, b and c be any three non-coplanar vectors and r is any vector in the
space Π. Then, there exist unique triad of scalars x, y, z such that r = xa + yb + zc.

Proof: Let O be the origin, a = OA, b = OB and

B

c = OC . Let P be a point in the space. If P lies

on the supports of a, that is r is collinear with a

M R
then we choose y = z = 0. Similarly, if P lies on
P
S
the supports of b or c , then choose z = x = 0 or

x = y = 0 respectively. Suppose P lies in the plane

O
AOB. Then by Theorem 4.5.7, r = xa + yb so that A

z = 0. Similarly if P lies in the plane BOC , then N

r = yb + zc, x = 0 and P lies in the plane COA, then

C

90
r = xa + zc, y = 0.

Now suppose P does not belong to any one of the planes AOB, BOC and
COA. Through P draw planes parallel to the planes AOB, BOC and COA meeting the
support of c, a and b in N , L and M respectively.

Now r = OP = OQ + QP = (OL + LQ ) + OM = (OL + ON ) + OM = OL + OM + ON .

Since OL, OM and ON are collinear with a, b and c respectively, then there exist
scalars x, y and z such that OL = x a , OM = y b and ON = z c.

Then r = xa + yb + zc.

If r = x′ a + y ′ b + z ′ c, then ( x′ − x ) a = ( y − y ′) b + ( z − z ′ )c.

If x ≠ x′ , then a is coplanar with b and c which is not true.

∴ x = x′ . Similarly y = y ′ and z = z ′ .

4.5.10 Corollary:

Let a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors, then xa + yb + zc = 0 if and only if

x = y = z = 0.

Proof: If x = y = z = 0, then clearly xa + yb + zc = 0.

Suppose xa + yb + zc = 0. Since 0 = 0.a + 0.b + 0.c by Theorem 4.5.9, x = y = z = 0.

4.5.11 Definition:

Let a1 , a2 , a3 ,...an be vectors and x1 , x2 , x3 ,...xn be scalars. Then the vector

x1 a1 + x2 a2 + x3 a3 + ... + xn an is called the linear combination of the vectors a1 , a2 , a3 ,...an .

4.5.12 Note:

(i) If a, b are non-collinear vectors, then by Theorem 4.5.7, every vector in the plane
determined by pair of supports of a and b can be expressed as linear combination of a
and b in one and only one way.

(ii) If a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors, then by Theorem 4.5.9, every vector in the
space can be expressed as linear combination of a, b and c in one and only one way.

(iii) Three vectors are coplanar vectors if and only if one of them is a scalar multiple of
the other two.

91
 4.5.13 Components of a vector in Three Dimensions:
In Theorem 4.5.9, we have proved that every vector can be expressed as a linear
combination of three non-coplanar vectors. Here we introduce the concept of components
of a vector with respect to non-coplanar vectors a, b and c.

4.5.14 Definition (Components):

Consider an ordered triad (a, b, c) of non-coplanar vectors a, b, c. If r is any

vector then there exists a unique triad ( x, y, z ) of scalars such that r = xa + yb + zc. These
scalars x, y, z are called the components of r with respect to the triad (a, b, c).

Any ordered triad of non-coplanar vectors is called a base for the space. The
components of a vector depend on the choice of the base.

4.5.15 Representing a vector in component form:

We shall now express a given vector in component form. Let O be a point in

space. Call it the origin. Take three mutually perpendicular X , Y and Z axes. Let us take
the points A(1, 0, 0), B(0,1, 0) and C (0, 0,1) on the X − axis, Y − axis and Z − axis
respectively. Then clearly OA = 1, OB = 1 and OC = 1.

The vectors OA, OB and OC , each having magnitude 1 are called unit vectors
along OX , OY and OZ respectively, and denoted by i, j and k respectively.

Now consider the position vector OP of a point P ( x, y , z ). Let P1 be the foot of

the perpendicular from P on the plane XOY . We thus see that P1 P is parallel to Z − axis.
Z Z

R
P
k

O
Y
S
O
P1
i
j
Y X
X
As i, j and k are unit vectors along the X − axis, Y − axis and Z − axis,
respectively, and by the coordinates of P we have PP
1 = OR = zk .

92
Similarly QP1 = OS = y j and OQ = xi.

Therefore, it follows that OP1 = OQ + QP1 = xi + y j and OP = OP1 + P1 P = xi + y j + zk .

Hence the position vector of P with respect to O is given by OP = r = xi + y j + zk .

This form of any vector is called its component form. Here x, y, z are called the
scalar components of r and xi , y j , zk are called the vector components of r along the
respective axes. Sometimes x, y, z are also termed as the rectangular components of r .

4.5.16 Length of a vector in terms of its components:

The length of any vector r = xi + y j + zk , is readily determined by applying the

Pythagoras theorem twice. We note that in the right angle triangle OQP1

2 2
OP1 = OQ + QP1 = x 2 + y 2

and in the right angle triangle OP1 P, we have

2 2
OP = OP1 + P1 P = x 2 + y 2 + z 2

Hence the length of any vector r = xi + y j + zk , is given by

r = xi + y j + zk = x2 + y2 + z 2

4.5.17 Note:

If a and b are any two vectors given in the component form a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and
b1 i + b2 j + b3 k respectively, then the following results of addition, subtraction and scalar
multiplication to vectors hold in component form:

(i) The sum (or resultant) of the vectors a and b is given by

a + b = ( a1 + b1 )i + ( a2 + b2 ) j + ( a3 + b3 ) k
(ii) The difference of the vectors a and b is given by
a − b = ( a1 − b1 )i + ( a2 − b2 ) j + ( a3 − b3 ) k
(iii) The vectors a and b are equal if and only if a1 = b1 , a2 = b2 , a3 = b3 .
(iv) The multiplication of vectors a by any scalar is given by
λ a = λ a1 i + λ a2 j + λ a3 k

93
 4.5.18 Vectors joining two points:

If P1 ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and P2 ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are any two points, then the vector joining P1

and P2 is the vector PP
1 2.

Joining the points P1 and P2 with the origin O and applying triangle law, to the
triangle OP1 P2 , we have OP1 + P1 P2 = OP2

Using the properties of vector addition, the above equation becomes

Y
1 2 = OP2 − OP1
PP P2 ( x2 , y2 , z2 )

P1 ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
i.e, PP
1 2 = ( x2 i + y2 j + z2 k ) − ( x1 i + y1 j + z1 k ) j

= ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + ( z2 − z1 )k

Therefore the magnitude of the vector P1 P2 is given by O

X
k i
P1 P2 = ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + ( z 2 − z1 ) k

= ( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 ) 2 + ( z 2 − z1 ) 2 Z

4.5.19 Definition (Right handed and left handed triads):

Let OA = a, OB = b, OC = c be three non-coplanar vectors.

Viewing from the point C , if the rotation of OA to OB does not exceed angle
180 0 in anti-clock sense, then a, b, c are said to form a right handed system of vectors and
we say simply that (a, b, c) is a right handed system. If (a, b, c) is not a right handed
system ten it is called a left handed system of vectors.
Y Y

b B
B b
Right handed system
Left handed system

O
X X
A
O A
a a
c
Z c
C
Z
C

94
4.6 Vector Equations of Line and Plane:
In this section we discuss the parametric vector equations of a straight line and
plane which are useful in solving certain geometric problems. Hereafter P( r ) means, P
is a point with position vector r .

4.6.1 Theorem:

The vector equation of the straight line passing through the point A(a) and parallel
to the vector b is r = a + tb, t ∈ R.
b
Proof: Let P(r ) be any point on the line.
A P
Then AP and b are collinear vectors.

∴ r − a = tb for some t ∈ R.

Conversely suppose r = a + tb, t ∈ R.

a r

Then r − a = tb
O
∴ AP = tb

∴ AP and b are collinear vectors.

∴ P(r ) lies on the line.

4.6.2 Corollary:

The equation of the line passing through origin O and parallel to the vector b is
r = tb, t ∈ R.

4.6.3 Cartesian form:

Cartesian equation for the line passing through A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and parallel to the
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
vector b = li + m j + nk is = = .
l m n

Fix the origin at O so that OA = x1 i + y1 j + z1 k .

If P(r ) = ( x, y, z ) so that r = OP = xi + y j + zk then P lies on the above line

⇔ r = a + tb for some t ∈ R.

Now r = a + tb ⇔ xi + y j + zk = ( x1 i + y1 j + z1 k ) + t (li + m j + nk )

95
 x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
⇔ x = x1 + lt , y = y1 + mt , z = z1 + nt ⇔ = = =t
l m n

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
We represent these equations by = = .
l m n

4.6.4 Theorem:

The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a) and B(b)
is r = (1 − t ) a + tb, t ∈ R.

Proof: Let O be the origin so that OA = a and OB = b

P
A B
Let P( r ) be any point on the line.

⇔ AP and AB are collinear vectors. r

⇔ AP = t AB, t ∈ R a b
⇔ r − a = t ( b − a), t ∈ R
O
⇔ r = (1 − t ) a + tb, t ∈ R.

4.6.5 Cartesian form:

Let A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and B( x2 , y2 , z2 ), P(r ) be any point on the line.

Let r = xi + y j + zk . Then P lies on the above line AB.

⇔ r = (1 − t ) a + tb for some t ∈ R.

⇔ xi + y j + zk = (1 − t )( x1 i + y1 j + z1 k ) + t ( x2 i + y2 j + z2 k )

⇔ ( x − x1 )i + ( y − y1 ) j + ( z − z1 )k = t ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + ( z2 − z1 )k 

⇔ ( x − x1 ) = t ( x2 − x1 ), ( y − y1 ) = t ( y2 − y1 ), ( z − z1 ) = t ( z2 − z1 )

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
⇔ = = =t
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
We represent these equations by = = .
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1

96
4.6.6 Theorem:

The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a) and
parallel to the vectors b and c is r = a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

Proof: Let σ be the plane passing through the point A(a) and parallel to the vectors b
and c and P(r ) be any point in σ .

In the plane σ , through the point A, draw lines parallel to the vectors b and c.
With the line segment AP as diagonal, complete the parallelogram ALPM in σ with

the point L on the line parallel to c and M on the line parallel to b. b

c
∴ AL = sc, for some s ∈ R and AM = tb, for some t ∈ R.

Now r − a = AP = AL + AM = sc + tb σ
M
∴ r = a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.
b
Conversely suppose r = a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.
A P
Then r − a = tb + sc

∴ AP = tb + sc L c
a
∴ P(r ) lies in the plane σ .

O
r
4.6.7 Corollary:

The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A( a), B(b) and
parallel to the vector c is r = (1 − t ) a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

Proof: In Theorem 4.6.6, replace the vector b with AB.

Then the equation of the plane is r = a + t AB + sc

i.e r = a + t (b − a ) + sc

i.e r = (1 − t ) a + tb + sc for some t , s ∈ R.

97
4.6.8 Corollary:

The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A( a), B(b) and C (c)
is r = (1 − t − s )a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

Proof: In Theorem 4.6.6, replace the vector b with AB and c with AC.

Then the equation of the plane is r = a + t AB + s AC

i.e r = a + t (b − a ) + s (c − a )

i.e r = (1 − t − s ) a + tb + sc for some t , s ∈ R.

4.6.9 Theorem:

Three points A( a), B(b) and C (c ) are collinear if and only if there exist scalars
x, y , z (not all zero) such that xa + yb + zc = 0 and x + y + z = 0.

Proof: Suppose A( a), B(b) and C (c) are collinear.

Then AB = λ BC for some λ ∈ R.

⇒ b − a = λ (c − a )

⇒ a + ( − 1 − λ )b + λ c = 0

Take x = 1, y = −1 − λ and z = λ so that x + y + z = 0 and x ≠ 0.

Conversely, let x, y , z be scalars such that at least one of them is not zero,
xa + yb + zc = 0 and x + y + z = 0.

Suppose z ≠ 0. Since z = − x − y and xa + yb + zc = 0

⇒ xa + yb − ( x + y )c = 0

⇒ x ( a − c ) + y (b − c ) = 0

∴ x CA + y CB = 0 and x + y ≠ 0.

∴ CA and CB are collinear vectors and hence A( a), B(b) and C (c) are collinear
points.

98
4.6.10 Theorem:

Four points A( a), B(b), C (c) and D ( d ) are coplanar if and only if there exist
scalars x, y, z and u (not all zero) such that xa + yb + zc + ud = 0 and x + y + z + u = 0.

Proof: Suppose A( a), B(b), C (c) and D ( d ) are coplanar.

Then the vectors AB, AC and AD are coplanar.

Therefore there exist scalars λ and µ such that AD = λ AB + µ AC

i.e d − a = λ (b − a ) + µ (c − a )

Take x = 1 − λ − µ , y = λ , z = µ and u = −1.

Then xa + yb + zc + ud = 0 and x + y + z + u = 0.

Conversely, let x, y, z and u be scalars such that at least one of them is not zero,
xa + yb + zc + ud = 0 and x + y + z + u = 0.

Suppose u ≠ 0. Since u = − x − y − z and xa + yb + zc + ud = 0

⇒ xa + yb + zc − ( x + y + z ) d = 0

⇒ x ( a − d ) + y (b − d ) + z ( c − d ) = 0

∴ x DA + y DB + z DC = 0 and one of x, y, z is non zero. (∵ x + y + z ≠ 0)

∴ DA, DB and DC are coplanar vectors

∴ A(a), B(b), C (c) and D ( d ) are coplanar.

4.6.11 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: If a = i + 2 j + 3k and b = 3i + j then find the unit vector in the direction

of a + b.

Solution: Given a = i + 2 j + 3k and b = 3i + j

We have a + b = i + 2 j + 3k + 3i + j = 4i + 3 j + 3k

a + b = 4i + 3 j + 3k = 4 2 + 32 + 32 = 16 + 9 + 9 = 34

99
 a+b 4i + 3 j + 3k
Unit vector in the direction of a + b is =
a+b 34

2. Problem: If −3i + 4 j + λ k and µ i + 8 j + 6k are collinear vectors then find λ and µ

Solution: Let a = −3i + 4 j + λ k and b = µ i + 8 j + 6k

Two vectors a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k are collinear then

a1 a2 a3 −3 4 λ −3 4 λ 4 −3 1 λ 1
= = ⇒ = = ⇒ = , = ⇒ = , =
b1 b2 b3 µ 8 6 µ 8 6 8 µ 2 6 2

⇒ µ = −6, λ = 3

3. Problem: If the points whose position vectors are 3i − 2 j − k , 2i + 3 j − 4k ,

−146
−i + j + 2 k and 4i + 5 j + λ k are coplanar then show that λ = .
17

Solution: Let A, B, C , D be the given points respectively

∴ OA = 3i − 2 j − k , OB = 2i + 3 j − 4k , OC = −i + j + 2k , OD = 4i + 5 j + λ k

We have AB = OB − OA = (2i + 3 j − 4k ) − (3i − 2 j − k ) = −i + 5 j − 3k

AC = OC − OA = ( −i + j + 2k ) − (3i − 2 j − k ) = −4i + 3 j + 3k

AD = OD − OA = (4i + 5 j + λ k ) − (3i − 2 j − k ) = i + 7 j + (λ + 1) k

−1 5 − 3
Since A, B, C , D are coplanar −4 3 3 = 0
1 7 λ +1

3 3 −4 3 −4 3
⇒ −1 −5 −3 =0
7 λ +1 1 λ +1 1 7

⇒ −1( 3(λ + 1) − 21) − 5 ( −4(λ + 1) − 3 ) − 3 ( −28 − 3 ) = 0

⇒ −1( 3λ − 18 ) − 5 ( −4λ − 7 ) − 3 ( −31) = 0 ⇒ −3λ + 18 + 20λ + 35 + 93 = 0

−146
⇒ 17 λ + 146 = 0 ⇒ λ =
17

4. Problem: If OA = i + j + k , AB = 3i − 2 j + k , BC = i + 2 j − 2k and CD = 2i + j + 3k

100
 then find the vector OD.

Solution: Given OA = i + j + k , AB = 3i − 2 j + k , BC = i + 2 j − 2k and CD = 2i + j + 3k

We have AB = OB − OA ⇒ OB = AB + OA

⇒ OB = 3i − 2 j + k + i + j + k ⇒ OB = 4i − j + 2k

We have BC = OC − OB ⇒ OC = BC + OB

⇒ OC = i + 2 j − 2k + 4i − j + 2k ⇒ OC = 5i + j

We have CD = OD − OC ⇒ OD = CD + OC

⇒ OD = 2i + j + 3k + 5i + j ⇒ OD = 7i + 2 j + 3k

5. Problem: If a = 2i + 4 j − 5k , b = i + j + k and c = j + 2k then find the unit vector in

the opposite direction of a + b + c.

Solution: Given a = 2i + 4 j − 5k , b = i + j + k and c = j + 2k

We have a + b + c = 2i + 4 j − 5k + i + j + k + j + 2k = 3i + 6 j − 2k

a + b + c = 3i + 6 j − 2k = 32 + 62 + (−2)2 = 9 + 36 + 4 = 49 = 7

 a+b+c   
Unit vector in the direction opposite to a + b + c is −   = −  3i + 6 j − 2k 
 a+b+c   7 
 

−3i − 6 j + 2k
=
7

6. Problem: Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points

i − 2 j + 5k , −5 j − k and −3i + 5 j

Solution: Let a = i − 2 j + 5k , b = −5 j − k and c = −3i + 5 j

The vector equation of the plane passing through the points a, b, c is

r = (1 − s − t )a + sb + tc where s, t ∈ R

101
 ⇒ r = (1 − s − t )(i − 2 j + 5k ) + s(−5 j − k ) + t (−3i + 5 j )

⇒ r = (1 − s − t − 3t )i + (−2(1 − s − t ) − 5s + 5t ) j + (5(1 − s − t ) − s )k

⇒ r = (1 − s − 4t )i + (−2 − 3s + 7t ) j + (5 − 6s − 5t )k

7. Problem: If a = 2i − j + k and b = i − 3 j − 5k then find the vector c such that a, b

and c forms the sides of a triangle.

Solution: Let a = 2i − j + k and b = i − 3 j − 5k

Given that a, b and c forms the sides of a triangle ⇒ a + b + c = 0

⇒ c = −(a + b) ⇒ c = −(2i − j + k + i − 3 j − 5k ) ⇒ c = −(3i − 4 j − 4k )

⇒ c = −3i + 4 j + 4k

8. Problem: Find the point of intersection of the line r = 2a + b + t (b − c) and the plane

r = a + x (b + c) + y ( a + 2b − c) where a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors.

Solution: At the point of intersection of the line and plane, we have

2a + b + t (b − c) = a + x(b + c ) + y ( a + 2b − c)

⇒ 2a + (1 + t )b − tc = (1 + y ) a + ( x + 2 y )b + ( x − y )c

On comparing the corresponding coefficients,

⇒ 2 = 1 + y,1 + t = x + 2 y, −t = x − y

⇒ 1 = y, t = x + 2 y − 1, −t = x − y

⇒ y = 1, x = 0, t = 1

The point of intersection is 2 a + 2b − c

Exercise 4
1. Find unit vector in the direction of a = 2i + 3 j + k .
2. Find a vector in the direction of vector a = i − 2 j that has magnitude 7 units.
3. Find unit vector in the direction of sum of the vectors 2i + 2 j − 5k and
2i + j + 3k .

102
 4. Find the direction ratios and direction cosines of the vector i + j − 2k .
5. Consider two points P and Q with position vectors OP = 3a − 2b and
OQ = a + b. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining
P and Q in the ratio 2 :1, (i) internally and (ii) externally.
6. Show that the points A(2i − j + k ), B(i − 3 j − 5k ) and C (3i − 4 j − 4k ) are the
vertices of a right angled triangle.
7. If a, b, c are non-coplanar vectors. Prove that
− a + 4b − 3c,3a + 2b − 5c, −3a + 8b − 5c, −3a + 2b + c are coplanar.
8. OABC is a parallelogram. If OA = a and OC = c then find the vector equation of
the side BC.
9. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point 2i + 3 j + k and
parallel to the vector 4i − 2 j + 3k .
10. Find the vector equation of the line joining the points 2i + j + 3k and −4i + 3 j − k .
11. Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points
i − 2 j + 5k , −5 j − k and −3i + 5 j.

Key Concepts

1. The set of all ordered triads ( a, b, c ) of real numbers is denoted by R 3 .

2. The position vector of the point with respect to O is denoted by r . The magnitude of

OP, is given by OP = r = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 .

3. Let α , β , γ be the angles made by the vector r with the positive direction (counter
clockwise direction) of X , Y , Z axes respectively. Then cos α , cos β and cos γ are called
the direction cosines of the vector r. These direction cosines are usually denoted by
l , m, n respectively. l 2 + m 2 + n2 = 1

4. A vector whose magnitude is unity ( i.e 1 unit) is called a unit vector. It is denoted by
e. The unit vector in the direction of a given vector a is usually denoted by aɵ .

5. Two vectors a and b are said to be equal vectors and written as a = b, if they have the
same magnitude and direction, regardless of the positions of their initial points.

6. Two or more vectors are said to be collinear vectors if they are parallel to the same
line, irrespective of their magnitudes and direction.

7. Two or more vectors having same initial point are called co-initial vectors and same
final point are called co-terminal vectors.

103
8. Vectors whose supports are in the same plane or parallel to the same plane are called
coplanar vectors. Vectors which are not coplanar are called non-coplanar vectors.

9. Triangle law of vector addition AC = AB + BC

10. Parallelogram law of vector addition OA + AC = OC or OA + OB = OC (∵ OB = AC )

11. Properties of vector addition:

(i ) Commutative property: For any two vectors a and b, a + b = b + a.

(ii ) Associative property: For any three vectors a, b and c, ( a + b) + c = a + (b + c).

(iii ) Identity property: For any vector a, a + 0 = 0 + a = a. Here the 0 is the

additive identity vector.

(iv) Inverse property: For any vector a, a + b = b + a = 0. Here the vector b is the

additive inverse of the vector a.

12. Let a be a given non-zero vector and λ a scalar. Then the product of the vector
a by a scalar λ , denoted as λ a, is defined as a vector λ a collinear with a.

(i ) If λ = −1 then λ a = −a, (ii ) a + (−a ) = (−a ) + a = 0.

1 1
(iii ) If λ = , provided a ≠ 0 then λ a = λ a = a = 1.
a a

1
13. The unit vector aɵ in the direction of a is aɵ = a.
a

14. (i ) If a is a vector and λ is a scalar, then (−λ )a = λ (−a ) = −(λ a).

(ii ) If a is a vector and m, n are scalars, then m(na) = (mn)a = (nm)a = n(ma).

(iii ) If a is a vector and m, n are scalars, then (m + n)a = ma + na.

(iv) If m is a scalar and a, b are any two vectors, then m(a + b) = ma + mb.

15. Two vectors are collinear (parallel) iff one is a scalar multiple of the other.

16. Let a and b be two non-zero vectors. Let OA = a and OB = b. Then the measure of
∠AOB which lies between 00 and 1800 is called the angle between a and b and is
denoted by (a, b).

104
17. Let a and b be non-zero vectors. Then

(i ) ( a, b) = 00 ⇔ a and b are like vectors.

(ii ) ( a, b) = 1800 ⇔ a and b are unlike vectors.

(iii ) ( a, b) = 00 or 1800 ⇔ a and b are collinear vectors.

(iv) If ( a, b) = 900 then a and b are perpendicular vectors.

18. Let a and b be non-zero vectors and m, n be positive scalars. Then

(i ) ( a, b) = ( b, a ), (ii ) ( a, b) = ( − a, −b), (iii ) ( a, −b) = ( − a, b) = 1800 − ( a, b),

(iv) ( a, b) = ( ma, nb), (v) ( ma, − nb) = ( − ma, nb) = 1800 − ( ma, nb).

19. Let a and b be position vectors of the points A and B with respect to the origin O.

(i ) If P divides the line segment AB in the ratio m : n (m + n ≠ 0) internally then the

mb + na
position vector of P is .
m+n

(ii ) If P divides the line segment AB in the ratio m : n (m − n ≠ 0) externally then the
mb − na
position vector of P is .
m−n

(iii ) If P is the mid point of AB then m = n , and hence the position vector of P is
a+b
r = OP = .
2

20. Let a and b be vectors and x, y are scalars then xa + yb = 0 ⇔ x = y = 0.

21. Let a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors, then xa + yb + zc = 0 ⇔ x = y = z = 0.

22. Let a1 , a2 , a3 ,...an be vectors and x1 , x2 , x3 ,...xn be scalars. Then the vector
x1 a1 + x2 a2 + x3 a3 + ... + xn an is called the linear combination of the vectors a1 , a2 , a3 ,...an .

23. (i ) If a, b are non-collinear vectors, then every vector in the plane can be expressed
as linear combination of a and b in one and only one way.

(ii ) If a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors, then every vector in the space can be
expressed as linear combination of a, b and c in one and only one way.

105
 (iii ) Three vectors are coplanar vectors if and only if one of them is a scalar multiple of
the other two.

24. The ordered triad of non-coplanar vectors a, b, c is (a, b, c). If r is the position
vector scalars such that r = xa + yb + zc. These scalars x, y, z are called the components of
r with respect to the triad (a, b, c).

25. The length of any vector r = xi + y j + zk , is given by

r = xi + y j + zk = x2 + y2 + z 2

26. If a and b are any two vectors given in the component form a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and
b1 i + b2 j + b3 k respectively.

(i ) The sum of the vectors a and b is a + b = ( a1 + b1 )i + ( a2 + b2 ) j + ( a3 + b3 ) k

(ii ) The difference of the vectors a and b is a − b = ( a1 − b1 )i + ( a2 − b2 ) j + ( a3 − b3 ) k

(iii ) The vectors a and b are equal if and only if a1 = b1 , a2 = b2 , a3 = b3 .

(iv) The multiplication of vectors a by any scalar is λ a = λ a1 i + λ a2 j + λ a3 k

27. If P1 ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and P2 ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are any two points, then the vector joining P1 and
P2 is the vector PP 1 2 = ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + ( z2 − z1 )k and the magnitude is
1 2 . i.e, PP

P1 P2 = ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y 2 − y1 ) j + ( z 2 − z1 ) k = ( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y1 ) 2 + ( z 2 − z1 ) 2

28. Let OA = a, OB = b, OC = c be three non-coplanar vectors. From the point C , if the

rotation of OA to OB does not exceed angle 180 0 in anti-clock sense, then a, b, c are said
to form a right handed system of vectors and we say simply that (a, b, c) is a right handed
system. If (a, b, c) is not a right handed system ten it is called a left handed system of
vectors.

29. The vector equation of the straight line passing through the point A(a) and parallel
to the vector b is r = a + tb, t ∈ R.

30. The equation of the line passing through origin O and parallel to the vector b is
r = tb, t ∈ R.

31. Cartesian equation for the line passing through A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and parallel to the vector
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
b = li + m j + nk is = = .
l m n

106
32. The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a) and B(b) is
r = (1 − t ) a + tb, t ∈ R.

33. Let A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and B( x2 , y2 , z2 ), P(r ) be any point on the line. Let r = xi + y j + zk .

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
Then P lies on the above line AB. The equation of AB is = = .
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1

34. The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a) and parallel to the
vectors b and c is r = a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

35. The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a), B(b) and parallel
to the vector c is r = (1 − t ) a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

36. The vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(a), B(b) and C (c ) is
r = (1 − t − s )a + tb + sc; t , s ∈ R.

37. Three points A( a), B(b) and C (c) are collinear if and only if there exist scalars
x, y , z (not all zero) such that xa + yb + zc = 0 and x + y + z = 0.

38. Four points A( a), B(b), C (c) and D ( d ) are coplanar if and only if there exist scalars
x, y , z and u (not all zero) such that xa + yb + zc + ud = 0 and x + y + z + u = 0.

Answers
Exercise 4
2 3 1 7 14 4 3 2
(1) aɵ = i+ j+ k (2) 7 a = i− j (3) i+ j− k
14 14 14 5 5 29 29 29

 1 1 2  5
(4) 6,  , ,−  (5) (i ) a , (ii ) 4b − a (8) r = c + ta, t ∈ R
 6 6 6 3

(9) r = (2 + 4t ) i + (3 − 2t ) j + k (1 + 3t ), t ∈ R

(10) r = (2 − 6t ) i + (1 + 2t ) j + k (3 − 4t ), t ∈ R

(11) r = (1 − s − t )(i − 2 j + 5k ) + s ( −5 j − k ) + t ( −3i + 5 j ), s, t ∈ R

107
 5. PRODUCT OF VECTORS
Introduction:
In Chapter 4, we studied about the addition and subtraction of vectors. We also
introduced the concept of multiplication of a vector with a scalar and derived the
parametric vectorial equations of straight line and plane. In this unit, we intend to
introduce another algebraic operation, called the product of vectors.

Recall that product of two real numbers is a real number and product of two
matrices that are compatible for multiplication, is again a matrix. But in case of functions,
we may operate them in many ways, Two such operations are multiplication of functions
point and composition of two functions. Similarly we define two different types of
products, namely, scalar(or dot) product where the resultant is a scalar and vector (or
cross) product where the resultant is a vector. In the case of vectors, both the types of
products have several applications in Geometry, Mechanics, Physics and Engineering.

We shall conclude this chapter by introducing the concept of scalar triple

product of three vectors, explain its geometrical interpretation, indicate its use in
obtaining the shortest distance between two skew lines and also discuss the vector triple
product of three vectors.

5.1 Scalar or Dot product of two vectors- Geometrical Interpretation-

Orthogonal Projections:
5.1.1 Definition (Scalar or Dot product):

Let a and b be two vectors. The scalar (or dot) product of a and b
written as a.b, is defined by
0 if one of a, b is 0
a.b = 
 a b cos θ , if a ≠ 0 ≠ b and θ is the angle between a and b.

5.1.2 Note:

1. For any two vectors a and b, a.b is a scalar.

2. If a, b are non-zero vectors, then a.b is positive or zero or negative according as

the angle θ , is acute or right or obtuse angle.

108
 2
3. If θ = 0 0 then a.b = a b . In particular a.a = a a cos 00 = a and a.a is generally

2
denoted by a or (a ) 2 .

2
4. If θ = 1800 then a.b = − a b . In particular a.a = a a cos1800 = − a .

5.1.3 Orthogonal Projection:

We introduce the concept of orthogonal projection of a b

D
C
vector b on a vector a and derive formulae for orthogonal
projection of b on a and its magnitude, we notice that the
orthogonal projection of b on a is same as the orthogonal A a B
projection of b on any vector collinear with a.
P Q
5.1.4 Definition:

Let AB = a and CD = b be two non-zero vectors. Let P and Q be the feet of

the perpendiculars from C and D respectively onto the line AB. Then PQ is called the
orthogonal projection of b on a and the magnitude PQ is called the magnitude
projection of b on a. If a ≠ 0 and b ≠ 0 then the projection vector of b on a is defined
as the zero vector.

5.1.5 Note:

(i). Some people use the word ‘ projection’ for the projection of a vector as well as the

magnitude of the projected vector. It should be understood according to the context.

(ii). The projection remains unchanged even if the supports of the vector are replaced by

parallel lines. Hence we may choose a, b are coinitial vectors.

5.1.6 Theorem:

  a.b
 a.b 
The projection vector of b on a is a and its magnitude is
 2 
a  a
 

Proof: Let OA = a and OB = b; P be the foot of the perpendicular from B on OA and

θ = ∠AOB.

Case 1: θ is acute. Then by definition, the projection of b on a = OP

109
 a B
= OP  
a
 

a b
= OB cos θ  
a
 
θ a
a O A
= b cos θ   P
a
 

     
 a   a  =  a.b  a
(
= a b cos θ )
 2 
a
( )
= a.b
 2   2 
a a
     

Case 2: θ is obtuse. In this case, OP is in the opposite direction of a and hence the angle
(b, OP) = π − θ .
B
 −a 
∴ the projection of b on a = OP = OP  
 a 
  b

 −a  θ
= OB cos(π − θ )   π −θ a
 a 
  A
P O
 −a   
= − OB cos θ   = b cos θ  a 
 a  a
   

     
 a   a  =  a.b  a
(
= a b cos θ )
 2 
a
= a.b ( )  2   2 
a a
     

Case 3: When θ is a right angle, P coincides with O so that OP = 0 and also a.b = 0.

 
a.b
Hence OP =  2  a
 
a 
 

  a.b
 a.b 
Thus the the projection of b on a = a and magnitude is
 2  a
a
 

110
5.1.7 Definition:

Let OA = a and OB = b be two non-zero vectors. Let P be the feet of the

perpendicular from B on the line OA. Then OP is called the component of b parallel to a
and PB is called component of b perpendicular to a

(a.b)
PB = b − 2
a.
a

5.1.8 Geometrical interpretation of the scalar product:

Let a and b be two non-zero vectors and θ is the angle between a and b

Let OA = a and OB = b. Let P be the feet of the perpendicular from B on the line OA.

Then a.b = a b cos θ

∴ a.b = a b cos θ = a OP = Area of the rectangle whose sides are a and OP .

projection vector of b on a is defined as the zero vector.

5.1.9 Theorem:

Let a, b and c be three non-zero vectors. Then the projection b + c of on a is

equal to the sum of the projections of b and c on a and hence
a.(b + c) a.b a.c
2
a= 2
a+ 2
a
a a a

Proof: Let OA = a, PQ = b and QR = c; so that PR = b + c.

Q c
We may assume that b + c ≠ 0. Let L, M and N be the foot R

of the perpendiculars from P, Q and R respectively on the

b
P
line OA.

a.(b + c) a
2
a = projection of b + c on a = LN = LM + MN
a
M O L N A
a.b a.c
= projection of b on a + projection of c on a = 2
a+ 2
a
a a

111
5.1.10 Corollary:

Let a, b and c be three vectors then a.(b + c) = a.b + a.c

Proof: We may assume that a, b, c and b + c are non-zero vectors.

From Theorem 5.1.9,

the projection of b + c on a = projection of b on a + projection of c on a

a.(b + c) a.b a.c

∴ 2
a= 2
a+ 2
a
a a a

a.b + a.c
= 2
a
a

∴ a.(b + c) = a.b + a.c

5.2 Properties of dot product:

In this section, we discuss some of the basic laws of dot product of two vectors.

5.2.1 Theorem:

Let a, b be two vectors. Then

(i ) a.b = b.a (commutative law)

(ii ) (la).b = a .(lb) = l (a.b), l ∈ R

(iii ) (la).(mb) = lm(a.b), l and m ∈ R

(iv) (−a).b = a .(−b) = −(a.b)

(v) (−a).(−b) = a.b

Proof: If one of a, b is a zero vectors, then by the definition of dot product (i) to (v)
hold.

Suppose a ≠ 0 and b ≠ 0. Let (a, b) = θ . Then

(i ) (a, b) = θ = (b, a).

112
∴ b.a = b a cos θ = a b cos θ = a.b.

(ii ) Case 1: l > 0. Then (la, b) = (a, lb) = (a, b) = θ

∴ (la).b = la b cos θ = l a b cos θ [∵ l > 0]

= a (l b cos θ ) = a.(lb)

∴ (la).b = a .(lb) = l (a.b), l > 0 mb

la
Case 2: l < 0. Then (la, b) = (a, lb) = π − θ . B θ A
Now (la).b = la b cos(π − θ ) b
O a
= −l a b (− cos θ ) [∵ l < 0] −a π −θ

= l (a.b) −b

Similarly a .(lb) = l (a.b), l < 0 magnitu

∴ (la).b = a .(lb) = l (a.b), l < 0

∴ (la).b = a .(lb) = l (a.b)∀l ∈ R

(iii ) In (ii) if we replace b with mb( m ∈ R ), then

(la).(mb) = l (a.(mb)) = l ((mb).a) = lm(a.b).

∴ (la).(mb) = lm(a.b), l and m ∈ R

(iv ) In (ii) if we replace l with −1, then we get

(− a).b = a .(−b) = −(a.b)

(v) In (iii) if we replace l with −1, m with −1, we get

(−a).(−b) = a.b

5.2.2 Note:
2 2
(i ) (b + c).a = b.a + c.a (ii ) (a + b)2 = a + b + 2a.b

113
5.3 Expression for scalar(dot)product, Angle between two vectors:

In this section, we derive formula for the dot product a.b when a and b are
expressed in terms of a right handed system (i, j , k ). We observe that, if i, j, k are
mutually perpendicular unit vectors, then i.i = j. j = k .k = 1 and i. j = j.k = k .i = 0.

5.3.1 Theorem:

Let (i, j, k ) be the orthogonal unit triad. Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and

b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k be the vectors where a j , b j are scalars for j = 1, 2, 3. Then
a.b = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3

Proof: By Corollary 5.1.10, and Theorem 5.2.1 we have

a1 i.(b1 i + b2 j + b3 k ) = a1b1 (i.i ) + a1b2 (i. j ) + a1b3 (i.k )

= a1b1 (1) + a1b2 (0) + a1b3 (0) = a1b1 .

i.e a1 i.(b1 i + b2 j + b3 k ) = a1b1

Similarly a2 j.(b1 i + b2 j + b3 k ) = a2b2 and a3 k .(b1 i + b2 j + b3 k ) = a3b3

Again by Corollary 5.1.10, we have a.b = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3

5.3.2 Note:

(i) If θ is the angle between two non-zero a and b, from the definition of a.b, we

 a.b 
have θ = cos −1   and in particular if a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and
 a b
 

 a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3 

b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k then θ = cos −1  
 a +a 2 +a 2 b2 +b 2 +b 2
2 
 1 2 3 1 2 3 

(ii ) If a , b are perpendicular to each other if and only if a1b1 + a2 b2 + a3b3 = 0.

5.3.3 Theorem: P

Angle in a semi circle is a right angle.

r
Proof: Let AB be a diameter of a circle with centre O. A B
a
O
−a
Let OA = a so that OB = − a.

114
Let P be a point on the circle and OP = r
2 2
Then PA.PB = ( a − r ).(− a − r ) = −( a − r ) = 0  ∵ a = r = radius 
 

∠APB = 90 0.

5.3.4 Theorem (Parallelogram law):

In a parallelogram, the sum of squares of lengths of the diagonals is equal to

sum of squares of lengths of its ides.

Proof: Let OABC be a parallelogram in which OB and CA are diagonals.

Let OA = a and OC = c. C
B
Then OB = a + c and CA = a − c
2 2 2 2 c a−c
a+c
∴ OB + CA = a + c + a − c

2 2 2 2 O
= a + c + 2a.c + a + c − 2a.c A

2 2
a
=2 a +2 c

2 2 2 2
= OA + AB + CB + OC ∵ OA = BC , AB = OC 
 

5.4 Vector (cross) product of two vectors and properties:

In this section, we recall ‘Right and Left handed system’ of a vector triad
introduced in Chapter4.We shall define the vector(cross) product of two vectors and some
of the properties of cross product of vectors.

5.4.1 Right handed and Left handed system:

Let O, A, B and C be points in the space such that no three of them are
collinear. Let OA = a , OB = b and OC = c. Observing from the point C, if the angle of
rotation (in the counter clock wise sense) of OA to OB does not exceed 180 0 , then the
vector triad (a, b, c) is said to be a Right handed triad or Right handed system.

If (a, b, c) is not a Right handed triad, then it is said to be a Left handed triad.

115
5.4.2 Note:

(i) If (a, b, c) is a Right (Left) handed system, then the triads (b, c, a) and (c, a, b)

also form Right (Left) handed systems.

(ii) If (a, b, c) is a Right handed system and a, b, c are mutually perpendicular to each

other, then (a, b, c) is called an orthogonal triad. Thus the vector triad (i, j , k ) is

an orthogonal triad.

(iii) If any two vectors in a triad are interchanged, then the system will change. For

example (a, b, c) and (b, a, c) form opposite systems.

5.4.3 Definition:

. Let a and b be two non zero non collinear vectors. The cross (or vector)
product of a and b, is written as a × b (read as a cross b ) is defined to be the vector
a b sin θ nɵ where θ is the angle between the vectors a and b and nɵ is the unit vector

perpendicular to both a and b such that (a, b, nɵ ) is a right handed system.

If one of the vectors a, b is the null vector or a, b are collinear vectors then the
cross product a × b is defined as the null vector.

5.4.4 Note:

If a, b are non-zero and non-collinear vectors, then a × b is a vector,

perpendicular to the plane determined by a and b, whose magnitude is a b sin θ defined
as the null vector.

In the following theorem we prove that, the cross product of two non-zero and
non-collinear vectors does not obey the commutative law.

5.4.5 Theorem:

Let a, b be two vectors. Then a × b = −b × a

Proof: If one of a, b is a zero vector or a, b are collinear vectors then a × b = 0

and b × a = 0 and hence a × b = −b × a

Suppose a, b are non-zero and non-collinear vectors.

116
 Let θ is the angle between the vectors a and b and nɵ is the unit vector
perpendicular to both a and b such that ( a, b, nɵ ) is a right handed system. Hence by
definition a × b = a b sin θ nɵ . In this case θ is traversed from a to b. If (b, a, − nɵ ) is a

right handed triad, here θ is traversed from b to a.

∴b × a = a b sin θ (−nɵ ) = − a b sin θ nɵ = −(a × b).

Thus a × b = −b × a

5.4.6 Note:

a × b = b × a = a b sin θ .

5.4.7 Theorem:

Let a, b be two vectors and l , m be scalars. Then

(i) (− a) × b = a × (−b) = −(a × b) = b × a

(ii ) (−a) × (−b) = a × b

(iii ) (la) × b = a × (lb) = l (a × b)

(iv) (la) × (mb) = lm(a × b)

Proof: If one of a, b is a zero vector or a, b are collinear vectors or one of l , m is a

zero scalar then all the above equalities hold good. Hence we assume that a, b are non-
zero and non-collinear vectors and l , m are non-zero scalars. Let θ is the angle between
the vectors a and b and nɵ is the unit vector perpendicular to both a and b such that
(a, b, nɵ ) is a right handed system. The angle between the vectors a and b is π − θ . The
triad (−a, b, nɵ ) is a left handed triad and (− a, b, −nɵ ) is a right handed triad.

( )
(i ) (−a) × b = −a b sin(π − θ ) (−nɵ ) = − a b sin θ nɵ = −(a × b).

Also ( )
a × (−b) = − (−b) × a [∵ by Theorem5.4.5]

(
= − −(b × a) ) = b × a = − ( a × b)

Thus (− a) × b = a × (−b) = −(a × b) = b × a

117
(ii ) (−a) × (−b) = − a × (−b)  (∵ by (i ) )

= −  −(a × b)  (∵ by (i ) )

= a × b (iii ) Let l > 0.

The angle between the vectors la

and b is θ and la = l a . Further, the vector triad

(la, b, nɵ ) is a right handed triad.

( )
l a × b = la b sin θ nɵ = l a b sin θ nɵ = l (a × b)

Similarly, we can get a × lb = l (a × b)

Thus (la) × b = a × (lb) = l (a × b)

(iv) (la) × (mb) = lm(a × b) follows from (i ), (ii ), (iii ).

The proof of the following Theorem 5.4.8, is beyond the scope of this book and
hence we assume its validity without proof.

5.4.8 Theorem (Distributive law):

Let a, b and c are vectors. Then

(i ) a × (b + c) = a × b + a × c

(ii ) (a + b) × c = a × c + b × c.

5.4.9 Note:

If (i, j , k ) is an orthogonal triad, then from the definition of the cross product of
vectors, it is easy to see that (i ) i × i = j × j = k × k = 0 and
(ii ) i × j = k , j × k = i, k × i = j.

5.5 Vector (cross) product in (i, j, k ) system:

. In this section, we derive formula for a × b when a and b are given in (i, j , k )
system and deduce the formula for a × b .

118
5.5.1 Theorem:

Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k . Then

a × b = ( a2 b3 − a3b2 )i − ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k .

Proof: For proving the formula, we use Theorem 5.4.8, and property of cross product
among i, j and k as mentioned at the end of the Theorem 5.4.8.

Now a × b = ( a1 i + a2 j + a3 k ) × (b1 i + b2 j + b3 k )

=  a1b1 (i × i ) + a1b2 (i × j ) + a1b3 (i × k ) 

+  a2b1 ( j × i ) + a2b2 ( j × j ) + a2b3 ( j × k ) 

+  a3b1 ( k × i ) + a3b2 ( k × j ) + a3b3 ( k × k ) 

=  a1b1 (0) + a1b2 ( k ) + a1b3 ( − j ) 

+  a2b1 ( − k ) + a2b2 (0) + a2 b3 (i ) 

+  a3b1 ( j ) + a3b2 ( −i ) + a3b3 (0) 

= i ( a2 b3 − a3b2 ) − j ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) + k ( a1b2 − a2b1 )

5.5.2 Notation:

Adopting the expansion of a 3 × 3 determinant of real matrix

a1 a2 a3
b2 b3 b1 b3 b1 b2
b1 b2 b3 = a1 − a2 + a3
c2 c3 c1 c3 c1 c2
c1 c2 c3

The above formula for a × b can now expressed as

i j k
a × b = a1 a2 a3
b1 b2 b3

a2 a3 a1 a3 a1 a2
=i −j +k
b2 b3 b1 b3 b1 b2

= i ( a2 b3 − a3b2 ) − j ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) + k ( a1b2 − a2b1 )

119
5.5.3 Corollary:

Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and θ is the angle between a and b,

( a2b3 − a3b2 ) 2 + ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) 2 + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) 2

then sin θ = .
a12 + a2 2 + a3 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2

Proof: By Theorem 5.5.1, we have

a × b = ( a2b3 − a3b2 )i − ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k .

∴ a × b = ( a2b3 − a3b2 )i − ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k

= ( a2b3 − a3b2 ) 2 + ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) 2 + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) 2

and a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k = a12 + a2 2 + a3 2

and b = bi + b2 j + b3 k = b12 + b2 2 + b3 2

a×b
We have a × b = a b sin θ , so that sin θ =
a b

(a2b3 − a3b2 )2 + (a1b3 − a3b1 )2 + (a1b2 − a2b1 )2

⇒ sin θ = .
a12 + a2 2 + a32 b12 + b2 2 + b32

5.5.4 Notation:

To determine the angle between two vectors, we use the dot product of vectors
rather than the cross product, as the cross product gives value of sin θ which is positive
for θ ∈ (0, π ).

5.5.5 Theorem:
2 2 2 2 2
For any two vectors a and b, a × b = a.a b.b − a.b ( )( ) ( ) = a b − a.b . ( )
Proof: We have a × b = a b sin θ , where θ is the angle between vectors a and b.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Now a × b = a b sin 2 θ = a b (1 − cos 2 θ ) = a b − a b cos 2 θ

120
 2 2 2 2
= a b − a.b ( ) = ( a.a )( b.b ) − ( a.b ) .

5.5.6 Note:

If a and b are non-collinear, then, unit vectors perpendicular to both a and b

a×b
are ± .
a×b

5.6 Vector Areas:

. In the following, we introduce the concept of vector area of a plane region
bounded by a closed plane curve (a curve in which initial point and terminal point are the
same) and find vector area of a triangle and parallelogram.

5.6.1 Definition (Vector area):

. Let D be a plane region bounded by closed curve C. Let P1 , P2 , P3 be three

points on C (taken in this order). Let nɵ be the unit vector perpendicular to the region D
such that, from the side of nɵ , the points P1 , P2 and P3 are in anti clock sense. If A is the
area of the region D, then Anɵ is called the vector area of D.
C P2
C
nɵ
P1
P3

D D
P1
P2
−nɵ
P3

In the following theorems, we derive the vector area of a triangle and

parallelogram as applications of cross (or vector) product of vectors.

5.6.2 Theorem:

1 1 1
The vectors area of ∆ABC is
2
( ) (
AB × AC = BC × BA = CA × CB .
2 2
) ( )
Proof: Let the vertices A, B and C of the triangle be described in anti clock wise sense
so that the closed boundary of the plane region ∆ABC is BC ∪ CA ∪ AB.

121
Let ∆ be the area of ∆ABC.

Let nɵ be the unit vector in the direction of AB × AC. nɵ C

1 1
∆= AB AC sin A ⇒ ∆ nɵ = AB AC sin Anɵ
2 2

1 1
⇒ ∆ nɵ =
2
(
AB AC sin Anɵ =
2
) (
AB × AC . )
1 1
Similarly we can get ∆ nɵ =
2
( )
BC × BA and ∆ nɵ = CA × CB .
2
( ) A B

1 1 1
Hence the vectors area of ∆ABC is
2
( )
AB × AC = BC × BA = CA × CB .
2 2
( ) ( )
5.6.3 Corollary:

If a, b, c are the position vectors of the vertices A, B and C (described in

counter clock wise sense) of ∆ABC , then the vectors area of ∆ABC is
1 1
2
( )
b × c + c × a + a × b and its area is
2
b×c + c×a + a×b .

Proof: By Theorem 5.6.2, the vector area of ∆ABC is

1
∆=
2
(
AB × AC )
1 1
∆=
2
( ) (
(b − a ) × ( c − a ) = b × c − b × a − a × c + a × a )
2
)
1
= b × c + a × b + c × a + 0 ∵ a × a = 0, a × b = −b × a, c × a = − a × c 
( )
2

1
=
2
(b×c + a×b + c×a )
1
Area of ∆ABC is ∆ = ∆ nɵ = b×c + c× a + a×b .
2

5.6.4 Note:

Since the vector area of a plane region D is a vector quantity perpendicular to

( )
the plane of D, it follows that, the vector b × c + c × a + a × b is perpendicular to the

plane of the ∆ABC where a, b, c are the position vectors of A, B , C respectively.

122
5.6.5 Theorem (Vector area of a parallelogram):

Let ABCD be a parallelogram with vertices A, B , C and D described in anti

clock wise sense. Then, vectors area of ABCD in terms of the diagonals AC and BD is
1
2
(AC × BD . )
Proof: Given ABCD be a parallelogram with vertices A, B , C and D described in anti
clock wise sense.
D C
1 1
AC × BD =  AB + BC × BA + AD 
( ) ( ) ( )
2 2 

1
=  AB × BA + AB × AD + BC × BA + BC × AD 
2 
O
1
=  AB × AD + ( −CB ) × BA  A B
2

1
=  AB × AD + ( −CB ) × CD  ∵ BA = CD
( )
2 

1
=  AB × AD + CD × CB 
2 

1 1
=
2
( ) (
AB × AD + CD × CB
2
)
= vector area of ∆ABD + vector area of ∆CDB

= vector area of ABCD

5.6.6 Note:

(i) In fact, the vector area of any plane quadrilateral ABCD in terms of the diagonals

1
AC and BD is
2
(AC × BD . )
1
(ii) The area of quadrilateral ABCD is
2
(AC × BD .)
(iii) The vector area of a parallelogram with a and b as adjacent sides is a × b and the

area is a × b .

123
5.6.7 Theorem:

Let ( a, b, c) be a non-coplanar vector triad, α = l1 a + l2 b + l3 c and

a×b b×c c× a
β = m1 a + m2 b + m3 c. Then α × β = l1 l2 l3 .
m1 m2 m3

Proof: Using the distributive law of cross product over vector addition
(Theorem5.4.8)we have α × β = (l1 a + l2 b + l3 c ) × ( m1 a + m2 b + m3 c )

= l1m1 ( a × a ) + l1m2 ( a × b ) + l1m3 ( a × c ) 

+  l2 m1 (b × a ) + l2 m2 (b × b ) + l2 m3 (b × c ) 

+ l3 m1 (c × a ) + l3 m2 (c × b ) + l3 m3 (c × c ) 

= l1m1 (0) + l1m2 ( a × b ) + l1m3 ( a × c ) 

+  l2 m1 (b × a ) + l2 m2 (0) + l2 m3 (b × c ) 

+ l3 m1 (c × a ) + l3 m2 (c × b ) + l3 m3 (0) 

= l1m2 ( a × b) + l1m3 ( a × c )  +  l2 m1 (b × a ) + l2 m3 (b × c ) 

+  l3 m1 (c × a ) + l3 m2 (c × b ) 

= l1m2 ( a × b) + l1m3 ( − (c × a ))  + l2 m1 ( − ( a × b )) + l2 m3 (b × c ) 

+ l3 m1 (c × a ) + l3 m2 ( − (b × c )) 

(∵ b × a = −(a × b), c × b = −(b × c), a × c = −(c × a) )

= (b × c )(l2 m3 − l3 m2 ) − (c × a )(l1m3 − l3 m1 ) + ( a × b)(l1m2 − l2 m1 )

a×b b×c c× a
= l1 l2 l3 .
m1 m2 m3

5.6.8 Note:

In the above theorem, if we take a = i , b = j and c = k such that (i, j, k ) is a right

handed system, then we obtain the formula for α × β as in 5.5.2.

124
5.7 Scalar and vector triple products:
. In this section we introduce the concept of scalar triple product and vector triple
product of three vectors and discuss its properties and its geometrical interpretation.

5.7.1 Definition:

Let a, b and c be three vectors. We call ( a × b).c, the scalar triple product of
a, b and c and denote this by  a b c  .

5.7.2 Note: (a × b).c = 0 when

(i) one of a, b, c is 0 or

(ii) a, b or b, c or c, a are collinear vectors or

(iii) c is perpendicular to (a × b).

5.7.3 Theorem:

Let a, b and c be three non-coplanar vectors and OA = a, OB = b and OC = c.

Let V be the volume of the paralleleopiped with OA, OB and OC as coterminous edges.
Then

(i ) (a × b).c = V , if ( a, b, c) is a right handed system.

N C F
(ii ) (a × b).c = −V , if ( a, b, c) is a left handed system.
G
Proof:(i) Consider the parallelepiped OADBFCGE having
E
OA, OB and OC as coterminous edges . Assume that a, b, c
O
B
is a right handed system. Draw CM perpendicular to the M

plane determined by OA and OB and N be the foot of A D

the perpendicular to the support of ( a × b). Let nɵ be the unit

vector in the direction of a × b so that by definition of a × b,

we have (a, b, nɵ ) is a right handed system. Let θ be the angle between a × b and c.

i.e θ = ∠CON .

125
 V = Area of the base parallelogram OADB × length of the vertex C from base

= a × b (CM ) = a × b (ON )

But from ∆OCN , ON = OC cos θ

∴V = a × b OC cos θ = a × b c cos θ = a × b .c ( )
Thus ( a × b ) .c = a b c  .
(ii) Suppose (a, b, c) is a left handed system.

∴ (a, b, −c) is a right handed system. But the volume of the corresponding
parallelepiped are same.

( ) ( )
∴V = a × b .(−c) = − a × b .c ⇒ a × b .c = −V ( )
5.7.4 Theorem:

For any three vectors a, b and c, ( a × b ) .c = (b × c ) .a = ( c × a ) .b

i.e  a b c  = b c a  = c a b  .

Proof: If one of a, b and c is 0 or any two are collinear then equality holds.

Assume that ( a, b , c ), (b, c, a ) and (c, a , b) forms the right handed systems.

( ) ( ) ( )
∴ a × b .c = b × c .a = c × a .b = volume of the parallelepiped = V .

If all the triads ( a, b , c ), (b, c, a ) and (c, a , b) forms the left handed systems, then

( a × b ) .c = (b × c ) .a = ( c × a ) .b = −V .
( ) ( )
Thus a × b .c = b × c .a = c × a .b ( )
5.7.5 Theorem:

If a, b and c are any three vectors, then ( a × b ) .c = a.(b × c )

i.e in a scalar triple product dot and cross are interchanged.

126
 (
Proof: From Theorem 5.7.4, we have a × b .c = b × c .a ) ( )
( )
= a. b × c (∵ dot product is commutative )

5.7.6 Theorem:

If a, b and c are three vectors such that no two are collinear, then

 a b c  = 0 if and only if a, b and c are coplanar.

 

Proof: Suppose a, b and c are coplanar.

Since a × b is perpendicular to the plane determined by a and b it is also

(
perpendicular to c. Hence a × b .c = 0 )
∴  a b c  = 0

Conversely assume that  a b c  = 0 i.e ( a × b ) .c = 0

∴ a × b is perpendicular to c.

But a × b is perpendicular to both a and b it is also

∴ a × b is perpendicular to a, b and c.

∴ a, b and c are coplanar.

5.7.7 Corollary:

Four distinct points A, B, C and D are coplanar if and only if

 AB AC AD  = 0
 

Proof: A, B, C and D are coplanar ⇔ AB , AC , AD are coplanar

⇔  AB AC AD  = 0.

5.7.8 Theorem:

Let (i, j, k ) be orthogonal triad of unit vectors which is a right handed system.

Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k .

127
 a1 a2 a3
Then,  a b c  = b1 b2 b3 .
c1 c2 c3

Proof: It is known that a × b = ( a2b3 − a3b2 )i − ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k .

( ) ( )(
Now a × b .c = ( a2b3 − a3b2 )i − (a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k . c1 i + c2 j + c3 k )
= (a2b3 − a3b2 )c1 − (a1b3 − a3b1 )c2 + (a1b2 − a2b1 )c3

a1 a2 a3
= b1 b2 b3 .
c1 c2 c3

5.7.9 Corollary:

Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k are coplanar if and

a1 a2 a3
only if b1 b2 b3 = 0.
c1 c2 c3

Proof: It follows from Theorems 5.7.6 and 5.7.8.

5.7.10 Corollary:

If α , β , γ be three non-coplanar vectors and

a = a1α + a2 β + a3 γ , b = b1α + b2 β + b3 γ and c = c1α + c2 β + c3 γ . Then a, b and c are
a1 a2 a3
coplanar if and only if b1 b2 b3 = 0.
c1 c2 c3

β × γ γ ×α α × β
Proof: From Theorems 5.6.7, a × b = a1 a2 a3
b1 b2 b3

(
= (a2b3 − a3b2 )( β × γ ) − (a1b3 − a3b1 )(γ × α ) + (a1b2 − a2b1 )(α × β ) )
Now
( a × b ) .c = ( (a b − a b )(β × γ ) − (a b − a b )(γ × α ) + (a b − a b )(α × β ) ) .( c α + c β + c γ )
2 3 3 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 3

128
 (
= (a2b3 − a3b2 )c1 ( β × γ ).α − (a1b3 − a3b1 )c2 (γ × α ).β + (a1b2 − a2b1 )c3 (α × β ).γ )
(
= (a2b3 − a3b2 )c1  β γ α  − (a1b3 − a3b1 )c2 γ α β  + (a1b2 − a2b1 )c3 α β γ  )
= ( (a2b3 − a3b2 )c1 − (a1b3 − a3b1 )c2 + (a1b2 − a2b1 )c3 ) α β γ 

( ∵ α β γ  =  β γ α  = γ α β  )
a1 a2 a3
∴  a b c  = b1 b2 b3 α β γ 
c1 c2 c3

Since α , β , γ are non-coplanar vectors, α β γ  ≠ 0

a1 a2 a3
∴ a, b, c are coplanar if and only if b1 b2 b3 = 0.
c1 c2 c3

5.7.11 Theorem:

1
The volume of a tetrahedron with a, b and c as coterminous edges is a b c  .
6 

Proof: Let OABC be a tetrahedron and OA = a, OB = b, OC = c.

Let V be the volume of a tetrahedron OABC.

By definition, the volume V is given by

1
V= (area of the base ∆OAB) × ( length of the perpendicular from C to ∆OAB)
3

CN is the perpendicular from C to ∆OAB and CM is the perpendicular from C to

the supporting line a × b so that CN = OM = length of the projection of c onto a × b

=
( a × b ) . c =  a b c 
a×b a×b

1
Area of ∆OAB = a×b
2

129
 a b c  1
1 1  
∴Volume of the tetrahedron OABC = . a × b =  a b c  .
3 2 a×b 6

5.7.12 Corollary:

The volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are A, B, C and D is

1
 DA AB AC  .
6 

Proof: Since DA , DB , DC are coterminous edges of the tetrahedron ABCD, from the
1
above theorem it follows that its volume is  DA AB AC  .
6 

5.7.13 Theorem:

The vector equation of a plane passing through the point A(a) and parallel to the
non-collinear vectors b and c is  r b c  =  a b c  .

Proof: Let a represent the point A and P(r ) be any point in the plane. We may assume
that A ≠ P.

P lies in the plane.

⇒ The vectors AP, b and c are coplanar

⇒  AP b c  = 0 ( by Theorem 5.7.6)

(
⇒ AP. b × c = 0 )
( )(
⇒ r − a . b ×c = 0 )
( )
⇒ r. b × c = a. b × c ( )
⇒  r b c  =  a b c 

Suppose P(r ) is any point in the space such that  r b c  =  a b c  .

In the above argument, if we replace the steps backwards, we will have  AP b c  = 0

130
Thus the vectors AP, b and c are coplanar

Hence P lies in the plane.

5.7.14 Theorem:

The vector equation of a plane passing through the point A(a ), B (b) and parallel to
the vector c is  r b c  +  r c a  =  a b c  .

Proof: Let P(r ) be any point in the plane. We may assume that A ≠ P.

P lies in the plane ⇔ The vector AP × AB is perpendicular to the plane

⇔ The vector AP × AB is perpendicular to the vector c

⇔ ( AP × AB ) .c = 0
( )
⇔ AP. AB × c = 0 ( by Theorem 5.7.5)

⇔ ( r − a ) .( (b − a) × c ) = 0
⇔ ( r − a ) .( b × c + c × a ) = 0
( ) ( ) ( ) (
⇔ r. b × c + r. c × a − a. b × c − a. c × a = 0 )
⇔  r b c  +  r c a  −  a b c  −  a c a  = 0

(
⇔  r b c  +  r c a  =  a b c  ∵  a c a  = 0 )
5.7.15 Theorem:

The vector equation of a plane passing through three non-collinear points is

A(a), B (b) and C (c) is  r b c  +  r c a  +  r a b  =  a b c  .

Proof: Let P(r ) be any point in the plane. The four points A, B, C and P are coplanar.

⇔ The vectors AP, AB and AC are coplanar

⇔ r − a, r − b and r − c are coplanar

⇔  r − a b−a c − a  = 0

131
 ⇔ ( r − a ) . ( ( b − a ) × (c − a ) ) = 0
( )(
⇔ r − a . b ×c + c × a + a ×b = 0 )
( ) (
⇔ r. b × c + c × a + a × b = a. b × c + c × a + a × b )
⇔  r b c  +  r c a  +  r a b  =  a b c  +  a c a  +  a a b 

(
⇔  r b c  +  r c a  +  r a b  =  a b c  ∵  a c a  =  a a b  = 0 )
5.7.16 Definition (skew lines):
In a space, there are pairs of lines which are neither intersecting nor parallel.
Such a pair of lines is called a pair of skew lines. Thus, two lines are called skew lines, if
there is no plane containing both the lines.

5.7.17 Distance between two skew lines:

T
Let L1 and L2 be two skew lines with equations Q
L1
r = a1 + λ b1 and r = a2 + µ b2 . Let S be the point on L1

with position vector a1 and let T be the point on L2 with

L2
position vector a2 . Then the magnitude of the vector of S P

shortest distance will be equal to that of the projection of ST along the direction of the
line of shortest distance.

If PQ is the vector of shortest distance between L1 and L2 , then it is

perpendicular to both b1 and b2 . The unit vector nɵ along PQ would therefore be

b ×b
nɵ = 1 2 . Then PQ = d nɵ where d is the magnitude of the shortest distance vector.
b1 × b2

Let θ be the angle between ST and PQ.

Then PQ = ST cos θ

132
 PQ.ST d nɵ .(a2 − a1 )
But cos θ = = , since ST = a2 − a1.
PQ ST d ST

(b1 × b2 ).(a2 − a1 ) b ×b
= , since nɵ = 1 2 .
ST b1 × b2 b1 × b2

Hence the required shortest distance is

(b1 × b2 ).(a2 − a1 )
d = PQ = ST cos θ = = .
b1 × b2

5.7.18 Cartesian form:

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
The shortest distance between the lines L1 : = = and
a1 b1 c1
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1
a1 b1 c1
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2 a2 b2 c2
L2 : = = is .
a2 b2 c2 (b1c2 − b2 c1 ) 2 + (c1a2 − c2 a1 ) 2 + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) 2

5.7.19 Definition (Vector triple product):

Suppose a , b , c are three vectors. Then a × b × c or ( ) ( a × b ) × c is called the

vector triple product or vector product of three vectors.

5.7.20 Theorem:

Let a , b , c be three vectors. Then

(i ) ( a × b ) × c = (a.c)b − (b.c)a
(ii) ( )
a × b × c = (a.c)b − (a.b)c

Proof: (i) With out loss of generality, we may assume that a and b are non-collinear
vectors and c is not parallel to a × b, as otherwise ( a × b ) × c = 0 = (a.c)b − (b.c)a. Fix

the origin O. Let OA = a, OB = b. We consider the plane OAB as XY − plane. Let i be

the unit vector in the direction of OA and j be unit vector perpendicular to i in the XY −
plane. Fix the unit vector k in the XY − plane such that (i, j , k ) is an orthogonal triad of

133
unit vectors forming a right handed system. Then we can write a = a1 i, b = b1 i + b2 j and
c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k .

( a × b) × c = ( a b k ) × c = ( a b k ) × (c i + c
1 2 1 2 1 2 j + c3 k )
= a1b2 c1 j − a1b2 c2 k

( a.c)b − (b.c)a = a1c1 (b1 i + b2 j ) − (b1c1 + b2 c2 )(c1 i + c2 j + c3 k )

= a1b2 c1 j − a1b2 c2 k

∴ ( a × b ) × c = (a.c)b − (b.c)a
( ) ( )
(ii) a × b × c = − ( b × c) × a = (a.c)b − (b.c)a)(a.c)b − (a.b)c

= − (b.a)c − (c.a )b 

= ( a.c)b − ( a.b)c

( )
∴ a × b × c = ( a.c)b − ( a.b)c

5.7.21 Note:

In general, the vector product of three vectors is not associative.

5.7.22 Theorem:

a.c a.d
For any four vectors a , b , c and d (a × b).(c × d ) = and in particular
b.c b.d

( a × b) 2 = ( a) 2 (b) 2 − ( a.b) 2 .

(
Proof: ( a × b).(c × d ) = a. b × (c × d ) )
(
= a. (b.d )c − (b.c)d )
a.c a.d
= ( a.c)(b.d ) − (a.d )(b.c) =
b.c b.d

134
 a.a a.b
In the above formula if c = a and d = b, then (a × b).(a × b) =
b.a b.b

= (a.a)(b.b) − ( a.b)(b.a) = ( a) 2 (b) 2 − (a.b) 2 .

5.7.23 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: If a = 6i + 2 j + 3k and b = 2i − 9 j + 6k then find the angle between the

vectors a and b.

Solution: Given a = 6i + 2 j + 3k and b = 2i − 9 j + 6k

We have a.b = (6i + 2 j + 3k ).(2i − 9 j + 6k ) = 6.2 + 2( −9) + 3.6

= 12 − 18 + 18 = 12

Also a = 6i + 2 j + 3k = 6 2 + 2 2 + 32 = 36 + 4 + 9 = 49 = 7

b = 2i − 9 j + 6k = 2 2 + ( −9) 2 + 62 = 4 + 81 + 36 = 121 = 11

 a.b 
Let θ be the angle between the vectors a and b then θ = cos −1  
a b
 

 12  −1  12 
⇒ θ = cos −1   ⇒ θ = cos  
 7.11   77 

2. Problem: If a = 11, b = 23 and a − b = 30 then find the angle between the vectors

a and b also find a + b .

Solution: Given a = 11, b = 23 and a − b = 30

2 2 2
We have a − b = (a − b)2 = a + b − 2a.b

2 2 2
⇒ 2a.b = a + b − a − b ⇒ 2a.b = 112 + 232 − 302

⇒ 2a.b = 121 + 529 − 900 ⇒ 2a.b = 650 − 900 ⇒ 2a.b = −250

⇒ a.b = −125

135
  a.b 
Let θ be the angle between the vectors a and b then θ = cos −1  
a b
 

 −125  −1  −125  −1  125 

⇒ θ = cos −1   ⇒ θ = cos   ⇒ θ = π − cos  
 11.23   253   253 
2 2 2 2
Also a + b = (a + b) 2 = a + b + 2a.b ⇒ a + b = 112 + 232 + 2(−125)

2 2 2
⇒ a + b = 121 + 529 − 250 ⇒ a + b = 650 − 250 ⇒ a + b = 400

∴ a + b = 20

3. Problem: If the vectors λ i − 3 j + 5k and 2λ i − λ j − k are perpendicular to each other

then find λ .

Solution: Let a = λ i − 3 j + 5k and b = 2λ i − λ j − k

Given that a and b are perpendicular implies we have a.b = 0

⇒ (λ i − 3 j + 5k ).(2λ i − λ j − k ) = 0 ⇒ λ .2λ + ( −3)( −λ ) + 5( −1) = 0

−5
⇒ 2λ 2 + 3λ − 5 = 0 ⇒ (2λ + 5)(λ − 1) = 0 ⇒ λ = 1, λ =
2

4. Problem: If a = 2, b = 3 and c = 4 and each of the a, b, c is perpendicular to the

sum of the other two then find the magnitude of a + b + c.

Solution: Given a = 2, b = 3 and c = 4

Also each of the a , b, c is perpendicular to the sum of the other two

i.e a ⊥ (b + c ), b ⊥ (c + a ), c ⊥ ( a + b)

⇒ a.(b + c ) = 0, b.(c + a ) = 0, c.( a + b) = 0

⇒ a.b + a.c = 0, b.c + b.a = 0, a.b + a.c = 0

2 2 2 2
We have a + b + c = a + b + c + a.b + a.c + b.c + b.a + a.b + a.c

136
 2 2
⇒ a + b + c = 22 + 32 + 42 + 0 + 0 + 0 ⇒ a + b + c = 4 + 9 + 16

2
⇒ a + b + c = 29 ⇒ a + b + c = 29

∴ The magnitude of a + b + c is a + b + c = 29.

5. Problem: Find the area of the parallelogram for which the vectors a = 2i − 3 j and

b = 3i − k are adjacent sides.

Solution: Given a = 2i − 3 j and b = 3i − k

The vector area of the parallelogram for which the vectors a and b

i j k
are adjacent sides is a × b = 2 − 3 0
3 0 −1

−3 0 2 0 2 −3
⇒ a×b = i −j +k
0 −1 3 −1 3 0

⇒ a × b = i (( −3)( −1) − 0.0) − j (2( −1) − 0.3) + k (2.0 − ( −3).3)

⇒ a × b = 3i + 2 j + 9 k

The area of the parallelogram is a × b = 3i + 2 j + 9k

= 32 + 22 + 92 = 9 + 4 + 81 = 94

2p
6. Problem: If the vector 4i + j + pk is parallel to the vector i + 2 j + 3k then find the
3

value of p.

2p
Solution: Let a = 4i + j + pk and b = i + 2 j + 3k
3

a1 a2 a3
Given that a and b are parallel implies we have = =
b1 b2 b3

4 2p /3 p 4 2p /3 4 p
⇒ = = ⇒ = , = ⇒ p = 12
1 2 3 1 2 1 3

137
 7. Problem: If a = 13, b = 5 and a.b = 60 then find a × b .

Solution: Given a = 13, b = 5 and a.b = 60

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
We have a.b + a × b = a b ⇒ a × b = a b − a.b

2
⇒ a × b = 132.52 − 602 = 652 − 602 = 4225 − 3600 = 625

∴ a × b = 625 = 25

8. Problem: If a = 7i − 2 j + 3k , b = 2i + 8k and c = i + j + k then compute a × b, a × c ,

and a × (b + c ).

Solution: Given a = 7i − 2 j + 3k , b = 2i + 8k and c = i + j + k

i j k
−2 3 7 3 7 −2
Now a × b = 7 − 2 3 =i −j +k
0 8 2 8 2 0
2 0 8

= i (( −2)(8) − 3.0) − j (7(8) − 2.3) + k (7.0 − ( −2).2)

= −16i − 50 j + 4 k

i j k
−2 3 7 3 7 −2
Now a × c = 7 − 2 3 = i − j +k
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1

= i (( −2)(1) − 3.1) − j (7(1) − 3.1) + k (7.1 − ( −2).1)

= −5i − 4 j + 9 k

We have a × (b + c) = a × b + a × c = −16i − 50 j + 4 k − 5i − 4 j + 9k

= −21i − 54 j + 13k

9. Problem: If a = 3i − j + 2 k , b = −i + 3 j + 2 k , c = 4i + 5 j − 2 k and d = i + 3 j + 5k then

( ) ( ) (
compute the following (i ) a × b × c × d (ii ) a × b .c − a × d .b ) ( )
Solution: Given a = 3i − j + 2 k , b = −i + 3 j + 2 k , c = 4i + 5 j − 2 k and d = i + 3 j + 5k

138
 i j k
−1 2 3 2 3 −1
Now a × b = 3 − 1 2 = i −j +k
3 2 −1 2 −1 3
−1 3 2

= i (( −1)(2) − 2.3) − j (3(2) − 2( −1)) + k (3.3 − ( −1)( −1))

= i ( −2 − 6) − j (6 + 2) + k (9 − 1) = −8i − 8 j + 8k

i j k
5 −2 4 −2 4 5
Now c × d = 4 5 − 2 = i −j +k
3 5 1 5 1 3
1 3 5

= i (5.5 − ( −2)3) − j (4.5 − ( −2)1) + k (4.3 − 1.5)

= i (25 + 6) − j (20 + 2) + k (12 − 5) = 31i − 22 j + 7 k

i j k
−1 2 3 2 3 −1
Now a × d = 3 − 1 2 = i −j +k
3 5 1 5 1 3
1 3 5

= i (( −1)(5) − 2.3) − j (3.5 − 2.1) + k (3.3 − ( −1)1)

= i ( −5 − 6) − j (15 − 2) + k (9 + 1) = −11i − 13 j + 10 k

We have (a × b).c = ( −8i − 8 j + 8k ).(4i + 5 j − 2 k )

= ( −8)4 + ( −8)5 + 8( −2) = −32 − 40 − 16 = −88

We have (a × d ).b = ( −11i − 13 j + 10k ).( −i + 3 j + 2k )

= ( −11)( −1) + ( −13)3 + 10.2 = 11 − 39 + 20 = −8

i j k
−8 8 −8 8 −8 − 8
( ) ( )
(i ) a × b × c × d = −8 − 8 8 = i
−22 7
−j
31 7
+k
31 − 22
31 − 22 7

= i (( −8)7 − 8( −22)) − j (( −8)7 − 8.31) + k (( −8)( −22) − ( −8)31)

= i ( −56 + 176) − j ( −56 − 248) + k (176 + 248)

= 120i + 304 j + 428k

139
 ( ) ( )
(ii ) a × b .c − a × d .b = −88 + 8 = −80

10. Problem: If a = 2i − j + k , b = i + 2 j − 3k and c = 3i + p j + 5k are coplanar then find

Solution: Given a = 2i − j + k , b = i + 2 j − 3k and c = 3i + p j + 5k

Since a, b and c are coplanar then we have  a b c  = 0

2 −1 1 2 −1 1
⇒1 2 − 3  i j k  = 0 ⇒ 1 2 (
− 3 .1 = 0 ∵ i j k  = 1)
3 p 5 3 p 5

2 −3 1 −3 1 2
⇒2 +1 +1 =0
p 5 3 5 3 p

⇒ 2(2.5 − ( −3) p ) + 1(1.5 − ( −3)3) + 1(1. p − 2.3) = 0

⇒ 2(10 + 3 p ) + 1(5 + 9) + 1( p − 6) = 0 ⇒ 20 + 6 p + 14 + p − 6 = 0

⇒ 7 p + 28 = 0 ⇒ 7 p = −28 ⇒ p = −4

11. Problem: Simplify the following

( ) (
(i) i − 2 j + 3k × 2i + j − k . j + k )( )
( )(
(ii ) 2i − 3 j + k . i − j + 2k × 2i + j + k) ( )
Solution: (i) Let a = i − 2 j + 3k , b = 2i + j − k and c = j + k

We have for any vectors a, b and c a × b. c =  a b c 

1 −2 3
( ) (
⇒ i − 2 j + 3k × 2i + j − k . j + k = 2 )( ) 1 − 1 i j k 
0 1 1

1 −2 3
1 −1 2 −1 2 1
= 2 1 (
− 1 .1 ∵ i j k  = 1 = 1
1 1
)
+2
0 1
+3
0 1
0 1 1

= 1(1.1 − ( −1)1) + 2(2.1 − ( −1)0) + 3(2.1 − 0.1) = 2 + 4 + 6 = 12

140
(ii) Let a = 2i − 3 j + k , b = i − j + 2k and c = 2i + j + k

We have for any vectors a, b and c a .b × c =  a b c 

2 −3 1
( )( ) (
⇒ 2i − 3 j + k . i − j + 2 k × 2i + j + k = 1 − 1 ) 2 i j k 
2 1 1

2 −3 1
−1 2 1 2 1 −1
= 1 −1 (
2 .1 ∵ i j k  = 1 = 2 )
1 1
+3
2 1
+1
2 1
2 1 1

= 2((−1)1 − 2.1) + 3(1.1 − 2.2) + 1(1.1 − ( −1)2) = −6 − 9 + 3 = −12

12. Problem: Find λ in order that the four points A = (3, 2,1), B = (4, λ ,5),

C = (4, 2, −2) and D = (6,5, −1) be coplanar.

Solution: Given A = (3, 2,1), B = (4, λ ,5), C = (4, 2, −2) and D = (6, 5, −1)

Let O = (0, 0, 0) be the position vector of the origin.

∴ OA = 3i + 2 j + k , OB = 4i + λ j + 5k , OC = 4i + 2 j − 2 k ,

OD = 6i + 5 j − k

We have AB = OB − OA

⇒ AB = (4i + λ j + 5k ) − (3i + 2 j + k ) ⇒ AB = i + (λ − 2) j + 4 k

We have AC = OC − OA

⇒ AC = (4i + 2 j − 2k ) − (3i + 2 j + k ) ⇒ AC = i − 3k

We have AD = OD − OA

⇒ AD = (6i + 5 j − k ) − (3i + 2 j + k ) ⇒ AD = 3i + 3 j − 2 k

Since A, B, C and D are coplanar then we have  AB AC AD  = 0

1 λ−2 4 1 λ−2 4
⇒1 0 − 3 i j k  = 0 ⇒ 1 0 ( )
− 3 .1 = 0 ∵ i j k  = 1
3 3 −2 3 3 −2

141
 0 −3 1 −3 1 0
⇒1 − (λ − 2) +4 =0
3 −2 3 −2 3 3

⇒ 1(0( −2) − ( −3)3) − (λ − 2)(1( −2) − ( −3)3) + 4(1.3 − 0.3) = 0

⇒ 1(0 + 9) − (λ − 2)( −2 + 9) + 4(3 − 0) = 0 ⇒ 9 − (λ − 2)7 + 12 = 0

⇒ 21 − 7λ + 14 = 0 ⇒ 7λ = 35 ⇒ λ = 5

13. Problem: Find the volume of the tetrahedron having the edges i + j + k , i − j

and i + 2 j + k

Solution: Let a = i + j + k , b = i − j and c = i + 2 j + k

1
The volume of the tetrahedron having the edges a, b and c is V = a b c 
6 

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
(
V = 1 − 1 0  i j k  = 1 − 1 0 .1 ∵  i j k  = 1
6 6
)
1 2 1 1 2 1

1  −1 0 1 0 1 −1 
= 1 −1 +1 
6 2 1 1 1 1 2

1
= (1((−1)1 − 0.2) − 1(1.1 − 0.1) + 1(1.2 − (−1)1) )
6

1 1
= ( −1 − 1 + 3) = cubic units.
6 6

14. Problem: Compute i − j j − k k − i 

Solution: Let a = i − j , b = j − k and c = k − i

Now  a b c  = i − j i − k k − i 

1 −1 0 1 −1 0
= 0 1 − 1 i j k  = 0 ( )
1 − 1 .1 ∵ i j k  = 1
−1 0 1 −1 0 1

1 −1 0 −1 0 1
=1 +1 +0
0 1 −1 1 −1 0

142
 = (1(1.1 − ( −1)0) + 1(0.1 − ( −1)(−1)) + 0(0.0 − ( −1)1) ) = 1 − 1 = 0

15. Problem: If a = (1, −2,1), b = (2,1,1) and c = (1, 2, −1) then find a × (b × c ) and

( a × b) × c

Solution: Given a = (1, −2,1), b = (2,1,1) and c = (1, 2, −1)

i.e a = i − 2 j + k , b = 2i + j + k and c = i + 2 j − k

i j k
−2 1 1 1 1 −2
Now a × b = 1 − 2 1 = i −j +k
1 1 2 1 2 1
2 1 1

= i (( −2)1 − 1.1) − j (1.1 − 2.1) + k (1.1 − ( −2)2)

= i ( −2 − 1) − j (1 − 2) + k (1 + 4) = −3i + j + 5k

i j k
1 1 2 1 2 1
Now b × c = 2 1 1 = i −j +k
2 −1 1 −1 1 2
1 2 −1

= i (1( −1) − 2.1) − j (2( −1) − 1.1) + k (2.2 − 1.1)

= i ( −1 − 2) − j ( −2 − 1) + k (4 − 1) = −3i + 3 j + 3k

i j k
−2 1 1 1 1 −2
Now a × (b × c ) = 1 − 2 1 = i −j +k
3 3 −3 3 −3 3
−3 3 3

= i (( −2)3 − 1.3) − j (1.3 − ( −3)1) + k (1.3 − ( −2)( −3))

= i ( −6 − 3) − j (3 + 3) + k (3 − 6) = −9i − 6 j − 3k

i j k
1 5 −3 5 −3 1
Now ( a × b) × c = −3 1 5 = i −j +k
2 −1 1 −1 1 2
1 2 −1

= i (1( −1) − 2.5) − j (( −3)( −1) − 5.1) + k (( −3)2 − 1.1)

143
 = i ( −1 − 10) − j (3 − 5) + k ( −6 − 1) = −11i + 2 j − 7 k

We have a × (b × c ) = −9i − 6 j − 3k = ( −9) 2 + ( −6) 2 + (−3) 2 = 81 + 36 + 9 = 126

We have (a × b) × c = −11i + 2 j − 7k = ( −11) 2 + (2) 2 + ( −7) 2

= 121 + 4 + 49 = 174

. 16. Problem: If a = 2i + 2 j − 3k , b = 3i − j + 2k then find the angle between (2a + b)

and ( a + 2b)

Solution: Given a = 2i + 2 j − 3k , b = 3i − j + 2 k

2 a + b = 2(2i + 2 j − 3k ) + 3i − j + 2 k = 4i + 4 j − 6 k + 3i − j + 2 k = 7i + 3 j − 4 k

a + 2b = 2i + 2 j − 3k + 2(3i − j + 2 k ) = 2i + 2 j − 3k + 6i − 2 j + 4 k = 8i + k

i j k
3 −4 7 −4 7 3
Now (2a + b) × ( a + 2b) = 7 3 −4 =i −j +k
0 1 8 1 8 0
8 0 1

= i (3.1 − ( −4)0) − j (7.1 − ( −4)8) + k (7.0 − 8.3)

= i (3 − 0) − j (7 + 32) + k (0 − 24) = 3i − 49 j − 24 k

(2a + b) × (a + 2b) = 3i − 49 j − 24k = (3) 2 + ( −49) 2 + ( −24) 2

= 9 + 2401 + 576 = 2986

2a + b = 7i + 3 j − 4k = (7) 2 + (3) 2 + ( −4) 2 = 49 + 9 + 16 = 74

a + 2b = 8i + k = (8) 2 + (1) 2 = 64 + 1 = 65

Let θ be the angle between the vectors (2a + b) and ( a + 2b) then

 (2a + b) × (a + 2b)   2986 

θ = sin −1   ⇒ θ = sin −1  
 2a + b a + 2b   74 65 
 

17. Problem: If a, b, c are non- coplanar vectors, then find the value of

144
 ( a + 2b − c ) . ( a − b ) × ( a − b − c )
a b c 
 

Solution: Given a, b, c are non- coplanar vectors ⇒  a b c  ≠ 0

We have a + 2b − c .  a − b × a − b − c  =  a + 2b − c
( ) ( ) ( ) a −b a − b − c 
 

1 2 −1
 −1 0 1 0 1 −1 
= 1 −1 0  a b c  = 1 −2 −1   a b c 
 −1 − 1 1 −1 1 −1  
1 −1 −1

= (1((−1)(−1) − (−1)0) − 2(1(−1) − 0.1) − 1(1(−1) − (−1)1) )  a b c 

= (1(1 − 0) − 2(−1 − 0) − 1(−1 + 1) )  a b c  = (1 + 2 + 0 )  a b c  = 3  a b c 

Now
( a + 2b − c ) . ( a − b ) × ( a − b − c ) = 3  a b c  = 3
a b c  a b c
   

18. Problem: Find the equation of the plane passing through the points A = (2, 3, −1),

B = (4, 5, 2) and C = (3, 6,5).

Solution: Let O be the origin. Let r = xi + y j + zk be the position vector of any point
P in the plane of ∆ABC . Then AP, AB, AC are coplanar.

∴  AP AB AC  = 0.

Now AP = ( x − 2)i + ( y − 3) j + ( z + 1) k , AB = 2i + 2 j + 3k , AC = i + 3 j + 6k .

x−2 y − 3 z +1
∴  AP AB AC  = 0 ⇒ 2 2 3 i j k  = 0
1 3 6

x−2 y − 3 z +1
i.e 2 2 3 =0 (∵ i j k  = 1)
1 3 6

2 3 2 3 2 2
i.e ( x − 2) − ( y − 3) + ( z + 1) =0
3 6 1 6 1 3

145
 i.e ( x − 2)(12 − 9) − ( y − 3)(12 − 3) + ( z + 1)(6 − 2) = 0

i.e 3( x − 2) − 9( y − 3) + 4( z + 1) = 0

i.e 3 x − 9 y + 4 z + 25 = 0

Exercise 5
1. Find the cosine angle between the vectors 2i − j + k and 3i + 4 j − k .
2. If the vectors 2i + λ j − k and 4i − 2 j + 2k are perpendicular to each other, find
λ.
3. If a + b + c = 0, a = 3, b = 5 and c = 7, then find the cosine angle between the
vectors a and b.
2
4. If a = 2, b = 3 and (a, b) = 300 , then find a × b .
5. Find the unit vector perpendicular to both i + j + k and 2i + j + 3k .
6. If is θ the angle between i + j and j + k , then find sin θ .
7. Find the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are 3i + j − 2k and
i − 3 j + 4k .
8. Find the area of the triangle having 3i + 4 j and −5i + 7 j as two of its edges.
9. Find the equation of the plane passing through A(1, 2,3), B (2, 3,1) and C (3,1, 2).
10. If a + b + c = 0, then prove that a × b = b × c = c × a.
11. If a = 2i + j − k , b = −i + 2 j − 4k and c = i + j + k , then find (a × b).(b × c)
12. If a = 2i + 3 j + 4k , b = i + j − k and c = i − j + k , then find a × (b × c).
13. Prove that the vectors a = 2i − j + k , b = i − 3 j − 5k and c = 3i − 4 j − 4k are
coplanar.
14. If a, b and c are unit coplanar vectors, then find  2a − b 2b − c 2c − a 
15. Find the value of t if the vectors a = 2i − 3 j + k , b = i + 2 j − 3k and c = j − tk are
coplanar.
16. Simplify the following (i) ( i − 2 j + 3k ) × ( 2i + j − k ) × ( j + k )
(ii )  2i − 3 j + k × i − j + 2k  × 2i + j + k
( ) ( ) ( )
 
17. Find the shortest distance between the skew lines
( ) ( ) ( ) (
r = 6i + 2 j + 2k + t i − 2 j + 2k and r = −4i − k + s 3i − 2 j − 2k )
Key Concepts

1. Let a and b be two vectors. The scalar (or dot) product of a and b written as a.b,

146
 0 if one of a, b is 0
is defined by a.b = 
 a b cos θ , if a ≠ 0 ≠ b and θ is the angle between a and b.

2. For any two vectors a and b, a.b is a scalar.

3. If a, b are non-zero vectors, then a.b is positive or zero or negative according as

the angle θ , is acute or right or obtuse angle.

2
(i ) If θ = 00 then a.b = a b . In particular a.a = a or (a) 2 .

2
(ii ) If θ = 1800 then a.b = − a b . In particular a.a = a a cos1800 = − a .

  a.b
 a.b 
4. The projection vector of b on a is a and its magnitude is
 2  a
a
 

(a.b)
5. The component of b perpendicular to a is b − 2
a.
a

6. Let a and b be two non-zero vectors and θ is the angle between a and b Then

a.b = a b cos θ , a.b = a b cos θ

7. Let a, b and c be three non-zero vectors. Then the projection b + c of on a is equal

a.(b + c) a.b a.c
to the sum of the projections of b and c on a and hence 2
a= 2
a+ 2
a
a a a

8. Let a, b and c be three vectors. Then

2 2
(i ) a.(b + c) = a.b + a.c, (ii ) (b + c).a = b.a + c.a, (iii)(a + b)2 = a + b + 2a.b

9. Let a, b be two vectors. Then

(i ) a.b = b.a (commutative law), (ii ) (la).b = a .(lb) = l (a.b), l ∈ R,

(iii ) (la).(mb) = lm(a.b), l and m ∈ R, (iv) (−a).b = a .(−b) = −(a.b),

(v) (− a).(−b) = a.b

147
10. If i, j, k are mutually perpendicular unit vectors, then i.i = j. j = k .k = 1 and
i. j = j.k = k .i = 0.

11. Let (i, j , k ) be the orthogonal unit triad. Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and

b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k be the vectors Then a.b = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3

12. If θ is the angle between two non-zero a and b, from the definition of a.b, we
 a.b 
have θ = cos −1  
 a b
 

13. If a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k then

 a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3 
θ = cos −1  
 a2 +a 2 +a 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2 
 1 2 3

14. If a , b are perpendicular to each other ⇔ a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3 = 0.

15. Angle in a semi circle is a right angle.

16. In a parallelogram, the sum of squares of lengths of the diagonals is equal to sum of
squares of lengths of its ides.(Parallelogram law)

17. (i ) If ( a, b, c) is a Right (Left) handed system, then the triads (b, c, a) and (c, a, b)

also form Right (Left) handed systems.

(ii ) If ( a, b, c) is a Right handed system and a, b, c are mutually perpendicular to each

other, then ( a, b, c) is called an orthogonal triad. Thus the vector triad (i, j , k ) is

an orthogonal triad.

(iii ) If any two vectors in a triad are interchanged, then the system will change. For

example ( a, b, c) and (b, a, c) form opposite systems.

18. Let a and b be two non zero non collinear vectors. The cross (or vector) product of
a and b, is written as a × b (read as a cross b ) = a b sin θ nɵ where θ is the angle

between the vectors a and b and nɵ is the unit vector perpendicular to both a and b
such that (a, b, nɵ ) is a right handed system. If one of the vectors a, b is the null vector or
a, b are collinear vectors then the cross product a × b is defined as the null vector.

148
19. If a, b are non-zero and non-collinear vectors, then a × b is a vector, perpendicular
to the plane determined by a and b, whose magnitude is a b sin θ defined as the null
vector.

20. Let a, b be two vectors. Then a × b = −b × a

21. a × b = b × a = a b sin θ .

22. Let a, b be two vectors and l , m be scalars. Then

(i ) (−a) × b = a × (−b) = −(a × b) = b × a, (ii ) (− a) × (−b) = a × b,

(iii ) (la) × b = a × (lb) = l (a × b), (iv) (la) × (mb) = lm(a × b)

23. Let a, b and c are vectors. Then

(i ) a × (b + c) = a × b + a × c, (ii ) (a + b) × c = a × c + b × c.

24. If (i, j, k ) is an orthogonal triad, then from the definition of the cross product of
vectors, it is easy to see that (i ) i × i = j × j = k × k = 0, (ii ) i × j = k , j × k = i, k × i = j.

25. Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k . Then

a × b = ( a2 b3 − a3b2 )i − ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) j + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) k .

26. The above formula for a × b can now expressed as

i j k
a2 a3 a1 a3 a1 a2
a × b = a1 a2 a3 = i −j +k
b2 b3 b1 b3 b1 b2
b1 b2 b3

= i ( a2 b3 − a3b2 ) − j ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) + k ( a1b2 − a2b1 )

27. Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and θ is the angle between a and b,

( a2b3 − a3b2 ) 2 + ( a1b3 − a3b1 ) 2 + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) 2

then sin θ = .
a12 + a2 2 + a3 2 b12 + b2 2 + b3 2

2 2 2 2 2
28. For any two vectors a and b, a × b = a.a b.b − a.b ( )( ) ( ) = a b − a.b . ( )
29. If a and b are non-collinear, then, unit vectors perpendicular to both a and b

149
 a×b
are ± .
a×b

1 1 1
30. The vectors area of ∆ABC is
2
( ) (
AB × AC = BC × BA = CA × CB .
2 2
) ( )
31. If a, b, c are the position vectors of the vertices A, B and C (described in counter
clock wise sense) of ∆ABC , then the vector area of ∆ABC is

1 1
2
( )
b × c + c × a + a × b and its area is
2
b×c + c×a + a×b .

32. Let ABCD be a parallelogram with vertices A, B , C and D described in anti clock
wise sense. Then, vectors area of ABCD in terms of the diagonals AC and BD is
1
2
(AC × BD . )
1
33. The area of quadrilateral ABCD is
2
(
AC × BD . )
34. The vector area of a parallelogram with a and b as adjacent sides is a × b and the

area is a × b .

35. Let ( a, b, c) be a non-coplanar vector triad, α = l1 a + l2 b + l3 c and

a×b b×c c×a
β = m1 a + m2 b + m3 c. Then α × β = l1 l2 l3 .
m1 m2 m3

36. (a × b).c = 0 when (i ) one of a, b, c is 0 or (ii ) a, b or b, c or c, a are collinear

vectors or (iii ) c is perpendicular to ( a × b).

37. Let a, b and c be three non-coplanar vectors and OA = a, OB = b and OC = c. Let

V be the volume of the paralleleopiped with OA, OB and OC as coterminous edges. Then

(i ) (a × b).c = V , if (a, b, c) is a right handed system.

(ii ) (a × b).c = −V , if (a, b, c) is a left handed system.

( ) (
38. For any three vectors a, b and c, a × b .c = b × c .a = c × a .b ) ( )

150
 i.e  a b c  = b c a  = c a b  .

39. If a, b and c are any three vectors, then ( a × b ) .c = a.(b × c )

40. If a, b and c are three vectors such that no two are collinear, then

 a b c  = 0 ⇔ a, b and c are coplanar.

 

41. Four distinct points A, B, C and D are coplanar ⇔  AB AC AD  = 0

42. Let (i, j , k ) be orthogonal triad of unit vectors which is a right handed system.

Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k .

a1 a2 a3
Then,  a b c  = b1 b2 b3 .
c1 c2 c3

42. Let a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k , b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k and c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k are coplanar if and

a1 a2 a3
only if b1 b2 b3 = 0.
c1 c2 c3

43. If α , β , γ be three non-coplanar vectors and a = a1α + a2 β + a3 γ ,

b = b1α + b2 β + b3 γ and c = c1α + c2 β + c3 γ . Then a, b and c are coplanar

a1 a2 a3
⇔ b1 b2 b3 = 0.
c1 c2 c3

1
43. The volume of a tetrahedron with a, b and c as coterminous edges is a b c  .
6 

1
44. The volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are A, B, C and D is  DA AB AC 
6 

45. The vector equation of a plane passing through the point A(a) and parallel to the
non-collinear vectors b and c is  r b c  =  a b c  .

151
46. The vector equation of a plane passing through the point A(a), B (b) and parallel to
the vector c is  r b c  +  r c a  =  a b c  .

47. The vector equation of a plane passing through three non-collinear points is
A(a), B (b) and C (c ) is  r b c  +  r c a  +  r a b  =  a b c  .

(b1 × b2 ).(a2 − a1 )
48. Let L1 and L2 be two skew lines then the of shortest distance d = .
b1 × b2

49. The Cartesian form of the shortest distance between the lines

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
L1 : = = and L2 : = = is
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2

x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
.
(b1c2 − b2 c1 ) + (c1a2 − c2 a1 ) + ( a1b2 − a2b1 ) 2
2 2

50. Let a , b , c are three vectors. Then a × b × c or ( ) ( a × b ) × c is called the vector

triple product or vector product of three vectors.

51. Let a , b , c be three vectors. Then

(i) ( a × b ) × c = (a.c)b − (b.c)a, (ii) ( )

a × b × c = (a.c)b − (a.b)c

a.c a.d
52. For any four vectors a , b , c and d (a × b).(c × d ) =
b.c b.d

53. ( a × b) 2 = (a ) 2 (b) 2 − ( a.b) 2 .

Answers
Exercise 5
 1  1
(1) θ = cos −1  0
 (2) λ = 3 (3) 60 (4) 9 (5) ± (2i − j − k )
 156  6

3 41
(6) (7) 5 3 (8) (9) x + y + z = 6 (11) − 54 (12)2i + 4 j − 4k
2 2

(14) 0 (15) 1 (16) (i ) r = 2i + 8 j − 6 k (ii ) r = −4i + 7 j + k (17) 9

152
 6. TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS UPTO
TRANSFORMATIONS

6.1 Trigonometric ratios-variation

Introduction:
The word ‘trigonon’ means a triangle and the word ‘metron’ means a measure.
Thus trigonometry is the science that deals with measurement of triangles. Trigonometry
has great use in measurement of areas, heights, distances etc.

It has many applications in almost all branches of science in general and in

Physics and Engineering in particular.

An angle is the union of two rays having a common end point in a plane. The
amount of rotation in the plane that is necessary to bring one ray into the position of the
other ray is called magnitude of the angle, An angle is actually denoted by θ , α etc.

B
B

θ
θ B A θ
O O A
A
O

The acute angle, straight angle and the right angles are shown in the above
figures. We have learnt, in previous classes, that there are three systems for the
measurement of angles.

1. Sexagesimal system or British system

2. Centisimal system or French system
3. Circular measurement

In the Sexagesimal system

1 right angle = 90 degrees (900 )

1 degree = 60 minutes (60′)

1 minute = 60 seconds (60′′)

153
 In the Centisimal system

1 right angle = 100 grades (100 g )

1 grade = 100 minutes (100′)

1 minute = 100 seconds (100′′)

In the Circular measurement system, one radian is defined as the amount of the angle
subtended by an arc of length r units of a circle of radius r units at the centre of that
circle. This angle is independent of the size of the circle ( i.e., the radius of the circle ).
One radian is denoted by 1c. In this measurement 2 right angles = π c .

1
1 minute in the Sexagesimal system = th of a right angle where as
90 × 60

1
1 minute in the Centisimal system = th of a right angle.
100 × 100

The conversion from one system to the other can be easily done using the equation :

180 200 π
= = .
D G R

where D, G, R respectively denote degrees, grades and radians.

For example, to convert 30 0 into grades and radians, put D = 30 0 in the above
equation

and G, R as follows :

180 200 π 100 30π π

= = . Hence G = ,R = = .
30 G R 3 180 6

100 g π c
Thus 30 0 = = .
3 6

6.1 Trigonometric ratios- variation:

a
A ratio is where a , b are two real numbers and b is non-zero. If we take a
b
right angled triangle with θ as one of its acute angle, using the lengths a , b, c of the three
b a b c c a
sides of the triangle we can form six ratios, namely , , , , , .
c c a b a b

These six ratios are called the trigonometric ratios of the angle θ .

154
 c
b

b a b a
For example, is called sine θ , is called cosine θ , is called tangent θ ,
c c a b
c c
is called cotangent θ , is called secant θ , and is called cosecant θ .
a b

6.1.1 Definition: Let θ be a real number and 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π and r > 0. Consider a

rectangular co-ordinate system with
Y OX , OY as axes. Draw a circle with centre O and
radius r . Choose a point on the circle such that the line OP makes an angle θ radians
with OX (positive X − axis) measured in anti-clock wise direction (positive direction). θ

P(x,y)

θ y
X

O x M

We define the six trigonometric ratios of θ as follows:

y
Sine of θ =
r

x
Cosine of θ =
r

y
Tangent of θ =
x

x
Cotangent of θ =
y

155
 r
Secant of θ =
x

r
Cosecant of θ =
y

The six trigonometric ratios of θ defined above are briefly written as sin θ , cos θ ,
tan θ , cot θ , sec θ , cos ecθ respectively. From these definitions we can observe the
following:

6.1.2 Note:

sin θ 1
1. tan θ = and sec θ = .
cos θ cos θ

cos θ 1
2. cot θ = and cosecθ = .
sin θ sin θ

3. cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1.

4. sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ = 1.

5. cosec 2θ − cot 2 θ = 1.

6. From the definitions of the six trigonometric ratios we can make the following

observations.

π
If P( x, y ) is in the first quadrant, that is, if 0 < θ < , then x > 0 and
2
y > 0. Hence all the six trigonometric ratios are positive. If P( x, y ) is in the second
π
quadrant, that is, if < θ < π , then x < 0 and y > 0. Hence sin θ , cos ecθ are positive
2
and the other trigonometric ratios are negative. If P( x, y ) is in the third quadrant, that is,
3π
if π <θ < , then x < 0 and y < 0. Hence tan θ , cot θ are positive and the other
2
trigonometric ratios are negative. If P( x, y ) is in the fourth quadrant, that is, if
3π
< θ < 2π , then x > 0 and
2

y < 0. Hence cos θ , sec θ are positive and the other trigonometric ratios are negative.

The six trigonometric ratios which are positive in various quadrants can also be

remembered as follows.

156
 I II III IV
All Silver Tea Cups
(all sine tan cos )

II 90 0 + θ I 90 0 − θ
1800 − θ 360 0 + θ
sine>0 cosec>0
ALL > 0 (All)
(Silver)

III 1800 + θ O IV 270 0 + θ

X
270 0 − θ 360 0 − θ
tangent > 0 cosine > 0
cotangent > secant>0
0 (Tea) (Cups)

Now we can write the properties of the six trigonometric functions as follows:

sin(90 0 − θ ) = cos θ sin(90 0 + θ ) = cos θ sin(180 0 − θ ) = sin θ

cos(90 0 − θ ) = sin θ cos(90 0 + θ ) = − sin θ cos(180 0 − θ ) = − cos θ
tan(90 0 − θ ) = cot θ tan(90 0 + θ ) = − cot θ tan(180 0 − θ ) = − tan θ
cot(90 0 − θ ) = tan θ cot(90 0 + θ ) = − tan θ cot(180 0 − θ ) = − cot θ
sec(90 0 − θ ) = cos ecθ sec(90 0 + θ ) = − cos ecθ sec(180 0 − θ ) = − sec θ
cos ec(90 0 − θ ) = sec θ cos ec(90 0 + θ ) = sec θ cos ec(180 0 − θ ) = cos ecθ
sin(180 0 + θ ) = − sin θ sin(270 0 − θ ) = − cos θ sin(270 0 + θ ) = − cos θ
cos(180 0 + θ ) = − cos θ cos(270 0 − θ ) = − sin θ cos(270 0 + θ ) = sin θ
tan(180 0 + θ ) = tan θ tan(270 0 − θ ) = cot θ tan(270 0 + θ ) = − cot θ
cot(180 0 + θ ) = cot θ cot(270 0 − θ ) = tan θ cot(270 0 + θ ) = − tan θ
sec(180 0 + θ ) = − sec θ sec(270 0 − θ ) = − cos ecθ sec(270 0 + θ ) = cos ecθ
cos ec(180 0 + θ ) = − cos ecθ cos ec(270 0 − θ ) = − sec θ cos ec(270 0 + θ ) = − sec θ
sin(360 0 − θ ) = − sin θ sin(360 0 + θ ) = sin θ sin( n.360 0 + θ ) = sin θ
cos(360 0 − θ ) = cos θ cos(360 0 + θ ) = cos θ cos( n.360 0 + θ ) = cos θ
tan(360 0 − θ ) = − tan θ tan(360 0 + θ ) = tan θ tan( n.360 0 + θ ) = tan θ
cot(360 0 − θ ) = − cot θ cot(360 0 + θ ) = cot θ cot( n.360 0 + θ ) = cot θ
sec(360 0 − θ ) = sec θ sec(360 0 + θ ) = sec θ sec( n.360 0 + θ ) = sec θ
cos ec(360 0 − θ ) = − cos ecθ cos ec(360 0 + θ ) = cos ecθ cos ec( n.360 0 + θ ) = cos ecθ

157
 π 3π
6.1.3 Definition: The angles 0, , π , , 2π have their terminal side along either X − axis
2 2
−
or Y axis. Hence these angles are called Quadrant angles

π π π π
We have learnt the values of the trigonometric ratios of the angles 0, , , ,
6 4 3 2
in earlier classes. The values of the trigonometric ratios and the quadrant angles are given
in the following table.

θ 0 π π π π π 3π 2π
6 4 3 2 2
sin θ 0 1 1 3 1 0 −1 0
2 2 2
cos θ 1 3 1 1 0 −1 0 1
2 2 2
tan θ 0 1 1 3 ∞ 0 ∞ 0
3
cot θ ∞ 3 1 1 0 ∞ 0 ∞
3
sec θ 1 2 2 2 ∞ −1 ∞ 1
3
cos ecθ ∞ 2 2 2 1 ∞ −1 ∞
3

π
6.1.4 Definition: If θ is any angle then − θ is called its complement angle and π − θ
2
is its supplement angle. In other words, two angles θ , φ are said to be complementary
π
angles if θ + φ = and supplementary angles if θ + φ = π .
2

π π π 5π
For example, the angles , are complementary angles and , are
6 3 6 6
supplementary angles.

6.1.5 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find the value of cos 2250 − sin 2250 + tan 4950 − cot 4950.

Solution: We have cos 2250 − sin 2250 + tan 4950 − cot 4950

= cos(1800 + 450 ) − sin(1800 + 450 ) + tan(3600 + 1350 ) − cot(3600 + 1350 )

158
 = − cos 450 + sin 450 + tan1350 − cot1350
∵ cos(1800 + θ ) = − cos θ , sin(1800 + θ ) = − sin θ 
 0 0 
 tan(360 + θ ) = tan θ , cot(360 + θ ) = cot θ 

1 1
=− + + tan(900 + 450 ) − cot(900 + 450 )
2 2

= − cot 450 + tan 450

∵ tan(900 + θ ) = − cot θ , cot(900 + θ ) = − tan θ 

= −1 + 1 = 0

π 4π 6π 9π
2. Problem: Find the value of sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2
10 10 10 10

π 4π 6π 9π
Solution: We have sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2
10 10 10 10

= sin 2 180 + sin 2 720 + sin 2 1080 + sin 2 1620

= sin 2 180 + sin 2 720 + sin 2 (1800 − 720 ) + sin 2 (1800 − 180 )

= sin 2 180 + sin 2 720 + sin 2 720 + sin 2 180

∵ sin(1800 − θ ) = sin θ 

= 2(sin 2 180 + sin 2 720 ) = 2(sin 2 180 + sin 2 (900 − 180 )

= 2(sin 2 180 + cos 2 180 )

∵ sin(900 − θ ) = cos θ 

= 2(1) = 2

3. Problem: Find the value of cos 2 450 + cos 2 1350 + cos 2 2250 + cos 2 3150

Solution: We have cos 2 450 + cos 2 1350 + cos 2 2250 + cos 2 3150

= cos 2 450 + cos 2 (1800 − 450 ) + cos 2 (1800 + 450 ) + cos 2 (3600 − 450 )

= cos 2 450 + cos 2 450 + cos 2 450 + cos 2 450

∵ cos(1800 − θ ) = − cos θ , cos(1800 + θ ) = − cos θ , cos(3600 − θ ) = cos θ 

159
 1 2 1
= 4(cos 2 450 ) = 4( ) = 4( ) = 2
2 2

2π 5π 3π
4. Problem: Find the value of sin 2 + cos 2 − tan 2
3 6 4

2π 5π 3π
Solution: We have sin 2 + cos 2 − tan 2
3 6 4

= sin 2 1200 + cos 2 1500 − tan 2 1350

= sin 2 (900 + 300 ) + cos 2 (1800 − 300 ) − tan 2 (1800 − 450 )

= cos 2 300 + cos 2 300 − tan 2 450

∵ cos(1800 − θ ) = − cos θ , tan(1800 − θ ) = − tan θ , sin(900 + θ ) = − cos θ 

3 2 3 3 3 1
=( ) + ( ) 2 − (1) 2 = + − 1 =
2 2 4 4 2

π 3π 5π 7π 9π
5. Problem: Show that cot cot cot cot cot =1
20 20 20 20 20

π 3π 5π 7π 9π
Solution: L.H.S = cot cot cot cot cot
20 20 20 20 20

= cot 90 cot 27 0 cot 450 cot 630 cot 810

= cot 90 cot 27 0 cot 450 cot(900 − 27 0 ) cot(900 − 90 )

= cot 90 cot 27 0 cot 450 tan 27 0 tan 90 ∵ cot(900 − θ ) = tan θ 

 1 
= ( cot 90 tan 90 )( cot 27 0 tan 27 0 ) cot 450 0
∵ tan θ = cot θ , cot 45 = 1

= 1 = R.H.S

tan 6100 + tan 7000 1 − p 2

6. Problem: If tan 200 = p then prove that =
tan 5600 − tan 4700 1 + p 2

tan 610 0 + tan 700 0

Solution: L.H.S=
tan 560 0 − tan 470 0

tan(3600 + 2500 ) + tan(3600 + 3400 )

=
tan(3600 + 2000 ) − tan(3600 + 1100 )

160
 tan 2500 + tan 3400
= ∵ tan(3600 + θ ) = tan θ 
tan 2000 − tan1100

tan(2700 − 200 ) + tan(3600 − 200 )

=
tan(1800 + 200 ) − tan(900 + 200 )

cot 200 − tan 200 ∵ tan(3600 − θ ) = − tan θ , tan(1800 + θ ) = tan θ , 

=  
tan 200 − cot + 200 0 0
 tan(90 + θ ) = − cot θ , tan(270 − θ ) = cot θ 

1
−p
p  0 0 1
= ∵ tan 20 = p, cot 20 = p 
1  
p−
p

1 − p2
p 1 − p2
= = = R.H.S
1 + p2 1+ p2
p

tan160 0 − tan110 0 1 − λ 2
7. Problem: If tan 20 0 = λ then prove that =
1 + tan160 0 tan110 0 2λ

tan1600 − tan110 0
Solution: L.H.S=
1 + tan160 0 tan110 0

tan(1800 − 200 ) − tan(900 + 200 )

=
1 + tan(1800 − 200 ) tan(900 + 200 )

− tan 200 + cot 200

= 0
∵ tan(1800 − θ ) = − tan θ , tan(900 + θ ) = − cot θ 
0 
1 + tan 20 cot 20

1
−λ +
λ  0 0 1
=
1 ∵ tan 20 = λ , cot 20 = λ 
1+ λ
λ

1− λ2
λ 1− λ 2
= = = R.H.S
1+1 2λ

8. Problem: Prove that (sin θ + cos ecθ ) 2 + (cos θ + sec θ )2 − (tan 2 θ + cot 2 θ ) = 7

Solution: L.H.S=(sin θ + cos ecθ ) 2 + (cos θ + sec θ ) 2 − (tan 2 θ + cot 2 θ )

161
 =(sin 2 θ + cos ec 2θ + 2sin θ cos ecθ ) + (cos 2 θ + sec 2 θ + 2 cos θ sec θ )
− (tan 2 θ + cot 2 θ )

=(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ) + (sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ ) + (cos ec 2θ − cot 2 θ )

1 1
+ (2sin θ . ) + (2 cos θ . )
sin θ cos θ

=(1) + (1) + (1) + (2) + (2)

∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1, sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ = 1, 
 
 cos ec 2θ − cot 2 θ = 1, sin θ . 1 = 1, cos θ . 1 = 1
 sin θ cos θ 

=7 = R.H.S

(1 + sin θ − cos θ ) 2 1 − cos θ

9. Problem: Prove that =
(1 + sin θ + cos θ ) 2 1 + cos θ

(1 + sin θ − cos θ ) 2
Solution: L.H.S=
(1 + sin θ + cos θ ) 2

1 + sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2sin θ − 2 cos θ − 2sin θ cos θ

=
1 + sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin θ + 2 cos θ + 2 sin θ cos θ

1 + 1 + 2 sin θ − 2 cos θ − 2 sin θ cos θ

= ∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1
1 + 1 + 2 sin θ + 2 cos θ + 2 sin θ cos θ

2 + 2sin θ − 2 cos θ − 2sin θ cos θ 2(1 + sin θ − cos θ − sin θ cos θ )

= =
2 + 2sin θ + 2 cos θ + 2 sin θ cos θ 2(1 + sin θ + cos θ + sin θ cos θ )

(1 + sin θ )(1 − cos θ ) 1 − cos θ

= = = R.H.S
(1 + sin θ )(1 + cos θ ) 1 + cos θ

10. Problem: Prove that 2(sin 6 θ + cos 6 θ ) − 3(sin 4 θ + cos 4 θ ) + 1 = 0

Solution: L.H.S=2(sin 6 θ + cos 6 θ ) − 3(sin 4 θ + cos 4 θ ) + 1

=2 ( (sin 2 θ )3 + (cos 2 θ )3 ) − 3 ( (sin 2 θ )2 + (cos 2 θ )2 ) + 1

=2 ( (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ )3 − 3sin 2 θ cos 2 θ (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ) )

− 3 ( (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ) 2 − 2sin 2 θ cos 2 θ ) + 1
∵ a 2 + b 2 = (a + b)2 − 2ab, a 3 + b 3 = (a + b)3 − 3ab(a + b) 

162
 =2 ( (1)3 − 3sin 2 θ cos 2 θ (1) ) − 3 ( (1) 2 − 2sin 2 θ cos 2 θ ) + 1
∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1

=2 − 6 sin 2 θ cos 2 θ − 3 + 6sin 2 θ cos 2 θ + 1 = 0 = R.H.S

3
11. Problem: If tan 2 θ = 1 − e 2 then prove that sec θ + tan 3 θ cos ecθ = (2 − e 2 ) 2 .

Solution: Given tan 2 θ = 1 − e 2

L.H.S= sec θ + tan 3 θ cos ecθ

1 1 1 sin θ 1
= + tan 2 θ tan θ = + tan 2 θ
cos θ sin θ cos θ cos θ sin θ

1
= (1 + tan 2 θ ) = sec θ (1 + tan 2 θ )
cos θ
3
= (1 + tan 2 θ ) (1 + tan 2 θ ) = (1 + tan 2 θ ) 2

3 3
= (1 + 1 − e 2 ) 2
= (2 − e 2 ) 2
= R.H.S

 1 
12. Problem: Prove that cos 4 α + 2 cos 2 α  1 − 2
4
 = 1 − sin α
 sec α 

Solution: L.H.S= cos 4 α + 2 cos 2 α  1 −

1 

 sec 2 α 

 sec 2 α − 1   tan 2 α 
= cos 4 α + 2 cos 2 α  2  = cos 4
α + 2 cos 2
α  2 
 sec α   sec α 

= cos 4 α + 2 cos 2 α sin 2 α = cos 2 α (cos 2 α + 2sin 2 α )

= cos 2 α (cos 2 α + sin 2 α + sin 2 α )

= (1 − sin 2 α )(1 + sin 2 α ) ∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1, cos 2 θ = 1 − sin 2 θ 

=1 − sin 4 α = R.H.S

2sin θ 1 − cos θ + sin θ

13. Problem: If = x then prove that =x
1 + cos θ + sin θ 1 + sin θ

2sin θ
Solution: Given =x
1 + cos θ + sin θ

163
 2sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ ) 2sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ )
⇒ =x⇒ =x
(1 + cos θ + sin θ ) (1 − cos θ + sin θ ) (1 + sin θ ) 2 − cos 2 θ

2 sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ ) 2 sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ )

⇒ 2 2
=x⇒ =x
1 + sin θ + 2sin θ − cos θ 1 − cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ + 2sin θ

2sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ ) 2sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ )

⇒ 2 2
=x⇒ =x
sin θ + sin θ + 2sin θ 2sin θ + 2sin 2 θ

2sin θ (1 − cos θ + sin θ ) 1 − cos θ + sin θ

⇒ =x⇒ =x
2sin θ (1 + sin θ ) 1 + sin θ

14. Problem: Prove that (tan θ + cot θ )2 = sec 2 θ + cos ec 2θ = sec 2 θ cos ec 2θ

Solution: L.H.S= (tan θ + cot θ ) 2 = tan 2 θ + cot 2 θ + 2 tan θ cot θ

= tan 2 θ + cot 2 θ + 2(1) [∵ tan θ cot θ = 1]

= sec2θ − 1 + cos ec 2θ − 1 + 2 ∵tan 2 θ = sec2θ − 1, cot 2 θ = cos ec2θ − 1

= sec 2θ + cos ec 2θ
1 1  1 1 
= 2
+ 2
cos θ sin θ ∵secθ = cos θ , cos ecθ = sin θ 

sin 2θ + cos 2θ 1
= 2 2
= 2 2
∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1
cos θ sin θ cos θ sin θ

 1 1 
= sec2θ cosec2θ ∵secθ = , cos ecθ =
 cos θ sin θ 

= R.H.S

15. Problem: If 3sin θ + 4 cos θ = 5 then find the value of 4 sin θ − 3 cos θ

Solution: Given 3sin θ + 4 cos θ = 5

Take 4 sin θ − 3 cos θ = x

Squaring and adding the above two equations we get

(3sin θ + 4 cos θ ) 2 + (4 sin θ − 3 cos θ ) 2 = 52 + x 2

⇒ 9 sin 2 θ + 16 cos 2 θ + 24 sin θ cos θ + 16 sin 2 θ

+ 9 cos 2 θ − 24sin θ cos θ = 25 + x 2

164
 ⇒ 25sin 2 θ + 25 cos 2 θ = 25 + x 2

⇒ 25(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ) = 25 + x 2

⇒ 25(1) = 25 + x 2 (∵ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1)

⇒ 25 = 25 + x 2 ⇒ x 2 = 0

∴x = 0

16. Problem: If a cos θ + b sin θ = c then prove that a sin θ − b cos θ = ± a 2 + b 2 − c 2

Solution: Given a cos θ + b sin θ = c

Take a sin θ − b cos θ = x

Squaring and adding the above two equations we get

( a cos θ + b sin θ ) 2 + ( a sin θ − b cos θ ) 2 = c 2 + x 2

⇒ a 2 cos 2 θ + b 2 sin 2 θ + 2ab cos θ sin θ + a 2 sin 2 θ

+ b 2 cos 2 θ − 2ab sin θ cos θ = c 2 + x 2

⇒ a 2 (cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ ) + b 2 (cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ ) = c 2 + x 2

⇒ a 2 (1) + b 2 (1) = c 2 + x 2 ∵ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1

⇒ a 2 + b 2 = c 2 + x 2 ⇒ a 2 + b 2 − c 2 = x 2 ⇒ x = ± a 2 + b2 − c 2

17. Problem: If x = a cos θ , y = b sin θ then eliminate θ

Solution: Given x = a cos θ , y = b sin θ

x y
⇒ = cos θ , = sin θ
a b

Squaring and adding the above two equations we get

2 2
 x  y x2 y 2
⇒   +   = (cos θ ) 2 + (sin θ ) 2 ⇒ 2 + 2 = cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ
a b a b

x2 y 2
⇒ + =1 ∵ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1
a 2 b2

165
18. Problem: If x = a cos3 θ , y = b sin 3 θ then eliminate θ

Solution: Given x = a cos3 θ , y = b sin 3 θ

x y
⇒ = cos3 θ , = sin 3 θ
a b
2 2
x 3 2
 y 3 2
⇒  = ( cos θ ) 3 3
,  = ( sin 3 θ ) 3

a b
2 2
x 3
 y 3
⇒  2
= cos θ ,   = sin 2 θ
a b

Now adding the above two equations we get

2 2 2 2
x 3
 y 3
 x 3
 y 3
⇒  +  = cos θ + sin θ ⇒  
2 2
+  =1 ∵ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1
a b a b

Exercise 6(a)
1. Find the values of the following
5π 13π  7π  0 0 0
i ) sin ii ) sec iii ) cos  −  iv ) tan 855 v ) sec 2100 vi ) cot( −315 )
3 3  2 
2. Prove the following
i )3(sin θ − cos θ ) 4 + 6(sin θ + cos θ ) 2 + 4(sin 6 θ + cos 6 θ ) = 13
(tan θ + sec θ − 1) 1 + sin θ
ii ) =
(tan θ − sec θ + 1) cos θ
π
cos(π − θ ) cot( + θ ) cos( −θ )
iii ) 2 = cos θ
3π
tan(π + θ ) tan( + θ ) sin(2π − θ )
2
π 3π
sin(3π − θ ) cos(θ − ) tan( −θ )
iv ) 2 2 = cos 4 θ
13π π
sec(3π + θ ) cos ec( + θ ) cot(θ − )
2 2
π 2π 3π 7π
v ) cot cot cot ...cot =1
16 16 16 16
3. Simplify the following
i ) sin 780 0 sin 480 0 + cos 240 0 cos 300 0
ii ) sin 330 0 cos120 0 + cos 210 0 sin 300 0
iii ) cos 2250 − sin 2250 + tan 4950 − cot 4950
iv ) cos 2 450 + cos 2 1350 + cos 2 2250 + cos 2 3150
4. If 3sin A + 5 cos A = 5 then prove that 5sin A − 3cos A = ±3

166
 5. If cos θ + sin θ = 2 cos θ then prove that cos θ − sin θ = 2 sin θ
6. Eliminate θ from the following
i ) x = a cos 4 θ , y = a sin 4 θ ii ) x = a (sec θ + tan θ ), y = b (sec θ − tan θ )
iii ) x = cot θ + tan θ , y = sec θ − cos θ
−1
7. (i) If sin α = and α does not lie in the third quadrant then find
3
the values of cot α and cos α .

4
(ii) If sin θ = and θ does not lie in the first quadrant then find
5

the value of cos θ .

6.2. Trigonometric ratios of compound angles:

In this section, we define a compound angle and give formulae to find the
trigonometric ratios of compound angles.

6.2.1 Definition:

The algebraic sum of two or more angles is called a compound angle.

If A, B, C are three angles then A + B.B + C , C + A, A − C , A + B − C ... are

compound angles.

6.2.2 Theorem:

If A, B are two real numbers then cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B

Proof: Consider a unit circle with centre at the origin O Let the terminal sides of the
angles A, A + B, − B in the standard position cuts the circle at Q , R , S respectively. Let
OX cut the circle at P .

Q
B
A
’
X X
O -B P

167
 ∴ P = (1, 0 ) , Q = ( cos A, sin A ) ,
R = ( cos( A + B ),sin( A + B ) ) ,
S = ( cos( − B ), sin( − B ) ) = ( cos B, − sin B ) .

2 2
We have POR = A + B = QOS ⇒ ( PR ) = ( QS )

2 2 2 2
( cos( A + B) − 1) + ( sin( A + B ) − 0 ) = ( cos A − cos B ) + ( sin A + sin B )

⇒ cos 2 ( A + B ) − 2 cos( A + B ) + 1 + sin 2 ( A + B )

= cos 2 A + cos 2 B − 2 cos A cos B + sin 2 A + sin 2 B + 2 sin A sin B

⇒ cos 2 ( A + B ) + sin 2 ( A + B ) − 2 cos( A + B ) + 1

= cos 2 A + sin 2 A + cos 2 B + sin 2 B − 2 cos A cos B + 2 sin A sin B

⇒ 1 − 2 cos( A + B ) + 1 = 1 + 1 − 2 cos A cos B + 2 sin A sin B ∵ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1

⇒ −2 cos( A + B ) = −2 cos A cos B + 2 sin A sin B

⇒ cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B

6.2.3 Corollary:

If A, B are two real numbers then

(i ) cos( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B

(ii ) sin( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B

(iii ) sin( A − B ) = sin A cos B − cos A sin B

Proof: (i) We have from theorem 6.2.2 cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B

Now cos( A − B ) = cos( A + ( − B )) = cos A cos(− B ) − sin A sin( − B )

= cos A cos B + sin A sin B [∵ cos( − B ) = cos B ,sin( − B ) = − sin B ]

π   π  
(ii) sin( A + B ) = cos  − ( A + B )  = cos   − A  − B 
 2   2  

π  π 
= cos  − A  cos B + sin  − A  sin B
 2   2 

168
 = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
 π  π  
∵ cos  2 − A  = sin A, sin  2 − A  = cos A 
     

(iii) sin( A − B ) = sin ( A + ( − B ) ) = sin A cos( − B ) + cos A sin(− B )

= sin A cos B − cos A sin B [∵ cos( − B ) = cos B , sin( − B ) = − sin B ]

6.2.4 Theorem:

π
(i) If none of A, B and ( A + B ) is an odd multiple of , then
2

tan A + tan B
tan( A + B ) =
1 − tan A tan B

(ii) If none of A, B and ( A + B ) is an integral multiple of π , then

cot A cot B − 1
cot( A + B ) =
cot B + cot A

π
Proof: (i) Since none of A, B and ( A + B ) is an odd multiple of , none of
2

cos A, cos B and cos( A + B ) is zero.

sin( A + B ) sin A cos B + cos A sin B

Now tan( A + B ) = =
cos( A + B ) cos A cos B − sin A sin B

Dividing the numerator and denominator in R.H.S by cos A cos B , we get

sin A cos B + cos A sin B sin A cos B cos A sin B

+
tan( A + B ) = cos A cos B = cos A cos B cos A cos B
cos A cos B − sin A sin B cos A cos B sin A sin B
−
cos A cos B cos A cos B cos A cos B

sin A sin B
+
= cos A cos B = tan A + tan B
sin A sin B 1 − tan A tan B
1−
cos A cos B

(ii) Since none of A, B and ( A + B ) is an integral multiple of π , none of

sin A,sin B and sin( A + B ) is zero.

cos( A + B ) cos A cos B − sin A sin B

Now cot( A + B ) = =
sin( A + B ) sin A cos B + cos A sin B

169
 Dividing the numerator and denominator in R.H.S by sin A sin B , we get

cos A cos B − sin A sin B cos A cos B sin A sin B

−
cot( A + B ) = sin A sin B = sin A sin B sin A sin B
sin A cos B + cos A sin B sin A cos B cos A sin B
+
sin A sin B sin A sin B sin A sin B

cos A cos B
−1
sin A sin B cot A cot B − 1
= =
cos B cos A cot B + cot A
+
sin B sin A

6.2.5 Corollary:

π
(i) If none of A, B and ( A − B ) is an odd multiple of , then
2

tan A − tan B
tan( A − B ) =
1 + tan A tan B

(ii) If none of A, B and ( A − B ) is an integral multiple of π , then

cot A cot B + 1
cot( A − B ) =
cot B − cot A

π
Proof: (i) Since none of A, B and ( A − B ) is an odd multiple of , none of
2

cos A, cos B and cos( A − B ) is zero.

sin( A − B ) sin A cos B − cos A sin B

Now tan( A − B ) = =
cos( A − B ) cos A cos B + sin A sin B

Dividing the numerator and denominator in R.H.S by cos A cos B , we get

sin A cos B − cos A sin B sin A cos B cos A sin B

−
tan( A − B ) = cos A cos B = cos A cos B cos A cos B
cos A cos B + sin A sin B cos A cos B sin A sin B
+
cos A cos B cos A cos B cos A cos B

sin A sin B
−
tan A − tan B
= cos A cos B =
sin A sin B 1 + tan A tan B
1+
cos A cos B

(ii) Since none of A, B and ( A − B ) is an integral multiple of π , none of

sin A,sin B and sin( A − B ) is zero.

170
 cos( A − B ) cos A cos B + sin A sin B
Now cot( A − B ) = =
sin( A − B ) sin A cos B − cos A sin B

Dividing the numerator and denominator in R.H.S by sin A sin B , we get

cos A cos B + sin A sin B cos A cos B sin A sin B

+
cot( A − B ) = sin A sin B = sin A sin B sin A sin B
sin A cos B − cos A sin B sin A cos B cos A sin B
−
sin A sin B sin A sin B sin A sin B

cos A cos B
+1
cot A cot B + 1
= sin A sin B =
cos B cos A cot B − cot A
−
sin B sin A

6.2.6 Theorem:

If A, B are two real numbers then

(i) sin( A + B ) sin( A − B) = sin 2 A − sin 2 B = cos 2 B − cos 2 A

(ii ) cos( A + B) cos( A − B) = cos 2 A − sin 2 B = cos 2 B − sin 2 A

Proof: (i) We have sin( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B and

sin( A − B ) = sin A cos B − cos A sin B

Now sin( A + B ) sin( A − B ) = ( sin A cos B + cos A sin B )( sin A cos B − cos A sin B )

2
= ( sin A cos B ) − ( cos A sin B ) 2 = ( sin 2 A cos 2 B ) − ( cos 2 A sin 2 B )

= sin 2 A (1 − sin 2 B ) − ( 1 − sin 2 A ) sin 2 B

= sin 2 A − sin 2 A sin 2 B − sin 2 B + sin 2 A sin 2 B = sin 2 A − sin 2 B

= (1 − cos 2 A ) − (1 − cos 2 B ) = cos 2 B − cos 2 A

(ii) We have cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B and

cos( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B

Now cos( A + B ) cos( A − B ) = ( cos A cos B − sin A sin B )( cos A cos B + sin A sin B )

2
= ( cos A cos B ) − ( sin A sin B ) 2 = ( cos 2 A cos 2 B ) − ( sin 2 A sin 2 B )

= cos 2 A (1 − sin 2 B ) − ( 1 − cos 2 A ) sin 2 B

171
 = cos 2 A − cos 2 A sin 2 B − sin 2 B + cos 2 A sin 2 B = cos 2 A − sin 2 B

= (1 − sin 2 A ) − (1 − cos 2 B ) = cos 2 B − sin 2 A

Now we derive the formulae for

sin ( A + B + C ) , cos ( A + B + C ) , tan ( A + B + C ) and cot ( A + B + C ) as follows.

6.2.7 Theorem:

If A, B, C are three real numbers then

(i ) sin( A + B + C ) = sin A cos B cos C + cos A sin B cos C

+ cos A cos B sin C − sin A sin B sin C

(ii ) cos( A + B + C ) = cos A cos B cos C − sin A sin B cos C

− sin A cos B sin C − cos A sin B cos C

π
(iii) If none of A, B , C and ( A + B + C ) is an odd multiple of , and at least
2
one

π
of A + B , B + C , C + A is not an odd multiple of , then
2

tan A + tan B + tan C − tan A tan B tan C

tan( A + B + C ) =
1 − tan A tan B − tan B tan C − tan C tan A

(iv) If none of A, B , C and ( A + B + C ) is an integral multiple of π , then

cot A + cot B + cot C − cot A cot B cot C

cot( A + B + C ) =
1 − cot A cot B − cot B cot C − cot C cot A

Proof: (i) sin( A + B + C ) = sin ( ( A + B ) + C ) = sin( A + B ) cos C + cos( A + B ) sin C

= ( sin A cos B + cos A sin B ) cos C + ( cos A cos B − sin A sin B ) sin C

= sin A cos B cos C + cos A sin B cos C

+ cos A cos B sin C − sin A sin B sin C

(ii) cos( A + B + C ) = cos ( ( A + B ) + C ) = cos( A + B ) cos C − sin( A + B ) sin C

= ( cos A cos B − sin A sin B ) cos C − ( sin A cos B + cos A sin B ) cos C

172
 = cos A cos B cos C − sin A sin B cos C
− sin A cos B sin C − cos A sin B cos C

π
(iii) Since none of A, B , C and ( A + B + C ) is an odd multiple of , and at
2

π
least one of A + B , B + C , C + A is not an odd multiple of , then
2

tan( A + B ) + tan C
tan( A + B + C ) = tan ( ( A + B ) + C ) =
1 − tan( A + B ) tan C

tan A + tan B tan A + tan B + tan C (1 − tan A tan B )

+ tan C
= 1 − tan A tan B = 1 − tan A tan B
tan A + tan B 1(1 − tan A tan B ) − (tan A + tan B ) tan C
1− tan C
1 − tan A tan B 1 − tan A tan B

tan A + tan B + tan C (1 − tan A tan B )

=
1(1 − tan A tan B ) − (tan A + tan B ) tan C
tan A + tan B + tan C − tan A tan B tan C
=
1 − tan A tan B − tan B tan C − tan C tan A

tan A + tan B + tan C − tan A tan B tan C

∴ tan( A + B + C ) =
1 − tan A tan B − tan B tan C − tan C tan A

(iv) Since none of A, B , C and ( A + B + C ) is an integral multiple of π then

cot( A + B ) tan C − 1
cot( A + B + C ) = cot ( ( A + B ) + C ) =
cot( A + B ) + cot C

cot A cot B − 1 (cot A cot B − 1) cot C − 1(cot B + cot A)

cot C − 1
= cot B + cot A = cot B + cot A
cot A cot B − 1 cot A cot B − 1 + cot C (cot B + cot A)
+ cot C
cot B + cot A cot B + cot A

(cot A cot B − 1) cot C − 1(cot B + cot A)

=
cot A cot B − 1 + cot C (cot B + cot A)

cot A cot B cot C − cot C − cot B − cot A

=
cot A cot B − 1 + cot C cot B + cot C cot A

cot A + cot B + cot C − cot A cot B cot C

∴ cot( A + B + C ) =
1 − cot A cot B − cot B cot C − cot C cot A

6.2.8 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find the values of sin 750 , cos 750 , tan 750.

173
Solution: (i) We have sin( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

sin(450 + 300 ) = sin 450 cos 300 + cos 450 sin 300

1 3 1 1 3 +1
⇒ sin 750 = . + . ⇒ sin 750 =
2 2 2 2 2 2

(ii) We have cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

cos(450 + 300 ) = cos 450 cos 300 − sin 450 sin 300

1 3 1 1
⇒ cos 750 = . − .
2 2 2 2

3 −1
⇒ cos 750 =
2 2

tan A + tan B
(iii) We have tan( A + B ) =
1 − tan A tan B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

tan 450 + tan 300

tan(450 + 300 ) =
1 − tan 450 tan 300

1 1 3 +1
1+ 1+
⇒ tan 75 =
0 3 ⇒ tan 75 =
0 3 ⇒ tan 750 = 3
1 1 3 −1
1 − 1. 1−
3 3 3

3 +1
⇒ tan 750 =
3 −1

2. Problem: Find the values of sin150 , cos150 , tan150.

Solution: (i) We have sin( A − B ) = sin A cos B − cos A sin B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

sin(450 − 300 ) = sin 450 cos 300 − cos 450 sin 300

174
 1 3 1 1
⇒ sin150 = . − .
2 2 2 2

3 −1
⇒ sin150 =
2 2

(ii) We have cos( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

cos(450 − 300 ) = cos 450 cos 300 + sin 450 sin 300

1 3 1 1
⇒ cos150 = . + .
2 2 2 2

3 +1
⇒ cos150 =
2 2

tan A − tan B
(iii) We have tan( A − B ) =
1 + tan A tan B

Take A = 450 , B = 300

tan 450 − tan 300

tan(450 − 300 ) =
1 + tan 450 tan 300

1 1 3 −1
1− 1−
⇒ tan150 = 3 ⇒ tan150 = 3 ⇒ tan150 = 3
1 1 3 +1
1 + 1. 1+
3 3 3

3 −1
⇒ tan150 =
3 +1

3. Problem: Find the values of sin1050 , cos1050 , tan1050.

Solution: (i) We have sin(1800 − θ ) = sin θ

Take θ = 750

sin1050 = sin(1800 − 750 ) = sin 750

3 +1
⇒ sin1050 =
2 2

175
 (ii) We have cos(1800 − θ ) = − cos θ

Take θ = 750

cos1050 = cos(1800 − 750 ) = − cos 750

3 −1
⇒ cos1050 = −
2 2

1− 3
⇒ cos1050 =
2 2

(iii) We have tan(1800 − θ ) = − tan θ

Take θ = 750

tan1050 = tan(1800 − 750 ) = − tan 750

3 +1
⇒ tan1050 = −
3 −1

1+ 3
⇒ tan1050 =
1− 3

4. Problem: Prove that tan 750 + cot 750 = 4

3 +1
Solution: We have tan 750 =
3 −1

 3 + 1  3 + 1   3 + 1  3 + 1 
⇒ tan 750 =  
 
 ⇒ tan 750
=  
 
 3 − 1  3 + 1   3 − 1  3 + 1 
2

⇒ tan 750 =
( 3 +1 ) ⇒ tan 750 =
( 3) 2 + 2. 3.1 + 12
( 3 +1 )( 3 −1 ) ( 3) 2 − 12

4+2 3 1 1
⇒ tan 750 = ⇒ tanh −1 = log 3
2 2 2

∴tan 750 = 2 + 3

1 1 1 2− 3
We have cot 750 = 0
= = ×
tan 75 2+ 3 2+ 3 2− 3

176
 2− 3 2− 3
= 2 2
= = 2− 3
(2) − ( 3) 1

∴tan 750 + cot 750 = 2 + 3 + 2 − 3 = 4

Hence tan 750 + cot 750 = 4

1
5. Problem: Show that cos1000 cos 400 + sin1000 sin 400 =
2

Solution: We have cos A cos B + sin A sin B = cos( A − B )

Take A = 1000 , B = 400

1
cos1000 cos 400 + sin1000 sin 400 = cos(1000 − 400 ) = cos 600 =
2

6. Problem: Show that cos 42 0 + cos 780 + cos162 0 = 0

Solution: L.H.S= cos 42 0 + cos 780 + cos162 0

= cos(600 − 180 ) + cos(600 + 180 ) + cos(1800 − 180 )

= cos 60 0 cos180 + sin 60 0 sin180

+ cos 60 0 cos180 − sin 60 0 sin180 − cos180

1
= 2 cos 60 0 cos180 − cos180 = 2. .cos180 − cos180
2

= cos180 − cos180 = 0 = R.H.S

∴cos 420 + cos 780 + cos1620 = 0

7. Problem: Find the value of tan 200 + tan 400 + 3 tan 200 tan 400

tan A + tan B
Solution: We have tan( A + B ) =
1 − tan A tan B

Take A = 200 , B = 400

tan 200 + tan 400

tan(200 + 400 ) =
1 − tan 200 tan 400

tan 200 + tan 400 tan 200 + tan 400

⇒ tan 60 = 0
⇒ 3=
1 − tan 200 tan 400 1 − tan 200 tan 400

177
 ⇒ tan 200 + tan 400 = 3 (1 − tan 200 tan 400 )

⇒ tan 20 0 + tan 40 0 = 3 − 3 tan 20 0 tan 40 0

⇒ tan 200 + tan 400 + 3 tan 20 0 tan 40 0 = 3

∴ tan 20 0 + tan 400 + 3 tan 20 0 tan 400 = 3

8. Problem: Find the value of tan 560 − tan110 − tan 56 0 tan110

tan A − tan B
Solution: We have tan( A − B ) =
1 + tan A tan B

Take A = 560 , B = 110

tan 560 − tan110

tan(560 − 110 ) =
1 + tan 560 tan110

tan 560 − tan110 tan 560 − tan110

⇒ tan 450 = ⇒ 1 =
1 + tan 560 tan110 1 + tan 560 tan110

⇒ tan 560 − tan110 = 1(1 + tan 56 0 tan110 )

⇒ tan 560 − tan110 = 1 + tan 560 tan110

⇒ tan 560 − tan110 − tan 560 tan110 = 1

∴ tan 560 − tan110 − tan 560 tan110 = 1

0 0
1 1
9. Problem: Find the value of sin 82 − sin 2 22
2

2 2

Solution: We have sin 2 A − sin 2 B = sin( A + B) sin( A − B )

0 0
1 1
Take A = 82 , B = 22
2 2
0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1
sin 2 82 − sin 2 22 = sin(82 + 22 ) sin(82 − 22 )
2 2 2 2 2 2

3 +1 3 3 + 3
= sin1050 .sin 600 = . =
2 2 2 4 2
0 0
1 1
10. Problem: Find the value of cos 2 112 − sin 2 52
2 2

178
Solution: We have cos 2 A − sin 2 B = cos( A + B ) cos( A − B )

0 0
1 1
Take A = 112 , B = 52
2 2
0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1
cos 2 112 − sin 2 52 = cos(112 + 52 ) cos(112 − 52 )
2 2 2 2 2 2

3 +1 1 3 +1
= cos1650 .cos 600 = − . =−
2 2 2 4 2

11. Problem: If A + B = 450 then prove that (1 + tan A)(1 + tan B ) = 2.

tan A + tan B
Solution: We have tan( A + B ) =
1 − tan A tan B

tan A + tan B tan A + tan B

⇒ tan 450 = ⇒1=
1 − tan A tan B 1 − tan A tan B

⇒ 1 − tan A tan B = tan A + tan B ⇒ 1 = tan A + tan B + tan A tan B

⇒ 1 + 1 = 1 + tan A + tan B + tan A tan B ⇒ (1 + tan A)(1 + tan B ) = 2

12. Problem: If A − B = 1350 then prove that (1 − tan A)(1 + tan B ) = 2.

tan A − tan B
Solution: We have tan( A − B ) =
1 + tan A tan B

tan A − tan B tan A − tan B

⇒ tan1350 = ⇒ −1 =
1 + tan A tan B 1 + tan A tan B

⇒ −1 + tan A tan B = tan A − tan B ⇒ −1 = tan A − tan B − tan A tan B

⇒ 1 − tan A + tan B − tan A tan B = 1 + 1 ⇒ (1 − tan A)(1 + tan B ) = 2

cot A cot B 1
13. Problem: If A + B = 2250 then prove that =
(1 + cot A)(1 + cot B ) 2

cot A cot B − 1
Solution: We have cot( A + B ) =
cot B + cot A

cot A cot B − 1 cot A cot B − 1

⇒ cot 2250 = ⇒1=
cot B + cot A cot B + cot A

⇒ cot B + cot A = cot A cot B − 1 ⇒ 1 + cot B + cot A + cot A cot B = 2 cot A cot B

179
 cot A cot B 1
⇒ (1 + cot A)(1 + cot B ) = 2 cot A cot B ⇒ = .
(1 + cot A)(1 + cot B ) 2

14. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 then prove that

tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C .

Solution: Given A + B + C = 1800

⇔ A + B = 180 0 − C

Apply tan on both sides we get

tan A + tan B
⇔ tan( A + B) = tan(1800 − C ) ⇔ = − tan C
1 − tan A tan B

⇔ tan A + tan B = − tan C (1 − tan A tan B )

⇔ tan A + tan B = − tan C + tan A tan B tan C

⇔ tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C

15. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 then prove that

cot A cot B + cot B cot C + cot C cot A = 1.

Solution: Given A + B + C = 1800

⇔ A + B = 180 0 − C

Apply cot on both sides we get

cot A cot B − 1
⇔ cot( A + B) = cot(1800 − C ) ⇔ = − cot C
cot B + cot A

⇔ cot A cot B − 1 = − cot C ( cot B + cot A )

⇔ cot A cot B − 1 = − cot B cot C − cot C cot A

⇔ cot A cot B + cot B cot C + cot C cot A = 1

16. Problem: If A + B + C = 900 then prove that

tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A = 1.

Solution: Given A + B + C = 900

⇔ A + B = 900 − C

180
 Apply tan on both sides we get

tan A + tan B
⇔ tan( A + B) = tan(900 − C ) ⇔ = cot C
1 − tan A tan B

tan A + tan B 1
⇔ =
1 − tan A tan B tan C

⇔ ( tan A + tan B ) tan C = 1 − tan A tan B

⇔ tan C tan A + tan B tan C = 1 − tan A tan B

⇔ tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A = 1

17. Problem: If A + B + C = 900 then prove that

cot A + cot B + cot C = cot A cot B cot C

Solution: Given A + B + C = 900

⇔ A + B = 900 − C

Apply cot on both sides we get

cot A cot B − 1
⇔ cot( A + B ) = cot(900 − C ) ⇔ = tan C
cot A + cot B

cot A cot B − 1 1
⇔ =
cot A + cot B cot C

⇔ ( cot A cot B − 1) cot C = cot A + cot B

⇔ cot A cot B cot C − cot C = cot A + cot B

⇔ cot A + cot B + cot C = cot A cot B cot C

24 4 π
18. Problem: If sin( A + B ) = and cos( A − B ) = where 0 < A < B < then
25 5 4

find tan 2 A

24 7 24
Solution: Given sin( A + B ) = ⇒ cos( A + B ) = , tan( A + B ) =
25 25 7

4 3 3
Also cos( A − B ) = ⇒ sin( A − B ) = − , tan( A − B ) = − [∵ A − B < 0]
5 5 4

181
 tan( A + B ) + tan( A − B)
(
We have tan 2 A = tan A + B + A − B = ) 1 − tan( A + B ) tan( A − B)

24 3 96 − 21
−
⇒ tan 2 A = 7 4 ⇒ tan 2 A = 28
 24   −3  28 + 72
1−   
 7  4  28

75 28 3
⇒ tan 2 A = × =
28 100 4

1 1 π
19. Problem: If sin α = and sin β = and 0 < α , β < then
10 5 2

π
show that α + β =
4

1 1
Solution: Given sin α = ⇒ tan α =
10 3

1 1
Also sin β = ⇒ tan β =
5 2

tan α + tan β
We have tan (α + β ) =
1 − tan α tan β

1 1 2+3 5
+
⇒ tan(α + β ) = 3 2 ⇒ tan(α + β ) = 6 ⇒ tan(α + β ) = 6
1 1 6 −1 5
1− .
3 2 6 6

⇒ tan(α + β ) = 1

π
∴α + β =
4

Exercise 6(b)
1. Find the values of the following
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
i ) cos 52 − sin 2 22 ii ) cos 2 22 − cos 2 82
2

2 2 2 2
π π cot 550 cot 350 − 1
iii ) tan( + θ ) tan( − θ ) iv ) 0 0
4 4 cot 55 + cot 35
v ) sin 1140 cos 390 − cos 780 0 sin 750 0
0 0

2. Prove that

182
 1
i ) cos 35 0 + cos 85 0 + cos155 0 = 0 ii ) sin 750 0 cos 480 0 + cos120 0 cos 60 0 = −
2
4π 4π
iii ) cos θ + cos( + θ ) + cos( −θ ) = 0
3 3
2π 2π 3
iv ) cos 2 θ + cos 2 ( + θ ) + cos 2 ( − θ ) =
3 3 2
π π 3
v ) sin 2 θ + sin 2 (θ + ) + cos 2 (θ − ) =
3 3 2
12 3
3. If sin α = and cos β = and neither α nor β lie in the first quadrant then
13 5
find the quadrant in which α + β lies.

−3 7 π π
4. (i) If cos α = and sin β = where < α < π and 0 < β < then find
5 25 2 2

the values of tan(α + β ) and sin(α + β ) .

(ii) If sin(θ + α ) = cos(θ + α ) then find tan θ in terms of tan α

3π
5. (i) If A − B = then prove that (1 − tan A)(1 + tan B ) = 2
4

π
(ii) If A + B + C = then prove that tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A = 1
2

π
(iii) If A + B + C = then prove that cot A + cot B + cot C = cot A cot B cot C
2
(iv) If A + B + C = π then prove that tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C
(v) If A + B + C = π then prove that cot A cot B + cot B cot C + cot C cot A = 1
cos 90 + sin 90
(vi) Prove that = cot 360
cos 90 − sin 90

6.3 Trigonometric ratios of multiple and sub-multiple angles:

In this section we derive formulae for the trigonometric ratios of multiple
angles 2 A, 3 A,... in terms of those of A. Also we discuss about the trigonometric ratios of
A A
sub-multiple angles , ,... of A.
2 3

6.3.1 Definition:

If A is an angle, then its integral multiples 2 A, 3 A,... are called Multiple

A A
angles of A and , ,... are called Sub-multiple angles of A.
2 3

183
6.3.2 Theorem:

If A is any real number, then

i) sin 2 A = 2sin A cos A,

ii) cos 2 A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A = 2 cos 2 A − 1 = 1 − 2sin 2 A.

Proof: (i) We know that sin ( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B

⇒ sin ( A + A ) = sin A cos A + cos A sin A

⇒ sin 2 A = 2 sin A cos A

∴sin 2 A = 2 sin A cos A

(ii) We know that cos ( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B

⇒ cos ( A + A ) = cos A cos A − sin A sin A

= cos 2 A − sin 2 A

= cos 2 A − (1 − cos 2 A) = 2 cos 2 A − 1

2(1 − sin 2 A) − 1 = 1 − 2 sin 2 A

∴cos 2 A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A = 2 cos 2 A − 1 = 1 − 2 sin 2 A.

6.3.3 Theorem:

π
If A is any real number, which is not an odd multiple of then
2

2 tan A 1 − tan 2 A
i ) sin 2 A = , ii ) cos 2 A = ,
1 + tan 2 A 1 + tan 2 A

2 tan A π
iii) tan 2 A = 2
( A and 2 A are not odd multiple of )
1 − tan A 2
2
cot A − 1
iv) cot 2 A = ( 2 Ais not an integral multiple of π )
2 cot A

Proof: (i) We have from Theorem 6.3.2

2 sin A cos A
sin 2 A = 2 sin A cos A =
cos 2 A + sin 2 A

184
 2 sin A cos A
cos 2 A 2 tan A
= 2 2
=
cos A + sin A 1 + tan 2 A
cos 2 A

2 tan A
∴sin 2 A =
1 + tan 2 A

(ii) We have from Theorem 6.3.2

cos 2 A − sin 2 A
cos 2 A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A =
cos 2 A + sin 2 A

cos 2 A − sin 2 A
cos 2 A 1 − tan 2 A
= =
cos 2 A + sin 2 A 1 + tan 2 A
cos 2 A

1 − tan 2 A
∴ cos 2 A =
1 + tan 2 A

tan A + tan B
(iii) We know that tan ( A + B ) =
1 − tan A tan B

tan A + tan A
⇒ tan ( A + A ) =
1 − tan A tan A

2 tan A
⇒ tan 2 A =
1 − tan 2 A

2 tan A
∴ tan 2 A =
1 − tan 2 A

cot A cot B − 1
(iv) We know that cot ( A + B ) =
cot A + cot B

cot A cot A − 1
⇒ cot ( A + A ) =
cot A + cot A

cot 2 A − 1
⇒ cot 2 A =
2 cot A

cot 2 A − 1
∴ cot 2 A =
2 cot A

185
 6.3.4 Corollary:

A π
If is not an odd multiple of then
2 2

A
A A 2 tan
(i ) sin A = 2 sin cos = 2
2 2 2 A
1 + tan
2

A
1 − tan 2
A2 A 2
(ii ) cos A = cos − sin 2 =
2 2 2 A
1 + tan
2

A
2 tan
(iii ) tan A = 2
A
1 − tan 2
2

A
cot 2 −1
(iv ) cot A = 2
A
2 cot
2

Now we derive the formulae for sin 3 A, cos 3 A, tan 3 A and cot 3 A.

6.3.5 Theorem:

If A is any real number, then

i) sin 3 A = 3sin A − 4sin 3 A, ii ) cos 3 A = 4 cos3 A − 3cos A,

3 tan A − tan 3 A π
iii) tan 3 A = 2
(3 Ais not odd multiple of )
1 − 3 tan A 2
3
3cot A − cot A
iv) cot 3 A = ( 3 Ais not an integral multiple of π )
1 − 3cot 2 A

Proof: (i) sin 3 A = sin(2 A + A) = sin 2 A cos A + cos 2 A sin A

= ( 2 sin A cos A ) cos A + (1 − 2 sin 2 A ) sin A

= 2 sin A cos 2 A + sin A − 2 sin 3 A

= 2 sin A (1 − sin 2 A ) + sin A − 2 sin 3 A = 3sin A − 4 sin 3 A

∴sin 3 A = 3sin A − 4 sin 3 A

186
 (ii) cos 3 A = cos(2 A + A) = cos 2 A cos A − sin 2 A sin A

= ( 2 cos 2 A − 1) cos A − ( 2 sin A cos A ) sin A

= 2 cos3 A − cos A − 2 sin 2 A cos A

= 2 cos 3 A − cos A − 2 (1 − cos 2 A ) cos A = 4 cos 3 A − 3cos A

∴cos 3 A = 4 cos 3 A − 3 cos A

tan 2 A + tan A
(iii) tan 3 A = tan ( 2 A + A ) =
1 − tan 2 A tan A

2 tan A 2 tan A + tan A (1 − tan 2 A )

2
+ tan A
= 1 − tan A = 1 − tan 2 A
1−
2 tan A
2
. tan A (1 − tan 2 A ) − 2 tan 2 A
1 − tan A 1 − tan 2 A

2 tan A + tan A (1 − tan 2 A ) 3 tan A − tan 3 A

= =
(1 − tan A ) − 2 tan
2 2
A 1 − 3 tan 2 A

3 tan A − tan 3 A
∴tan 3 A =
1 − 3 tan 2 A

cot 2 A cot A − 1
(iv) cot ( 2 A + A ) =
cot A + cot A

cot 2 A − 1 cot 3 A − cot A − 2 cot A

.cot A − 1
= 2 cot A = 2 cot A
cot 2 A − 1 cot 2 A − 1 + 2 cot 2 A
+ cot A
2 cot A 2 cot A

cot 3 A − cot A − 2 cot A 3cot A − cot 3 A

= =
cot 2 A − 1 + 2 cot 2 A 1 − 3cot 2 A

3cot A − cot 3 A
∴ cot 3 A =
1 − 3cot 2 A

6.3.6 Corollary:

If A is any real number, then

187
 A A A A
i) sin A = 3sin − 4 sin 3 , ii) cos A = 4 cos3 − 3cos ,
3 3 3 3
A A A A
3 tan − tan 3 3cot − cot 3
iii) tan A = 3 3 , iv) cot A = 3 3.
A 2 A
1 − 3 tan 2 1 − 3cot
3 3

6.3.7 Theorem:

If A is any real number, then

1 − cos 2 A 1 + cos 2 A
i ) sin A = ± , ii ) cos A = ± ,
2 2
1 − cos 2 A π
iii ) tan A = ± ( Ais not odd multiple of )
1 + cos 2 A 2
1 + cos 2 A
iv) cot A = ± ( Ais not an integral multiple of π )
1 − cos 2 A

Proof: (i) We know that cos 2 A = 1 − 2 sin 2 A

1 − cos 2 A
⇒ 2 sin 2 A = 1 − cos 2 A ⇒ sin 2 A =
2

1 − cos 2 A
Hence sin A = ±
2

(ii) We know that cos 2 A = 2 cos 2 A − 1

1 + cos 2 A
⇒ 2 cos 2 A = 1 + cos 2 A ⇒ cos 2 A =
2

1 + cos 2 A
Hence cos A = ±
2

π
(iii) Assume that A is not an odd multiple of
2

2 sin 2 A 1 − cos 2 A
tan 2 A = =
2 cos 2 A 1 + cos 2 A

1 − cos 2 A
Hence tan A = ±
1 + cos 2 A

(iv) Assume that A is not an integer multiple of π

2 cos 2 A 1 + cos 2 A
cot 2 A = =
2 sin 2 A 1 − cos 2 A

188
 1 + cos 2 A
Hence cot A = ±
1 − cos 2 A

6.3.8 Corollary:

If A is any real number, then

A 1 − cos A A 1 + cos A
i ) sin =± , ii ) cos = ± ,
2 2 2 2
A 1 − cos A
iii ) tan =± ( Ais not odd multiple of π )
2 1 + cos A
A 1 + cos A
iv) cot =± ( Ais not an integer multiple of 2π )
2 1 − cos A

6.3.9 Example:

5 −1 5 +1
Prove that (i ) sin180 = , (ii ) cos 360 = ,
4 4

10 − 2 5 10 + 2 5
(iii ) sin 360 = , (iii ) cos180 = .
4 4

Solution: (i) If A = 180 then 5 A = 900 ⇒ 2 A = 900 − 3 A

⇒ sin 2 A = sin(900 − 3 A) = cos 3 A

⇒ 2sin A cos A = 4 cos3 A − 3cos A

⇒ 2sin A = 4 cos 2 A − 3 ⇒ 2sin A = 4(1 − sin 2 A) − 3

⇒ 4 − 4sin 2 A − 2sin A − 3 = 0 ⇒ 4sin 2 A + 2sin A − 1 = 0

Which is a quadratic equation in sin A

−2 ± 4 + 16 −1 ± 5
sin A = =
8 4

5 −1
Since A lies in first quadrant so that sin A =
4

5 −1
∴sin180 =
4

(ii) We have cos 2 A = 1 − 2 sin 2 A

189
 2
0 2 0
 5 −1  6−2 5  5 +1
cos 36 = 1 − 2 sin 18 = 1 − 2   = 1 −   =
 4   8  4

(iii) We have sin 360 = 1 − cos 2 36 0

2
 5 +1 6+2 5 10 − 2 5 10 − 2 5
= 1 −   = 1 − = =
 4  16 16 4

(iv) We have cos180 = 1 − sin 2 180

2
 5 −1  6−2 5 10 + 2 5 10 + 2 5
= 1 −   = 1 − = =
 4  16 16 4

6.3.10 Solved Problems:

0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
1. Problem: Find the values of (i ) sin 22 , (ii ) cos 22 , (iii ) tan 22 , (iv) cot 22 .
2 2 2 2
0
1
Solution: If A = 22 then 2 A = 450
2

1 − cos 2 A
(i) We have sin A =
2

1
0 0 1−
1 1 − cos 45 2 = 2 −1
sin 22 = =
2 2 2 2 2

1 + cos 2 A
(ii) We have cos A =
2

1
0 0 1+
1 1 + cos 45 2 = 2 +1
cos 22 = =
2 2 2 2 2

1
0 2 −1
0 sin 22
1 2 = 2 2 2 −1
(iii) We have tan 22 = 0
=
2 1 2 +1 2 +1
cos 22
2 2 2

190
 2 2

=
2 −1
×
2 −1
=
2 −1 ( =
) ( 2 −1 ) = 2 −1
2 +1 2 −1 ( 2)2 − 12 1

1
0 2 +1
0 cos 22
1 2 = 2 2 2 +1
(iv) We have cot 22 = 0
=
2 1 2 −1 2 −1
sin 22
2 2 2

2 2

=
2 +1
×
2 +1
=
2 +1 ( =
) ( 2 +1 ) = 2 +1
2 −1 2 +1 ( 2) 2 − 12 1

0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2. Problem: Find the values of (i ) sin 67 , (ii ) cos 67 , (iii ) tan 67 , (iv) cot 67 .
2 2 2 2
0 0
1 1
Solution: We have 67 = 900 − 22
2 2

1
0
 1 
0
1
0
2 +1
(i) We have sin 67 = sin  900 − 22  = cos 22 =
2  2  2 2 2

1
0
 0 1 
0
1
0
2 −1
(ii) We have cos 67 = cos  90 − 22  = sin 22 =
2  2  2 2 2

1
0
 1 
0
1
0
2 −1
(iii) We have tan 67 = tan  900 − 22  = cot 22 = = 2 +1
2  2  2 2 2

1
0
 1 
0
1
0
2 −1
(iv) We have cot 67 = cot  900 − 22  = tan 22 = = 2 −1
2  2  2 2 2

sin 2θ
3. Problem: Prove that = tan θ .
1 + cos 2θ

sin 2θ 2sin θ cos θ

Solution: L.H.S= =
1 + cos 2θ 1 + 2 cos 2 θ − 1

2 sin θ cos θ sin θ

= = = tan θ = R.H.S
2 cos 2 θ cos θ

sin 2θ
∴ = tan θ
1 + cos 2θ

191
 1 − cos 2θ
4. Problem: Prove that = tan θ .
sin 2θ

1 − cos 2θ 1 − (1 − 2 sin θ )
2

Solution: L.H.S= =
sin 2θ 2 sin θ cos θ

2 sin 2 θ sin θ
= = = tan θ = R.H.S
2 sin θ cos θ cos θ

1 − cos 2θ
∴ = tan θ
sin 2θ

cos 3 A + sin 3 A
5. Problem: Prove that = 1 + 2 sin 2 A.
cos A − sin A

cos 3 A + sin 3 A ( 4 cos A − 3cos A ) − ( 3sin A − 4 sin A )

3 3

Solution: L.H.S= =
cos A − sin A cos A − sin A

4 ( cos 3 A − sin 3 A ) − 3 ( cos A − sin A )

=
cos A − sin A

( cos A − sin A )  4 ( cos 2 A + sin 2 A + cos A sin A ) − 3

=
cos A − sin A

= 4 + 4 cos A sin A − 3 = 1 + 2 sin 2 A = R.H.S

cos 3 A + sin 3 A
∴ = 1 + 2 sin 2 A.
cos A − sin A

3cos θ + cos 3θ
6. Problem: Prove that = cot 3 θ .
3sin θ − sin 3θ

3cos θ + ( 4 cos 3 θ − 3cos θ )

Solution: L.H.S=
3sin θ − ( 3sin θ − 4 sin 3 θ )

4 cos 3 θ
= = cot 3 θ = R.H.S
4 sin 3 θ

3cos θ + cos 3θ
∴ = cot 3 θ .
3sin θ − sin 3θ

sin 2 A 1 − cos A A
7. Problem: Prove that . = tan
1 − cos 2 A cos A 2

192
 sin 2 A 1 − cos A 2sin A cos A 1 − cos A
Solution: L.H.S= . = .
1 − cos 2 A cos A 1 − (1 − 2sin 2 A ) cos A

 A
1 −  1 − 2 sin 2 
2sin A cos A 1 − cos A 1 − cos A  2
= . = =
2sin 2 A cos A sin A A
2 sin cos
A
2 2

A A
2 sin 2 sin
= = 2 2 = tan A
A A A 2
2 sin cos cos
2 2 2

sin 2 A 1 − cos A A
∴ . = tan
1 − cos 2 A cos A 2

cos3 θ − cos 3θ sin 3 θ + sin 3θ

8. Problem: Prove that + = 3.
cos θ sin θ

cos 3 θ − cos 3θ sin 3 θ + sin 3θ

Solution: L.H.S= +
cos θ sin θ

cos 3 θ − ( 4 cos 3 θ − 3cos θ ) sin 3 θ + ( 3sin θ − 4 sin 3 θ )

= +
cos θ sin θ

3cos θ − 3cos 3 θ 3sin θ − 3sin 3 θ

= +
cos θ sin θ

3cos θ (1 − cos 2 θ ) 3sin θ (1 − sin 2 θ )

= +
cos θ sin θ

= 3 (1 − cos 2 θ ) + 3 (1 − sin 2 θ ) = 3sin 2 θ + 3cos 2 θ = 3 = R.H.S

cos3 θ − cos 3θ sin 3 θ + sin 3θ

∴ + = 3.
cos θ sin θ

1
9. Problem: Prove that sin θ sin(600 − θ ) sin(600 + θ ) = sin 3θ .
4

Solution: L.H.S= sin θ sin(600 − θ ) sin(600 + θ )

= sin θ ( sin 2 600 − sin 2 θ ) ∵ sin( A + B ) sin( A − B ) = sin 2 A − sin 2 B 

  3 2   3
= sin θ    − sin θ  ∵ sin 60 =
2 0

 2    2 
 

193
 3  3sin θ − 4 sin 3 θ
= sin θ  − sin 2 θ  =
 4  4

sin 3θ
= = R.H.S
4

1
∴ sin θ sin(600 − θ ) sin(600 + θ ) = sin 3θ .
4

1
10. Problem: Prove that cos θ cos(600 − θ ) cos(600 + θ ) = cos 3θ .
4

Solution: L.H.S= cos θ cos(600 − θ ) cos(600 + θ )

= cos θ ( cos 2 θ − sin 2 600 ) ∵ cos( A + B ) cos( A − B ) = cos 2 B − sin 2 A 

  3  
2
3
= cos θ  cos θ − 
2
  ∵ sin 60 =
0

  2    2 


 3 4 cos 3 θ − 3cos θ
= cos θ  cos 2 θ −  =
 4 4

cos 3θ
= = R.H.S
4

1
∴ cos θ cos(60 0 − θ ) cos(60 0 + θ ) = cos 3θ
4

 π  3π   7π   9π  1
11. Problem: Prove that  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos = .
 10   10   10   10  16

 π  3π   7π  9π 
Solution: L.H.S=  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos  1 + cos 
 10   10   10  10 

 π  3π   3π   π 
=  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos(π − )   1 + cos(π − ) 
 10  10  10  10 

 π  3π   3π   π 
=  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 − cos   1 − cos 
 10   10   10   10 
[∵ cos(π − θ ) = − cos θ ]
 3π   2 π  2 π 3π
=  1 − cos 2   1 − cos  = sin sin 2 = sin 2 180 sin 2 540
 10   10  10 10

194
 2
 5 −1 
= 
2
 5 +1
2
(
( 5 − 1)( 5 + 1) ) 16 1
   = = = = R.H.S
 4   4  256 256 16

 π  3π   7π   9π  1
∴  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos =
 10   10   10   10  16

π 2π 3π 9π
12. Problem: Prove that cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2 = 2.
10 5 5 10

π 2π 3π 9π
Solution: L.H.S= cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2
10 5 5 10

= cos 2 180 + cos 2 720 + cos 2 1080 + cos 2 1620

= cos 2 180 + cos 2 (900 − 180 ) + cos 2 (900 + 180 ) + cos 2 (1800 − 180 )

= cos 2 180 + sin 2 180 + sin 2 180 + cos 2 180

∵ cos(90 0 − θ ) = sin θ , cos(90 0 + θ ) = − sin θ , cos(180 0 − θ ) = − cos θ 

=2 cos 2 180 + 2 sin 2 180 =2 ( cos 2 180 + sin 2 180 )

=2 (1) = 2 = R.H.S

π 2π 3π 9π
∴ cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2 + cos 2 =2
10 5 5 10

π 3π 5π 7π 3
13. Problem: Prove that cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4 = .
8 8 8 8 2

π 3π 5π 7π
Solution: L.H.S= cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4
8 8 8 8

π π π  π π   π
= cos 4 + cos 4  −  + cos 4  +  + cos 4  π − 
8 2 8 2 8  8

π π π π
= cos 4 + sin 4 + sin 4 + cos 4
8 8 8 8
 π π 
∵ cos( 2 − θ ) = sin θ , cos( 2 + θ ) = − sin θ , cos(π − θ ) = − cos θ 

π π  π π
=2 cos 4 + 2 sin 4 =2  cos 4 + sin 4 
8 8  8 8

195
  2 π 2 π 
2
2 π 2 π

=2  cos + sin  − 2 cos sin 
 8 8 8 8 
∵ a 4 + b 4 = ( a 2 + b 2 )2 − 2a 2b 2 
 

 2 π π π π
=2 (1) − 2 cos 2 sin 2  =2 − 4 cos 2 sin 2
 8 8 8 8

2 2 2
 π π  π  1  1 3
=2 −  2 sin cos  =2 −  sin  =2 −   = 2 − = = R.H.S
 8 8  4  2 2 2

π 3π 5π 7π 3
∴ cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4 + cos 4 =
8 8 8 8 2

2π 4π 6π 1
14. Problem: Prove that cos cos cos = .
7 7 7 8

2π 4π 6π
Solution: L.H.S= cos cos cos
7 7 7

1  2π 2π  4π 6π
=  2 sin cos  cos cos
2π  7 7  7 7
2 sin
7

1 4π 4π 6π 1  4π 4π  6π
= sin cos cos =  2 sin cos  cos
2π 7 7 7 4 sin 2π  7 7  7
2 sin
7 7

1 8π 6π 1  8π 6π 
= sin cos =  2 sin cos 
2π 7 7 2π  7 7 
4 sin 8sin
7 7

1  π π  8π π 6π 6π 
= 2 sin cos  ∵ sin 7 = − sin 7 , cos 7 = − cos 7 
2π  7 7
8sin
7

1  2π  1
=
2π 
sin  = 8 = R.H.S
8sin 7 
7

2π 4π 6π 1
∴ cos cos cos =
7 7 7 8

3
15. Problem: Prove that cos 6 A + sin 6 A = 1 − sin 2 2 A
4

196
 3 3
Solution: L.H.S= cos 6 A + sin 6 A = ( cos 2 A ) + ( sin 2 A )

= ( cos 2 A + sin 2 A ) − 3cos 2 A sin 2 A ( cos 2 A + sin 2 A ) 

3

 
∵ a 3 + b3 = ( a + b )3 − 3ab ( a + b ) 
 

= (1) − 3cos 2 A sin 2 A (1) 

3
 

3 2 3 2
=1 − ( 2 sin A cos A ) =1 − ( sin 2 A )
4 4

3
=1 − sin 2 2 A = R.H.S
4

3
∴ cos 6 A + sin 6 A = 1 − sin 2 2 A
4

1 − cos A + sin A A
16. Problem: Prove that = tan
1 + cos A + sin A 2

2 A A A
1 − cos A + sin A 2 sin 2 + 2 sin 2 cos 2
Solution: L.H.S= =
1 + cos A + sin A 2 cos 2 A + 2 sin A cos A
2 2 2

A A A A
2 sin  cos + sin  sin
2 2 2 2 = tan A = R.H.S
= =
A A A A 2
2 cos  cos + sin  cos
2 2 2 2

1 − cos A + sin A A
∴ = tan
1 + cos A + sin A 2

sin α cos α
17. Problem: If = then prove that a sin 2α + b cos 2α = b
a b

sin α cos α sin α a a

Solution: Given = ⇒ = ⇒ tan α =
a b cos α b b

 2 tan α   1 − tan 2 α 
L.H.S=a sin 2α + b cos 2α = a  2  + b  2 
 1 + tan α   1 + tan α 

197
  a    a 2 
 2   1−   
 +b  b  2a 2b  b2 − a2 
= a b  = + b  2 2 
  a 2    a 2  b2 + a2 b +a 
1+     1+   
 b   b 

2 a 2 b + b (b 2 − a 2 ) a 2 b + b 3
= = 2 = b = R.H.S
b2 + a2 b + a2

∴ a sin 2α + b cos 2α = b

Exercise 6(c )
1. Prove the following
3 1
i ) cos10 0 cos 30 0 cos 50 0 cos 70 0 = ii ) cos 24 0 cos 480 cos 96 0 cos192 0 =
16 16
3
iii ) tan 6 0 tan 42 0 tan 66 0 tan 780 = 1 iv ) sin 200 sin 40 0 sin 60 0 sin 80 0 =
16
2. Prove the following
i ) tan θ tan(60 0 − θ ) tan(60 0 + θ ) = tan 3θ .
3
ii ) sin 2 θ + sin 2 (60 0 + θ ) + sin 2 (60 0 − θ ) =
2
3
iii ) cos 2 θ + cos 2 (120 0 + θ ) + cos 2 (120 0 − θ ) =
2
 π  3π   5π   7π  1
iv )  1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos   1 + cos =
 8  8  8  8  8
π 3π 5π 7π 3 π 2π 3π 4π 1
v ) sin 4 + sin 4 + sin 4 + sin 4 = vi ) cos cos cos cos =
8 8 8 8 2 9 9 9 9 16
π 2π 3π 4π 5π 1
vii ) cos cos cos cos cos =
11 11 11 11 11 32

3 Prove the following

sin 3 A cos 3 A sin 4θ

i) = sin A ii ) = cos A iii ) = 8 cos3 θ − 4 cos θ
1 + 2 cos 2 A 2 cos 2 A − 1 sin θ

6.4 Sum and product transformations:

In this section we give the sum and difference of trigonometric functions can
be transformed into their product vice-versa.

6.4.1 Theorem:

For A, B ∈ R we have

198
 (i ) sin( A + B) + sin( A − B) = 2sin A cos B
(ii ) sin( A + B) − sin( A − B) = 2 cos A sin B
(iii ) cos( A + B) + cos( A − B) = 2 cos A cos B
(iv) cos( A + B) − cos( A − B) = −2sin A sin B

Proof: (i) We have sin( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B and

sin( A − B ) = sin A cos B − cos A sin B

By adding we get sin( A + B ) + sin( A − B )

= sin A cos B + cos A sin B + sin A cos B − cos A sin B

= 2sin A cos B

(ii) By subtracting we get sin( A + B ) − sin( A − B )

= ( sin A cos B + cos A sin B ) − ( sin A cos B − cos A sin B )

= 2 cos A sin B

(iii) We have cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B and

cos( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B

By adding we get cos( A + B) + cos( A − B)

= cos A cos B − sin A sin B + cos A cos B + sin A sin B

= 2 cos A cos B

(iv) By subtracting we get cos( A + B ) + cos( A − B )

= ( cos A cos B − sin A sin B ) − ( cos A cos B + sin A sin B )

= −2sin A sin B

6.4.2 Note:

The above four identities can be rewrite as follows

(i ) sin( sum) + sin(difference) = 2sin A cos B

(ii ) sin( sum) − sin(difference) = 2 cos A sin B
(iii ) cos( sum) + cos(difference) = 2 cos A cos B
(iv) cos( sum) − cos(difference) = −2sin A sin B

6.4.3 Theorem:

For any C , D ∈ R we have

199
 C+D C−D
(i ) sin C + sin D = 2 sin   cos  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(ii ) sin C − sin D = 2 cos   sin  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(iii ) cos C + cos D = 2 cos   cos  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(iv) cos C − cos D = −2 sin   sin  
 2   2 

Proof: Take A + B = C , A − B = D in theorem 6.4.1 we get the above 4 transformations.

6.4.4 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Express sin 6θ + sin 4θ as product.

C+D C−D
Solution: We have sin C + sin D = 2 sin   cos  
 2   2 

 6θ + 4θ   6θ − 4θ 
now sin 6θ + sin 4θ = 2 sin   cos  
 2   2 

⇒ sin 6θ + sin 4θ = 2 sin 5θ cos θ .

2. Problem: Express 2 cos 480 cos120 into sum.

Solution: We have 2 cos A cos B = cos( A + B ) + cos( A − B )

Take A = 480 , B =120 we get 2 cos 480 cos120 = cos(480 + 120 ) + cos(480 − 120 )

⇒ 2 cos 480 cos120 = cos 600 + cos 360

1 5 +1 5 +3
⇒ 2 cos 480 cos120 = + ⇒ 2 cos 480 cos120 =
2 4 4

3. Problem: Prove that cos 400 + cos800 + cos1600 = 0 .

Solution: L.H.S = cos 400 + cos800 + cos1600

= cos1600 + cos 400 + cos800

 1600 + 400   1600 − 400  0

= 2 cos   cos   + cos 80
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

200
 = 2 cos1000 cos 600 + cos800

1  1
= 2 ( cos1000 ) + cos800 ∵ cos 600 = 
2  2

 1
= cos1000 + cos 800 ∵ cos 600 = 
 2

= − cos800 + cos800 ∵cos1000 = cos (1800 − 800 ) = − cos800 

= 0 = R.H.S

∴ cos 400 + cos 800 + cos1600 = 0

4. Problem: Prove that sin 340 + cos 640 − cos 40 = 0 .

Solution: L.H.S = sin 340 + cos 640 − cos 40

 640 + 40   640 − 40 
= sin 340 − 2 sin   sin  
 2   2 
  C + D   C − D 
∵ cos C − cos D = −2 sin  2  sin  2  
    

= sin 340 − 2sin 340 sin 300

1 1
= sin 340 − 2 ( sin 340 ) ∵ sin 300 = 
2 2

= sin 340 − sin 340

= 0 = R.H.S

∴sin 340 + cos 640 − cos 40 = 0

5 −1
5. Problem: Prove that sin 780 + cos1320 = .
4

Solution: L.H.S = sin 780 + cos1320

(
= sin 780 + cos 900 + 420 )
= sin 780 − sin 420 ∵ cos 900 + θ = − sin θ 
( )
 

201
  780 + 420   780 − 420 
= 2 cos   sin  
 2   2 
  C + D   C − D 
∵ sin C − sin D = 2 cos  2  sin  2  
    

= 2 cos 600 sin 180

 1   5 −1   0 1 0 5 − 1
= 2     ∵ cos 60 = , sin 18 = 
 2  4   2 4 

5 −1
= = R.H.S
4

5 −1
∴sin 780 + cos1320 =
4

3
6. Problem: Prove that cos 2 760 + cos 2 160 − cos 760 cos160 = .
4

Solution: L.H.S = cos2 760 + cos2 160 − cos760 cos160

( )
= cos 2 760 + 1 − sin 2 160 − cos 760 cos160 ∵ cos 2 θ = 1 − sin 2 θ 

( ) ( )
= 1 + cos 760 + 160 cos 760 − 160 − cos 760 cos160
∵ cos 2 A − sin 2 B = cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) 

1
= 1 + cos920 cos 600 −
2
(
2cos 760 cos160 )
1
= 1 + cos920 cos 600 −
2
( ( )
cos 760 + 160 + cos 760 − 160 ( ))
[∵ 2 cos A cos B = cos( A + B) + cos( A − B)]
1
= 1 + cos920 cos 600 −
2
(
cos920 + cos600 )

(
= 1 + cos920 ) 12 − 12  cos920 + 12  ∵ cos 60 0 1
= 
2

(
= 1 + cos920 ) 12 − 12 ( cos920 ) − 14

202
 1
= 1−
4

3
= = R.H.S
4
3
∴ cos 2 760 + cos 2 160 − cos760 cos160 =
4
 2π   2π  3
7. Problem: Prove that cos 2 θ + cos 2  + θ  + cos 2  −θ  = .
 3   3  2

 2π   2π 
Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 θ + cos 2  + θ  + cos 2  −θ 
 3   3 

 2π   2π 
1 + cos 2  + θ  1 + cos 2  −θ 
=
1 + cos 2θ
+  3 +  3  ∵ cos 2 θ = 1 + cos 2θ 
 
2 2 2  2 

3 1  2π   2π 
= +  cos 2θ + cos 2  + θ  + cos 2  −θ  
2 2  3   3 

3 1  4π   4π 
= +  cos 2θ + cos  + 2θ  + cos  − 2θ  
2 2  3   3 

3 1  4π  
= +  cos 2θ + 2 cos   cos 2θ 
2 2  3  
[∵ cos( A + B) + cos( A − B) = 2 cos A cos B ]
3 1  1  4π 1
= +  cos 2θ + 2  −  cos 2θ  ∵ cos =− 
2 2  2  3 2

3 1
= + ( cos 2θ − cos 2θ )
2 2
3 1
= + ( 0)
2 2
3
= +0
2
3
= = R.H.S
2

203
  2π   2π  3
∴ cos 2 θ + cos 2  + θ  + cos 2  −θ  =
 3   3  2

sin ( n + 1) α − sin ( n − 1) α α
8. Problem: Prove that = tan .
cos ( n + 1) α + 2 cos nα + cos ( n − 1) α 2

sin ( n + 1) α − sin ( n − 1) α
Solution: L.H.S =
cos ( n + 1) α + 2 cos nα + cos ( n − 1) α

sin ( nα + α ) − sin ( nα − α )
=
cos ( nα + α ) + cos ( nα − α ) + 2 cos nα

2 cos nα sin α ∵ sin( A + B) − sin( A − B ) = 2 cos A sin B, 

=
2 cos nα cos α + 2 cos nα  cos( A + B ) + cos( A − B ) = 2 cos A cos B 

2 cos nα sin α
=
2 cos nα ( cos α + 1)

sin α
=
1 + cos α
α α
2 sin cos
= 2 2 ∵1 + cos θ = 2 cos 2 θ , sin θ = 2 sin θ cos θ 
α  2 2 2 
2 cos 2
2

α
sin
= 2
α
cos
2

α
= tan = R.H.S
2
sin ( n + 1) α − sin ( n − 1) α α
∴ = tan
cos ( n + 1) α + 2 cos nα + cos ( n − 1) α 2

sin (α + β ) a + b
9. Problem: If = then prove that a tan β = b tan α
sin (α − β ) a − b

sin (α + β ) a + b
Solution: Given =
sin (α − β ) a − b

204
 sin (α + β ) + sin (α − β ) ( a + b ) + ( a − b )
⇒ = [∵ bycomponendoanddividendo]
sin (α + β ) − sin (α − β ) ( a + b ) − ( a − b )

2sin α cos β 2a ∵ sin( A + B ) − sin( A − B ) = 2 cos A sin B, 

⇒ =
2 cos α sin β 2b  sin( A + B ) + sin( A − B) = 2sin A cos B 

tan α a
⇒ =
tan β b

∴ a tan β = b tan α

4 2
9. Problem: If cos x + cos y = , cos x − cos y = then prove that
5 7

14 tan 
x+ y   x− y
 + 5cot  =0
 2   2 

4 2
Solution: Given cos x + cos y = , cos x − cos y =
5 7

cos x + cos y = ⇒ 2 cos 

4 x+ y  x− y 4
 cos  = (1)
5  2   2  5

cos x − cos y = ⇒ −2 sin 

2 x+ y  x− y 2
 sin  = (2)
7  2   2  7

 x+ y
cos 
x− y
2 cos    4
(1)
⇒  2   2  = 5
(2)  x+ y  x− y 2
− 2 sin   sin   7
 2   2 

cot 
x+ y

⇒  2  4 7
= ×
 x− y 5 2
− tan  
 2 

 x+ y  x− y
⇒ 5cot   = −14 tan  
 2   2 

∴14 tan 
x+ y  x− y
 + 5cot  =0
 2   2 

4 2
9. Problem: If cos x + cos y = , cos x − cos y = then prove that
5 7

205
 14 tan 
x+ y   x− y
 + 5cot  =0
 2   2 

4 2
Solution: Given cos x + cos y = , cos x − cos y =
5 7

cos x + cos y = ⇒ 2 cos 

4 x+ y  x− y 4
 cos  = (1)
5  2   2  5

cos x − cos y = ⇒ −2 sin 

2 x+ y  x− y 2
 sin  = (2)
7  2   2  7

 x+ y
cos 
x− y
2 cos    4
(1)
⇒  2   2  = 5
(2)  x+ y  x− y 2
− 2 sin   sin   7
 2   2 

cot 
x+ y

= × ⇒ 5cot 
 2  4 7 x+ y  x− y
⇒  = −14 tan  
 x− y 5 2  2   2 
− tan  
 2 

∴14 tan 
x+ y  x− y
 + 5cot  =0
 2   2 

Exercise 6(d)

1. Prove that cos550 + cos650 + cos1750 = 0 .

2. Prove that cos350 + cos850 + cos1550 = 0 .
3. Prove that 4 ( sin 780 + cos 60 ) = 15 + 13 .
4. Prove that sin 500 − sin 700 + sin100 = 0 .
5. Prove that sin100 + sin 200 + sin 400 + sin500 = sin 700 + sin800 .
1
6. Prove that sin 2 (α − 450 ) + sin 2 (α + 150 ) − sin 2 (α −150 ) = .
2
1
7. Prove that sin 2 (α − 450 ) + sin 2 (α + 150 ) − sin 2 (α −150 ) = .
2
8. If m sin B = n sin ( 2 A + B ) then prove that (m + n) tan A = (m − n) tan B
9. If tan ( A + B ) = λ tan ( A − B ) then prove that (λ + 1)sin 2 B = (λ − 1)sin 2 A
10. If sin x + sin y = a, cos x + cos y = b then prove that
tan 
x+ y a
=
 2  b

206
6.4.5 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

Prove that sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C = 4sin A sin B sin C.

Solution: L.H.S = sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2sin   cos  + sin 2C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ sin C + sin D = 2sin  2  cos  2  
    

= 2sin ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C [∵ sin 2C = 2sin C cos C ]

= 2sin (1800 − C ) cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C ∵ sin (1800 − C ) = sin C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + cos C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + cos (1800 − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = 1800 − ( A + B ) 

= 2sin C  cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B )  ∵ cos (1800 − θ ) = − cos θ 

= 2sin C  2sin A sin B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 

= 4sin A sin B sin C = R.H.S

∴sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C = 4sin A sin B sin C.

2. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

Prove that sin 2 A + sin 2 B − sin 2C = 4cos A cos B sin C.

Solution: L.H.S = sin 2 A + sin 2 B − sin 2C

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2sin   cos  − sin 2C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ sin C + sin D = 2sin  2  cos  2  
    

= 2sin ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) − 2sin C cos C [∵ sin 2C = 2sin C cos C ]

207
 = 2sin (1800 − C ) cos ( A − B ) − 2sin C cos C ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − 2sin C cos C ∵ sin (1800 − C ) = sin C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − cos C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − cos (1800 − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = 1800 − ( A + B ) 

= 2sin C  cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B )  ∵ cos (1800 − θ ) = − cos θ 

= 2sin C  2cos A cos B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B ) = 2cos A cos B 

= 4cos A cos B sin C = R.H.S

∴sin 2 A + sin 2 B − sin 2C = 4cos A cos B sin C.

3. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

Prove that cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C + 1 = −4cos A cos B cos C.

Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C + 1

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2cos   cos  + cos 2C + 1
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

= 2cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) + 2cos 2 C ∵1 + cos 2C = 2 cos 2 C 

= 2cos (1800 − C ) cos ( A − B ) + 2cos 2 C ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 

= − 2cos C cos ( A − B ) + 2cos 2 C ∵ cos (1800 − C ) = − cos C 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) − cos C 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) − cos (1800 − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = 1800 − ( A + B ) 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B )  ∵ cos (1800 − θ ) = − cos θ 

= − 2cos C  2cos A cos B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B ) = 2cos A cos B 

208
 = − 4cos A cos B cos C = R.H.S

∴ cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C + 1 = −4cos A cos B cos C.

4. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

Prove that cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2C −1 = −4sin A sin B cos C.

Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2C −1

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2cos   cos  − cos 2C −1
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

= 2cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) − 2cos 2 C ∵1 + cos 2C = 2 cos 2 C 

= 2cos (1800 − C ) cos ( A − B ) − 2cos 2 C ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 

= − 2cos C cos ( A − B ) − 2cos 2 C ∵ cos (1800 − C ) = − cos C 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) + cos C 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) + cos (1800 − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = 1800 − ( A + B ) 

= − 2cos C  cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B )  ∵ cos (1800 − θ ) = − cos θ 

= − 2cos C  2sin A sin B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 

= − 4sin A sin B cos C = R.H.S

∴ cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2C −1 = −4sin A sin B cos C.

5. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

A B C
Prove that sin A + sin B + sin C = 4cos cos cos .
2 2 2

Solution: L.H.S = sin A + sin B + sin C

209
  A+ B   A− B 
= 2sin   cos   + sin C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ sin C + sin D = 2sin  2  cos  2  
    

 A+ B 
cos 
A− B 
+ 2sin cos ∵ sin θ = 2sin cos 
C C θ θ
= 2sin   
 2   2  2 2 2 2

 1800 − C   A− B  C C
= 2sin   cos   + 2sin cos ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 
 2   2  2 2

 C  A− B  C C
= 2sin  900 −  cos   + 2sin cos
 2  2  2 2

 A− B  C C
+ 2sin cos ∵ sin  900 −  = cos 
C C C
= 2cos cos  
2  2  2 2  2 2

C  A− B  C
= 2cos  cos   + sin 
2  2  2

C  A− B   1800 − ( A + B )  
  ∵ C = 180 − ( A + B ) 
0
= 2cos  cos   + sin 
2   2   2  

C  A− B   ( A + B ) 
= 2cos cos   + sin  900 −  
2   2   2  

C  A− B   ( A + B ) 
  ∵ sin ( 90 − θ ) = cos θ 
0
= 2cos  cos   + cos 
2   2   2  

C A B
= 2cos  2cos cos  ∵ cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B ) = 2cos A cos B 
2 2 2

A B C
= 4 cos cos cos = R.H.S
2 2 2

A B C
∴ sin A + sin B + sin C = 4cos cos cos .
2 2 2

6. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

A B C
Prove that cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 4sin sin sin .
2 2 2

210
Solution: L.H.S = cos A + cos B + cos C

 A+ B   A− B 
= 2cos   cos   + sin C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

 A+ B   A− B 
+ 1 − 2sin 2 ∵ cos θ = 1 − 2sin 2 
C θ
= 2cos   cos  
 2   2  2 2

 1800 − C   A− B  C
= 2cos   cos   + 1 − 2sin 2 ∵ A + B = 1800 − C 
 2   2  2

 C  A− B  C
= 2cos  900 −  cos   +1 − 2sin 2
 2  2  2

C  A− B  C
= 2sin cos   + 1 − 2sin 2 ∵ cos ( 900 − θ ) = sin θ 
2  2  2

C   A− B  C
= 1 + 2sin cos  2  − sin 2 
2    

C  A− B   1800 − ( A + B )  
   ∵ C = 180 − ( A + B ) 
0
= 1 + 2sin cos   − sin 
2   2   2  

C  A− B   ( A + B ) 
=1 + 2sin cos   − sin  900 −  
2   2   2  

C  A− B   ( A + B ) 
  ∵ sin ( 90 − θ ) = cos θ 
0
= 1 + 2sin cos   − cos 
2   2   2  

C A B
= 1 + 2sin  2sin sin  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 
2 2 2

A B C
=1 + 4sin sin sin = R.H.S
2 2 2

A B C
∴ cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 4sin sin sin .
2 2 2

7. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

211
 Prove that sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C = 2 + 2 cos A cos B cos C

Solution: L.H.S = sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C

1 − cos 2 A 1 − cos 2 B 1 − cos 2C  2 1 − cos 2θ 

= + +  sin θ = 
2 2 2  2 

3 1
= −  cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C 
2 2

3 1
= −  −1 − 4 cos A cos B cos C 
2 2
∵ cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C = −1 − 4 cos A cos B cos C 

3 1
= + + 2 cos A cos B cos C = R.H.S
2 2

∴ sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C = 2 + 2 cos A cos B cos C

8. Problem: If A + B + C = 1800 ,

Prove that cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2 C = 1 − 2sin A sin B cos C

Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2 C

1 + cos 2 A 1 + cos 2 B 1 + cos 2C  2 1 + cos 2θ 

= + −  cos θ = 
2 2 2  2 

1 1
= +  cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2C 
2 2

1 1
= + 1 − 4sin A sin B cos C 
2 2
∵ cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2C = 1 − 4sin A sin B cos C 

= 1 − 2 sin A sin B cos C = R.H.S

∴cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2 C = 1 − 2sin A sin B cos C

9. Problem: If A, B, C are the angles of a triangle ,

A B C A B C
Prove that sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2 = 1 − 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2

A B C
Solution: L.H.S = sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2
2 2 2

212
 1 − cos A 1 − cos B 1 − cos C  2 1 − cos 2θ 
= + +  sin θ = 
2 2 2  2 

3 1
= −  cos A + cos B + cos C 
2 2

3 1 A B C
= − 1 + 4 sin sin sin 
2 2 2 2 2
 A B C
∵ cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 4 sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 
 

3 1 A B C
= − − 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2

A B C
= 1 − 2 sin sin sin = R.H.S
2 2 2

A B C A B C
∴ sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2 = 1 − 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2

10. Problem: If A + B + C = 900 ,

Prove that cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C = 1 + 4sin A sin B sin C.

Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2cos   cos  + cos 2C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

= 2cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) + cos 2C

= 2cos ( 900 − C ) cos ( A − B ) + cos 2C ∵ A + B = 900 − C 

= 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + 1 − 2sin 2 C ∵ cos ( 900 − C ) = sin C , cos 2C = 1 − 2sin 2 C 

= 1 + 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − sin C 

= 1 + 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − sin ( 900 − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = 900 − ( A + B ) 

=1 + 2sin C  cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B )  ∵ sin ( 900 − θ ) = cos θ 

=1 + 2sin C  2sin A sin B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 

213
 = 1 + 4sin A sin B sin C = R.H.S

∴ cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C = 1 + 4sin A sin B sin C.

11. Problem: If A + B + C = 00 ,

Prove that sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C = −4sin A sin B sin C.

Solution: L.H.S = sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C

 2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2sin   cos  + sin 2C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ sin C + sin D = 2sin  2  cos  2  
    

= 2sin ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C [∵ sin 2C = 2sin C cos C ]

= 2sin ( −C ) cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C ∵ A + B = −C 

= − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + 2sin C cos C ∵ sin ( −C ) = − sin C 

= − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − cos C 

= − 2sin C  cos ( A − B ) − cos ( − ( A + B ) )  ∵ C = − ( A + B ) 

= − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B )  ∵ cos ( −θ ) = cos θ 

= − 2sin C  2sin A sin B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 

= − 4sin A sin B sin C = R.H.S

∴sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C = −4sin A sin B sin C.

3π
12. Problem: If A + B + C = ,
2

Prove that cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C = 1 − 4sin A sin B sin C.

Solution: L.H.S = cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C

214
  2 A + 2B   2 A − 2B 
= 2cos   cos  + cos 2C
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

= 2cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B ) + cos 2C

 3π   3π 
= 2cos  − C  cos ( A − B ) + cos 2C ∵ A + B = − C
 2   2 

= − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + 1 − 2sin 2 C

  3π  2 
∵ cos  2 − C  = − sin C , cos 2C = 1 − 2sin C 
   

= 1 − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + sin C 

  3π   3π 
= 1 − 2sin C cos ( A − B ) + sin  − ( A + B )   ∵ C = − ( A + B )
  2   2 

  3π  
=1 − 2sin C  cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B )  ∵ sin  − θ  = − cos θ 
  2  

=1 − 2sin C  2sin A sin B  ∵ cos ( A − B ) − cos ( A + B ) = 2sin A sin B 

= 1 − 4sin A sin B sin C = R.H.S

∴ cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2C = 1 − 4sin A sin B sin C.

13. Problem: If A + B + C = 2 S ,

A B C
Prove that cos ( S − A) + cos ( S − B ) + cos ( S − C ) + cos S = 4cos cos cos .
2 2 2

Solution: L.H.S = cos ( S − A) + cos ( S − B ) + cos ( S − C ) + cos S

 2S − A − B   B− A  2S − C   −C 
= 2cos   cos   + 2cos   cos  
 2   2   2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

215
 C   B− A  A+ B  C
= 2cos   cos   + 2 cos   cos
2  2   2  2
  −C  C
∵ 2S − A − B = C ,2S − C = A + B,cos  2  = cos 2 
   

C  A− B   A + B 
= 2cos  cos   + cos    ∵ cos ( −θ ) = cos θ 
2  2   2 

C A B
= 2cos  2cos cos  ∵ cos ( A − B ) + cos ( A + B ) = 2cos A cos B 
2 2 2

A B C
= 4 cos cos cos = R.H.S
2 2 2

A B C
∴ cos ( S − A) + cos ( S − B ) + cos ( S − C ) + cos S = 4cos cos cos .
2 2 2

Exercise 6(e)
1. If A + B + C = 1800 , Prove that

(i) sin 2 A − sin 2 B + sin 2C = 4cos A sin B cos C.

(ii ) sin 2 A − sin 2 B − sin 2C = −4sin A cos B cos C.

(iii ) cos 2 A − cos 2 B + cos 2C = 1 − 4sin A cos B sin C

(iv) cos 2 A − cos 2 B − cos 2C = −1 − 4cos A sin B sin C

2. If A + B + C = 1800 , Prove that
A B C
(i) sin A + sin B − sin C = 4sin sin cos
2 2 2
A B C
(ii ) sin A − sin B − sin C = −4cos sin sin .
2 2 2
A B C
(iii ) cos A + cos B − cos C = −1 + 4cos cos sin .
2 2 2
A B C
(iv ) cos A − cos B − cos C = 1 − 4sin cos cos .
2 2 2
0
3. If A + B + C = 180 , Prove that
(i ) sin 2 A + sin 2 B − sin 2 C = 2sin A sin B cos C
(ii ) sin 2 A − sin 2 B + sin 2 C = 2sin A cos B sin C
(iii ) sin 2 A − sin 2 B − sin 2 C = −2 cos A sin B sin C

216
 (iv ) cos 2 A + cos 2 B + cos 2 C = 1 − 2 cos A cos B cos C
(v ) cos 2 A − cos 2 B + cos 2 C = 1 − 2sin A cos B sin C

(vi) cos 2 A − cos 2 B − cos 2 C = −1 + 2 cos A sin B sin C

4. If A + B + C = 1800 , Prove that

A B C A B C
(i ) sin 2 + sin 2 − sin 2 = 1 − 2 cos cos sin
2 2 2 2 2 2

A B C A B C
(ii ) sin 2 − sin 2 + sin 2 = 1 − 2 cos sin cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(iii) sin 2 − sin 2 − sin 2 = −1 + 2 sin cos cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(iv ) cos 2 + cos2 + cos2 = 2 + 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2

5. If A + B + C = 900 , Prove that

(i ) sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C = 1 − 2 sin A sin B sin C
(ii ) sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C = 4cos A cos B cos C.
6. If A + B + C = 00 , Prove that
A B C
(i) sin A + sin B − sin C = −4cos cos sin
2 2 2
2 2 2
(ii ) cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 2 cos A cos B cos C
3π
7. If A + B + C = , Prove that
2
(i ) cos 2 A + cos 2 B − cos 2 C = −2 cos A cos B sin C
(ii ) sin 2 A + sin 2 B − sin 2C = −4sin A sin B cos C.
8. If A + B + C = 2 S , Prove that
S−A S −B C
(i) sin ( S − A) + sin ( S − B ) + sin C = 4cos cos sin
2 2 2
S−A S −B C
(ii ) (i) cos ( S − A) + cos ( S − B ) + cos C = 4cos cos cos
2 2 2

217
 Key Concepts

1. In the Sexagesimal system1 right angle = 900 , 1 degree = 60′, 1 minute = 60′′.

2. In the Centisimal system1 right angle = 100 g , 1 grade = 100′, 1 minute = 100′′.

3. The conversion from one system to the other can be easily done using the equation:

180 200 π
= = , where D, G, R respectively denote degrees, grades and radians.
D G R

sin θ 1 cos θ 1
4. tan θ = & sec θ = , cot θ = & cosecθ = .,
cos θ cos θ sin θ sin θ

cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1, sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ = 1, cosec2θ − cot 2 θ = 1.

5. If A, B are two real numbers then

(i ) sin( A + B ) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B, (ii ) sin( A − B ) = sin A cos B − cos A sin B,

(iii ) cos( A + B ) = cos A cos B − sin A sin B, (iv ) cos( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B.

tan A + tan B tan A − tan B

(v ) tan( A + B) = , (vi ) tan( A − B ) = ,
1 − tan A tan B 1 + tan A tan B

cot A cot B − 1 cot A cot B + 1

(vii ) cot( A + B) = , (viii ) cot( A − B) = ,
cot B + cot A cot B − cot A

(ix ) sin( A + B ) sin( A − B) = sin 2 A − sin 2 B = cos 2 B − cos 2 A,

( x) cos( A + B ) cos( A − B ) = cos 2 A − sin 2 B = cos 2 B − sin 2 A

6. If A, B, C are three real numbers then

(i ) sin( A + B + C ) = sin A cos B cos C + cos A sin B cos C

+ cos A cos B sin C − sin A sin B sin C ,

(ii ) cos( A + B + C ) = cos A cos B cos C − sin A sin B cos C

− sin A cos B sin C − cos A sin B cos C ,

tan A + tan B + tan C − tan A tan B tan C

(iii ) tan( A + B + C ) = ,
1 − tan A tan B − tan B tan C − tan C tan A

cot A + cot B + cot C − cot A cot B cot C

(iv) cot( A + B + C ) = .
1 − cot A cot B − cot B cot C − cot C cot A

218
 0 3 +1 3 −1 3 +1
7. sin 75 = , cos 750 = , tan 750 = = 2+ 3
2 2 2 2 3 −1

3 −1 3 +1 3 −1
8. sin150 = , cos150 = , tan150 = = 2− 3
2 2 2 2 3 +1

3 +1 3 −1 3 +1
9. sin1050 = , cos1050 = , tan1050 = = 2+ 3
2 2 2 2 3 −1

10. If A is any real number, then

i) sin 2 A = 2sin A cos A,

ii) cos 2 A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A = 2 cos 2 A − 1 = 1 − 2sin 2 A.

π
11. If A is any real number, which is not an odd multiple of then
2

2 tan A 1 − tan 2 A
i) sin 2 A = , ii ) cos 2 A = ,
1 + tan 2 A 1 + tan 2 A

2 tan A cot 2 A − 1
iii ) tan 2 A = , iv ) cot 2 A = .
1 − tan 2 A 2 cot A

A π
12. If is not an odd multiple of then
2 2

A A
2 tan 1 − tan 2
A A 2 , (ii ) cos A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A = 2,
(i ) sin A = 2 sin cos =
2 2 A 2 2 A
1 + tan 2 1 + tan 2
2 2

A A
2 tan cot 2 − 1
(iii ) tan A = 2 , (iv ) cot A = 2
2 A A
1 − tan 2 cot
2 2

13. If A is any real number, then

i ) sin 3 A = 3sin A − 4sin 3 A, ii ) cos 3 A = 4 cos3 A − 3cos A,

3 tan A − tan 3 A π
iii ) tan 3 A = 2
(3 Ais not odd multiple of )
1 − 3 tan A 2
3
3cot A − cot A
iv) cot 3 A = ( 3 Ais not an integral multiple of π )
1 − 3cot 2 A

14. If A is any real number, then

219
 A A A A
i ) sin A = 3sin − 4 sin 3 , ii ) cos A = 4 cos3 − 3cos ,
3 3 3 3
A A A A
3 tan − tan 3 3cot − cot 3
iii ) tan A = 3 3 , iv) cot A = 3 3.
A 2 A
1 − 3 tan 2 1 − 3cot
3 3

15. If A is any real number, then

1 − cos 2 A 1 + cos 2 A
i ) sin A = ± , ii ) cos A = ± ,
2 2
1 − cos 2 A π
iii ) tan A = ± ( Ais not odd multiple of )
1 + cos 2 A 2
1 + cos 2 A
iv) cot A = ± ( Ais not an integral multiple of π )
1 − cos 2 A

16. If A is any real number, then

A 1 − cos A A 1 + cos A
i ) sin =± , ii ) cos = ± ,
2 2 2 2
A 1 − cos A
iii ) tan =± ( Ais not odd multiple of π )
2 1 + cos A
A 1 + cos A
iv) cot =± ( Ais not an integer multiple of 2π )
2 1 − cos A

5 −1 5 +1
17. (i ) sin180 = , (ii ) cos 360 = ,
4 4

10 − 2 5 10 + 2 5
(iii ) sin 360 = , (iv) cos180 = .
4 4

0 0
1 2 −1 1 2 +1
18. (i ) sin 22 = , (ii ) cos 22 = ,
2 2 2 2 2 2

0 0
1 2 −1 1 2 +1
(iii ) tan 22 = = 2 − 1, (iv) cot 22 = = 2 + 1.
2 2 +1 2 2 −1

0 0
1 2 +1 1 2 −1
19. (i ) sin 67 = , (ii ) cos 67 = ,
2 2 2 2 2 2

0 0
1 2 +1 1 2 −1
(iii ) tan 67 = = 2 + 1, (iv) cot 67 = = 2 − 1.
2 2 −1 2 2 +1

220
 20. For A, B ∈ R we have

(i ) sin( A + B) + sin( A − B) = 2sin A cos B

(ii ) sin( A + B) − sin( A − B) = 2 cos A sin B
(iii ) cos( A + B) + cos( A − B) = 2 cos A cos B
(iv) cos( A + B) − cos( A − B) = −2sin A sin B

21. For any C , D ∈ R we have

C+D C−D
(i ) sin C + sin D = 2sin   cos  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(ii ) sin C − sin D = 2 cos   sin  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(iii ) cos C + cos D = 2 cos   cos  
 2   2 
C+D C−D
(iv) cos C − cos D = −2sin   sin  
 2   2 

Answers
Exercise 6(a)
− 3
(1) (i ) (ii ) 2 (iii ) 0 (iv ) − 1 (v ) 2 (vi ) 1
2

1
(3) (i ) (ii ) 1 (iii ) 0 (iv ) 2
2
2 2
(6) (i ) x + y = a (ii ) xy = ab (iii ) ( x 2 y ) 3 − ( xy 2 ) 3
=1

2 2 3
(7) (i ) − 2 2 , (ii ) −
3 5

Exercise 6(b)
3− 3 3+ 3 1
(1) (i ) (ii ) (iii )1 (iv)0 (v)
4 2 4 2 2

(3) Ist Quadrant

3 3 1 − tan α
(4) (i ) − and (ii )
4 5 1 + tan α

221
 7. TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS

Introduction:
In earlier classes, we have solved the simple equations involving a single variable.
Here we solve the equations involving trigonometric functions as variables.

7.1 General solution of trigonometric equations:

In this Section, we shall find the general solution of simple trigonometric
equations like sin x = k , cos x = k , tan x = k etc.

7.1.1 Definition:

An equation consisting of the trigonometric functions of a variable angle x ∈ R is

called trigonometric equation.

7.1.2 Example:

The following are examples of simple trigonometric equations.

1
(i ) sin x =
2

(ii ) tan x = 3

7.1.3 Definition:

The values of the variable angle x ∈ R satisfying the given trigonometric equation
is called a solution of the trigonometric equation. The set of all solutions of a
trigonometric equation is called a solution set of the trigonometric equation. The general
solution is a functional form of the solution set.

7.1.4 Example:

3 π π 2π 7π
The equation sin x = has a solution x = . But x = , , ,.... are
2 3 3 3 3
solutions of this equation. If x is a solution of the equation then 2nπ + x, x ∈ Z is also a
solution.

Now we define the concept of the principle solution and formula for finding the
general solution of trigonometric equations.

222
7.1.5 Definition:

 π π
The function f :  − ,  → [ −1,1] by f ( x) = sin x is a bijection. For each
 2 2
 π π  π π
k ∈ [ −1,1] there exists a unique x ∈  − ,  such that sin x = k . This x ∈  − ,  is
 2 2  2 2
called the principal solution of the equation sin x = k .

7.1.6 Definition:

The function f : [ 0, π ] → [ −1,1] by f ( x) = cos x is a bijection. For each

k ∈ [ −1,1] there exists a unique x ∈ [ 0, π ] such that cos x = k . This x ∈ [ 0, π ] is called
the principal solution of the equation cos x = k .

7.1.7 Definition:

 π π
The function f :  − ,  → R by f ( x) = tan x is a bijection. For each k ∈ R
 2 2
 π π  π π
there exists a unique x ∈  − ,  such that tan x = k . This x ∈  − ,  is called the
 2 2  2 2
principal solution of the equation tan x = k .

7.1.8 Definition:

The function f : ( 0, π ) → R by f ( x) = cot x is a bijection. For each k ∈ R

there exists a unique x ∈ ( 0, π ) such that cot x = k . This x ∈ ( 0, π ) is called the principal
solution of the equation cot x = k .

7.1.9 Definition:

π 
The function f : [ 0, π ] −   → ( −∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) by f ( x ) = sec x is a
2
π 
bijection. For each k ∈ ( −∞ , −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) there exists a unique x ∈ [ 0, π ] −   such that
2
π 
sec x = k . This x ∈ [ 0, π ] −   is called the principal solution of the equation sec x = k .
2

223
7.1.10 Definition:

 π π
The function f :  − ,  − {0} → ( −∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) by f ( x ) = cosec x is a
 2 2
 π π
bijection. For each k ∈ ( −∞ , −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) there exists a unique x ∈  − ,  − {0} such
 2 2
 π π
that cosec x = k . This x ∈  − ,  − {0} is called the principal solution of the equation
 2 2
cosec x = k .

7.1.11 General solution of the equations sin x = 0,cos x = 0 and tan x = 0 :

 π π
(i) If x ∈  − ,  then sin x = 0 if and only if x = 0. Hence the principal
 2 2

solution of sin x = 0 is x = 0. Then there exists an integer k such that

2kπ ≤ x < 2( k + 1)π

That is, 0 ≤ x − 2 kπ < 2π

∴ x = 2kπ or x = (2k + 1)π

The general solution of sin x = 0 is x = nπ , n ∈ Z .

π
(ii) If x ∈ [ 0, π ] then cos x = 0 if and only if x = . Hence the principal solution of
2
π
cos x = 0 is x = .
2

 π π π
cos x = 0 ⇔ sin  x −  = 0 ⇔ x − = nπ , n ∈ Z ⇔ x = nπ + , n ∈ Z
 2 2 2

π
∴ x = (2 n + 1) ,n∈Z
2

π
The general solution of cos x = 0 is x = (2 n + 1) ,n∈Z
2

(iii) If tan x = 0 then sin x = 0 if and only if x = 0. Hence the principal solution of
tan x = 0 is x = 0.

tan x = 0 ⇔ sin x = 0 ⇔ x = nπ , n ∈ Z

224
 ∴ x = nπ , n ∈ Z

The general solution of tan x = 0 is x = nπ , n ∈ Z

7.1.12 General solution of the equation sin x = k (−1 ≤ k ≤ 1) :

 π π
Let k ∈ [ −1,1] and α ∈  − ,  be the principal solution of sin x = k .
 2 2

That is sin x = k = sin α ⇔ sin x − sin α = 0

 x +α   x −α 
⇔ 2 cos   sin  =0
 2   2 
  C + D   C − D 
∵ sin C − sin D = 2 cos  2  sin  2  
    

 x +α   x −α 
⇔ cos   or sin  =0
 2   2 

 x +α  x +α π
If cos   = 0⇔ = (2n + 1) , n ∈ Z ⇔ x + α = (2n + 1)π , n ∈ Z
 2  2 2

⇔ x = (2n + 1)π − α , n ∈ Z

 x −α  x −α
If sin  =0 ⇔ = nπ , n ∈ Z ⇔ x − α = 2nπ , n ∈ Z
 2  2

⇔ x = 2nπ + α , n ∈ Z

Thus x = nπ + (−1) n α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of sin x = k .

7.1.13 General solution of the equation cos x = k (−1 ≤ k ≤ 1) :

Let k ∈ [ −1,1] and α ∈ [ 0, π ] be the principal solution of cos x = k .

That is cos x = k = cos α ⇔ cos x − cos α = 0

 x +α   x −α 
⇔ −2 sin   sin  =0
 2   2 
  C + D   C − D 
∵ cos C − cos D = −2 sin  2  sin  2  
    

 x +α   x −α 
⇔ sin   or sin  =0
 2   2 

225
  x +α  x +α
If sin   = 0⇔ = nπ , n ∈ Z ⇔ x + α = 2nπ , n ∈ Z
 2  2

⇔ x = 2nπ − α , n ∈ Z

 x −α  x −α
If sin  =0 ⇔ = nπ , n ∈ Z ⇔ x − α = 2nπ , n ∈ Z
 2  2

⇔ x = 2nπ + α , n ∈ Z

Thus x = 2nπ ± α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of cos x = k .

7.1.14 General solution of the equation tan x = k (k ∈ R) :

 π π
Let k ∈ R and α ∈  − ,  be the principal solution of tan x = k .
 2 2

sin x sin α
That is tan x = k = tan α ⇔ tan x − tan α = 0 ⇔ − =0
cos x cos α

sin x cos α − cos x sin α

⇔ = 0 ⇔ sin x cos α − cos x sin α = 0
cos x cos α

⇔ sin ( x − α ) = 0

If sin ( x − α ) = 0 ⇔ x − α = nπ , n ∈ Z

⇔ x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z

Thus x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of tan x = k .

7.1.15 General solution of the equation sec x = k ( k ∈ (−∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞) ) :

1
Let k ≥ 1 and α be the principal solution of cos x = .
k

1
That is sec x = k ⇔ cos x = ⇔ x = 2nπ ± α , n ∈ Z (by 7.1.13)
k

Thus x = 2nπ ± α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of sec x = k where α is the principal

1
solution of cos x = .
k

7.1.16 General solution of the equation cosec x = k ( k ∈ (−∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞) ) :

226
 1
Let k ≥ 1 and α be the principal solution of sin x = .
k

1
That is cosec x = k ⇔ sin x = ⇔ x = nπ + (−1)n α , n ∈ Z (by 7.1.12)
k

Thus x = nπ + (−1) n α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of cosec x = k where α is the

1
principal solution of sin x = .
k

7.1.17 General solution of the equation cot x = k ( k ∈ R ) :

We know that cot x = k has a solution for all k ∈ R.

1
Case (i): Let k ∈ R − {0} and α be the principal solution of tan x = .
k

1
That is cot x = k ⇔ tan x = ⇔ x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z (by 7.1.14)
k

Thus x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of cot x = k where α is the

1
principal solution of tan x = .
k

Case (ii): Let k = 0 and α be the principal solution of cot x = 0

π π
That is cot x = 0 ⇔ cos x = 0 ⇔ x = (2n + 1) , n ∈ Z ⇔ x = nπ + ,n∈Z
2 2

⇔ x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z

Thus in either case x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z is the general solution of cot x = k where α is

the principal solution of cot x = k

7.1.18 Solved Problems:

1
1. Problem: Solve Sin x = .
2

1
Solution: Given Sin x = .
2

1 π π  π π
⇒ Sin x = = Sin and ∈  − , 
2 4 4  2 2

227
 π
∴x = is the principal solution.
4

π
General solution is x = nπ + ( −1) n ,n∈Z
4

5 −1
2. Problem: Solve Sin 2 x = .
4

5 −1
Solution: Given Sin 2 x = .
4

5 −1 π π  π π
⇒ Sin 2 x = = Sin and ∈ − ,
4 10 10  2 2 

π
⇒ 2x =
10

π
∴x = is the principal solution.
20

π
General solution is 2 x = nπ + ( −1) n ,n∈Z
10

nπ π
⇒x= + (−1) n ,n∈Z
2 20

3. Problem: Solve 3cos ecx = 4 sin x .

Solution: Given 3cos ecx = 4 sin x

3 3 3
⇒ = 4 sin x ⇒ 4sin 2 x = 3 ⇒ sin 2 x = ⇒ sin x = ±
sin x 4 2

π
⇒x=±
3

π
∴ Principal solutions are x = ±
3

π
General solution is x = nπ ± ,n∈Z
3

4. Problem: Solve tan 2 x = 3.

Solution: Given tan 2 x = 3

228
 ⇒ tan x = ± 3

π
⇒x=±
3

π
∴ Principal solutions are x = ±
3

π
General solution is x = nπ ± ,n∈Z
3

5. Problem: Solve cos 3x = sin 2 x .

Solution: Given cos 3x = sin 2 x

π   π 
⇒ cos 3x = cos  − 2 x  ∵ sin θ = cos  2 − θ  
 2    

π 
⇒ 3x = 2nπ ±  − 2 x  [∵ cos θ = cos α ⇒ θ = 2nπ ± α ]
 2 

π π
⇒ 5x = 2nπ + or x = 2nπ −
2 2

2nπ π π
⇒x= + or x = 2nπ −
5 10 2

2nπ π π
General solution is x = + or x = 2nπ − , n ∈ Z
5 10 2

6. Problem: Solve 7 sin 2 x + 3cos 2 x = 4.

Solution: Given 7 sin 2 x + 3cos 2 x = 4

⇒ 7 sin 2 x + 3(1 − sin 2 x) = 4

⇒ 4 sin 2 x = 1

1
⇒ sin x = ±
2

π
⇒x=±
6

π
∴ Principal solutions are x = ±
6

229
 π
General solution is x = nπ ± ,n∈Z
6

7. Problem: Solve 2 cos 2 x − 3 sin x + 1 = 0.

Solution: Given 2 cos 2 x − 3 sin x + 1 = 0

⇒ 2(1 − sin 2 x ) − 3 sin x + 1 = 0

⇒ 2 sin 2 x + 3 sin x − 3 = 0

⇒ (sin x + 3)(2 sin x − 3) = 0

⇒ sin x + 3 = 0 or 2 sin x − 3 = 0

3
⇒ sin x = − 3 or sin x =
2

3 
⇒ sin x = ∵ sin x ≠ − 3 
2 

π
⇒ sin x = sin
3

π
∴ Principal solutions is x =
3

π
General solution is x = nπ + ( −1) n ,n∈Z
3

8. Problem: Solve 4 cos 2 x + 3 = 2( 3 + 1) cos x .

Solution: Given 4 cos 2 x + 3 = 2( 3 + 1) cos x

⇒ 4 cos 2 x − 2 3 cos x − 2 cos x + 3 = 0

⇒ (2 cos x − 3)(2 cos x − 1) = 0

⇒ 2 cos x − 1 = 0 or 2 cos x − 3 = 0

1 3
⇒ cos x = or cos x =
2 2

230
 π π
⇒ cos x = cos or cos x = cos
3 6

π π
∴ Principal solutions is x = or
6 3

π π
General solution is x = 2nπ ± or x = 2nπ ± ,n∈Z
6 3

9. Problem: Solve tan x + 3cot x = 5sec x .

Solution: Given tan x + 3cot x = 5sec x

sin x cos x 5
⇒ +3 =
cos x sin x cos x

⇒ sin 2 x + 3cos 2 x = 5sin x ⇒ sin 2 x + 3(1 − sin 2 x) = 5sin x

⇒ 2 sin 2 x + 5sin x − 3 = 0 ⇒ (sin x + 3)(2 sin x − 1) = 0

1
⇒ sin x + 3 = 0 or 2 sin x − 1 = 0 ⇒ sin x = −3 or sin x =
2

1 π
⇒ sin x = [∵ sin x ≠ −3 ]⇒ sin x = sin
2 6

π
∴ Principal solutions is x =
6

π
General solution is x = nπ + ( −1) n ,n∈Z
6

10. Problem: Solve cot 2 x − ( 3 + 1) cot x + 3 = 0.

Solution: Given cot 2 x − ( 3 + 1) cot x + 3 = 0

⇒ cot 2 x − 3 cot x − cot x + 3 = 0

⇒ (cot x − 3)(cot x − 1) = 0 ⇒ cot x − 1 = 0 or cot x − 3 = 0

1
⇒ cot x = 1 or cot x = 3 ⇒ tan x = 1 or tan x =
3

π π
⇒ tan x = tan or tan x = tan
4 6

231
 π π
∴ Principal solutions is x = or
6 4

π π
General solution is x = nπ + or x = nπ + ,n∈Z
6 4

11. Problem: Solve 1 + sin 2 x = 3sin x cos x.

Solution: Given 1 + sin 2 x = 3sin x cos x

Dividing on both sides with cos 2 x we get

1 + sin 2 x 3sin x cos x

⇒ 2
= 2
⇒ sec 2 x + tan 2 x = 3 tan x
cos x cos x

⇒ 2 tan 2 x − 3 tan x + 1 = 0 ⇒ (2 tan x − 1)(tan x − 1) = 0

⇒ 2 tan x − 1 = 0 or tan x − 1 = 0 ⇒ tan x = 1

π
∴ Principal solution is x =
4

π
General solution is x = nπ + ,n∈Z
4

1
Let α be the principal solution of tan x =
2

General solution is x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z

12. Problem: Solve sin 5 x + sin x = sin 3 x.

Solution: Given sin 5 x + sin x = sin 3 x

 5x + x   5x − x   C+D  C − D 
⇒ 2 sin   cos   = sin 3 x ∵ sin C + sin D = 2 sin  2  cos  2  
 2   2      

⇒ 2 sin 3 x cos 2 x = sin 3 x ⇒ sin 3 x ( 2 cos 2 x − 1) = 0

⇒ sin 3 x = 0 or 2 cos 2 x − 1 = 0

1
⇒ sin 3 x = 0 or cos 2 x =
2

π
⇒ sin 3 x = sin 0 or cos 2 x = cos
3

232
 π
General solution is 3 x = nπ or 2 x = 2nπ ± ,n∈Z
3

nπ π
⇒x= or x = nπ ± , n ∈ Z
3 6

13. Problem: Solve cos 8 x + cos 2 x = cos 5 x.

Solution: Given cos 8 x + cos 2 x = cos 5 x

 8x + 2x   8x − 2x 
⇒ 2 cos   cos   = cos 5 x
 2   2 
 C+D  C − D 
∵ cos C + cos D = 2 cos  2  cos  2  
    

⇒ 2 cos 5 x cos 3 x = cos 5 x ⇒ cos 5 x ( 2 cos 3 x − 1) = 0

1
⇒ cos 5 x = 0 or 2 cos 3 x − 1 = 0 ⇒ cos 5 x = 0 or cos 3 x =
2

π π
⇒ cos 5 x = cos or cos 3 x = cos
2 3

π π
General solution is 5 x = 2nπ ± or 3 x = 2nπ ± ,n∈Z
2 3

2nπ π 2nπ π
⇒x= ± or x = ± ,n∈Z
5 10 3 9

1
14. Problem: Solve cos x cos 2 x cos 3 x = .
4

1
Solution: Given cos x cos 2 x cos 3 x =
4

⇒ 4 cos x cos 2 x cos 3 x = 1

⇒ 2 ( 2 cos 3 x cos x ) cos 2 x = 1

⇒ 2 ( cos ( 3 x + x ) + cos ( 3 x − x ) ) cos 2 x = 1

∵ 2 cos A cos B = cos ( A + B ) + cos ( A − B ) 

⇒ 2 cos 4 x cos 2 x + 2 cos 2 2 x − 1 = 0

⇒ 2 cos 4 x cos 2 x + cos 4 x = 0 ∵ 2 cos 2 A − 1 = cos 2 A 

233
 ⇒ cos 4 x ( 2 cos 2 x + 1) = 0

1
⇒ cos 4 x = 0 or 2 cos 2 x + 1 = 0 ⇒ cos 4 x = 0 or cos 2 x = −
2

π 2π
⇒ cos 4 x = cos or cos 2 x = cos
2 3

π 2π
General solution is 4 x = 2nπ ± or 2 x = 2nπ ± ,n∈Z
2 3

nπ π π
⇒x= ± or x = nπ ± , n ∈ Z
2 8 3

15. Problem: Solve 3 cos x + sin x = 2.

Solution: Given 3 cos x + sin x = 2

Dividing on both sides with ( 3) 2 + 12 = 3 + 1 = 4 = 2 we get

3 cos x + sin x 2
⇒ =
2 2

3 1 1
⇒ cos x + sin x =
2 2 2

π π 1  π π
⇒ cos x cos + sin x sin = ⇒ cos  x −  = cos
6 6 2  6 4

π π
General solution is x − = 2nπ ± ,n∈Z
6 4

5π π
⇒ x = 2nπ + , x = 2nπ − , n ∈ Z
12 12
2
x + cos3 x +...∞
16. Problem: Solve 81+ cos x + cos = 43 for all x ∈ ( −π , π )
2
x + cos3 x +...∞
Solution: Given 81+ cos x + cos = 43

For x = 0 the given equation has no solution.

For x ≠ 0 we have cos x < 1

1
Then 1 + cos x + cos 2 x + cos3 x + ...∞ =
1 − cos x

234
 2
x + cos3 x +...∞ 2
x + cos3 x +...∞ )
Now 81+ cos x + cos = 43 ⇒ 23(1+ cos x + cos = (2 2 )3

1
3( ) 3 1 1
⇒2 1− cos x
= 26 ⇒ = 6 ⇒ 1 − cos x = ⇒ cos x =
1 − cos x 2 2

π π
⇒x= ,−
3 3

17. Problem: If a cos 2θ + b sin 2θ = c then prove that

2b c−a
tan θ1 + tan θ 2 = , tan θ1. tan θ 2 = .
c+a c+a

Solution: Given a cos 2θ + b sin 2θ = c

1 − tan 2 θ 2 tan θ
We have cos 2θ = 2
,sin 2θ =
1 + tan θ 1 + tan 2 θ

 1 − tan 2 θ   2 tan θ 
Now a cos 2θ + b sin 2θ = c ⇒ a  2  + b 2 =c
 1 + tan θ   1 + tan θ 

⇒ a (1 − tan 2 θ ) + b ( 2 tan θ ) = c (1 + tan 2 θ )

⇒ ( c + a ) tan 2 θ − 2b tan θ + ( c − a ) = 0

This is a quadratic equation in tan θ and tan θ1 , tan θ 2 are solutions then we get

2b c−a
tan θ1 + tan θ 2 = , tan θ1.tan θ 2 = .
c+a c+a

Exercise 7
I 1. Find the principle solution of the following equations:

5 +1
(i ) 2 cos 2 x = 1 (ii )3cot 2 x = 1 (iii ) 3 sec x + 2 = 0 (iv) cos 2 x =
4
3 3
(v) sin 3 x = (vi ) cos 2 x =
2 4

2. Find the general solution of the following equations:

1
(i ) 2sin 2 x = 3cos x (ii ) sin 2 x − cos x = (iii )7 sin 2 x + 5cos 2 x = 6
4
(iv) 2sin 2 x − 4 = 5cos x (v ) 2sin 2 x + sin 2 2 x = 2

II 1. Solve the following equations:

235
 (i ) 3 sin x − cos x = 2 (ii ) cot x + cos ecx = 3 (iii ) tan x + s ecx = 3

2. Solve the following equations:

(i ) sin 2 x − cos 2 x = sin x − cos x (ii ) 4 sin x sin 2 x sin 4 x = sin 3 x
(iii ) sin x + sin 2 x + sin 3 x = cos x + cos 2 x + cos 3 x
(iv ) cos 3 x − cos 4 x = cos 5 x − cos 6 x

Key Concepts
1. An equation consisting of the trigonometric functions of a variable angle x ∈ R is
called trigonometric equation. The values of the variable angle x ∈ R satisfying the given
trigonometric equation is called a solution of the trigonometric equation. The set of all
solutions of a trigonometric equation is called a solution set of the trigonometric equation.
The general solution is a functional form of the solution set.

 π π  π π
2. The function f :  − ,  → [ −1,1] by f ( x ) = sin x is a bijection then x ∈  − , 
 2 2  2 2
is called the principal solution of the equation sin x = k .

3. The function f : [ 0, π ] → [ −1,1] by f ( x) = cos x is a bijection then x ∈ [ 0, π ] is

called the principal solution of the equation cos x = k .

 π π
4. The function f :  − ,  → R by f ( x ) = tan x is a bijection then x ∈ [ 0, π ] is
 2 2
called the principal solution of the equation tan x = k .

5. The function f : ( 0, π ) → R by f ( x ) = cot x is a bijection then x ∈ ( 0, π ) is called

the principal solution of the equation cot x = k .

π 
6. The function f : [ 0, π ] −   → ( −∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) by f ( x ) = sec x is a bijection then
2
π 
x ∈ [ 0, π ] −   is called the principal solution of the equation sec x = k .
2

 π π
7. The function f :  − ,  − {0} → ( −∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞ ) by f ( x ) = cosec x is a bijection
 2 2
 π π
then x ∈  − ,  − {0} is called the principal solution of the equation cosec x = k .
 2 2

8. The general solution of sin x = 0 is x = nπ , n ∈ Z .

π
9. The general solution of cos x = 0 is x = (2 n + 1) ,n∈ Z
2

236
10. The general solution of tan x = 0 is x = nπ , n ∈ Z

11. The general solution of sin x = k is x = nπ + (−1)n α , n ∈ Z

12. The general solution of cos x = k is x = 2nπ ± α , n ∈ Z

13. The general solution of tan x = k is x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z

14. The general solution of sec x = k is x = 2 nπ ± α , n ∈ Z the where α is the principal

1
solution of cos x = .
k

15. The general solution of cosec x = k is x = nπ + (−1)n α , n ∈ Z the where α is the

1
principal solution of sin x = .
k

16. The general solution of cot x = k is x = nπ + α , n ∈ Z the where α is the principal

1
solution of tan x = .
k

Answers
Exercise 7
I
(1) (i )450 ,1350 (ii ) ± 60 0 (iii )1500 (iv )180 (v )20 0 , 40 0 ,140 0 ,160 0 (vi )300 ,1500

π π π
(2) (i ) x = 2nπ ± , n ∈ Z (ii ) x = 2nπ ± , n ∈ Z (iii ) x = nπ ± ,n∈Z
3 3 4
2π π π
(iv ) x = 2nπ ± , n ∈ Z (v) x = (2n + 1) , nπ ± , n ∈ Z
3 2 4

II
π π π π
(1) (i ) x = nπ + ( −1) n + , n ∈ Z (ii ) x = 2nπ + , n ∈ Z (iii ) x =
4 6 3 6

2nπ π nπ π 2π nπ π
(2) (i ) x = 2nπ , − , n ∈ Z (ii ) x = ± , n ∈ Z (iii ) x = 2nπ ± , + ,n∈ Z
3 6 3 9 3 2 8
π π π
(iv ) x = (2n + 1) , nπ − , 2nπ + , 2nπ , n ∈ Z
2 4 2

237
 8. HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS
In this chapter, we discuss definitions of hyperbolic functions, definitions of
inverse hyperbolic functions and addition and subtraction formulas of hyperbolic
functions.

8.1 Definitions of hyperbolic functions:

e x − e− x
8.1.1 Definition: The function f : R → R is defined by f ( x ) = is called
2
e x − e− x
hyperbolic sine function. It is denoted by sinh x. i.e sinh x = .
2

e x + e− x
8.1.2 Definition: The function f : R → R is defined by f ( x ) = is called
2
e x + e− x
hyperbolic cosine function. It is denoted by cosh x. i.e cosh x = .
2

e x − e− x
8.1.3 Definition: The function f : R → R is defined by f ( x ) = is called
e x + e− x
e x − e− x
hyperbolic tangent function. It is denoted by tanh x. i.e tanh x = .
e x + e− x

e x + e− x
8.1.4 Definition: The function f : R − {0} → R is defined by f ( x ) = is called
e x − e− x
e x + e− x
hyperbolic cotangent function. It is denoted by coth x. i.e coth x = .
e x − e− x

2
8.1.5 Definition: The function f : R → R is defined by f ( x) = is called
e + e− x
x

2
hyperbolic secant function. It is denoted by sech x. i.e sech x = x − x .
e +e

2
8.1.6 Definition: The function f : R − {0} → R is defined by f ( x ) = is called
e − e− x x

2
hyperbolic cosecant function. It is denoted by cos ec h x. i.e cos ec h x = x − x .
e −e

8.1.7 Domain and Range of hyperbolic functions:

The domain and ranges of the hyperbolic trigonometric functions are as follows.

238
 Function Domain Range
sinh x R R
cosh x R [1, ∞)
tanh x R ( −1,1)
coth x R − {0} ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ )
sech x R (0,1]
cos ec h x R − {0} R − {0}

8.1.8 Graphs of hyperbolic functions:

The graphs of the hyperbolic trigonometric functions is as follows.

8.1.9 Identities of hyperbolic trigonometric functions:

i) cosh 2 x − sinh 2 x = 1 for all x ∈ R

ii )1 − tanh 2 x = sech 2 x for all x ∈ R
iii) coth 2 x − 1 = cos ec h 2 x for all x ∈ R − {0} .

239
8.1.10 Note :

1. For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh( − x) = − sinh x, ii ) cosh( − x) = cosh x, iii ) tanh( − x) = − tanh x

iv) coth( − x) = − coth x, v) sech( − x ) = sech x, vi ) cos ec h( − x) = − cos ec h x.

e0 − e −0 1 − 1
2. sinh 0 = = = 0,
2 2
e 0 + e −0 1 + 1
3.cosh 0 = = = 1,
2 2
e0 − e −0 1 − 1 0
4. tanh 0 = 0 −0 = = = 0.
e +e 1+1 2

8.1.11 Formulas of hyperbolic trigonometric functions:

In the following we give formulae to evaluate sinh( x ± y ), cosh( x ± y ), tanh( x ± y ),
coth( x ± y ), sinh 2 x, cosh 2 x , tanh 2 x and coth 2x as in hyperbolic trigonometric
functions.

8.1.11(a) Theorem:

For any x, y ∈ R
i ) sinh( x + y ) = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y, ii ) sinh( x − y ) = sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y,
iii ) cosh( x + y ) = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y, iv ) cosh( x − y ) = cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y.

8.1.11(b) Theorem:

For any x, y ∈ R

tanh x + tanh y tanh x − tanh y

i ) tanh( x + y ) = , ii ) tanh( x − y ) = ,
1 + tanh x tanh y 1 − tanh x tanh y
coth x coth y + 1 coth x coth y − 1
iii ) coth( x + y ) = , iv ) coth( x − y ) = .
coth y + coth x coth y − coth x

8.1.11(c) Theorem:

For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh 2 x = 2 sinh x cosh x, ii ) cosh 2 x = cosh 2 x + sinh 2 x,

2 tanh x coth 2 x + 1
iii ) tanh 2 x = , iv ) coth 2 x = .
1 + tanh 2 x 2 coth x

240
8.2 Definitions of Inverse hyperbolic functions:
8.2.1 Definition: Let the function f : R → R is defined by f ( x ) = sinh x be a bijective
function. The inverse function of f i.e f −1 : R → R is also a bijective function and it is
called inverse hyperbolic sine function. It is denoted by sinh −1 x.

8.2.2 Definition: Let the function f : [ 0, ∞ ) → [1, ∞ ) is defined by f ( x ) = cosh x be a

bijective function. The inverse function of f i.e f −1 : [1, ∞ ) → [ 0, ∞ ) is also a bijective
function and it is called inverse hyperbolic cosine function. It is denoted by cosh −1 x.

8.2.3 Definition: Let the function f : R → ( −1,1) is defined by f ( x ) = tanh x be a

bijective function. The inverse function of f i.e f −1 : (−1,1) → R is also a bijective
function and it is called inverse hyperbolic tangent function. It is denoted by tanh −1 x.

8.2.4 Definition: Let the function f : R − {0} → ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ ) is defined by
f ( x ) = coth x be a bijective function. The inverse function of f i.e
f −1 : ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ ) → R − {0} is also a bijective function and it is called inverse
hyperbolic cotangent function. It is denoted by coth −1 x.

8.2.5 Definition: Let the function f : [ 0, ∞ ) → (0,1] is defined by f ( x ) = sech x be a

bijective function. The inverse function of f i.e f −1 : (0,1] ∪ (1, ∞ ) → [ 0, ∞ ) is also a
bijective function and it is called inverse hyperbolic secant function. It is denoted by
sech −1 x.

8.2.6 Definition: Let the function f : R − {0} → R − {0} is defined by f ( x ) = cos ec h x

be a bijective function. The inverse function of f i.e f −1 : R − {0} → R − {0} is also a
bijective function and it is called inverse hyperbolic cosecant function. It is denoted by
cos ec h −1 x.

8.2.7 Domain and Range of Inverse hyperbolic functions:

The domain and ranges of the inverse hyperbolic trigonometric functions is as follows.

Function Domain Range

−1
sinh x R R
−1
cosh x [1, ∞ ) [ 0, ∞)
−1
tanh x ( −1,1) R
coth −1 x ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ ) R − {0}
−1
sech x (0,1] [ 0, ∞)
−1
cos ec h x R − {0} R − {0}

241
8.2.8 Graphs of Inverse hyperbolic functions:

The graphs of the inverse hyperbolic trigonometric functions is as follows.

8.2.9 Formulas of inverse hyperbolic trigonometric functions:

In the following we give formulae to evaluate sinh −1 x, cosh −1 x, tanh −1 x, coth −1 x,

sech −1 x and cos ech −1 x .

8.2.9(a) Theorem:

For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh −1 x = log( x + x 2 + 1),

ii ) cosh x = log( x + x 2 − 1) for x ≥ 1,
1  1+ x 
iii ) tanh −1 x = log   for x ∈ ( −1,1),
2  1− x 

242
 1  x +1 
iv) coth −1 x = log   for x > 1,
2  x −1 
 1 + 1 − x2 
v) sech −1 x = log   for x ∈ (0,1] ,
 x 
 
  1 + 1 + x2 
log   for x > 0
  x 
  
vi ) cos ec h −1 x = 
  1 − 1 + x2 
log   for x < 0.

  x 

8.2.10 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: If sinh x = 3, Prove that x = log(3 + 10).

Solution: Given that sinh x = 3

To prove that x = log(3 + 10)

since sinh x = 3 ⇒ x = sinh −1 3

we have sinh −1 x = log( x + x 2 + 1)

Put x = 3

∴sinh −1 3 = log(3 + 32 + 1)
⇒ sinh −1 3 = log(3 + 10)

∴ x = log(3 + 10)

3 17 15
2. Problem: If sinh x = , Prove that cosh 2 x = and sinh 2 x = .
4 8 8

3
Solution: Given that sinh x =
4

17 15
To prove that cosh 2 x = and sinh 2 x = .
8 8

we have cosh 2 x = 1 + 2 sinh 2 x

2
3  9 18 9
⇒ cosh 2 x = 1 + 2   ⇒ cosh 2 x = 1 + 2   ⇒ cosh 2 x = 1 + ⇒ cosh 2 x = 1 +
4  16  16 8

243
 17
∴cosh 2 x =
8

we have cosh 2 2 x − sinh 2 2 x = 1

2
 17   289 
⇒ sinh 2 x = cosh 2 x − 1 ⇒ sinh 2 x =   − 1 ⇒ sinh 2 x = 
2
 −1
 8   64 

289 − 64 225 15
⇒ sinh 2 x = ⇒ sinh 2 x = ⇒ sinh 2 x =
64 64 8

15
∴sinh 2 x =
8

1 1
3. Problem: Prove that tanh −1   = log 3.
2 2

1  1+ x 
Solution: We have tanh −1 x = log   for x ∈ ( −1,1)
2 1− x 

1
Put x =
2

 1
1 1 1+ 
tanh−1
= log  2 
2 2 1
 1− 
 2

1 1 3  1 1
⇒ tanh −1 = log  2  ⇒ tanh −1 = log 3
2 2 1  2 2
 2

1 1
∴tanh −1 = log 3
2 2

4. Problem: Find the value of cosh 2 + sinh 2

e x + e− x e x − e− x
Solution: We have cosh x = , sinh x = .
2 2

e x + e− x e x − e− x e x + e− x + e x − e− x
cosh x + sinh x = + ⇒ cosh x + sinh x =
2 2 2

⇒ cosh x + sinh x = e x

Put x = 2 we get cosh 2 + sinh 2 = e 2

244
5. Problem: If cosh −1 x = log(2 + 3) then find the value of x

Solution: We have cosh −1 x = log( x + x 2 − 1)

log(2 + 3) = log(2 + 22 − 1) = cosh −1 2

∴x = 2

π θ 
6. Problem: If x = log tan  +  then prove that cosh x = sec θ .
 4 2

π θ 
Solution: Given x = log tan  + 
 4 2

To prove cosh x = sec θ

θ
1 + tan
 π θ   π θ  2
Since x = log tan  +  ⇒ e x = tan  +  =
 4 2   4 2  1 − tan θ
2

θ
1 − tan
and e − x = 2
θ
1 + tan
2

θ θ
1 + tan 1 − tan
Now e x + e − x = 2+ 2
θ θ
1 − tan 1 + tan
2 2
2 2
 θ  θ
1 + tan  + 1 − tan 
=  
2 2
⇒ e x + e− x
 θ  θ
1 + tan 1 − tan 
 2  2

 θ θ
2 1 + tan 2  x −x 1 + tan 2
= 
2 e +e 2 ⇒ cosh x = sec θ
⇒ e x + e− x ⇒ =
 2 θ  2 1 − tan 2
θ
1 − tan 
 2  2

∴ cosh x = secθ

7. Problem: For any x, y ∈ R prove that

245
 i ) sinh( x + y ) = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y, ii ) sinh( x − y ) = sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y,
iii ) cosh( x + y ) = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y, iv ) cosh( x − y ) = cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y.

e x + e− x e x − e− x
Solution: (i) We have cosh x = , sinh x = .
2 2

R.H.S = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

e x − e − x e y + e− y e x + e − x e y − e − y
= . + .
2 2 2 2

1 x+ y
=
4
( e + e x− y − e− x+ y − e− x− y + e x+ y − e x− y + e− x+ y − e− x− y )

2 ( e x+ y − e− x− y )
=
4

=
(e x+ y
− e− x− y )
= sinh ( x + y ) = L.H.S
2

∴sinh ( x + y ) = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

e x + e− x e x − e− x
(ii) We have cosh x = , sinh x = .
2 2

R.H.S = sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y

e x − e − x e y + e− y e x + e− x e y − e − y
= . − .
2 2 2 2

1 x+ y
=
4
( e + e x− y − e− x+ y − e− x− y − e x+ y + e x− y − e− x+ y + e− x− y )
2 ( e x − y − e− x + y )
=
4

=
(e x− y
+ e− x+ y )
= sinh ( x − y ) = L.H.S
2

∴sinh ( x − y ) = sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y

e x + e− x e x − e− x
(iii) We have cosh x = , sinh x = .
2 2

246
 R.H.S = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

e x + e− x e y + e− y e x − e− x e y − e− y
= . + .
2 2 2 2

1 x+ y
=
4
( e + e x − y + e − x + y + e− x − y + e x + y − e x − y − e − x + y + e − x − y )
2 x+ y
=
4
( e + e− x− y )

=
(e x+ y
+ e− x− y )
= cosh ( x + y ) = L.H.S
2

∴cosh ( x + y ) = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

e x + e− x e x − e− x
(iv) We have cosh x = , sinh x = .
2 2

R.H.S = cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y

e x + e − x e y + e − y e x − e− x e y − e − y
= . − .
2 2 2 2

1 x+ y
=
4
( e + e x − y + e − x + y + e− x − y − e x + y + e x − y + e− x + y − e − x − y )

2 x − y − x+ y
=
4
(e + e )

=
(e x− y
+ e− x+ y )
= cosh ( x − y ) = L.H.S
2

∴cosh ( x − y ) = cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y

8. Problem: For any x, y ∈ R prove that

tanh x + tanh y tanh x − tanh y

i ) tanh( x + y ) = , ii ) tanh( x − y ) = ,
1 + tanh x tanh y 1 − tanh x tanh y
coth x coth y + 1 coth x coth y − 1
iii ) coth( x + y ) = , iv ) coth( x − y ) = .
coth y + coth x coth y − coth x

sinh x
Solution: (i) We have tanh x =
cosh x

247
 sinh( x + y )
L.H.S = tanh( x + y ) =
cosh( x + y )

sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

=
cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

Dividing the numerator and denominator with cosh x cosh y we get

sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y
=
cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y
cosh x cosh y

sinh x cosh y cosh x sinh y

+
cosh x cosh y cosh x cosh y
=
cosh x cosh y sinh x sinh y
+
cosh x cosh y cosh x cosh y

sinh x sinh y
+
cosh x cosh y tanh x + tanh y
= = = R.H.S
sinh x sinh y 1 + tanh x.tanh y
1+ .
cosh x cosh y

tanh x + tanh y
∴ tanh( x + y ) =
1 + tanh x tanh y

(ii) We have tanh x = sinh x

cosh x

sinh( x − y )
L.H.S = tanh( x − y ) =
cosh( x − y )

sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y

=
cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y

Dividing the numerator and denominator with cosh x cosh y we get

sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y
=
cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y
cosh x cosh y

sinh x cosh y cosh x sinh y

−
cosh x cosh y cosh x cosh y
=
cosh x cosh y sinh x sinh y
−
cosh x cosh y cosh x cosh y

248
 sinh x sinh y
−
cosh x cosh y tanh x − tanh y
= = = R.H.S
sinh x sinh y 1 − tanh x.tanh y
1− .
cosh x cosh y

tanh x − tanh y
∴ tanh( x − y ) =
1 − tanh x tanh y

(iii) We have coth x = cosh x

sinh x

cosh( x + y )
L.H.S = coth( x + y ) =
sinh( x + y )

cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

=
sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

Dividing the numerator and denominator with sinh x sinh y we get

cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

sinh x sinh y
=
sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y
sinh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y sinh x sinh y

+
sinh x sinh y sinh x sinh y
=
sinh x cosh y cosh x sinh y
+
sinh x sinh y sinh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y
+1
sinh x sinh y coth x coth y + 1
= = = R.H.S
cosh y cosh x coth y + coth x
+
sinh y sinh x

coth x coth y + 1
∴coth( x + y ) =
coth y + coth x

(iv) We have coth x = cosh x

sinh x

cosh( x − y )
L.H.S = coth( x − y ) =
sinh( x − y )

cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y

=
sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y

249
 Dividing the numerator and denominator with sinh x sinh y we get

cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y

sinh x sinh y
=
sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y
sinh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y sinh x sinh y

−
sinh x sinh y sinh x sinh y
=
sinh x cosh y cosh x sinh y
−
sinh x sinh y sinh x sinh y

cosh x cosh y
−1
sinh x sinh y coth x coth y − 1
= = = R.H.S
cosh y cosh x coth y − coth x
−
sinh y sinh x

coth x coth y − 1
∴coth( x + y ) =
coth y − coth x

9. Problem: For any x ∈ R prove that

i ) sinh 2 x = 2 sinh x cosh x, ii ) cosh 2 x = cosh 2 x + sinh 2 x,

2 tanh x coth 2 x + 1
iii ) tanh 2 x = , iv ) coth 2 x = .
1 + tanh 2 x 2 coth x

Solution: (i) We have sinh ( x + y ) = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y

Replace y with x we get sinh ( x + x ) = sinh x cosh x + cosh x sinh x

∴ sinh 2 x = 2 sinh x cosh x

(ii) We have cosh ( x + y ) = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y

Replace y with x we get cosh ( x + x ) = cosh x cosh x + sinh x sinh x

∴ cosh 2 x = cosh 2 x + sinh 2 x

tanh x + tanh y
(iii) We have tanh( x + y ) =
1 + tanh x tanh y

tanh x + tanh x
Replace y with x we get tanh( x + x ) =
1 + tanh x tanh x

2 tanh x
∴ tanh 2 x =
1 + tanh 2 x

250
 coth x coth y + 1
(iv) We have coth( x + y ) =
coth y + coth x

coth x coth x + 1
Replace y with x we get coth( x + x ) =
coth x + coth x

coth 2 x + 1
∴ coth 2 x =
2 coth x

Exercise 8

1. Find the values of the following i ) cosh −1 1 ii ) sinh −1 2 2 iii ) sech −1 1

3

2
−1
2. If sinh x = log(5 + 2 6) then find the value of x
5 23 5 21
3. If cosh x = then prove that cosh 2 x = and sinh 2 x = .
2 2 2
4. If x = log tan  + θ  then prove that cosh x = sec 2θ .
π
4 

5. If x = log cot  + θ  then prove that sinh x = − tan 2θ .

π
4 
−1
6. If esinh (tan θ ) = k then prove that sec θ + tan θ = k .
7. Prove that (cosh x + sinh x ) n = cosh nx + sinh nx.
8. Prove that (cosh x − sinh x ) n = cosh nx − sinh nx.
9. If tanh 2 x = tan 2 θ then prove that cosh 2 x = sec 2θ .

10. For any x ∈ R prove that

i ) sinh 3 x = 3sinh x + 4 sinh 3 x, ii ) cosh 3 x = 4 cosh 3 x − 3cosh x,

3 tanh x + tanh 3 x
iii ) tanh 3 x = .
1 + 3 tanh 2 x

Key Concepts

e x − e− x e x + e− x e x − e− x e x + e− x
1. sinh x = 2. cosh x = 3. tanh x = x 4.coth x = .
2 2 e + e− x ex − e− x

2 2
5.sech x = 6.cos ec h x = x .
e x + e− x e − e− x

7. The domain and ranges of the hyperbolic trigonometric functions are as follows.

251
 Function Domain Range
sinh x R R
cosh x R [1, ∞)
tanh x R ( −1,1)
coth x R − {0} ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ )
sech x R (0,1]
cos ec h x R − {0} R − {0}

8. i) cosh 2 x − sinh 2 x = 1 for all x ∈ R

ii )1 − tanh 2 x = sech 2 x for all x ∈ R
iii) coth 2 x − 1 = cos ec h 2 x for all x ∈ R − {0} .

9. For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh(− x) = − sinh x, ii ) cosh(− x) = cosh x, iii ) tanh(− x) = − tanh x

iv) coth(− x) = − coth x, v) sech(− x ) = sech x, vi ) cos ec h(− x) = − cos ec h x.
10. sinh 0 = 0 11.cosh 0 = 1 12.tanh 0 = 0

13. For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh(− x) = − sinh x, ii ) cosh(− x) = cosh x, iii ) tanh(− x) = − tanh x

iv) coth(− x) = − coth x, v) sech(− x ) = sech x, vi ) cos ec h(− x) = − cos ec h x.

14. For any x, y ∈ R

i ) sinh( x + y ) = sinh x cosh y + cosh x sinh y, ii ) sinh( x − y ) = sinh x cosh y − cosh x sinh y,
iii ) cosh( x + y ) = cosh x cosh y + sinh x sinh y, iv ) cosh( x − y ) = cosh x cosh y − sinh x sinh y.
15. For any x, y ∈ R

tanh x + tanh y tanh x − tanh y

i ) tanh( x + y ) = , ii ) tanh( x − y ) = ,
1 + tanh x tanh y 1 − tanh x tanh y
coth x coth y + 1 coth x coth y − 1
iii ) coth( x + y ) = , iv ) coth( x − y ) = .
coth y + coth x coth y − coth x

16. For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh 2 x = 2 sinh x cosh x, ii ) cosh 2 x = cosh 2 x + sinh 2 x,

2 tanh x coth 2 x + 1
iii ) tanh 2 x = , iv ) coth 2 x = .
1 + tanh 2 x 2 coth x

17. For any x, y ∈ R prove that

252
 tanh x + tanh y tanh x − tanh y
i ) tanh( x + y ) = , ii ) tanh( x − y ) = ,
1 + tanh x tanh y 1 − tanh x tanh y
coth x coth y + 1 coth x coth y − 1
iii ) coth( x + y ) = , iv ) coth( x − y ) = .
coth y + coth x coth y − coth x

18. For any x ∈ R

i ) sinh −1 x = log( x + x 2 + 1), ii ) cosh x = log( x + x 2 − 1) for x ≥ 1,

1 1+ x  1  x +1 
iii ) tanh −1 x = log  −1
 for x ∈ (−1,1), iv) coth x = log   for x > 1,
2  1− x  2  x −1 

 1 + 1 − x2 
v) sech −1 x = log   for x ∈ (0,1] ,
 x 
 
  1 + 1 + x2 
log   for x > 0
  x 
−1   
vi ) cos ec h x = 
  1 − 1 + x2 
log   for x < 0.

  x 

19. The domain and ranges of the inverse hyperbolic trigonometric functions is as
follows.

Function Domain Range

sinh −1 x R R
−1
cosh x [1, ∞ ) [ 0, ∞)
tanh −1 x ( −1,1) R
−1
coth x ( −∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞ ) R − {0}
−1
sech x (0,1] [ 0, ∞)
cos ec h −1 x R − {0} R − {0}

Answers
Exercise 8
(1) (i )0 (ii ) log(3 + 2 2) (iii ) log(2 + 3) (2) x = 5

253
 9. LIMITS AND CONTINUITY
Introduction:
Calculus can be considered as the subject that studies the problems of change.
This mathematical discipline stems from the 17th century investigations of Isaac Newton
(1642-1727) and Gottfried Leibnitz (1646-1716) and today it stands as the quantitative
language of science and technology

The very basic notion of a limit was conceived in 1680’s by Newton and Leibnitz
simultaneously, while they were struggling with the creation of calculus. They gave a
loose verbal definition of limit which led to many problems. There were other
mathematicians of the same era who proposed other definitions of the intuitive concept of
limit. But none of these were adequate to provide a basis for rigorous proofs. Of course
there are evidences that the idea of limit was first known to Archimedes (281-212B.C).

It is Augustin-Louis Cauchy (1789-1857) who formulated the definition and

presented the arguments with greater care than his predecessors in his monumental work
’Cours d Analyse’. But the concept of a limit still remained elusive.

The precise definition of limit that as we use today, was given by Karl
Weierstrass (1815-1897).

9.1 Intervals and neighbourhoods:

First we look into the concepts of intervals and neighbourhoods, which are very much
useful in studying limits and continuity.

9.1.1 Intervals:

Let a , b ∈ R such that a ≤ b .Then the set

1. { x ∈ R : a ≤ x ≤ b} Denoted by [ a, b ] is called a Closed Interval.

2. { x ∈ R : a < x < b} Denoted by ( a , b ) is called an Open Interval.

In a similar way, some more intervals are given below.

3. ( a , b ] = { x ∈ R : a < x ≤ b}
4. [ a , b ) = { x ∈ R : a ≤ x < b}
5. [ a , ∞ ) = { x ∈ R : x ≥ a}
6. ( a , ∞ ) = { x ∈ R : x > a}
7. ( −∞ , a ] = { x ∈ R : x ≤ a}
8. ( −∞ , a ) = { x ∈ R : x < a}

The intervals in 1, 2, 3 and 4 are said to be intervals of finite length b − a. Others are
intervals of infinite length.

254
9.1.2 Neighbourhoods:

Let a , b ∈ R. If δ > 0 , then the open interval ( a − δ , a + δ ) is called the δ -

neighbourhood of a. That is { x ∈ R : a − δ < x < a + δ } .Figure 9.1 shows the location of
( a − δ , a + δ ) on the number line.

a −δ a a +δ

Figure.9.1
The set obtained by deleting the point a from this neighbourhood is called the deleted
neighbourhood of a. That is, the deleted δ − neighbourhood of a is ( a − δ , a ) ∪ ( a , a + δ )
or ( a − δ , a + δ ) − {a}.

9.1.3 Note:

c+d
1. Any interval (c , d ) is a neighbourhood of some a ∈ ( c, d ) .In fact, take a = and
2
d −c c+d d −c c+d d −c 
δ= > 0. Then (a − δ , a + δ ) =  − , +  = (c , d )
2  2 2 2 2 

Therefore ( c , d ) is the δ neighbourhood of a.

2. The set {x ∈ R : 0 < x − a < δ } is the deleted δ − neighbourhood of a, because

0< x−a <δ ⇔ x−a <δ &x ≠ a

⇔ −δ < x − a < δ & x ≠ a

⇔ a −δ < x < a +δ & x ≠ a

⇔ x ∈ ( a − δ , a + δ ) − {a}

3. If δ1 , δ 2 .................δ n are positive real numbers and a ∈ R then

∩ (a − δ
k =1
k ,a + δ k ) is also a neighbourhood of a.

For, take δ = min{δ1 , δ 2 .......δ n } .Then clearly δ > 0 and

n
(a − δ , a + δ ) = ∩ ( a − δ k , a + δ k )
k =1

⇒ x ∈ (a − δ , a + δ )

⇒ a − δ k < x < a + δ k (k = 1, 2,....n)

255
 ⇒ x ∈ (a − δ k , a + δ k ) for all k

n
⇒ x ∈ ∩ ( a − δ k ,a + δ k )
k =1

n
Conversely if ∩ (a − δ
k =1
k ,a + δ k ) then a − δ k < x < a + δ k for all k .

But δ = min{δ1, δ 2 .......δ n } implies that δ = δ i for some i among 1, 2,3,..., n

Hence x ∈ (a − δ i , a + δ i ) = (a − δ , a + δ ) .

9.1.4 Limits: We illustrate some examples to get familiarity on the concept of limits.

1. Example: Let f : R → R be the function defined by

f ( x) = x 2 + 1, x ∈ R .Here we observe that x takes
values very close to 0, the value of f ( x) approaches
to 1(see fig).In this case we say that f ( x) tends to 1
as x tends to 0 and we write it as lim f ( x ) = 1
x→ 0

That is limit of f ( x) is 1 as x tends to 0.

x2 −1
2. Example: Let us define f : R − {1} → R by f ( x) = ,x ≠1
x −1

In the following table we compute the values of f ( x) for certain values

on either side of x = 1 .

x 0.9 0.99 0.999 0.9999 1.0001 1.001 1.01 1.1

f ( x) 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999 2.0001 2.001 2.01 2.1
From the table we observe that these values are very near to 2.This can be
illustrated by considering the graph of the function f ( x) given in the fig. Here we note
that the limit of f ( x) at 1 exists even through f ( x) is not defined at 1.

x −1
3. Example: Let f : R − {−2} → R be defined by f ( x) = for each R − {−2}
x+2
Consider the following table of values of x close to x = 3 on either side or the
corresponding values of f ( x).
x 2.9 2.99 2.999 2.9999 2.99999 3.00001 3.0001 3.001 3.01 3.1

f(x) 0.38776 0.39880 0.39988 0.39999 0.399999 0.400001 0.40001 0.40012 0.40120 0.41176

The above table shows that as x gets close to 3, the function f ( x) is approaching
to 0.4

256
 x 2 + 3 x − 10
4. Example: Let f : R − {2} → R be defined by f ( x) =
x−2
Here is a table of values of x near 2 and corresponding f ( x).
x 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999 2.0001 2.001 2.01 2.1
f(x) 6.9 6.99 6.999 6.9999 7.001 7.001 7.01 7.1

Though f is not defined at 2, but f ( x) is approaching to 7 as x is nearing to 2.

The same can be seen from table and the fig.
5. Example: Let us look at the value of x near 0 and corresponding f ( x).
x 0.01 0.001 0.0001 0.00001
f(x) 0.1 0.0316 0.01 0.0031
From the table we observe that f ( x) approaches zero as x approaches zero. In
each of the above examples it is clear that f ( x) approaches value l when x is nearing to a
particular point c. This leads to an important concept called the limit of a function. In the
third century (B.C) Archimedes of Greece (287-212 B.C) was the first person who
formulated this concept. But a precise definition of the limit of a function, that we use
today, is due to the German mathematician Karl Weierstrass (1815-1897), We introduce
this concept in the present section.

9.1.5 Definition of the limit: Let E ⊆ R and f : E → R .let a ∈ R be such that

((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) ∩ E is non empty for every r > 0. If there exists a real number l
satisfying the condition below then l is said to be a limit of f at a :

Given ε > 0 , there exists a δ > 0 such that f ( x) − l < ε whenever x ∈ E and
0 < x − a < δ .In this case, we say that limit of the function f ( x) as x tends to a exists
and it is ‘l’ and we write it as lim f ( x) = l or f ( x) → l as x → a
x→ a

If such an l does not exist we say that lim f ( x) does not exist.
x →a

9.1.6 Note: Let f , E , a, l be as given in definition 9.1.1. Also let m ∈ R be such that
lim f ( x ) = m. Then it can shown that l = m. In other words, the limit of a function at a
x→a

given point if exists is unique. This is proved as follows.

Given that lim f ( x) = m and lim f ( x) = l

x →a x→ a

In order to show that l = m it is sufficient to show that l − m < ε for every ε > 0
Let ε > 0
ε
Since lim f ( x) = l for > 0, ∃δ1 > 0 suh that
x→ a 2
ε
x ∈ R and 0 < x − a < δ1 ⇒ f ( x ) − l < .........(I)
2

257
 ε
Since lim f ( x) = m for > 0, ∃δ 2 > 0 such that
x →a 2
ε
x ∈ E and 0 < x − a < δ 2 ⇒ f ( x) − m < .........(II)
2
Let δ = min{δ1 , δ 2 } .Then if x ∈ E and 0 < x − a < δ we have by (I) and (II)
ε ε
l − m = l − f ( x) + f ( x) − m ≤ l − f ( x ) + f ( x ) − m < + =ε
2 2
i.e., l − m < ε
Since ε > 0 is arbitrary, we get l = m.

9.1.7 Examples: In the following we illustrate the definition of limit through examples
with δ , ε notation

1. Suppose f : (0, ∞) → R is defined by f ( x) = x .Then lim f ( x ) = 0

x →0
2
Let ε > 0 be given. Choose δ = ε .Then δ > 0 and for all x with
x ∈ (0, ∞),0 < x < δ
i.e., 0 < x < δ we have f ( x) − 0 = x < δ = ε
Hence lim f ( x) = 0
x →0

1 1
2. Suppose f : ( R \{0}) → R is given by f ( x) = , x ≠ 0 .Then lim = does
x
x →0 x
not exist.
1
If possible suppose that lim = exists and is equal to say l
x x →0

Then for ε = 1 there is a δ > 0 such that

1
0 < x < δ ⇒ −l <1
x
1 1 1
i.e., 0 < x < δ ⇒ = − l + l ≤ − l + l < 1+ l
x x x
1
That is x > ;0 < x < δ
1+ l
1
But if we choose a y0 such that 0 < y0 < min{δ , }, then 0 < y0 = y0 < δ
1+ l
1 1
and y0 = y0 < , contradicting. Therefore lim = does not exist.
1+ l x → 0 x

9.1.8Note: lim x = a (Try to give a proof)

x →a

We state the following theorem (without) proof which is helpful in finding the limits.

258
9.1.9 Theorem: Let f : E → R, g : E → R and let a∈R be such that
E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) is non empty for every r > 0.

Let k ∈ R .Suppose that lim f ( x) = l and lim g ( x) = m .Then the following are true.
x→ a x →a

lim( f + g )( x ) = l + m,lim( f − g )( x) = l − m,lim( fg )( x ) = lm

x→ a x→ a x→ a
(i)
lim( kf )( x ) = kl
x→ a

(ii) If h : E → R and lim h( x) = n ≠ 0 then h is never zero in

x→ a

1 1  f  1
E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) for some r > 0, lim   ( x) = & lim   ( x) = .
 
x→ a h n x → a
h n

As an illustration we prove the following.

9.1.10 Theorem: If p is a polynomial function ( i.e., a function p ( x ) of the form

a0 + a1 x + ....... + ak x k , k ≥ 1 ) then lim p ( x ) = p ( a )
x→ a

9.1.11 Remark: During the course of proof of theorem 9.1.10, we proved that

lim x n = a n , a ∈ R, n ∈ N
x→ a

9.1.12 Theorem: Let E ⊆ R , let f , g : E → R be two functions. Let a ∈ R be such that

((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) ∩ E ≠ ϕ for every r > 0. Assume that f ( x) ≤ g ( x) for all x in E
with x not equal to a. If both lim f ( x ) = l & lim g ( x ) = m then l ≤ m .That is
x →a x →a

lim f ( x) ≤ lim g ( x ) .
x →a x →a

9.1.13 Theorem (Sandwich theorem): Let E ⊆ R , f , g , h : E → R and let a ∈ R be

such that ( (a − r , a + r ) − {a}) ∩ E ≠ ϕ for every r > 0. If f ( x) ≤ g ( x) ≤ h( x) for all
x ∈ R, x ≠ a and if lim f ( x ) = l = lim h( x ), then lim g ( x ) exists and is equal to l.
x→ a x →a x →a

9.1.14 Theorem: If F and G are polynomials such that

k k
F ( x) = ( x − a ) f ( x ), G ( x) = ( x − a ) g ( x) for some k ∈ N and for some polynomials
F f (a)
f ( x) and g ( x) with g (a) ≠ 0 then lim   ( x) =
 
x →a G g (a )

We shall now make use of theorems to compute some limits. Hereafter if the domain of a
function f is not explicitly given, then by convention, the domain of f is to be taken as
the set of all those real x for which f ( x) is real.

259
9.1.15 Solved problems:

x3 − 6 x 2 + 9 x
1. Problem: Find lim
x →3 x2 − 9

Solution: Write F ( x ) = x3 − 6 x 2 + 9 x = x( x − 3)2 = ( x − 3) f ( x) where f ( x ) = x ( x − 3)

Write G ( x) = x 2 − 9 = ( x + 3)( x − 3) = ( x − 3) g ( x) where g ( x ) = x + 3

F ( x) ( x − 3) f ( x) f ( x)
Therefore = = & g (3) = 6 ≠ 0
G ( x) ( x − 3) g ( x) g ( x)

Now by applying theorem 9.1.14, we get

x3 − 6 x 2 + 9 x F ( x ) f (3) 3(3 − 3)
lim 2
= lim = = =0
x →3 x −9 x → 3 G ( x) g (3) 3+3

x3 − 3 x 2
2. Problem: Find lim
x →3 x2 − 5x + 6

Solution: We write F ( x ) = x3 − 3 x 2 = x 2 ( x − 3) = ( x − 3) = ( x − 3) f ( x); f ( x) = x 2

G ( x) = x 2 − 5 x + 6 = ( x − 2)( x − 3) = ( x − 3) g ( x) where g ( x) = x − 2 with

g (3) = 3 − 2 = 1 ≠ 0

∴ By applying theorem 9.1.14, we get

x3 − 3x 2 F ( x ) f (3) 32
lim = lim = = =9
x →3 x 2 − 5 x + 6 x →3 G ( x ) g (3) 3 − 2

Exercise 9(a)

2 x 4 − 81 x 2 − 8 x + 15
1. lim x 2 cos 2. lim 3. lim
x →0 x x →3 2 x 2 − 5 x − 3
x →3 x2 − 9
f ( x) − f (1)
4. If f ( x ) = − 25 − x 2 then find lim
x →1 x −1

9.1.16 Right and left hand limits:

We studied limit of function f ( x) at a given point x = a as the approaching value of

f ( x) when x tends to ‘ a ’. Hence we note that there are two ways x could approach ‘ a ’
either from the left of ‘ a ’ or front the right of ‘ a ’. This naturally leads to two limits
namely the’ right hand limit’ and ‘left hand limit’. Right hand limit of a function f at
x = a is the limit of the values of f ( x) as x tends to ‘ a ’ when x takes values greater

260
than ‘ a ’. We denote the right hand limit of f at ‘ a ’ by lim f ( x) .Similarly we describe
x→a +

the left hand limit of f ( x) at ‘ a ’ and we denote it by lim f ( x ) .

x →a −

 1 if x ≤ 0
1. Example: Define f : R → R by f(x)= 
 −1 if x > 0

It is clear that the lim f ( x ) = 1 and lim f ( x ) = −1 .

x → 0− x→0+

Hence the right and left hand limits of f ( x) at 0 are different. We observe that the limit
of f ( x) as x tends to 0 does not exist.

To formulate these concepts analogous to the definition of a limit in the following.

9.1.17 Definition (Right and left hand limits):

Let E ⊆ R and f : E → R

(i). Suppose a ∈ R is such that E ∩ (a, a + r ) is non-empty for every e > 0. We say that
l ∈ R is a right hand limit of at a, and we write lim f ( x ) = l , if given ε > 0 there exists
x→a +

a δ > 0 such that f ( x) − l < ε whenever 0 < x − a < δ and x ∈ E .

(ii) Suppose a ∈ R is such that E ∩ (a − r , a) is non empty for every r > 0. We say that
m ∈ R is a left hand limit of f at a and we write lim f ( x) = m if, given ε > 0, there
x→a −

exists a δ > 0 such that f ( x ) − m < ε whenever 0 < a − x < δ and x ∈ E .

The limits lim f ( x) and lim f ( x ) are called one –sided limits.
x→a + x →a −

These limits (if exists) are unique.

9.1.18 Note:

(i) If E = (a, b) then it is clear from definitions 9.1.17 and 9.1.5 that
f : E → R has limit at a if and only if has right hand limit at a.
In this case lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x )
x→a x→a +

(ii) Also f has limit at b if and only if it has left hand limit b.
In this case lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) .
x →b x →b −

(iii) If a < c < b, f has limit at c if and only if the left hand limit and the right
hand limit both exist at c and are equal.
In this case lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x )
x →c x →c − x →c +

The following theorem relates limit of a function to one sided limits.

261
9.1.19 Theorem: Let E = (a − r , a + r ) − {a} for all r > 0 and f : E → R.

Then lim f ( x ) = l ⇔ lim f ( x ) = l = lim f ( x ) .

x →a x→a + x→a −

9.1.20 Note:

If lim f ( x ) & lim f ( x ) exist then lim f ( x) & lim f (a + h) and lim f ( x) & lim f (a − h)
x →a + x →a − x →a + h →0 x →a − h →0
h >0 h >0

9.1.21 Solved Problems:

x x
1. Problem: Show that lim = 1 and lim = −1
x →0 + x x →0− x

x  1 if x > 0
Solution: Here =
x −1 if x < 0

x x
Therefore lim = 1 = lim 1 =1 and lim = −1
x →0 + x x→ 0 + x →0− x

2 x − 1 if x < 3
2. Problem: Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x) =  .
5 if x ≥ 3
Show that lim f ( x ) = 5 .
x →3

Solution: lim f ( x ) = 5 , since f ( x ) = 5 for x > 3 and lim f ( x ) = lim (2 x − 1) = 5

x →3+ x →3− x →3−

Hence lim f ( x) = 5.
x →3

3. Problem: Show that lim x 2 − 4 = 0 = lim x 2 − 4

x →2 − x →2

Solution: Observe that x 2 − 4 is not defined over ( −2, 2)

But lim x 2 − 4 =0 and lim x2 − 4 = 0

x →2 + x →2 −

Therefore lim x 2 − 4 = 0 = lim x 2 − 4

x →2 x →−2

x2 if x ≤ 1
4. Problem: If f ( x) =  , then find lim f ( x ) and lim f ( x) .
2 x − 1 if x > 1 x →1+ x →1−

Does lim f ( x ) exist?

x →1

Solution: lim f ( x) = lim f (1 + h) = lim(2(1 + h) − 1) = 1

x →1+ h →0 h→0
h >0

262
And lim f ( x) = lim f (1 − h) = lim(1 − h) 2 = 1
x →1− h →0 h→0
h >0

Since lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = 1 , we get lim f ( x ) exists and lim f ( x ) =1.

x →1+ x →1− x →1 x →1

Exercise 9(b)

Find the right and left hand limits of the functions at a point a mentioned against
them .Hence check whether the functions have limits at those a ' s.

1 − x if x ≤ 1
1. f ( x) =  a = 1.
1 + x if x > 1
 x + 2 if − 1 < x ≤ 3
2. f ( x) =  2 a = 3.
x if 3 < x < 5
x
 2 if x < 2
3. f ( x) =  2 a = 2.
 x if x ≥ 2
 3
x−2
4. Show that lim = −1
x →2− x − 2

2 x 
5. Show that lim  + x + 1 = 3
x→0+
 x 
6. Compute lim ([ x ] + x ) & lim ([ x ] + x )
x→2+ x → 2−

9.1.22 Standard limits:

We shall now obtain the limits of some standard functions in the following
theorems. Using these we can find the limits of some functions easily.

9.1.23 Theorem: If a > 0, n ∈ R then lim x n = a n

x→a

9.1.24 Theorem: Let n be a rational number and a be a positive real number.

xn − an
Then lim = na n−1
x →a x−a

sin x
9.1.25 Theorem: lim cos x = 1& lim =1
x →0 x →0 x
1
9.1.26 Theorem: lim(1 + x) x = e
x →0

 a x −1 
9.1.27 Theorem: lim   = log e a
x →0
 x 

263
  ex −1 
9.1.27 Corollary: lim   =1
x →0
 x 

log e (1 + x)
9.1.28 Theorem: lim =1
x →0 x

9.1.29 Solved problems:

 ex −1 
1. Problem: Compute lim  
x →0
 1+ x −1 

Solution: For o < x < 1

ex −1 e0 − 1 1−1 1−1 0
Let L = lim = = = = form
x→0 1+ x −1 1+ 0 −1 1 −1 1−1 0

 ex −1   ex −1 
x   lim  
Now L = lim
e −1
=  lim x =
x→0
 x 
x→0 1 + x − 1  x →0 1 + x − 1   1+ x −1 
  lim  
 x  x→0  x 

1  e y −1 
= ∵ lim = 1
1/ 2  y→0 y 

2
= 1× = 2
1

ax −1
2. Problem: Compute lim , (a > 0, b > 0, b ≠ 1)
x →0 b x − 1

ax −1 a0 −1 1 − 1 0
Solution: Let L = lim = = = form
x→0 b x − 1 b0 − 1 1 − 1 0

 a x −1   a x −1 
x  lim
  x→0 x 
a −1
Now L = lim x = lim  x x  =  x 
x→0 b − 1
x→0 b − 1
   lim b − 1 
 x   x → 0 x 

log e a  a y −1 
= ∵ lim = log e a 
log e b  y →0 y 

 log k a 
= log b a ∵ = log b a 
 log k b 

264
 e x − sin x − 1
3. Problem: Compute lim
x →0 x
Solution: We have
e x − sin x − 1  e x − 1 sin x   ex −1  sin x
L = lim = lim  −  = lim   − lim = 1 −1 = 0
x →0 x x → 0
 x x  x → 0
 x  x → 0 x

log e x
5. Problem: Evaluate lim
x →1 x − 1

Solution: Put y = x − 1. Then y implies 0

log e x log(1 + y )
Now lim = lim =1
x →1 x − 1 y →0 y

Exercise 9(c)

cos x tan( x − a) sin(a + bx ) − sin(a − bx)

1. lim 2. lim (a ≠ 0) 3. lim
x→
π  π x→a 2
x −a 2 x → 0 x
2 x− 
 2

e3 + x − e3 esin x − 1 (2 x − 1)( x − 1)
4. lim 5. lim 6. lim
x →0 x x →0 x x →1 (2 x 2 + x − 3)

9.1.30 Infinite limits and limits at infinity: Consider f ( x) = x −4 for x not equal to
zero. At the points very close to zero the values of f ( x ) would be increasing
rapidly. Thus we can’t have the concept o limit at zero for this function. We shall
try to describe this nature of the function in the present section.
(i) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ R be such that E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) is non
empty for every r > 0. We say that f ( x) tends to infinity as x → a and write
lim f ( x ) = ∞ is given α ∈ R there exists a δ > 0 such that f ( x) > α for all
x →a

x ∈ R with 0 < x − a < δ .

(ii) f ( x) is said that to tend to −∞ as x → a and write lim f ( x ) = −∞ , if given
x→a

β ∈ R there exists a δ > 0 such that f ( x) < β ,for all x ∈ E with o < x − a < δ
.
(iii) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (a, ∞) ⊆ E for some a ∈ R. Then we say that l
belongs R is a limit of f ( x) as x tends to infinity and write lim f ( x ) = l , if
x →∞

given ε > 0 there exists a K > a such that f ( x) − l < ε or all x >K Such an l
if exists, is unique.

265
 (iv) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (−∞, a) ⊆ E for some a belongs to R . Then we
say that l belongs to R is a limit of f ( x) as x tends to −∞ and write
lim f ( x ) = l ,if given ε > 0 there exists a K< a such that f ( x) − l < ε for all
x →−∞

x <K. Such that an l , if exists is unique.

(v) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (a, ∞) ⊆ E for some a ∈ R . Then we say f(x)
tends to ∞ as x tends to ∞ and write lim f ( x ) = ∞ , if given α ∈ R there
x →−∞

exists a K> a such that f ( x) > α for all x >K .

(vi) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (a, ∞) ⊆ E for some a ∈ R . Then we say
f ( x) tends to - ∞ as x tends to ∞ and write lim f ( x ) = −∞ , if given α ∈ R
x →−∞

there exists a K> a such that f ( x) < α for all x >K .

(vii) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (−∞, a) ⊆ E for some a ∈ R . Then we say
f ( x) tends to ∞ as x tends to - ∞ and write lim f ( x ) = ∞ , if given α ∈ R
x →−∞

there exists a K< a such that f ( x) > α for all x < K .

(viii) Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R .Suppose (−∞, a) ⊆ E for some a ∈ R . Then we say
f ( x) tends to −∞ as x tends to −∞ and write lim f ( x ) = −∞ , if given α ∈ R
x →−∞

there exists a K < a such that f ( x) < α for all x < K.

In order to compute the limits defined in (i) through (vii) the following theorem is of
great use. We state the theorem without proof as the proof is beyond the scope of this
book.

9.1.31 Theorem: Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ R be such that E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) − {a})

is non empty for every r > 0.
1
(i) Suppose lim f ( x ) = ∞ .Then lim =0
x →a x →a f ( x)

1
(ii) Suppose lim f ( x ) = −∞ .Then lim =0
x→a x →a f ( x)

1
(iii) If lim = 0 and f is positive in a deleted neighbourhood of a ,
x →a f ( x)

1
then lim =∞.
x →a f ( x)
1
(iv) If lim = 0 and f is negative in a deleted neighbourhood of a, then
f ( x)
x →a

1
lim = −∞
x →a f ( x)

9.1.32 Theorem:
Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R, g : E → R, h : E → R and let (a, ∞) ⊂ E for some a ∈ R . If
lim g ( x ) = l = lim h( x ) & g ( x ) ≤ f ( x ) ≤ h ( x ) for all x ∈ R then lim f ( x ) = 1 .
x →∞ x →∞ x →∞

266
9.1.33 Solved Problems:
1
1. Problem: Show that lim = 0.
x →∞ x2

1
Solution: Given ε > 0, choose α = > 0 . Then
ε

1 1 1 1
x >α ⇒ x > ⇒ x2 > ⇒ 2
<ε ⇒ 2 −0 <ε
ε ε x x

1
Hence lim =0
x →∞ x2

2. Problem: Show that lim e x = ∞

x →∞

Solution: Given K > 0, let α = log K . Then x > α ⇒ e x > eα = K

Hence lim e x = ∞
x →∞

x2 + 2x −1
3. Problem: Compute lim
x →2 x2 − 4x + 4

x2 − 4 x + 4 ( x − 2) 2
Solution: Write f ( x) = =
x2 + 2 x −1 x2 + 2 x −1

Clearly f ( x) > 0 in a deleted neighbourhood of 2.

x2 + 2 x −1
Hence lim =∞.
x →2 x2 − 4 x + 4

an x n + ......... + a1 x + a0
4. Problem:If f ( x) = with an > 0, bm > 0 then show that
bm x m + ......... + b1 x + b0
lim f ( x ) = ∞ if n > m.
x →∞

 a a a 
x n  an + n −1 + ..... + n1−1 + 0n 
Solution: f ( x) =  x x x 
 b b b 
x n  bm + m −1 + ..... + m1−1 + m0 
 x x x 

As x → ∞ , all the quotients approach to zero. Therefore the quantity in the big bracket
a
above approaches n (> 0). But lim x n − m = ∞ (since n > m ). Hence lim f ( x ) = ∞.
bm x →∞ x →∞

267
 Exercise 9(d)

x 2 + 3x + 2 1 + 5x3 6x2 − x + 7 2 8 x + 3x
1. lim 2 2. lim 2
3. lim 4. lim e− x 5. lim
x →3 x − 6 x + 9 x →1− 1 − x x →∞ x+3 x →∞ x →∞ 3 x − 2 x

x 2 + 5x + 2 2 x2 − x + 3 11x3 − 3x 43
6. lim
x →∞ 2 x 2 − 5 x + 1
7. lim
x →∞ x 2 − 2 x + 5
8. lim
x →∞ 13 x 3 − 5 x 2 − 7
(
9.lim x + 1 − x
x →∞
)
 2x + 3  2 + sin x 2 + cos 2 x
(
x →∞
2
)
10. lim x + x − x 11. lim 
x →−∞ 2
 x −1 
 12. xlim
→−∞ x 2 + 3
13. lim
x →−∞ x + 2007

cos x + sin 2 x
14.lim
x →∞ x +1

9.2 Definition of Continuity and simple problems:

In this section, we shall define one of the most important concepts of mathematical
analysis, namely, the continuity of a function at a point and on a set. We shall also discuss
the relation between limits and continuity.

We start this section with some examples.

1. Example: Define f : R → R by f ( x) = 2 x + 1, x ∈ R . Note that this function is

defines at every point of R. The graph of this function is given in the figure.
We observe that the left hand limit of f at x = 0 is 1 and also the right
hand limit of f at x = 0 is 1.

Thus the lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = 1 and this value equal to f (0) = 1.

x →0 + x →0 −

Here, it is worth mentioning that it is possible to draw the graph of the function
around the point x = 0 without lifting the pen from the plane of the paper. Since the same
is true for every point in R, graphically the function f ( x) = 2 x + 1, defines a line without
any breaks.

1 if x ≤ 0
2. Example: Define f : R → R by f ( x) =  .
2 if x > 0

This function is defined at every point of R. The graph of this function is given
in the figure. It is east to see that lim f ( x ) = 2 ≠ f (0) & lim f ( x ) = 1 .
x →0 + x →0 −

Here we note that it is not possible to draw the graph of the function on the plane
of the paper without lifting the pen at x = 0. The graph of the function and has a break at
x = 0.

3. Example: Define f : R → R by f ( x) = x 2 , x ∈ R we observe that lim f ( x) = 0

x →0 +

with f (0) = 0 so that lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = 0 = f (0)

x →0 x →0 + x →0 −

268
9.2.1 Definition: Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ E , Then we say that f is continuous at ‘ a ’
if given ε > 0 there exists a δ > 0 such that f ( x) − f (a) < ε whenever x ∈ E and
0< x−a <δ .

If f is continuous at every point of E then we say that f is continuous on E .

If f is not continuous at a , we say that f is discontinuous at a.

Observe that, we talk of continuity or discontinuity of f at a point ‘ a ’ only when ‘ a ’ is

in the domain of f .

9.2.2 Remark: Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ E , Suppose that there exists a positive real
number r such that (a − r , a + r ) ∩ E = {a} .Then f is continuous at a, a being arbitrary,
f is continuous on N .

For let ε > 0 be given. Then

x ∈ E And x − a < r ⇒ ( x = a ) (since (a − r , a + r ) ∩ E = {a} )

⇒ f ( x) = f ( a ) ⇒ f ( x) − f ( a ) = 0 < ε

As a particular case, any function f : N → R is continuous on N . In fact for any given

 1 1
a ∈ N ,  a − , a +  ∩ N = {a} .Hence f is continuous at a . As being arbitrary, f is
 2 2
continuous on N .

9.2.3 Geometric interpretation of continuity at a point:

If f : R → R is a function recall that the set {( x, f ( x)) ∈ R × R; x ∈ R} is called the

graph of f .

If [ a, b] and [c, d ] are intervals in R then the Cartesian product [ a, b ] ∗ [c, d ] is

called a rectangle R in the plane. Infact R = [a, b] × [c, d ] = [( x, y) : a ≤ x ≤ b, c ≤ y ≤ d (see
the fig).Note that b − a is the width and d − c is the height of the rectangle.

Now recall that f is continuous at a point x0 in R if and only if to each ε > 0

,there is a δ > 0 such that x ∈ ( x0 − δ , x0 + δ ) implies f ( x) ∈ ( f ( x0 ) − ε , f ( x0 ) + ε ) .That
is f is continuous at x0 if and only if to each ε > 0 there is a δ > 0 such that
( x, f ( x )) ∈ ( x0 − δ , x0 + δ ) × ( f ( x0 ) − ε , f ( x0 ) + ε ) = Rεδ (say).

Thus is continuous at x0 ∈ R if and only if to each ε > 0 there is a δ > 0 such

that the part of the graph of f is given by

269
 {( x, f ( x) : x ∈ ( x0 − δ , x0 + δ )} ⊆ Rεδ (see fig)

That is, as the height 2ε of the rectangle Rεδ is sufficiently small, a part of the
graph of f is contained in Rεδ .

9.2.4 Remark: Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ E be such that ((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) ∩ E is

non-empty for every r > 0. Then f is continuous at a if and only if lim f ( x ) = f ( a ).
x→a

The following conditions should be valid.

(i) f should be defined at a,

(ii) lim f ( x ) must exist
x→a

(iii) f ( a ) = lim f ( x )
x→ a

Theorem analogous to theorem 9.2.5 can also be had for continuous functions.

9.2.5 Theorem: Let E ⊆ R , f , g be functions from E into R and c belongs R .

Suppose a belongs to E and f , g are continuous at a , then

(i) f + g , f − g , fg , cf are all continuous at a .

f
(ii) If, in addition g ( a ) is not equal to 0 then the quotient is continuous at a
g
9.2.6 Observation:
When f and g are continuous at a we have lim f ( x ) = f (a ) & lim g ( x ) = g ( a )
x→a x→a

.Now by theorem 9.2.5 we get

(i) lim( f + g ) x = f ( a ) + g ( a )
x→a

(ii) lim( f − g ) x = f ( a ) − g (a )
x→a

(iii) lim( fg ) x = f ( a ) g ( a )
x→a

(iv) lim(cf ) x = cf ( a ) for any c belongs to R

x→a

f  f (a)
(v) Also if g(a) not equal to 0 then lim   x =
 
x →a g g (a )
9.2.7 Theorem:
Let *E ⊆ R f , g be real valued continuous functions on E and c belongs to R .
Then
(i) f + g , f − g , fg , cf are all continuous on E
f
(ii) If, in addition g ( x ) not equal to zero for all x belongs to E then is
g
continuous on E .

Proofs of these two theorems are not given, as they are beyond the scope of this book.

270
9.2.8 Definition (Right and left continuities):

Let E ⊆ R , f : E → R be a function. Let a ∈ E & ((a − r , a + r ) − {a}) ∩ E ≠ 0 for every

r > 0 We say that a function f is right continuous at ‘ a ’ if lim f ( x ) exists and is equal
x→a +

to f ( a ). Similarly we say that f is left continuous at ‘ a ’ if lim f ( x ) exists and is equal

x→a −

to f ( a ).

9.2.9 Theorem: Let E ⊆ R , f : E → R be a function. Let a belongs to E. Then f is

continuous at a if and only if lim f ( x) & lim f ( x ) both exist and
x→a + x→a −

lim f ( x ) = lim f ( x ) = f ( a ) .
x→a+ x→a −

The proof of this theorem is beyond the scope of the book.

9.2.10 Note:
1. f is continuous on the closed interval [ a, b] if
(i) f is continuous in (a, b)
(ii) lim f ( x ) = f (a )
x→a+

(iii) lim f ( x) = f (b )
x→a −

2. Let E ⊆ R, a ∈ E , f is discontinuous at a point x = a in any one of the

following cases
(i) lim f ( x) & lim f ( x) exist, but are not equal.
x→a + x→a −

(ii) lim f ( x ) & lim f ( x ) exist and are equal, but not equal to f ( a ).
x→a + x→a −

(iii) One or both of the two limits lim f ( x) & lim f ( x ) fail to exist.
x→a + x→a −

9.2.11 Theorem: Let A ⊆ R, f : A → R and let f ( x) ≥ 0 for all x in A. Let f be

defined for x belongs to A by ( f ) ( x) = f ( x) .then the following conclusions
hold
(i) If f is continuous at a point c in A , then f is continuous at c
(ii) If f is continuous on A , then f is continuous on A .

The continuity behaviour of the composition of two continuous functions is given in the
follow theorems.

9.2.12 Theorem:

Let A, B ⊆ R, f : A → R and g : B → R be two functions such that f ( A) ⊆ B continuous

at a point c in A and g is continuous at b = f (c) in B then the composition g f : is
continuous at c .

9.2.13 Theorem: Let A, B ⊆ R, f : A → R be continuous on A and let be continuous of

f ( A) ⊆ B then the composite function g f : A tends to R is continuous on A .

271
9.2.14 Solved problems:
1. Problem: Show that f ( x) = [ x]( x ∈ R) is continuous at only those real numbers
that are integers.

Solution:

Case 1: If a ∈ Z then f (a) = [a] = a .

Now lim f ( x ) = lim[ a − h ] = a − 1, lim f ( x ) = lim[ a + h ] = a

x→ a − h→0 x→a + h→0

Hence, lim f ( x ) ≠ lim f ( x ) so that lim f ( x ) does not exist.

x→a − x→a+ x→a

Case 2: If a ∉ Z , then there exists n ∈ Z such that n < a < n + 1 and f (a) = [a] = n

Now, lim f ( x ) = lim[ a − h] = 0, lim f ( x ) = lim[ a + h ] = n

x→a − h→0 x→a + h→0

So lim f ( x ) = n = f ( a )
x→a

Hence f is continuous at x = a.

2. Problem: Show that the function ‘ f ’ defined on R by f ( x) = cos x 2 , x ∈ R is

continuous function.

Solution: We define h : R → R by h( x ) = x 2 and g : R → R by g ( x) = cos x . Now for x

belongs to R we have ( goh)( x) = g (h( x)) = g ( x 2 ) = cos x 2 = f ( x)

Since g and h are continuous on their respective domains, by theorem 9.2.13, it

follows that ‘ f ’ is a continuous function on R .

3. Problem: If f : R → R is such that f ( x + y ) = f ( x) + f ( y)∀x, y ∈ R , the ‘ f ’ is

continuous on R if it continuous at a single point in R .

Solution: Let ‘ f ’ be continuous at x0 ∈ R

Then lim f (t ) = f ( xo ) or lim f ( xo + h ) = f ( xo )

t → xo h→0

Let x ∈ R . Now since f ( x + h) − f ( x) = f (h) = f ( xo + h) − f ( xo ) , we have

lim( f ( x + h) − f ( x)) = lim( f ( xo + h) − f ( xo )) = 0

h→0 h→0

Therefore ‘ f ’ is continuous at ‘ x ’. Since x ∈ R is arbitrary, ‘ x ’ is continuous on R .

4. Problem: Show that the function ‘ f ’ is defined on R by

f ( x ) = 1 + 2 x + x , x ∈ R is a continuous function.

272
Solution: We define g : R → R by g ( x) = 1 + 2 x + x , x ∈ R and h : R → R by
h( x) = x , x ∈ R . Then (hog )( x) = h( g ( x)) = h(1 + 2 x + x ) = f ( x)

By example we have ‘ h ’ is a continuous function. Since ‘ g ’ is the sum of the

polynomial function 1 + 2x and the modulus function x and since both are continuous
functions, by theorem 9.2.7 (i), ‘ g ’ is continuous.

Since ‘ f ’ is the composition of two continuous functions ‘ h ’ and ‘ g ’ by

theorem 9.2.13, it follows that ‘ f ’ is continuous.

Exercise 9(e)

 x 2 if x ≤ 1
I. 1. Is the function f , defined by f ( x) =  ,continuous on R
 x if x > 1
 sin 2 x
 if x ≠ 0
2. Is f defined by f ( x) =  x continuous at 0
1 if x = 0
1
3. Show that the function f ( x ) = [cos( x10 + 1)] 3 , x ∈ R is a continuous
function.

II. 1. Check the continuity of the following function at 2.

1 2
 2 ( x − 4) if 0 < x < 2

f ( x ) = 0 if x = 2
2 − 8 x −3 if x > 2



 ( x 2 − 9)
 if 0 < x < 5
3. Check the continuity of f given by f ( x) =  x 2 − 2 x − 3 &x≠3
1.5
 if x = 3
the point 3.

x− x
3. Show that f , given by f ( x) = ( x ≠ 0) is continuous on R − {0} .
x

 x −1
 x − 1 if x > 1

4. If f is a function defined by f ( x) = 5 − 3x if − 2 ≤ x ≤ 1 then discuss the
 6
 if x < −2
 x − 10
continuity of f .

273
 k 2 x − k if x ≥ 1
5. If f is given by f ( x) =  is a continuous function on R then
2 if x < 1
find the values of k .

6. Prove that the functions sin x and cos x are continuous on R .

4 − x 2 if x ≤ 0

x − 5 if 0 < x ≤ 1
III 1. Check the continuity of f given by f ( x) =  2 at the points
4 x − 9 if 1 < x < 2
3 x + 4
 if x ≥ 2
0, 1, 2.

2. Find real consonants a, b so that the unction f given by

sin x if x≤0
 2
 x + a if 0 < x <1
f ( x) = 
bx + 3 if 1≤ x ≤ 2
 −3 if x>3
is continuous on R .

 cos ax − cos bx
 if x ≠ 0
x2
3. Show that f ( x) =  where a and b are real constants, is
1
 (b − a )
2 2
if x = 0
 2
continuous at 0.

Key Concepts
1. If lim f ( x ) = l and lim g ( x ) = m . And k ∈ R, then
x→ a x →a

lim( f + g )( x ) = l + m,lim( f − g )( x) = l − m,lim( fg )( x ) = lm

x→ a x→ a x→ a
(i)
lim( kf )( x ) = kl
x→ a

(ii) If h : E → R and lim h ( x ) = n ≠ 0 then h is never zero in

x→ a

1 1  f  1
E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) \{a}) for some r>0 , lim   ( x) = & lim   ( x) = .
 
x→ a h n x → a
h n
2. If p is a polynomial function (i.e. a function p(x) of the form
a0 + a1 x + ....... + ak x k , k ≥ 1 ) then lim p ( x ) = p ( a )
x→ a
n n
lim x = a , a ∈ R , n ∈ N
3. x→ a

4. (Sandwich theorem)

274
Let E ⊆ R , f , g , h : E → R and let a ∈ R be such that ((a − r , a + r ) \{a}) ∩ E ≠ ϕ for
every r>0.If f ( x) ≤ g ( x) ≤ h( x) for all x ∈ R, x ≠ a and if lim f ( x ) = l = lim h( x ), then
x→ a x →a

lim g ( x ) exists and is equal to l.

x →a

5. If F and G are polynomials such that F ( x) = ( x − a)k f ( x), G ( x) = ( x − a)k g ( x) for

some k ∈ N and for some polynomials f(x) and g(x) with g (a) ≠ 0 then
F f (a)
lim   ( x) =
 
x →a G g (a )
6. If a>0, n ∈ R then lim x n = a n
x→a

7. Let n be a rational number and a be a positive real number. Then

xn − an
lim = na n−1
x →a x−a
sin x
lim cos x = 1& lim =1
8. x →0 x →0 x
1
9. lim(1 + x ) x = e
x →0

 a x −1 
10. lim   = log e a
x →0
 x 
 ex −1 
11. lim   =1
x →0
 x 
log e (1 + x )
lim =1
12. x →0 x

13. Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R & a ∈ R be such that E ∩ ((a − r , a + r ) \{a}) is non empty

for every r>0.
lim f ( x ) = ∞ 1
(i) Suppose x→a .Then lim =0
x →a f ( x )

lim f ( x ) = −∞ 1
(ii) Suppose x→a .Then lim =0
x →a f ( x)
1
(iii) If lim = 0 and f is positive in a deleted neighbourhood of a,
x →a f ( x)

1
then lim =∞.
x →a f ( x )

275
 1
(iv) If lim = 0 and f is negative in a deleted neighbourhood of a ,then
x →a f ( x)

1
lim = −∞
x →a f ( x )

14. Let E ⊆ R, f : E → R, g : E → R, h : E → R and let (a, ∞) ⊂ E for some a ∈ R . If

lim g ( x ) = l = lim h( x ) & g ( x ) ≤ f ( x ) ≤ h ( x ) for all x ∈ R then lim f ( x ) = 1 .
x →∞ x →∞ x →∞

Answers
Exercise 9(a)

108 −1 1
1. 0 2. 3. 4.
7 3 24

Exercise 9(b)

4
1.Rf (1) = 2, Lf (1) = 0. 2.Rf (3) = 9, Lf (3) = 5. 3.Rf (2) = , Lf (2) = 1. 6. 4, 3.
3

Exercise 9(c)

1 1
1. − 1 2. 3. 2b cos a 4. e3 5. 1 6.
2a 10

Exercise 9(d)

1 11
1. ∞ 2. ∞ 3. ∞ 4. 0 5. 11 6. 7. 2 8. 9.0
2 13

1
10. 11. − 2 12. 0 13.0 14.0
2

Exercise 9(e)

I. 1. yes 2. discontinuous at 0

II. 1. discontinuous at 2 2. continuous at 3 4. continuous at 1, discontinuous at -2

5. k = −1, 2

III 1. discontinuous at 0, discontinuous at 1, discontinuous at 2. . .

3. a = 0, b = −2

276
 10. DIFFERENTIATION
Introduction:
We shall discuss in this chapter, the derivative which forms a basis for the
fundamental concepts like velocity, acceleration and the slope of a tangent to a curve and
so on. The credit goes to the great English mathematician Sir Isaac Newton (1642-1727)
and the noted German mathematician Gottfried Wilhelm Leibnitz (1646-1716) who
independently conceived this idea simultaneously. Sir Isaac Newton was the most
distinguished student of his distinguished teacher Isaac Barrow.

Suppose f : I → R is a function, I being an interval. We usually denote it by the

equation y = f ( x ), where x is the independent variable and y is the dependent variable.
Let c be a point in I . Let c + h also be a point in I lying either to the left side of c or to
the right side of c ( c + h < c if h < 0; c + h > c if h > 0 ).Then f (c + h ) − f (c ) denotes the
f (c + h ) − (c )
change in f ( x ) corresponding to a change h in x at c. The ratio is called
h
the average change in f ( x ) corresponding to a change of h in x at c. If this ratio tends to
a finite limit as h approaches zero, then the limit the derivative (or the rate of change) of
f at c.

10.1 Derivative of a function:

We begin with the definition of the derivative of a function and later prove certain
important elementary properties of the derivatives.

10.1.1 Definition: Let I be an interval in R, f : I → R, a ∈ I and let h ≠ 0 be

f (c + h ) − (c )
sufficiently small such that a + h ∈ I . If lim exists, then f is said to be
h→0 h
differentiable at a and the limit is called the derivative of f at a (or the differential
coefficient of f at a ). The derivative of f at a is denoted by any one of the forms.

 dy 
f ′( a ) or   or y′( a ) where y = f ( x )
 dx  x = a

The definition of derivative is also called the ‘first principle of derivative’

Observe that if a is not an end point of the interval I , then f ' (a ) exists if and
f (a + h) − (a ) f (a + h) − (a )
only if lim & lim both exist and are equal. The limits
h →0 + h h → 0 − h
f (a + h) − (a ) f ( a + h) − (a )
lim & lim , if exists are denoted by f ′( a + ) & f ′( a −)
h →0 + h h →0− h
respectively and are called the right and left hand derivative of f at a.

277
 If f :[c, d ] → R , then f is said to be differentiable.

(i) At c if f ′(c + ) exists

(ii) At d if f ′(d −) exists

Suppose A ⊆ I and f is differentiable at every x ∈ A .The function that assigns f ′( x ) to

each x belongs to A is called the derived function or the derivate of f and is denoted by
f ′. The process of finding the derivative of a function is called differentiation.

10.1.2 Note: If we denote the change h in x by ∆x and the change in y by ∆y , then

f ( a + ∆x ) − ( a ) ∆y
∆y = f ( a + ∆x) − f ( a) . Moreover f ′( a ) = lim = lim
∆x → 0 ∆x ∆ x → 0 ∆x

f ( x) − (a )
We also note that f ′(a ) = lim
x→a x−a

10.1.3 Solved problems:

1. Problem: If f ( x) = x 2 ( x ∈ R ), prove that f is differentiable on R and find its

derivative.

Solution: Given that f ( x) = x 2 ( x ∈ R)

For x, h ∈ R we have f ( x + h) − f ( x ) = ( x + h)2 − x 2 = 2 xh + h 2 = h(2 x + h)

f ( x + h) − f ( x )
Hence for h ≠ 0, = 2x + h
h

f ( x + h) − f ( x)
Therefore lim = 2x
h →0 h

Therefore f is differentiable on R and f ′( x) = 2 x for each x ∈ R .

2. Problem: Suppose f ( x) = x ( x > 0) . Prove that f is differentiable on (0, ∞) and find

f ′( x) .

Solution: Let x ∈ (0, ∞), h ≠ 0& | h |< x

Then

f ( x + h) − f ( x)
=
x+h − x
=
( )
x + h − x ( x + h + x)
=
1
h h h ( x+h + x ) x+h + x

f ( x + h) − f ( x) 1
Therefore lim =
h →0 h 2 x

278
 1
Hence f is differentiable at ‘ x ’ and f ′( x) = for each x ∈ (0, ∞ )
2 x

1
3. Problem: If f ( x) = 2
( x ∈ R ) , prove that f is differentiable on R and find f ′( x) .
x +1

Solution: Let x ∈ R . Then for h ≠ 0 , we have

f ( x + h) − f ( x ) 1  1 1  −h(2 x + h) −(2 x + h)
=  − 2 = = 2
h h  ( x + h) + 1 x + 1  h( x + 1)  ( x + h) + 1 ( x + 1) ( x + h) 2 + 1
2 2 2

f ( x + h) − f ( x ) −2 x
Therefore lim = 2
h →0 h ( x + 1) 2

−2 x
Hence f is differentiable at ‘ x ’ and f ′( x) = for each x belongs to R .
( x 2 + 1)2

4. Problem: If f ( x) = sin x( x ∈ R ) , then show that f is differentiable on R and

f ′( x) = cos x .

Solution: Let x ∈ R . Then for h ≠ 0 , we have

h  h
2sin   cos  x + 
f ( x + h) − f ( x) sin( x + h) − sin x
= = 2  2
h h h

  h 
 sin   
  h 2 
= lim cos  x +  .    = cos x
f ( x + h) − f ( x)
Therefore, lim
h →0 h h → 0
  2 h 
   
2 

Hence f is differentiable at x on R and f ′( x) = cos x for each x belongs to R .

5. Problem: Show that f ( x) =| x | ( x ∈ R ) is not differentiable at zero and is differentiable

at any x ≠ 0 .

f (0 + h) − f (0)
Solution: We have to show that lim does not exist.
h →0 h

 h if h ≥ 0
Given that f ( x) =| x |, f (h) = 
− h if h < 0

f (0 + h) − f (0) f (h)  1 if h > 0

Thus, for h ≠ 0 , = =
h h −1 if h < 0

Therefore f ′(0+ ) = 1& f ′(0−) = −1

279
Hence f is differentiable at zero. It can be easily proved that f is differentiable at any
 1 if x > 0
x ≠ 0 and that f ' ( x) = 
−1 if x < 0

6. Problem: Check whether the following function is differentiable at zero

3 + x if x ≥ 0
f ( x) = 
3 − x if x < 0

Solution: We show that f has the left and the right hand derivative at zero and find them.
3 + x if x ≥ 0
First we observe that, for h ≠ 0 , f ( x) =  and f (0) = 3
3 − x if x < 0

f (0 + h) − f (0) f (h) − 3 3 + h − 3
Therefore, for h > 0 , we have = = =1
h h h

f (0 + h) − f (0)
Hence, lim = 1 . Thus f has right hand derivative at zero and f ′(0+ ) = 1
h →0+ h

f (0 + h) − f (0)
Similarly, lim = −1 , so that f has left hand derivative at zero and
h →0 − h
f ′(0−) = −1 .

Therefore f ′(0−) ≠ f ′(0+ ) .

Hence f is not differentiable at zero.

Note that the function in the problem can be rewritten as f ( x) = 3+ | x |, which is not
differentiable at zero. (see problem 5 above)

7. Problem: Show that the derivative of a constant on an interval is zero.

Solution: Let f be a constant function on an interval I , Then x for all

f ( x) = sin x ( x ∈ R ) belongs to I for some constant c. Let a ∈ I .Then for h ≠ 0,
f ( a + h) − f ( a ) c − c
= = 0 for sufficiently small h .
h h

f ( a + h) − f ( a )
Hence lim =0
h →0 h

Hence f is differentiable at a and f ′( a ) = 0 .

Thus the derivative of a constant function is zero.

10.1.3 Elementary properties:

Now we shall prove certain important properties of derivatives of functions.

280
10.1.4 Theorem: Let I be an interval in R, f : I → R & a ∈ I . If f is differentiable at
a, then f is continuous at a.

f ( x ) − (a )
Proof: Suppose that f is differentiable at a. Then we have lim = f ′(a )
x→a x−a

f ( x) − f (a)
Now f ( x) − f ( a ) = .( x − a ) ( x ≠ a ) and
x−a

Therefore lim[ f ( x) − f (a)] = f ′(a).0 = 0

x →a

That is lim f ( x) = f ( a ) proving f is continuous at a.

x →a

If f is differentiable at a, then f is continuous at a.

10.1.4 Note: The converse of the above theorem is not true. That is If f is continuous at
a, then f need not be differentiable at a.

For example, f ( x) = x ( x ∈ R) is continuous at zero but not differentiable at zero.

10.1.5 Theorem (the derivate of the sum and difference of two functions):

Let I be an interval in R, u and v be real valued functions on I and x belongs to

I , Suppose that u and v are differentiable at x . Then u + v is also differentiable at x and
(u + v )′( x ) = u ′( x ) + v′( x ) .

Proof: Let f = u + v

Then for sufficiently small non –zero values of h , we have

f ( x + h) − f ( x ) u ( x + h ) + v ( x + h ) − u ( x ) − v ( x )  u ( x + h ) − u ( x )   v ( x + h) − v ( x ) 
= =  +  
h h  h h

Which tends to u ′( x) + v′( x) as h tends to 0. Hence f is differentiable at x and

f ′( x ) = u ′( x ) + v′( x ) ⇒ (u + v )′( x ) = u ′( x ) + v′( x )

We may similarly prove that (u − v)′( x ) = u ′( x) − v′( x)

10.1.6 Corollary: If u1 , u2 , u3 ............un are real valued functions on an interval I and are
differentiable at x belongs to I then v = u1 , u2 , u3 ............un is also differentiable at x and
v′( x) = u1′( x), u2′ ( x), u3′ ( x)...............un′ ( x) . (Proof is easy).

10.1.7 Theorem (The derivative of the product of two functions):

281
 Let I be an interval, u and v be real valued functions on I and x belongs to I .
Suppose that u and v are differentiable at x . Then u.v is differentiable at x and
(uv )′( x ) = u ( x )v′( x ) + u ′( x )v ( x ) .

Proof: Let f = u.v . Then for sufficiently small non-zero of h , we have

f ( x + h ) − f ( x ) u ( x + h )v ( x + h ) − u ( x ) v ( x )  v( x + h) − v( x)   u ( x + h) − u ( x ) 
= = u ( x + h)   + v( x)  
h h  h   h
Since u is differentiable at x, it is continuous at x so that lim u ( x + h) = u ( x) .Hence
h→0

f ( x + h) − f ( x)
→ u ( x)v′( x) + v( x )u ′( x) as h tends to 0. Thus f = u.v is differential at x
h
and (uv)′( x) = u ( x)v′( x) + v ( x )u ′( x ).

As a consequence of mathematical induction and theorem 9.2.5 the following

result follows.

10.1.8 Corollary: If u1 , u2 , u3 ............un are real valued functions on an interval I and are
differentiable at x belongs to I , then u1 , u2 , u3 ............un is also differentiable at x and

n
u′( x) = ∑ (u1 , u2 .......u j −1 , u j +1.......un )( x)u′j ( x) .
j =1

10.1.9 Corollary: If u , v are real valued functions on an interval I and are differentiable
at x belongs I and α , β are any constants, then α u + β v is also differentiable at x and

(α u + β v)′ = α u ′ + β v′

10.1.10 Note: If u is a real valued function on an interval I and is differentiable at x

belongs to I then v = u ′( n ∈ N ) is differentiable at x and v′( x) = nu n −1 ( x).u′( x) .

For take u1 = u2 = .......... = un = u in corollary 9.2.6.

10.1.11 Theorem (The derivative of the reciprocal of a function):

Let f be a function defined on an interval I such that f (t ) ≠ 0 for any t belongs

1
to I and f is differential at x belongs to I . Then is differentiable at x and
f

 1 ′ f ′( x)
  ( x) = − .
f  [ f ( x)]2

Proof: Since f is differentiable at x, it is continuous at x. Given that f ( x ) is not equal

to 0.

282
 1
Now write g = . Then for sufficiently small non- zero values of h , we have
f

1 1
−
g ( x + h) − g ( x ) f ( x + h) f ( x ) f ( x ) − f ( x + h)
= =
h h hf ( x) f ( x + h)

g ( x + h) − g ( x )  f ( x + h) − f ( x )  1
⇒ =  . ....(I)
h  h  f ( x) f ( x + h)

f ( x + h) − f ( x )
From the hypothesis, we have lim = f ′( x ) & lim f ( x + h) = f ( x )
h →0 h h →0

g ( x + h) − g ( x) f ′( x)
Hence from (I) it follows that → as h tends to 0.
h ( f ( x)) 2

f ′( x)
Therefore g is differentiable at x and g ′( x) = −
[ f ( x)]2

 1 ′ f ′( x)
  ( x) = − .
f  [ f ( x)]2

10.1.12 Theorem (The derivative of the quotient of two functions):

Let u and v be real valued functions on an interval I such that v is never zero
u
on I and let u and v be differentiable at x belongs to I . Then is differentiable at x
v
 u ′ 1
and   ( x) = − [ v( x)u′( x) − u( x)v′( x)] .
v [v( x)]2

1
Proof: From the theorem 9.2.9 it follows that is differentiable at x and
v
 1 ′ 1 1
  ( x) = − 2
. From theorem 9.2.5 it follows that u. is differentiable at x and
 
v [ v ( x )] v

 u ′  1 ′  1 ′ 1
  ( x ) =  u .  ( x ) = u ( x )   ( x) + u ′( x ) ( x)
v  v v v

 −v′( x)  u′( x) 1
2 [
= u ( x)  2 
+ = v( x)u′( x) − u ( x)v′( x)]
 (v( x ))  v( x) (v( x))

 u ′ v( x)u′( x) − u ( x)v′( x)
  ( x) = 2
v [ v( x) ]
283
10.1.13 Theorem (The derivative of a composite function):

Let I be an interval, g : I → R and f be a real valued function on an interval

containing g( I ). Suppose that g is differentiable at x and f is differentiable at g ( x). Let
F = f g (so that F ( x ) = f ( g ( x )) ).Then F is differentiable at x and
F ′( x ) = f ′( g ( x )) g ′( x ) .(This is also known as chain rule for differentiation)

Proof: Write y = g ( x)

Let us define a function ϕ in a neighbourhood of zero as follows.

 f ( y + k ) − f ( y)
 − f ′( y ) if k ≠ 0
ϕ(κ) =  k
0 if k = 0

f ( y + k ) − f ( y)
Since f is differentiable at y = g ( x) we have lim = f ′( y )
k →0 k

Hence lim ϕ ( k ) = 0
k →0

Moreover f ( y + k ) − f ( y ) = kf ′( y ) + kϕ (k ) for k not equal to zero

Write ψ ( h) = g ( x + h) − g ( x) for h not equal to zero.

F ( x + h) − F ( x ) f ( g ( x + h)) − f ( g ( x ))
Then =
h h

f ( y + ψ (h)) − f ( y ) ψ (h) ψ ( h)
= = f ′( y ) + θ (ψ (h)) (by 1)
h h h

 g ( x + h) − g ( x)  ′  g ( x + h) − g ( x) 
=
 h 

f ( y) + 
 h  ϕ (ψ (h))

→ g ′( x ) f ′( y ) + g ′( x ).0; h → 0

Since g ( x) is differentiable at x , ψ ( h) → 0 as h → 0, ϕ ( k ) → 0 as k → 0

F ( x + h) − F ( x)
Hence lim exists and is equal to f ′( y ) g ′( x)
h →0 h

i.e.., F is differentiable at x and F ′( x ) = f ′( g ( x)) g ′( x) .

Thus ( fog )′( x) = f ′( g ( x)).g ′( x) .

10.1.14 Note: If we write z = f ( y ), y = g ( x ) in the above theorem,

284
 dz dz dy
We get = . .
dx dy dx

The derivative of the inverse of a function is given in the following theorem.

10.1.15 Theorem (The derivative of the inverse of a function):

Let f :[ a, b] → [c, d ] be a bijection and g denote the inverse of f . Suppose that

f is differentiable at x ∈ ( a, b), f ′( x ) ≠ 0 and g is continuous at f ( x ). Then g is
1
differentiable at f ( x) and g ′( f ( x)) = .
f ′( x)

Proof: Let y = f ( x ) Let k be a non zero real number such that y + k ∈ [c, d ]

Let g ( y + k ) − g ( y ) = h. Since g is one-to-one, h not equal to zero.

We have g ( y + k ) = g ( y ) + h = x + h

Hence, f ( x + h ) = y + k .

Hence k = ( y + k ) − y = f ( x + h) − f ( x) , since g ( x) is continuous at y

g ( y + k ) → g ( y ) as k → 0 Hence h → 0 as k → 0 .Since f is differentiable at x .

f ( x + h) − f ( x )
→ f ′( x) as h → 0
h

h 1
Since f ′( x) ≠ 0, → as h → 0
f ( x + h) − f ( x ) ′
f ( x)

g ( y + k ) − g ( y) h
We have =
k f ( x + h) − f ( x )

g ( y + k ) − g ( y) 1
Hence → as h → 0
k f ′( x)

1
Therefore g is differentiable at f ( x) and g ′( f ( x)) =
f ′( x)

dx 1
10.1.16 Note: If y = f ( x ) then x = f −1 ( y ) & =
dy dy
dx

We shall now find the derivative of some standard functions.

10.1.17 Example: If f ( x) = e x ( x ∈ R) , then show that f ′( x) = e x by first principle.

285
Solution: From f ( x) = e x , we have for h ≠ 0

f ( x + h) − f ( x ) e x + h − e x eh − 1
= = ex
h h h

Therefore lim
f ( x + h) − f ( x ) x
= e .lim
( eh − 1)
= e x .1 = e x
h →0 h h → 0 h

Therefore f ′( x) = e x for each x belongs to R .

1
10.1.18 Example: If f ( x ) = log x ( x > 0) , then f ′( x ) = by first principle.
x

Solution: Now for h ≠ 0

x x
f ( x + h) − f ( x ) log( x + h) − log x 1  h 1 h  h h 1  h h
= = log 1 +  = . log 1 +  = log 1 + 
h h h  x h x  x x  x

h
Now, putting = z , we get z → 0 as h → 0
x
x
1
 h h
Therefore log 1 +  = log(1 + z ) z → log e = 1 as z → 0
 x

f ( x + h) − f ( x) 1
Hence → as h → 0 .
h x

1
Thus f ′( x ) = for each x > 0.
x

d 1
(log x) =
dx x

10.1.19 Example: If f ( x) = a x ( x ∈ R )(a > 0) , then show that f ′( x) = a x log e a by first

principle.

f ( x + h) − f ( x) a x + h − a x  ah −1 
Solution: For h ≠ 0, = = ax  
h h  h 

ah −1
We know that → log a as h → 0
h

Hence f ′( x ) = a x log e a

286
 d x
( a ) = a x log e a
dx

10.1.20 Solved problems:

1. Problem: If f ( x) = (ax + b)n  x >

−b  '
 , then find f ( x ) .
 a 

Solution: Write u = ax + b so that f ( x) = u n . Then

d n du
f ′( x) = (u ). , by Note 9.2.12
dx dx

= nu n−1.a = an(ax + b)n −1 .

2. Problem: Find the derivative of f ( x) = e x ( x 2 + 1) .

Solution: Write u = e x , v = x 2 + 1 , so that f ( x ) = u ( x )v ( x ) and

f ′( x ) = u ( x )v′( x ) + u ′( x )v ( x ) , by theorem 9.2.5

Now u′( x ) = e x and v′( x ) = 2 x imply that f ′( x) = e x (2 x) + ( x 2 + 1)e x = ( x + 1) 2 e x .

a−x dy
3. Problem: If y = ( x ≠ −a ) , find
a+x dx

u
Solution: Write u ( X ) = a − x, v ( x ) = a + x , so that y =
v

u ′( x ) = −1& v′( x ) = 1

Therefore
dy 1 1 −2a
= [v( x)u ′( x) − v′( x)u ( x)] = [( a + x)( −1) − ( a − x)(1)] =
dx [ v( x) ]2 (a + x) 2 (a + x)2

4. Problem: If f ( x) = e 2 x .log x( x > 0) , then f ′( x )

Solution: Write u ( x) = e2 x , v( x) = log x , so that

1
f ( x ) = u ( x )v ( x ), u ′( x ) = 2e 2 x , v′( x ) =
x

Therefore f ′( x ) = u ( x )v′( x ) + u ′( x )v ( x )

1 1 
= e2 x + 2e 2 x log x = e 2 x  + 2 log x 
x x 

287
 1 + x2
5. Problem: If f ( x) = (| x |< 1) , then find f ′( x ) .
1 − x2

1 + x2 1
Solution: Write u ( x) = 2
and y = f ( x ). Then y = f ( x ) = u 2
1− x

dy dy du
Now by the chain rule, we get = × where in
dx du dx

dy 1 12 −1 1 −21 1
= u = u =
du 2 2 2 u

du (1 − x 2 )(2 x) − (1 + x 2 )(−2 x) 4x
And = 2 2
=
dx (1 − x ) (1 − x 2 )2

dy 1 4x 2x
Therefore f ′( x) = = . 2 2
=
dx 2 u (1 − x ) (1 − x 2 ) 1 − x 4

6. Problem: If f ( x) = x 2 2 x log x( x > 0) , find f ′( x )

Solution: Write u ( x) = x 2 , v( x) = 2 x & w( x) = log x so that f ( x ) = (uvw)( x ) .

Then f ′( x ) = u ′( x )v ( x ) w( x ) + u ( x )v′( x ) w( x ) + u ( x )v ( x ) w′( x )

1
= 2 x (2 x log x ) + (2 x log 2)( x 2 log x ) + x 2 2 x.
x

= x 2 x [log x 2 + x log x log 2 + 1]

3
+3 x
7. Problem: If f ( x) = 7 x ( x > 0) , then find f ′( x )

du
Solution: Write u ( x) = x3 + 3x , so that = 3 x 2 + 3 and f ( x) = 7u
dx

df du
Therefore, by the chain rule, we get f ′( x ) = .
du dx
3
= (7u log 7)(3x 2 + 3) = 3( x 2 + 1)7 x +3 x log 7

Exercise 10(a)
1. Find the derivatives of the following functions f ( x ).
3 5
(i ) x + 2 x 4 + 3x 6 ( x > 0) (ii) 2 x − 3 + 7 − 3x (iii) ( x 2 − 3)(4 x 3 + 1)

288
 1
(iv) ( x − 3x)( x + ) (v) ( x + 1)( x 2 − 4 x + 2)( x > 0) (vi) (ax + b)n (cx + d )m
x
x
(vii) 5sin x + e log x (viii) 5x + log x + x3e x (ix) e x + sin x cos x

px 2 + qx + r
( x) ( a + b ≠ 0) ( xi) log 7 (log x)( x > 0)
ax + b

1  −4 
( xii ) 2
( a + b + c ) ≠ 0 ( xiii ) e2 x log(3x + 4)  x > 
ax + bx + c  3 

ax + b
( xiv) (4 + x 2 )e 2 x ( xv) ( c + d ≠ 0)
cx + d

2. If f ( x) = 1 + x + x 2 + ............... + x100 then find f ′(1)

3. If f ( x) = 2 x 2 + 3 x − 5 then prove that f ′(0) + 3 f ′( −1) = 0

4. Find the derivatives of the following functions from the first principles.

(i ) x 3 (ii ) x 4 + 4 (iii) ax 2 + bx + c (iv) x + 1 (v) sin 2 x (vi ) cos ax (vii) tan 2 x

(viii ) cot x
5. Find the derivatives of the following functions
1− x x
(i ) ( x > 0) (ii) x n n x log(nx)( x > 0, n ∈ N ) (iii) ax 2 n log x + bx n e − x
1+ x x
3
1 
(iv)  − x  e x
x 
6. Show that the function f ( x) = x + x − 1 , x ∈ R is differentiable for all real
numbers except for 0 and 1.

7. Verify whether the following function is differentiable at 1 and 3.

x if x < 1

f ( x ) = 3 − x if 1 ≤ x ≤ 3
 x2 − 4 x + 3
 if x > 3

8. Is the following function f derivable at 2? Justify

 x if 0 ≤ x ≤ 2
f ( x) = 
2 if x ≥ 2

289
10.2 Trigonometric, Inverse Trigonometric, Hyperbolic, Inverse
Hyperbolic functions-Derivatives:
In this section we find the derivatives of trigonometric and hyperbolic function
and also of their inverses.

10.2.1 Derivatives of trigonometric functions:

d
1. (sin x) = cos x
dx

We have already proved this result.

d
2. (cos x ) = − sin x
dx

d d  π  π  d π 
(cos x) = sin  − x   = cos  − x  .  − x  = − sin x
dx dx   2  2  dx  2 

This result can be obtained from the first principle also.

d
(cos x) = − sin x
dx

 π  dy
3. If y = tan x, x ∈ R − (2n + 1) ; n ∈ Z  , then = sec 2 x
 2  dx

sin x dy 1  d d 
Now y = tan x = ⇒ = 2  cos x (sin x ) − sin x (cos x) 
cos x dx cos x  dx dx 

1
=  cos 2 x − sin 2 x  = sec2 x
cos 2 x 

d
Similarly (tan x ) = sec 2 x .
dx

dy
4. If y = cot x, x ∈ R − {nπ : n ∈ Z } , then = − cos ec 2 x
dx

d
(cot x ) = − cos ec 2 x
dx

 π 
5. If y = sec x, x ∈ R − (2n + 1) : n ∈ Z  , then
 2 

1 dy −1 d sin x
y= & = 2
(cos x) = = tan x.sec x
cos x dx cos x dx cos 2 x

290
 d
(sec x) = sec x tan x
dx

dy
6. If y = cos ecx, x ∈ R − {nπ : n ∈ Z } , then = − cos ecx cot x
dx

d
(cos ecx ) = − cos ecx cot x
dx

10.2.2 Derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions:

Let us recall that if f and g are functions that f ( g ( x )) = x and g ( f ( y )) = y for

1
any x any y and f ′( y ) ≠ 0 , then g ′( y ) = , where y = g ( x ).
′
f ( y)

−1
dy  dx 
Hence we have y = g ( x) ⇔ x = f ( y ) & =  .
dx  dy 

 π π
1. If y = sin −1 x, x ∈ [−1,1] then its range is  − ,  .
 2 2

dx
y = sin −1 x ⇔ x = sin y & = cos y .
dy

−π π
If −1 < x < 1 then < y<
2 2

dx
Hence = cos y > 0 . This implies
dy

−1
dy  dx  1 1
=  = = .
dx  dy  1 − sin 2 y 1 − x2

d 1
(sin −1 x) =
dx 1 − x2

2. If y = cos −1 x, x ∈ [−1,1] , then we have y ∈ [0, π ]

y = cos −1 x ⇔ x = cos y
dx
x = cos y ⇒ = − sin y
dy
dy 1 −1 −1
Hence = = =
dx − sin y 2
1 − cos y 1 − x2
d −1
(cos −1 x) = .
dx 1 − x2

291
  π π
3. If y = tan −1 x, x ∈ R , then we know that y ∈  − , 
 2 2
dy
x = tan y ⇒ = sec 2 y = 1 + tan 2 y = 1 + x 2 > 0
dx
−1
dy  dx  1
Therefore =  =
dx  dy  1 + x2
d 1
(tan −1 x ) = .
dx 1 + x2
d −1
4. (cot −1 x) = ( x ∈ R, cot −1 x ∈ (0, π ))
dx 1 + x2
d −1
(cot −1 x ) = .
dx 1 + x2

 π  π 
5. If y = sec −1 x, x ∈ R − [−1,1] then y ∈  0,  ∪  , π  .
 2 2 
dx
x = sec y ⇒ = sec y tan y
dy
 π  π 
x > 1 ⇒ y ∈  0,  ∪  , 0  (1)
 2 2 
dx  π
⇒ = sec y tan y = sec 2 y sin y > 0  y ≠ 
dy  2
Now x < −1 ⇒ sec y < −1 ⇒ tan y < 0 (from 1)
And tan 2 y = sec 2 y − 1, tan y = − sec 2 y − 1 = − x 2 − 1 (since tany<0)
 1
−1  ; x >1
dy  dx  1  x x2 −1
Therefore =  = =
dx  dy  sec y tan y  1
; x < −1
 − x x 2 − 1
d 1
(sec−1 x) =
dx x x2 −1
dy −1   π   π 
6. If y = cos ec −1 x , then =  x ∈ R − [−1,1], y ∈  − 2 , 0  ∪  0, 2  
dx x x 2 − 1     
d −1
(co sec −1 x) = .
dx x x2 −1

10.2.3 Derivatives of hyperbolic functions:

dy
1. If y = sinh x ( x ∈ R ) then = cosh x .
dx

292
 e x − e− x dy e x + e − x
For y = sinh x = ⇒ = = cosh x
2 dx 2
d
(sinh x) = cosh x
dx

dy
2. If y = cosh x( x ∈ R ) then = sinh x .
dx

e x + e− x dy e x − e − x
For y = ⇒ = = sinh x .
2 dx 2
d
(cosh x) = sinh x .
dx

dy
3. If y = tan hx ( x ∈ R ) then = sec h 2 x .
dx

sinh x dy 1  d d 
For y = tanh x = ⇒ = 2  (cosh x) (sinh x) − sinh x (cosh x) 
cosh x dx cosh x  dx dx 

1 1
= 2
(cosh 2 x − sinh 2 x ) = 2
= sec h 2 x
cosh x cosh x

d
(tanh x) = sec h 2 x .
dx

dy
4. If y = sec hx ( x ∈ R ) then = − sec hx tanh x .
dx

1 dy −1 d sinh x
For y = sec hx = ⇒ = 2
. (cosh x) = − = − sec hx tanh x .
cosh x dx cosh x dx cosh 2 x

d
(sec hx) = − sec hx tanh x
dx

dy
5. If y = cos echx ( x ∈ R − {0}) then = − cos echx coth x .
dx

1 dy −1 d − cosh x
For y = cos echx = ⇒ = . (sinh x) = = − cos echx coth x
sinh x dx sinh x dx sinh 2 x

d
(co sec hx ) = − cos echx coth x .
dx

dy
6. If y = coth x ( x ∈ R − {0}) then = − cos ech 2 x .
dx

293
 1 dy −1 d − sec h 2 x
For y = coth x = ⇒ = 2
(tanh x ) = 2
= − cos ech 2 x .
tanh x dx tanh x dx tanh x

d
(coth x ) = − cos ec 2 x
dx

10.2.4 Derivatives of inverse hyperbolic functions:

dy 1
1. If y = sinh −1 x( x ∈ R) then = .
dx 1 + x2

y = sinh −1 x ⇒ x = sinh y

dy 1 1 1
Hence = = = .
dx cosh y 2
1 + sinh y 1 + x2

d 1
(sinh −1 x) = .
dx 1 + x2

dy 1
2. If y = cosh −1 x( x ∈ (1, ∞)) , then =
dx 1 − x2

dx
For x > 1, x = cosh y ⇒ = sinh y > 0 .
dy

Therefore for x > 1, we have

−1
dy  dx  1 1 1
=  = = = .
dx  dy  sinh y cosh 2 y − 1 x2 −1

d 1
(cosh −1 x) = .
dx x2 − 1

dy 1
3. If y = tanh −1 x( x ∈ (−1,1)) , then = .
dx 1 − x 2

dx
For x = tanh y, = sec h 2 y = 1 = 1 − tanh 2 y = 1 − x 2 > 0 .
dy

−1
dy  dx  1
Therefore =  = .
dx  dy  1 − x2

d 1
(tanh −1 x) = .
dx 1 − x2

294
 dy −1
4. If y = sech −1 x( x ∈ (0,1)) , then = .
dx x 1 − x 2

1
For x ∈ (0,1), y = sec h −1 x = cosh −1  
x

dy 1 −1 −1
Hence = × 2 = .
dx 1
2 x x 1 − x 2

  −1
 x

d −1
(sech −1 x) =
dx x 1 − x2

dy −1
5. If y = cos ec h −1 x ( x ∈ R − {0}) then =
dx x 1 − x 2

1
y = cos ech −1 x = sinh −1  
x

dy 1 −1 −1
Hence = × 2
= .
dx 1
2 x x 1 + x2
1+  
x

d −1
(cos ec h −1 x) = .
dx x 1+ x2

dy 1
6. If y = coth −1 x( x ∈ (−∞, −1) ∪ (1, ∞)) then = .
dx 1 − x 2
 1  dy 1  −1  1
y = coth −1 x = tanh −1   ⇒ = × 2  = 2
 x  dx 1 − 1  x  1 − x
2
x
d 1
(coth −1 x) =
dx 1 − x2

Observe that through the formulae for the derivatives of tanh −1 x,coth −1 x are the same,
their domains are disjoint.

10.2.5 Note: The formulae mentioned under 1, 2, 3 above can also be obtained by using
the following identities.

sinh −1 x = log( x + 1 + x 2 )

cosh −1 x = log( x + x 2 − 1)( x ≥ 1)

295
 1  1+ x 
tanh −1 x = log  2
 (1 − x > 0) .
2  1 − x 

10.2.6 Note: Hereafter, in order to find the derivative of a function, even though its
domain is not explicitly mentioned, we mean that in its appropriate domain the derivative
exists and we have to find the same.

10.2.7 Solved Problems:

x cos x
1. Problem: Find the derivative of f ( x) =
1 + x2

Solution: Write u ( x) = x cos x, v( x) = 1 + x 2 so that

u 1
f ( x) =   ( x) and f ′( x) = 2
[v ( x)u ′( x) − v′( x)u ( x)]
v [ v( x)]
d
Here u ′( x) = ( x cos x) = cos x − x sin x
dx

d 2x x
And v′( x) =
dx
( )
1 + x2 =
2 1+ x 2
=
1 + x2

Therefore the derivative of f (x) is

1  2 x 2 cos x 
f ′( x) =  1 + x (cos x − x sin x ) − 
1 + x2  1 + x2 

= (1 + x 2 ) −3 2 [cos x − x(1 + x 2 )sin x]

2. Problem: If f ( x) = log(sec x + tan x) , then find f ′( x) .

Solution: Write u ( x ) = sec x + tan x , y = f ( x ) so that

dy dy du
y = log u & = f ' ( x) = ×
dx du dx

dy 1 du
Now = , = sec x tan x + sec 2 x
du u dx

1
Therefore f ′( x ) = (sec x tan x + sec 2 x ) = sec x
u

dy
3. Problem: If y = sin −1 x , then find
dx

296
 dy dy du
Solution: Write u ( x) = x , then y = sin −1 u and = ×
dx du dx

dy 1 1 1
Hence = × =
dx 2 x 1− u 2
2 x − x2

dy
4. Problem: If y = sec( tan x) , then find .
dx

Solution: Write u = tan x then y = sec u , u = v , v = tan x

dy dy du dv
Imply that = × ×
dx du dv dx

dy du 1 dv
Now = sec u tan u , = & = sec 2 x
du dv 2 v dx

dy sec 2 x
Therefore =
dx 2 tan x
.sec ( ) (
tan x .tan tan x )
x sin −1 x dy
5. Problem: If y = , then find
1− x 2 dx

u
Solution: Write u = x sin −1 x, v = 1 − x 2 so that y =
v

du x dv −2 x −x
Now = + sin −1 x and = =
dx 1 − x2 dx 2 1 − x 2 1 − x2

dy 1
= [vu ′ − v′u ]
dx v 2

1  2  x −1  x 2 sin −1 x 
=  1 − x  + sin x  + 
(1 − x 2 )   1− x
2
 1 − x 2 

1  x 1 − x 2 + sin −1 x 
=
(1 − x )2
3
2  

dy
6. Problem: If y = log(cosh 2 x ) , then find
dx

Solution: Let u = cosh 2 x , so that y = log u

dy dy du
Then = ×
dx du dx

297
 dy 1 du
Here = & = 2 sinh 2 x
du u dx

dy 2 2 sinh 2 x
Hence = sinh 2 x = = 2 tanh 2 x
dx u cosh 2 x

dy
7. Problem: If y = log(sin(log x )) , then find .
dx

Solution: Write v = log x, u = sin v so that y = log u

dy dy du dv
Therefore = × ×
dx du dv dx

1 1 cos(log x) 1
= × cos v × = = .cot(log x)
u x x sin x(log x) x

2 dy
8. Problem: If y = ( cot −1 x 3 ) , then find .
dx

Solution: Put u = cot −1 x3 so that y = u 2

dy dy du −1 2 −6 x 2 cot −1 ( x 3 )
Then = × = 2u × .3 x = .
dx du dx (1 + x 6 ) 1 + x6

Exercise 10(b)
1. Find the derivatives of the following functions
1 − cos 2 x
(i ) cot n x (ii) cos ec 4 x (iii ) tan(e x ) (iv) (v) sin m x cosn x
1 + cos 2 x
 3x 
(vi ) sin mx.cos nx (vii) x tan −1 x (viii)sin −1 (cos x) (ix) log(tan 5x) ( x)sin −1  
 4
 x2 + x + 2  2 −1 2
( xi ) tan −1 (log x ) ( xii) log  2 −1 x
 ( xiii ) log(sin (e )) ( xiv) (sin x) (sin x)
 x −x+2
cos x x(1 + x 2 ) −1 sin( x + a)
( xv) ( xvi) ( xvii)esin x ( xvii)cos(log x + ex ) ( xix)
sin x + cos x 1+ x 2 cos x
−1
( xx) cot (cos ec3x)
2. Find the derivatives of the following functions

(i) x = sinh 2 y (ii) x = tanh 2 y (iii ) x = esinh y

(iv) x = tan(e − y ) (v ) x = log(1 + sin 2 y ) (vi) x = log(1 + y )

3. Find the derivatives of the following functions

298
  1− x  2 2
(i ) cos(log(cot x )) (ii ) sinh −1   (iii ) log(cot(1 − x )) (iv ) sin(cos( x ))
 1 + x 

sin(ax + b)
(v ) sin(tan −1 (e x )) (vi ) (vii ) sin x.(tan −1 x) 2
cos(cx + d )

4. Find the derivatives of the following functions

 b + a sin x   b + a cos x 
(i ) sin −1   ( a > 0, b > 0) (ii ) cos −1   (a > 0, b > 0)
 a + b sin x   a + b cos x 

 cos x 
(iii ) tan −1  
 1 + cos x 

10.3 Methods of differentiation:

Some times the formulae obtained so far, may prove to be difficult in finding the
derivative of some typical functions. There are some special methods of differentiation to
deal with such situations. Our main aim in this section is to discuss such methods.

This method is well illustrated in the following examples.

1− x dy
1. If y = tan −1 (| x |< 1) , we shall find
1+ x dx
Substituting x = cos u (u ∈ (0, π )) in y, we get
1 − x 1 − cos u 2sin 2 (u 2)
= = 2
= tan 2 (u 2)
1 + x 1 + cos u 2 cos (u 2)
1− x u
So that = tan  
1+ x 2
  u  u
And y = tan −1  tan    =
  2  2
dy dy dx 1 dy
Therefore, = . ⇒ = ( − sin u )
du dx du 2 dx
dy −1 −1
Hence = =
dx 2 sin u 2 1 − x 2
1− x
Observe that tan −1 x, and cos u are the functions that stand for f ( x ), g ( x )
1+ x
and h(u ) respectively, mentioned in the method.
 2x  dy
2. If y = tan −1  2 
(| x |< 1) then we shall find .
 1− x  dx

Substituting x = tan u

299
 2x 2 tan u
We get 2
= = tan 2u
1− x 1 − tan 2 u

And y = tan −1 (tan 2u ) = 2u

dy dy dx
Therefore from = .
du dx du

dy
We get that 2= .sec 2 u
dx

dy 2 2
Therefore = 2 cos 2 u = =
dx 1 + tan u 1 + x 2
2

10.3.1 Substitution methods:

Let y = f g If we are able to find a function h such that g h = f −1 , then the

substitution x = h(u ) may give the derivative of y with respect to x easily (Here f is a
bijection defined on an interval).

The method is well illustrated in the following examples.

1− x dy
1. If y = tan −1 ( x < 1) , then we shall find .
1+ x dx
Substituting x = cos u (u ∈ (o, π )) in y we get
1 − x 1 − cos u 2sin 2 (u / 2)
= = = tan 2 (u / 2)
1 + x 1 + cos u 2 cos 2 (u / 2)
1− x u
So that = tan
1+ x 2
  u  u
And y = tan −1  tan    =
  2  2
dy dy dx 1 dy
Therefore, = . ⇒ = (− sin u )
dx dx dy 2 dx
dy −1 −1
Hence, = =
dx 2 sin u 2 1 − x 2
1− x
Observe that tan −1 x, and cos u are the functions that stand for f ( x ), g ( x )
1+ x
and h(u ) respectively, mentioned in the method.

 2x  dy
2. If y = tan −1  2 
( x < 1) then we shall that find
 1− x  dx
Substituting x = tan u

300
 2x 2 tan u
We get 2
= = tan 2u
1− x 1 − tan 2 u
And y = tan −1 (tan 2u ) = 2u
dy dy dx
Therefore from = .
dx dx du
dy
We get from 2 = .sec 2 x
dx
dy 2 2
Therefore = 2 cos 2 u = = .
dx 1 + tan u 1 + x 2
2

10.3.2 Logarithmic Differentiation:

Use of the logarithms will be of great help in finding the derivatives of function of
the form y = f ( x) g ( x ) , f : A → (0, ∞), g : A → R ( A an interval).

Write y = h( x) = f ( x) g ( x ) . Then log h( x ) = g ( x ) log f ( x ).

Differentiating both sides with respect to x, we get
h′( x) f ′( x)
= g ′( x) log f ( x) + g ( x)
h( x ) f ( x)
 f ′( x) 
Therefore h′( x) = h( x)  g ′( x) log f ( x) + g ( x)
 f ( x) 
 f ′( x) 
h′( x ) = f ( x) g ( x ) ⇒ h′( x ) = f ( x) g ( x )  g ′( x) log f ( x) + g ( x)
 f ( x) 

This method is well illustrated in the following examples.

dy
1. If y = x x ( x > 0) , we shall find
dx
Taking logarithm on both sides of y = x x , we obtain log y = x log x
y′ 1
Differentiating with respect to x, we get = x. + log x = 1 + log x
y x
dy
Therefore = y ' = y (1 + log x ) = x x (1 + log x )
dx
π dy
2. If y = (tan x)sin x (0 < x < ) . Compute
2 dx
Taking logarithms on both sides of y = (tan x)sin x , we get
log y = sin x.log(tan x )
Differentiating with respect to x, we get
y ′ sin x
= .sec 2 x + cos x.log(tan x) = sec x + cos x.log(tan x)
y tan x

301
 dy
Hence = (tan x)sin x [sec x + cos x log(tan x)] .
dx

10.3.3 Parametric Differentiation:

Let A, B, C be intervals, f : A → B, g : A → C , f a bijection, f −1 , g be

differentiable.

Then, writing x = f (t ), y = g (t ) we get y = ( g f ) −1 ( x) = ϕ ( x)

x = f (t ), y = g (t ) are called the parametric equations of the function y = ϕ ( x )

dy
dy dy dt g ′(t )
y = g ( f −1 ( x)) ⇒ = g ′( f −1 ( x))( f −1 ( x))′ = × = dt =
dx dt dx dt f ′(t )
dx

The following examples illustrate parametric differentiation.

dy
1. If x = a cos3 t , y = a sin 3 t , find
dx
dx dy
Here = 3a cos 2 t (− sin t ) & = 3a sin 2 t.cos t
dt dx
dy
dy dt
Therefore = = − tan t
dx dx
dt
dy
2. If y = et + cos t , x = log t + sin t , find
dx
dy dx 1
Here = et − sin t and = + cos t
dt dt t

dy t (et − sin t )
Therefore = .
dx (1 + t cos t )
−1
3. To find the derivatives of f ( x) = xsin x
with respect to g ( x) = sin −1 x
df
We have to compare .
dg
−1
Now f ( x) = xsin x
⇒ log f ( x) = sin −1 x.log x so that
f ′( x)  1 −1 log x  sin −1 x  sin
−1
x log x 
=  sin x +  ⇒ f ′( x ) = x  + 
f ( x)  x 2
1− x   x 1 − x2 
1
g ( x) = sin −1 x ⇒ g ′( x) =
1 − x2

302
 df f ′( x) −1  sin −1 x log x 
Therefore = = 1 − x 2 .xsin x  + .
dg g ′( x)  x 1 − x2 

10.3.4 Differentiation of implicit function:

A function defined on a set A(⊆ R) is usually denoted by y = f ( x ). A function

which can be put in this form is said to be in implicit form. Sometimes, such a form of a
function may not be possible. But f can be defined in terms of a function F which is
defined on R 2 by the equation of the form F ( x, y ) = 0 For example, y = f ( x ) defined by
x 2 − 6 xy + y 2 = 0 is a function which can’t be given in explicit form.

A function y = f ( x ), defined by F ( x, y ) = 0. is called an implicit function. In

order to differentiate such functions, we differentiate F with respect to x (treating y as
dy
a function of x ) and equate it to zero and thereby we get .
dx

The following examples illustrate this process.

dy
1. If x3 + y 3 − 3axy = 0 , find
dx
Let the given equation define the function
y = f ( x ) That is x3 + ( f ( x))3 − 3axf ( x) = 0
Differentiating both sides of this equation with respect to x, we get
3x 3 + 3( f ( x)) 2 f ′( x) − [3a. f ( x) + 3axf ′( x)] = 0
Hence 3x 3 + 3 y 2 f ′( x) − [3ay + 3axf ′( x)] = 0
dy ay − x 2
Therefore f ′( x) = =
dx y 2 − ax
dy
2. If 2 x 2 − 3xy + y 2 + x + 2 y − 8 = 0 , find
dx
Treating y as a function of x and then differentiating with respect to x. We get
4 x − 3 y − 3 xy′ + 2 yy′ + 1 + 2 y′ = 0.
dy 3 y − 4x −1
Therefore = y′ = .
dx 2 y − 3x + 2

10.3.5 Solved problems:

dy
( )
1. Problem: If y = tan −1 cos x then find
dx

Solution: Substitute t = x , u = cos x .

dy dy du dt
Then y = tan −1 u and = × ×
dx du dt dx

303
 1 1
= 2
× − sin t ×
1+ u 2 x

sin x
=−
2 x (1 + cos 2 x )

 1 + x2 + 1 − x2  dy
2. Problem: If y = tan −1   ∀0 <| x |< 1 then find
 1 + x 2 − 1 − x 2  dx

Solution: Substituting x 2 = cos 2θ , we get

 1 + cos 2θ + 1 − cos 2θ 
y = tan −1  
 1 + cos 2θ − 1 − cos 2θ 

 2 cos 2 θ + 2sin 2 θ 
= tan −1  
 2 cos 2 θ − 2 sin 2 θ 

 cos θ + sin θ  −1  1 + tan θ 

= tan −1   = tan  
 cos θ − sin θ   1 − tan θ 

 π  π
= tan −1  tan  + θ   = + θ
 4  4

π 1
Therefore y= + cos −1 ( x 2 )
4 2

dy 1 (−1) −x
Hence = × 2x =
dx 2 1 − x 4 1 − x4

 t dy
3. Problem: If x = a  cos t + log tan  , y = a sin t then find
 2 dx

dx  1 2  t  1 a cos 2 t
Solution: Here, = a  − sin t + .sec   . =
dt  tan(t 2)  2  2 sin t

dy
dy dy dt
And = a cos t so that = = tan t .
dt dx dx
dt

dy log x
4. Problem: If x y = e x − y then show that = .
dx (1 + log x) 2

Solution: Taking logarithms on both sides of x y = e x − y we get y log x = x − y

304
 x
That is, y=
1 + log x

1
(1 + log x).1 − x.
dy x= log x
Therefore = 2
dx (1 + log x) (1 + log x)2

dy sin 2 (a + y )
5. Problem: If sin y = x sin( a + y ) , show that = , a is not a multiple of π
dx sin a

sin y
Solution: sin y = x sin( a + y ) ⇒ x =
sin( a + y )

Differentiating both the sides with respect to x, we get

sin( a + y ).cos y − sin y.cos(a + y ) dy

1= .
sin 2 ( a + y ) dx

dy sin 2 (a + y ) sin 2 (a + y )
Hence = =
dx sin(a + y − y ) sin a

Exercise 10(c)
1. Find the derivatives of the following functions.

 2x   a−x 
(i) sin −1 (3x − 4 x 3 ) (ii ) cos −1 (4 x 3 − 3x) (iii ) sin −1  2 
(iv) tan −1  
 1+ x   1 + ax 

1 − cos x
(v) tan −1 (vi) sin(cos( x 2 )) (vii ) sin(tan −1 (e − x ))
1 + cos x

2. Differentiate f ( x ) with respect to g ( x ) for the following.

(i ) f ( x ) = e x , g ( x ) = x (ii) f ( x ) = esin x , g ( x) = sin x
 2x  −1  2 x 
(iii ) f ( x) = tan −1  2  , g ( x) = sin  2 
 1− x  1+ x 
−1 dy ay
3. If y = ea sin x
then prove that =
dx 1 − x2
4. Find the derivative of the following functions
 1 + x 2 − 1
 3a 2 x − x 3 
(i ) tan  −1
2 2 
(ii) tan −1 (sec x + tan x) (iii ) tan 
−1 
 a (a − 3 x )  x
x
(iv) (log x ) tan x (v) ( x x ) x (vi ) 20log(tan x ) (vii ) x x + ee (viii ) x log x.log(log x )

dy
5. Find for the following functions
dx

305
 3at 3at 2
(i) x = 3cos t − 2 cos3 t , y = 3sin t − 2sin 3 t (ii ) x = , y =
1+ t3 1+ t3
(iii ) x = a (cos t + t sin t ), y = a (sin t − t cos t )
6. Differentiate f ( x ) with respect to g ( x ) for the following.

 1 
(i ) f ( x ) = log a x, g ( x ) = a x (ii ) f ( x) = sec −1  2  , g ( x) = 1 − x
2

 2 x − 1 

 1 + x2 − 1 
(iii) f ( x) = tan −1   , g ( x) = tan −1 x
 x 
 

7. Find the derivative of the function y defined implicitly by each of the

following equations.
(i) x 4 + y 4 − a 2 xy = 0 (ii ) y = x y (iii ) y x = xsin y
8. Establish the following

dy 1− y2
(i ) If 1 − x 2 + 1 − y 2 = a ( x − y ) then =
dx 1 − x2

dy
(ii ) If y = x a 2 + x 2 + a 2 log( x + a 2 + x 2 ) then = 2 a2 + x2
dx

dy y 1 − log x log y 
(iii ) If x log y = log x then =
dx x  log 2 x 


 2x  −1  3 x − x  −1  4 x − 4 x 
3 3
(iv) If y = tan −1  2  + tan  2  − tan  2 4 
then
 1− x   1 − 3x   1− 6x + x 
dy 1
=
dx 1 + x 2

dy y ( x log y − y )
(v) If x y = y x then =
dx x( y log x − x)

dy y
(vi ) If x 2 3 + y 2 3 = a 2 3 then = −3
dx x

dy
9. Find of each of the following functions
dx
(1 − 2 x) 2 3 (1 + 3x) −3 4 x4 3 x2 + 4 (a − x) 2 (b − x)3
(i) y = (ii) y = (iii) y =
(1 − 6 x)5 6 (1 − 2 x)−6 7 4x2 − 7 (c − 2 x ) 3

306
 x3 . 2 + 3x
(iv) y =
(2 + x)(1 − x)
10. Find the derivatives of the following functions
x
(i) (sin x)log x + xsin x (ii ) x x (iii) x x + (cot x) x (iii) (sin x) x + x sin x
11. Establish the following
(i ) If x y + y x = a b then dy = −  yx + y log y 
y −1 x

 x y log x + xy x −1 
dx  

x−β x−β
(ii ) If f ( x) = sin −1 & g ( x) = tan −1 then
α−x α−x
f ' ( x) = g ' ( x)( β < x < α )

 a cos x + b 
(iii ) If a > b > 0 and 0 < x < π ; then f ( x) = (a 2 − b 2 ) −1 2 .cos −1  
 a + b cos x 

12. Differentiate ( x 2 − 5 x + 8)( x3 + 7 x + 9)

(i) Using product rule.
(ii) Obtaining a single polynomial expanding the product
(iii) Logarithmic differentiation

KEY CONCEPTS

I. The derivative of a function f at x = a is denoted by

f ( a + h) − f (a ) f ( x) − f (a)
f ' (a) = lim = lim both exist and are equal.
h→0 h h → a x−a

II. Every differentiable function is continuous but the converse is not true.

III. let u and v be functions of x whise derivatives exixts. Then

d (c )
(i) =0
dx

d ( ku ) du
(ii). =k
dx dx

d du dv
(iii) (u + v ) = +
dx dx dx

d dv du
(iv). (uv) = u + v
dx dx dx

d 1 1 du
(v) ( )=− 2
dx u u dx

307
 du dv
v −u
d u
(vi) ( ) = dx 2 dx
dx v v

IV. Some of the standered derivatives in appropriate domains

d
1. (sin x) = cos x
dx

d n
2. ( x ) = nx n−1
dx

d x
3. (e ) = e x .
dx

d 1
4. (log e x ) =
dx x

d x
5. ( a ) = a x log e a
dx

d
6. (sin x ) = cos x
dx

d
7. (cos x) = − sin x
dx

d
8. (tan x) = sec 2 x
dx

d
9. (cot x) = − cos ec 2 x
dx

d
10. (sec x) = sec x tan x
dx

d
11. (cos ecx ) = − cos ecx cot x
dx 7.

d 1
12. (sin −1 x) =
dx 1 − x2

d −1
13. (cos −1 x) = .
dx 1 − x2

d 1
14. (tan −1 x) = .
dx 1 + x2

308
 d −1
15. (cot −1 x) = .
dx 1 + x2

d 1
16. (sec−1 x) =
dx x x2 −1

d −1
17. (co sec −1 x) = .
dx x x2 −1

d
18. (sinh x) = cosh x
dx

d
19. (cosh x ) = sinh x .
dx

d
20. (tanh x) = sec h 2 x .
dx

d
21. (sec hx ) = − sec hx tanh x
dx

d
22. (co sec hx) = − cos echx coth x .
dx

d
23. (coth x) = − cos ec 2 x
dx

d 1
24. (sinh −1 x) = .
dx 1 + x2

d 1
25. (cosh −1 x) = .
dx x2 − 1

d 1
26. (tanh −1 x) = .
dx 1 − x2

d −1
27. (sech −1 x) =
dx x 1 − x2

d −1
28. (cos ec h −1 x) = .
dx x 1 + x2

d 1
29. (coth −1 x) =
dx 1 − x2

309
 Answers
Exercise 10(a)

1 3 − 14 5 − 16 1 3
1. (i ) + x + x (ii)
− (iii ) 20 x 4 − 36 x 2 + 2 x
2 x 2 2 2 x − 3 2 7 − 3x
3 1 5 1
(iv) x − 6x − (v) x x + 2 x − 6 x + −4
2 2x x 2 x
 na mb  1
(vi ) (ax + b)n (cx + d ) m  + x
 (vii ) 5 cos x + e (log x + )
 ax + b cx + d  x
1 apx 2 + 2 pbx + bq − ar
(viii ) 5 x log 5 + + ( x 3 + 3 x 2 )e x (ix) e x + cos 2 x ( x)
x (ax + b) 2

1 −(2ax + b)  3 
( xi ) log 7 e ( xii) 2 2
( xiii) e2 x  2log(3x + 4) + 
x log x (ax + bx + c)  3x + 4 

ad − bc 2. f ′(1) = 5050
( xiv) 2 e 2 x ( x 2 + x + 4) ( xv)
(cx + d )2

1
4. (i ) 3 x 2 (ii ) 4 x3 (iii ) 2ax + b (iv) (v) 2cos 2 x (vi) − a sin ax
2 x +1
(vii)2sec2 2 x (viii) − cos ec2 x
−3 x
5 (i ) 2
(ii) x n−1n x ( n log(nx) + x log n log(nx) + 1)
(1 + x x )
2
2 n −1 n −1 − x 1  1 3 
(iii ) ax ( 2n log x + 1 ) + bx e ( n − x) (iv)  − x  e x  − 2 − 3 − x 
x  x x 

7. not differentiable at 1 and 3. 8. not differentiable at 2

Exercise 10(b)

1. (i ) − n cot n−1 x cos ec 2 x (ii ) − 4 cos ec 4 x cot x (iii ) e x sec 2 (e x ) (iv) 2 tan x sec2 x
x
(v) sin m−1 x cosn−1 x(m cos2 x − n sin 2 x)(vi) m cos mx cos nx − n sin mx sin nx(vii) 2
+ tan −1 x
1+ x
3 1 4 − 2x2
(viii) − 1 (ix)10cos ec10 x ( x) ( xi ) ( xii ) 4
16 − 9 x2 x(1 + (log x )2 ) x + 3x 2 + 4
ex  sin x 
( xiii ) ( xiv)2(sin −1 x)(sin x)  (cos x.sin −1 x) + 
sin −1 (e x ) 1 − e 2 x  1 − x2 

310
 −1
−1 1 + 3x 2 − 2 x 4 esin x
( xv) ( xvi) ( xvii )
(sin x + cos x)2 3
1 − x2
(1 − x 2 ) 2
1
( xvii) − sin(log x + e x )( + e x )
x

3cos ec3x cot 3x

( xix)cos a sec2 x ( xx)
1 + cos ec2 3x

1 1 1 − e− y ex
2 (i ) (ii ) (iii ) (iv ) (v )
2 x + x2 2 x (1 − x) x cosh y 1 + x2 sin 2 y
(vi) 2 y (1 + y )

sin(log(cot x )) ± 2
3 (i ) (ii ) (iii ) 4 x cos ec 2(1 − x 2 )(iv ) − 2 x sin( x 2 ) cos(cos( x 2 ))
sin x cos x (1 + x ) 1 + x 2

ex a cos(ax + b) cos(cx + d ) + c sin(ax + b) sin(cx + d )

(v ) 2x
cos(tan −1 (e x ))(vi )
1+ e cos 2 (cx + d )

(vii ) sin x.(tan −1 x) 2

a2 − b2 a2 − b2 − sin x
4 (i ) (ii ) (iii ) 2
a + b sin x a + b cos x 2 cos x + 2 cos x + 1

Exercise 10(c)

3 3 2 −1 1
1 (i ) (ii ) − (iii ) 2
(iv ) 2
(v )
1 − x2 1 − x2 1+ x 1+ x 2

−e − x cos(tan −1 (e − x ))
(vi ) − 2 x sin( x 2 ) cos(cos( x 2 )) (vii )
1 + e −2 x

2. (i ) 2 xe x (ii ) esin x (iii )1

3a 1 1  tan x 
4 (i ) 22
(ii ) (iii ) 2
(iv) (log x) tan x  + sec2 x log(log x) 
a +x 2 2(1 + x )  x log x 
2 x
+1
(v ) x x log ex 2 (vi )2 log 20.cos ec 2 x. 20log(tan x ) (vii ) x x (1 + log x) + e x ee

(viii ) log(e log x) + log x.log(log x)

311
 t (2 − t 3 )
5 (i ) cot t (ii ) (iii ) tan t
1 − 2t 3

1 2 1
6 (i ) (ii ) (iii )
xa (log a ) 2
x
x 2

a 2 y − 4 x3 y2 y (sin y − x log y )
7 (i ) 3 2
(ii ) (iii )
4y − a x x(1 − log x) x( x − y cos y log x)

(1 − 2 x ) 2 3 (1 + 3 x) −3 4  5 6 4 9 
9 (i ) 1 − 6 x + 1 + 7 x − 3(1 − 2 x ) − 4(1 + 3 x) 
(1 − 6 x )5 6 (1 − 2 x) −6 7  

x4 3 x2 + 4  4 2x 4x  (a − x) 2 (b − x)3  6 3 2 
(ii ) + −
 x 3(4 + x 2 ) 4 x 2 − 7  (iii )  − −
 c − 2 x b − x a − x 
3
4x − 7 
2
 (c − 2 x )

x3. 2 + 3x  3 3 1 1 
(iv) + + −
(2 + x)(1 − x)  x 2(2 + 3 x) 1 − x 2 + x 


 log(sin x)  x
+ x −1
10 (i ) (sin x) log x  + cot x log x  (ii ) x x (1 + x log x log(ex))
 x 

 2x 
(iii ) x x (1 + log x ) + (cot x) x  log(cot x) −
 sin 2 x 
 sin x 
(iii ) (sin x) x [ x cot x + log(sin x) ] + x sin x  + cos x log x  12 yes
 x 

312
 11. APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES
Introduction:
In chapter 10, we have studied the concept of the derivative of a function. In this
chapter, we will study some applications of derivatives. In fact, the derivative plays a
vital role in solving some problems such as errors and approximation, finding maxima
and minima (extreme values) of a function. We shall also discuss the geometrical
interpretation of the derivative and the methods of finding the equations of the tangent
and the normal at a point on a given curve.

11.1 Errors and approximation:

The word infinitesimal is used in the sense that it is extremely small or very very
small. In other words, it is so small that it cannot be distinguished from zero by any
available means. Roughly we can say that an infinitesimal it close to zero but it is not
equal to zero. The infinitesimal in the variable x is denoted by x and the infinitesimal
in the variable y is denoted by y . Then infinitesimal x and y are referred as change
in x and change in y respectively.

If a dependent variable y depends on x by a functional relation y  f ( x) then

change in y is given by y  f ( x  x)  f ( x)

Where the variable x is changed from x to x  x .

 dy 
11.1.1 Notation:   Denotes the value of the derivative of the function f ( x, y) at
 dx ( x0 , y0 )
( x0 , y0 ) .

 dy 
If the function y is in explicit form y  f ( x) then we write   as f ' ( x0 ) .
 dx ( x0 , y0 )

dy
11.1.2 Formula for approximation value of y : We define f ' ( x)x or x as
dx
differential of y and is denoted by dy,

i.e.., dy  f ' ( x)x (1)

dy
dy  x (2)
dx

If we take y  f ( x)  x in (1), we get

dy  x (3)

313
 And we call dx as differential of x.

Though dx and x are equal, y & dy need not be equal. In case y  f ( x)

represents a line then y & dy are equal. Geometrically dy denotes the change in y
along the tangent line where as y is the change along the curve (in fig).

In the above fig, PT is the tangent to the curve y  f ( x) at P( x0 , f ( x0 )) and

Q( x0  x, f ( x0  x)) is a neighbouring point of P lying on the curve. The line
segments PR, RS and RQ are respectively equal to x, dy & y .

y
If x is an infinitesimal then  f ' ( x) (4)
x

y
Since is approximately equal to f ( x) there exists an infinitesimal  such that
x
y
 f ( x)   (5)
x

Where  depends on x and x . Equation (5) can be expressed as

y  f ( x)x  x (6)

Since  and x are infinitesimal, their product is very small and nearer to zero [like the
product of (0.001).(0.000001)=0.00000001]. Therefore we take f ( x)x as an
approximate value of y . Thus

y  f ( x)x (7)

y  f ( x)dx (8)

In view of (1), the equation (7) can be written as

y  dy

We can also have another formula from equation (8) i.e..,

f ( x  x)  f ( x)  f ' ( x)dx (9)

Since y  f ( x  x)  f ( x). The equation (9) can be used to find an approximate value
of y at x  x0  x

Y Q T

O P R

314
11.1.3 Note: When x changes from x0 to x0  x then change in y is given by

y  f ( x0  x)  f ( x0 ) (10)

And we call y given by (10) as the change in y at x  x0

11.1.4 Definition: If a number A is very close to a number B but it is not equal to B then
A is called an approximate value of B. For example 3.141592 is an approximate value of
 =3.14159263589.........

If K(e) is an exact value of a certain entity ( length of a side, square root of a

number) and K(a) is an approximate value of K(e) then the difference of these two is
defined as an error i.e.., K(e)-K(a) is the error. If x is considered as an error in x then
the error in y  f ( x) is y . The exact error can be computed from equation (1) of 10.1.2
and the approximation of y can be computed from the equation (8) of 10.1.2.

Definition (Absolute error, Relative error and Percentage error)

If y is any variable then

(i) y is called an absolute error in y

y
(ii) is called a relative error in y .
y
y
(iii) 100 is called percentage error in y.
y

If y  f ( x) is a differentiable function and x is an error in x then the approximation of

absolute error, relative error and percentage error in y are respectively as given below

y  f ( x)x (1)

y  f ( x) 
  x (2)
y  f ( x) 

y  f ( x) 
And 100    100  x (3)
y  f ( x) 

11.1.5 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find dy & y of y  x2  x at x  10 when x  0.1

Solution: As change in y  f ( x) is given by y  f ( x  x)  f ( x) , this change at

x  10 with x  0.1 .

x  f (10.1)  f (10)  {(10.1)2  10.1}  {102  10}  2.11

315
Since dy  f ' ( x), x, dy at x  10 with x  0.1 is

dy
dy  {(2)(10)  1}0.1  2.1 (since  2x  1)
dx

2. Problem: Find y & dy for the function y  cos( x) at 60 with x  1

Solution: For the given y & dy at x  60 with x  1 are

y  cos(60  1 )  cos(60 ) (1)

And dy   sin(60 )(1 ) (2)

cos(60 )  0.5, cos(61 )  0.4848 , sin(60 )  0.8660 , 1  0.0174 radians

Therefore, y  0.0152 & dy  0.0150

3. Problem: If the radius of a sphere is increased from 7cm to 7.02 cm then find the
approximate increase in the volume of the sphere.

Solution: Let r be the radius of a sphere and V be its volume. Then

4 r 3
V (1)
3

Here V is a function of r. As the radius is increased from 7cm to 7.02, we can take r =
7cm and r  0.02 cm. Now we have to find the approximate increase in the volume of
the sphere.

dV
V  r  4 r 2 r
dr

Thus, the approximation increase in the volume of the sphere is

4(22)(7)(7)(0.02)
 12.32cm3
7

4. Problem: If y  f ( x)  kxn the show that the approximate relative error (or increase)
in y in n times the relative error (or increase) in x where n and k are constants.

Solution: The approximate relative error (or increase) in y by the equation (2) of 10.1.4
 f ' ( x)  knx n 1  x 
is   x  x  n   n  relative error (or increase) in x.
 x 
n
 f ( x)  kx

Hence the approximate relative error in y  kx n is n times the relative error in x.

316
5. Problem: If an error of 0.01 cm is made in increasing the perimeter of a circle and the
perimeter is measured as 44cm then find the approximate error and relative error in its
area.

Solution: Let r , p & A be the radius, perimeter and area of the circle respectively. Given
A
that p  44cm & p  0.01 . We have to find the approximation of A & . Note that
A
A   r 2 which is a function of r. As p & p are given to transform A   r 2 into the
form A  f ( p) . This can be achieved by using the relation, perimeter 2 r  p .

2
 p  p2
A   
 2  4

dA 2p p
Hence the approximate error in A  p  p  p
dp 4 2

44
The approximation error in A when p  44 & p  0.01  (0.01)  0.07
2

 dA   p 
 dp   
2
The approximate relative error =   .p   2  .p  2 p  2(0.01)  0.0004545 .
A p  p 44
 
 4 

Exercise 11(a)
1. Find y & dy for the following functions for the values of x & x which are
shown against each of the functions.

(i) y  x2  3x  6, x  10 & x  0.01

(ii) y  e x  x, x  5 & x  0.02

(iii) y  5x 2  6 x  6, x  2 & x  0.001

1
(iv) y  , x  8 & x  0.02
x2

(v) y  cos( x), x  60 & x  1

2. Find the approximations of the following

(i) 82 (ii) 3 65 (iii) 25.001 (iv) 3
7.8 (v) sin(62 ) (vi) cos(60 5' ) (vii) 4 17

3. If the increase in the side of a square is 4% then find the approximate

percentage of increase in the area of the square.

317
 4. The radius of a sphere is measured as 14cm. Later it was found that there is an
error 0.02 cm in measuring the radius. Find the approximate error in surface
area of the sphere.
5. The diameter of a sphere is measured to be 40cm. IF an error of 0.02 cm is
made in it, then find approximate errors in volume and surface area of the
sphere.
6. The time t of a complete oscillation of a simple pendulum of length l is given
l
by t  2 where g is gravitational constant. Find the approximate
g
percentage of error in t when the percentage of error in l is 1%.

11.2 Geometrical interpretation of the derivative:

In this section we first recall the definition of tangent at a point to a curve. Then
we give the geometrical interpretation of the derivative.

11.2.1 Definition: Let P be a point on a curve (fig). Let Q be a neighbouring point P on

the curve. The line through P and Q is a secant of the curve. The limiting position of the
secant PQ as Q moves nearer to P along the curve is called the tangent to the curve at the
point P.

11.2.2 Geometrical interpretation of derivative: Let APQ denote the curve y  f ( x)

defined on an interval. Let P be a point on the curve and P  (c, f (c))

If we let Q to be a neighbouring point of P on the curve (see fig), then Q can be taken as
Q  (c   c, f (c   c)) .Let the tangent at P to the curve which is not parallel to X-axis in
general, meet the X-axis at T and make an angle  with X-axis. Let the chord drawn
through P,Q meet X-axis in S and make an angle  . Let L, M be the feet of the
perpendiculars drawn from P,Q respectively on the X-axis. Then
ˆ  .
PL  f (c) & QM  f (c   c) . Since, PR is parallel to OM we have QPR

QR QM  RM QM  PL
Then, tan    
PR OM  OL OM  OL

f (c   c )  f (c ) f (c   c )  f (c )
= 
c c c c

318
As the point Q approaches P, the limiting position of the chord PQ is the tangent PT at P,
i.e.., if Q  P then QR  0, PR  0,  and chord PQ approaches PT

f (c   c)  f (c) QR
Therefore f ' (c)  lim  lim  lim tan   tan
 c 0 c Q  P PR  

Observe that tan is the slope of the tangent PT. Thus, the summary of the above
discussion is that the derivative of f(x) at c is the slope of the tangent to the curve y=f(x)
at the point (c, f(c))

11.3 Equations of tangent and normal to a curve:

dy
In the previous section 10.2 we have seen that represents the slope of the
dx
tangent at a point (x, y) on the curve y=f(x). Using this concept, it is easy to find the
equations of tangent and normal.

11.3.1 Equation of tangent: Let y=f(x) be a curve and P (a, b) be a point on it. Then we
know that the slope m of the tangent at P is

dy
m  f (a) or
dx ( a ,b )

Therefore, the equation of the tangent to the curve at (a, b) is

y  b  m( x  a)
y  b  f ' (a)( x  a)

11.3.2 Definition: Let P be a point on curve C. The straight line passing through P and
perpendicular to the tangent to the curve at P is called the normal to the curve C at P (see
fig).

Y Tangent

P C

Normal

O X

11.3.3 Equation of normal: Since, the slope of the tangent to the curve y=f(x) at P(a,b)
1
is f (a), the slope of the normal at P is if f (a) not equal to zero. If f (a)  0 the
f (a )
tangent to the curve at P is parallel to the X-axis and therefore the normal is parallel to
the Y-axis.

319
 Thus the equation of the normal is

1
y b  ( x  a) if f (a)  0 and
f (a)

x  a if f (a)  0

11.3.4 Note: The curve y=f(x) is said to have a

(i) Horizontal tangent at a point (a, f(a)) on the curve when f (a) =0
(ii) Vertical tangent at a point (a, f(a)) on the curve when
f ( a  h)  f ( a )
lim   or 
h 0 h

11.3.5 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find the slope of the tangent to the following curves at the points as
indicated.

1  1
(i) y  5 x 2 At (-1, 5) (ii) y  ( x  1) at  3, 
x 1  2


n n
x  y
(iii) x  a sec , y  a tan  at   (iv)       2 at (a, b)
6 a b

Solution:

dy
(i) y  5 x 2 then  10.x
dx
dy
Therefore the slope of the tangent at the given point is  10 .
dx ( 1,5)
1 dy 1
(ii) y  ( x  1) then 
x 1 dx ( x  1)2
 1 dy 1 1
Therefore the slope of the tangent at  3,  is  
 2 dx (3, 1 ) (3  1) 2
4
2

(iii) x  a sec , y  a tan 

 dy 
dy  d  a sec2 
    cos ec
dx  dx  a sec  tan 
 d 

Slope of the tangent of the point with   is
6
dy  
 cos ec    2
dx    6
6

320
 n n
x  y
(iv)       2
a b
Differentiating both sides w.r.t x,
n 1 n 1
 x 1  y 1 dy
n  .  n  . . 0
a a b b dx
n 1
b  x
n
dy
i.e..,     
dx a  y

dy b
Slope of the tangent at (a, b )  .
dx ( a ,b ) a

2. Problem: Find the equations of the tangent and the normal to the curve y  5x 4 at the
point (1, 5).

dy
Solution: y  5 x 4 implies that  20 x3
dx

dy
Slope of the tangent to the curve at (1, 5) is  20(1)3  20
dx (1,5)

1
The slope of the normal to the curve at (1, 5) is
20

Equations of the tangent and the normal to the curve at (1, 5) are

1
y  5  20( x  1) & y  5  ( x  1) respectively.
20

i.e.., y  20 x  15& 20 y  101  x respectively

3. Problem: Find the equations of the tangents to the curve y  3x2  x3 =0, where it
meets the X- axis.

Solution: Putting y  3x 2  x3 =0 , we get the points of intersection of the curve and X-

axis, i.e.., y  0. They are given by

3x2  x3  0 or x 2 (3  x)  0 i.e.., x  0, x  3.

Thus the curve crosses the X axis at the points O (0, 0) and A (3, 0).

dy
 6 x  3x 2
dx

that implies slope of the tangent at O(0, 0) to the curve is

321
 dy
0
dx (0,0)

Tangent at O (0, 0) is y  0  0( x  0)

i.e.., X-axis is the tangent to the curve at (0, 0).

dy
Now the slope of the tangent at A(3, 0) to the curve is  6(3)  3(3)2  9
dx (3,0)

Therefore the tangent at (3, 0) is y  0  9( x  3), y  9 x  27.

4. Problem: Find the points at which the curve y  sinx has horizontal tangents.

Solution: y  sinx

dy
  cos x
dx

A tangent is horizontal if and only if its slope is zero.

Therefore cos x  0


Hence x  (2n  1) ;nZ
2

Hence the given curve has horizontal tangent at point ( x0 , y0 )


 x0  (2n  1) and y0  (1)n  Z (See fig)
2

5. Problem: Show that the tangent at any point  on the curve x  c sec , y  c tan  is
y sin   x  c cos

Solution: Slope of the tangent at any point  (i.e.., at ( c sec , c tan  )) on the curve is
 dy 
dy  d  c sec2 
   cos ec
dx  dx  c sec  tan 
 
 d 

Therefore the equation of the tangent is

y  c tan   cos ec ( x  c sec )

i.e.., y sin   x  c cos

322
 Exercise 11(b)

1. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y  3x 4  4 x at x  4.

x 1
2. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y  , x  2 at x  10.
y2
3. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y  x3  x  1 at the point whose x 
coordinate is 2.
4. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y  x3  3x  2 at the point whose x 
coordinate is 3.

5. Find the slope of the normal to the curve x  a cos3  , y  a sin 3  at   .
4
 
6. Find the slope of the normal to the curve   at  
4 2
7. Find the points at which the tangents to the curve y  x  3x 2  9 x  7 are
3

parallel to the x  axis.

8. Find a point on the curve y  ( x  2)2 at which the tangent is parallel to the chord
joining the points (2, 0) and (4, 4).
9. Find the point on the curve y  x3  11x  5 at which the tangent is y  x  11.
10. Find the equation of tangent and normal to the following curves at the points
indicated against:
(i) y  x4  6 x3  13x 2  10 x  5 at (0,5)
(ii) y  x3 at (1,1)
(iii) y  x 2 at (0,0)

(iv) x  cos t , y  sin t at t 
4
(v) y  x  4 x  2 at (4,2)
2

1
(vi) y at (0,1)
1  x2
11. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve xy=10 at (2, 5).
12. Find the equation of tangent and normal to the curve y  x3  4 x 2 at (-1, 3).
13. If the slope of the tangent to the curve x3  2 xy  4 y  0 at a point on it is 3 / 2 ,
then find the equations of tangent and normal at that point.
14. If the slope of the tangent to the curve y  x log x at a point on it is 3 / 2 , the find
the equations of tangent and normal at the point.
x
15. Find the tangent and normal to the curve y  2e 3
at the point where the curve
meets the Y-axis.
16. Show that the tangent at P( x1 , y1 ) on the curve x  y  a is
1 1 1
yy1 2  xx1 2  a 2

323
 17. At what point on the curve x 2  y 2  2 the slopes of tangents are equal to 2?
18. Show that the curves x2  y 2  2 &3x2  y 2  4 x have a common tangent at the
point (1, 1).
19. At a point ( x1 , y1 ) on the curve x3  y3  3axy show that the tangent
x 2
1  ay1  x   y12  ax1  y  ax1 y1
20. Show that the tangent at the point P (2, -2) on the curve y(1  x)  x. makes
intercepts of equal length on the co-ordinates axes and the normal at P passes
through the origin.
2 2 2
21. If the tangent at any point on the curve x  y  a intercepts the coordinate
3 3 3

axes in A and B then show that the length AB is constant.

22. If the tangent at any point P on the curve xm y n  a mn (mn  0) meets the
coordinate axes in A, B then show that AP: BP is a constant.

11.4 Lengths of tangent, normal, sub tangent and subnormal:

In this section we define the length of tangent, normal, sub tangent and sub
normal and derive formulae to find these lengths.

11.4.1 Definition: Suppose P=(a, f(a)) is a point on the curve y=f(x). Let the tangent and
normal to the curve at P meet the X-axis in L and G respectively. Let M be the foot of the
perpendicular drawn from P onto the X-axis.

Then

(i) PL is called the length of the tangent.

(ii) PG is called the length of the normal
(iii) LM is called the length of the sub tangent.
(iv) MG is called the length of sub normal.


If PLM   then, MPG   In general if ,   0 &  
2

We can find simple formulae for the above four lengths.

(i) Length of the tangent = PL  PM cos ec

f (a) 1  ( f (a)) 2
f (a) cos ec  ( f (a)  0 as   0 )
f (a)

(ii) Length of the normal = PG  PM sec 

= f (a)sec   f (a) 1  ( f (a)) 2

f (a) f (a)
(iii) Length of the sub tangent = LM  
tan  f (a)

324
 (iv) Length of the subnormal = MG  f (a) tan   f (a) f (a)

 dy 
In case of implicit we write   instead of f (a) in the above formulae.
 dx (0, f ( a ))

In case of general point ( x, y) on a curve, the above formulae can be remembered as

y 1  ( y) 2
(i) Length of tangent =
y

(ii) Length of normal = y 1  ( y)2

y
(iii) Length of sub tangent =
y
(iv) Length of subnormal = yy

11.4.2 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Show that the length of the subnormal at any point on the curve y 2  4ax is
a constant.

Solution: Differentiating y 2  4ax with respect to x, we have

2a
2 yy  4a  y  i.e.., yy  2a
y

Therefore the length of the subnormal at any point ( x, y) on the curve

= yy  2a , a constant.

2. Problem: Show that the length of the sub tangent at any point on the curve
y  a x (a  0) is a constant.

Solution: Differentiating y  a x w.r.t x, we have y  a x log a

Therefore the length of the sub tangent at any point ( x, y) on the curve is

y ax 1
=  x   constant.
y a log a log a

3. Problem: Show that the square of the length of sub tangent at any point on the curve
by 2  ( x  a)3 (b  0) varies with the length of the subnormal at that point.

Solution: Differentiating by 2  ( x  a)3 w.r.t x, we get 2byy  3( x  a)2

325
The length of the subnormal at any point ( x, y) on the curve

3
= yy  ( x  a)2 (1)
2b

The square of the length of the sub tangent

2
y y2
=  '2
y y

( x  a) 2 ( x  a)3 4  b 2  y 2
=  
 3( x  a) 2 
2
b 9( x  a) 4
b 
 2by 

( x  a )3 4 2 ( x  a ) 3 1
=  b   ( by 2  ( x  a)3 )
b 9 b ( x  a) 4

4
= ( x  a)2 (2)
9

Therefore the square of the length of sub tangent at any point on the curve varies with the
length of the subnormal at that point.

4. Problem: Find the value of k so that the length of the subnormal at any point on the
curve y  a1k x k is constant.

Solution: Differentiating y  a1k x k w.r.t x, we get y  ka1k x k 1

Length of subnormal at any point P ( x, y) on the curve

= yy  yka1k x k 1

= ka1k x k a1k xk 1  ka 22 k x k 1

= ka 22 k x 2 k 1

1
In order to make these values a constant, we should have 2k  1  0  k 
2

Exercise 11(c)

x
1. Find the lengths of sub tangent and subnormal at a point on the curve y  b sin
a
2. Show that the length of the subnormal at any point on the curve xy  a varies as
2

the cube of the ordinate of the point.

326
 x
3. Show that at any point (x, y) on the curve y  be , the length of the sub tangent
a

y2
is a constant and the length of the subnormal is.
a
4. Find the value of k so that the length of the subnormal at any point on the curve
xy k  a k 1 is constant.
5. At any point t on the curve x  a(t  sin t ), y  a(1  cos t ) , find the lengths of
tangent , normal, sub tangent and sub normal.
6. Find the lengths of normal and subnormal at a appoint on the curve
a x x

y   ea  e a 
2 
7. Find the lengths of sub tangent , subnormal at a point t on the curve
x  a(cos t  t sin t )
y  a(sin t  t cos t )

11.5 Angle between two curves and condition for orthogonality of

curves:
If two curves C1 & C2 intersect at a point P, then the angle between the tangents to
the curves at P is called the angle between the curves at P (see fig).

In general, there are two angles between these two tangents; if both of these angles are
not equal, then one is an acute angle and the other obtuse.

It is customary to consider the acute angle to be the angle between the curves.

Let y=f(x), y=g(x) denote the curves C1 & C2 and let these two curves intercept at the
point P( x0, y0 ) .

Let m1  f ( x) | p &m2  g ( x) | p be the slopes of tangents at P to curves C1 & C2

respectively.

(i) In case m1  m2 , the curves have a common tangent at P. Then the angle
between the curves is zero. In this case we say that the curves touch each other
at P. This include m1  m2 =0 also.
(ii) If m1m2  1 then the tangent at P to the curves are perpendicular. In this case
the curves are said to cut each other orthogonally at P.
(iii) m1m2  1& m1  m2 and  is the acute angle between the curves at P,then
m1  m2
tan   .
1  m1m2

327
 (iv) If either of m1andm2 say m2  0 , then the angle between the curves is
  tan 1 (m1 ) .

11.5.1 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find the angle between the curves xy  2 & x2  4 y  0 .

Solution: Let us first find the points of intersection of xy  2 & x2  4 y  0

 x4
Putting y  in xy  2 , we get x3  8
4

 x2
i.e.., x  2  y   1
4

Therefore the point of intersection of the curves is P (-2, -1)

2
xy  2  y ' 
x2

x
x2  4 y  0  y' 
2

Slope of the tangent to the curve xy  2 at P is

2 1
m1  y ' |( 2,1)  
(2) 2
2

Slope of the tangent to the curve x 2  4 y  0 at P is

x
m2  |( 2,1)  1
2

Let  be the angle between the curves at P. Then

1
 1
m  m2
tan   1  2 3
1  m1m2  1 
1     1
 2 

Therefore   tan 1 3 .

x
2. Problem: Find the angle between the curve 2 y  e 2
and Y – axis.

Solution: Equation of Y axis is x  0. The point of intersection of the curve

328
 x
 1
2y  e 2
and x  0 is P  0, 
 2
x
The angle  made by the tangent to the curve 2 y  e 2
at P with X axis is given by

dy 1  x 1
tan   e2 
dx  0, 1  4  1 4
 2  0, 
 2

x
Further if  is the angle between the Y axis and the tangent at P to the curve 2 y  e 2
then we have

 
tan   tan     cot  4
2 

Therefore the angle between the curve and the Y axis is tan 1 4 .

3. Problem: Show that the condition for the orthogonality of the curve
1 1 1 1
ax2  by 2  1& a1 x2  b1 y 2  1 is    .
a b a1 b1

Solution: Let the curves ax2  by 2  1& a1 x2  b1 y 2  1 intersect at P( x1 , y1 ) so that

ax12  ay12  1 and a1 x 2  b1 y 2  1 ,

From which we get (by cross multiplication rule.)

x12 y2 1
 1 
b1  b a  a1 ab1  a1b
(1)

Differentiating ax 2  by 2  1 w.r.t x, we get

dy ax

dx by

Hence if m1 is the slope of the tangent at P( x1 , y1 ) to the curve

ax1
ax 2  by 2  1 then m1 
by1

Similarly the slope m2 of the tangent at P to a1 x 2  b1 y 2  1 is given by

a1 x1
m2 
b1 y1

329
Since the curves cut orthogonally, we have m1m2  1

aa1 x12 x12 bb1

i.e..,  1 or  (2)
bb1 y12 y12 aa1

now from (1) and (2) the condition for the orthogonality of the given curves is

b1  b bb1
 or (b  a)a1b1  (b1  a1 )ab or (b  a)a1b1  (b1  a1 )ab
a  a1 aa1

Exercise 11(d)

1. Find the angles between the curves given below

(i) x  y  2  0; x 2  y 2  10 y  0
(ii) y 2  4 x; x2  y 2  5
(iii) x2  3 y  3; x2  y 2  25  0
8
(iv) x 2  2( y  1); y 
x 4
2

(v) 2 y 2  9 x  0;3x2  4 y  0 ( in the (iv) ques)

(vi) y 2  8x;4 x2  y 2  32
(vii) x2 y  4; y( x 2  4)  8
(viii) Show that the curves 6 x2  5x  2 y  0 & 4 x2  8 y 2  3 touch each other at
1 1
 , 
2 2

11.6 Derivative as a rate of change:

In this section we learn how the derivative can be used to determine the rate of
change of a variable. We also discuss their application to the physics and social studies

11.6.1 Average rate of change: If y  f ( x) then the average rate of change in y

y f ( x2 )  f ( x1 )
between x  x1 & x  x2 is defined as 
x x2  x1

Geometrically the average rate of change of y w.r.t x is the slope of secant line joining
( x1 , f ( x1 )) & ( x2 , f ( x2 )) which are the points lying on the graph of y  f ( x).

The units of average rate of change of a function are the units of y per unit of the
variable x.

11.6.2 Instantaneous rate of change of a function f at x  x0 : If y  f ( x) then

instantaneous rate of change of a function f at x  x0 is defined as

330
 f ( x0  x)  f ( x0 )
lim which is equal to f ( x0 ) . i.e.., instantaneous rate of change of the
x 0 x
function f at x is f ( x).

11.6.3 Note: Instantaneous rate of change of the function f at x is f ( x)

11.6.4 Rectilinear motion: The motion of a particle in a line is called rectilinear motion.
It is customary to represents the line of motion by a coordinate axis. We choose a
reference point (origin), appositive direction (to the right of origin) and a unit of distance
on the line.

The rectilinear motion is described by s  f (t ) where f (t ) is the rule connecting

s and t. Here s is the coordinate of the particle for the amount of time t that elapsed since
the motion began.

If a particle moves according to the rule s  f (t ) where s is the displacement of

s
the particle at time t, then is the average rate of change in s between t and t  t .
t

s f ( x  t )  f (t )
i.e.., 
t t

s
since the rate of change o displacement in the velocity , we call as the average
t
velocity of the function s  f (t ) between the time t and t  t .

11.6.5 Note: If s  f (t ) then the average velocity between t  t1 and t  t2 is

f (t2 )  f (t1 )
t2  t1

11.6.6 Instantaneous velocity: Suppose a taxi-car travelled 400kms in 8hours. Then its
average velocity in 8hours is 50km/hr. The average velocity 50km/hr of the taxi-car does
not imply that the car at each point of its travelled path has the velocity 50km/hr. The
velocity of taxi-car at a given instant during movement of the car is shown on its
speedometer.

Expression for velocity

If s  f (t ) then instantaneous rate of change of function f or s at t  t0 is

f (t0  t )  f (t ) ds
lim and it is equal to f (t0 ) or . The rate of change of
t 0 t dt t t0
ds
displacement in a unit time is the velocity. Therefore f (t0 ) [or ] represents the
dt t t0

331
  ds 
instantaneous velocity of the particle at time t  t0 . Further f (t ) (or   ) represents the
 dt 
instantaneous velocity at any time t.

11.6.7 Note: The acceleration of a particle at time t  t0 , moving with s  f (t ) is given

 d 2s 
by  2  at t  t0 since the acceleration is the rate of change of velocity.
 dt 

11.6.8 Note: 1. The acceleration of a particle at any time t , moving with s  f (t ) is given
 d 2s 
by  2  .
 dt 

dy dx
2. If y  f ( x) and x and y are functions of t then  f ( x)
dt dt

11.6.9 Solved Problems:

1. Problem: Find the average rate of change of s  f (t )  2t 2  3 between t  2 and

t  4.

Solution: The average rate of change of s between t  2 and t  4 is

f (4)  (2) 35  11
  12
42 42

2. Problem: Find the rate of change of area of a circle w.r.t radius when r  5.

Solution: Let A be the area of the circle with radius r. Then A   r 2 . Now the rate of
dA dA
change of area A w.r.t r is given by  2 r . When r  5 cm,  10
dr dr

Thus, the area of the circle is changing at the rate of 10 cm2 / cm .

3. Problem: The volume of a cube is increasing at a rate of 9 cubic centimetres per

second. How fast is the surface area increasing at a rate of the edge is 10 centimetres?

Solution: Let x be the length of the edge of the cube, V be its volume and S be its surface
area. Then V  x3 & S  6 x2 . Given that rate of change of volume is 9cm3 / sec .

dV
Therefore ,  9cm3 / sec
dt

Now differentiating V w. r t t we get ,

dV dx dx
 3x 2  9  3x 2
dt dt dt

332
 dx 3
i.e.., 
dt x 2

Differentiating S w.r.t t we get,

dS dx 3 36
 12 x   12 x  2 
dt dt x x

dS 36
Hence, when x = 10cm,   3.6cm2 / sec
dt 10

4. Problem: A particle is moving in a straight line so that after its distance is ‘s’ (in cms)
from a fixed point on the line is given by s  f (t )  8t  t 3 . Find (i) the velocity at time t
= 2sec (ii) the initial velocity (iii) acceleration at t = 2sec.

Solution: The distance s and time t are connected by the relation

s  f (t )  8t  t 3

Therefore, velocity is given by v  8  3t 2

d 2s
And the acceleration is given by a  6t
dt 2

(i) The velocity at t = 2 is 8 + 3 (4) = 20cm/sec

(ii) The initial velocity (t = 0) is 8cm/sec
(iii) The acceleration at t = 2 is 6(2) =12cm/ sec2 .

5. Problem: A container in the shape of an inverted cone has height 12cm and radius
6cm at the top. If it is filled with water at the rate of 12cm3 / sec .,what is the rate of
change in the height of water level when the tank is filled 8cm?

Solution: Let OC be height o water level at ‘t’ sec (fig). The triangles OAB and OCD are
similar triangles. Therefore

CD OC

AB OA

Let OC=h and CD =r. Given that AB=6cm, OA=12cm.

r h h
 i.e.., r  (1)
6 12 2

 r 2h
Volume of the cone V is given by V  (2)
3

333
 rh3
Using (1), we have V  (3)
12

dV  h 2 dh
Differentiating (3) w.r.t t we get  .
dt 4 dt

dh 4 dV
Hence  2
dt  h dt

 dh 
When h = 8cm, the rate of rise of the water level (height) is  
 dt h 8

1 4 3
i.e..,   2 (12)  cm/sec.
 8 4

3
Hence, the rate of the change of water level is cm/sec when the water level of the tank
4
is 8cm.

6. Problem: A particle is moving along a line according to s  f (t )  4t 3  3t 2  5t  1

where s is measured in meters and t is measured in seconds. Find the velocity and
acceleration at time t. At what time the acceleration is zero.

Solution: since s  f (t )  4t 3  3t 2  5t  1 , the velocity at time t is

ds
v  12t 2  6t  5
dt

d 2s
And the acceleration at time t is a   24t  6
dt 2

The acceleration is 0 if 24t  6  0

1
i.e.., t
4

1
The acceleration of the particle is zero at t  sec.
4

7. Problem: The total cost C (x) in rupees associated with production of x units of an
item is given by C ( x)  0.005x3  0.02 x 2  30 x  500 . Find the marginal cost when 3
units are produced (marginal cost is the rate of change of total cost).

Solution: Let M represent the marginal cost. Then

334
 dC
M
dx

d
Hence, M (0.005 x3  0.02 x 2  30 x  500)
dx

= 0.005(3x2 )  0.02(2 x)  30

The marginal cost at x  3 is

(M ) x3  0.005(27)  0.02(2 x)  30

Hence the required marginal cost is Rs 30.02 to produce 3 units.

8. Problem: The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units of a product is
given by R( x)  3x2  36 x  5 . Find the marginal revenue when x  5 (marginal revenue
is the rate of change of total revenue).

Solution: Let m denote the marginal revenue. Then

dR
m (since the total revenue is R(x))
dx

Given that R( x)  3x2  36 x  5

 m  6 x  36

 dR 
The marginal revenue at x  5 is  m   30  36  66 .
 dx  x 5

Hence the required marginal revenue is Rs.66

Exercise 11(e)

1. At time t the distance s of a particle moving in a straight line is given by

s  4t 2  2t . Find the average velocity between t  2 sec and t  8 sec.
2. If y  x 4 then find the average rate of change of y between x  2 and x  4 .
3. A particle moving along a straight line has the relation s  t 3  2t  3 connecting
the distance s described by the particle in time t. Find the velocity and acceleration
of the particle at t  4 sec.
4. The distance time formula for the motion of a particle along a straight line is
s  t 3  9t 2  24t  18 . Find when and where the velocity is zero.
5. The displacement s of a particle travelling in a straight line in t seconds is given
by s  45t  11t 2  t 3 .Find the time when the particle comes to rest.
6. The volume of a cube is increasing at the rate of 8 cm3 / sec . How fast is the
surface area increasing when the length of an edge is 12 cm2 .

335
 7. A stone is dropped into a quiet lake and ripples move in circles at the speed of
5cm/sec. At the instant when the radius of circular ripple 8cm, how fast is the
enclosed area increases?
8. The radius of a circle is increasing at the rate of 0.7cm/sec. What is the rate o
increase of its circumference?
9. A ballo0n which always remains spherical on inflation is being inflated by
pumping in 900 cubic centimetres of gas per second. Find the rate at which the
radius of balloon increases when the radius is 15cm.
10. The radius of an air bubble is increasing at the rate of ½ cm/sec. At what rate is
the volume of the bubble increasing when the radius is 1cm?
11. Assume that an object is launched upward at 980m/sec. Its position would be
given by s  4.9t 2  980t . Find the maximum height attained by the object.
3
12. Let a kind of bacteria grow in such a way that t sec there are t 2 bacteria. Find the
rate of growth at time t  4 hours.
13. Suppose we have a rectangular aquarium with dimensions of length 8cm, width
4m and height 3m. Suppose we are filling the tank with water at the rate o 0.4
m3 / sec . How fast is the height of water changing when the water level is 25m?
14. A container is in the shape of an inverted cone has height 8m and radius 6m at the
top. If it is filled with water, at the rate of 2 m3 / min ute , how fast is the height of
water changing when the level is 4m?
15. The total cost C(x) in rupees associated with the production of x units of an item is
given by C ( x)  0.007 x3  0.003x2  15x  4000 . Find the marginal cost when 17
units are produced.
16. The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units of a produce is given
by R( x)  13x2  26 x  15 .Find the marginal revenue when x=7.
17. A point P is moving on the curve y  2 x 2 . The x coordinate of P is increasing at
the rate of 4 units per second. Find the rate at which the y increasing when the
point is at (2, 8).

Key Concepts

1. x is small change in x .

y is small change in y corresponding to x in x when y = f(x).

2. Differential of y is denoted by dy.

3. If y is any variable then

(iv) y is called an absolute error in y

y
(v) is called a relative error in y.
y

336
 y
(vi) 100 is called percentage error in y.
y

dy
4. (i) the slope m of the tangent at P is m  f (a) or
dx ( a ,b )

(i) the equation of the tangent at P  a, b  is y  b  m x  a

1
(ii) The equation of the normal is y  b   x  a
m
f (a) 1  ( f (a)) 2
(iii) Length of the tangent  ( f (a)  0 )
f (a)

(iv) Length of the normal  f (a) 1  ( f (a))2

f (a )
(v) Length of the sub tangent 
f (a)
(vi) Length of the subnormal = f (a) f (a)

5. y=f(x), y=g(x) denote the curves C1 & C2 and let these two curves intersecting at the
point P .

Let m1  f (a) | p &m2  g (a) | p be the slopes of tangents at P to curves

(v) In case m1  m2 , the curves have a common tangent at P. Then the angle
between the curves is zero. In this case we say that the curves touch each other
at P. This include m1  m2 =0 also.
(vi) If m1m2  1 then the tangent at P to the curves are perpendicular. In this case
the curves are said to cut each other orthogonally at P.
(vii) m1m2  1& m1  m2 and  is the acute angle between the curves at P ,then
m1  m2
tan   .
1  m1m2
(viii) If either of m1andm2 say m2  0 , then the angle between the curves is

dy
6. (i) can be viewed as the rate of change of y with respect to x.
dx

ds
(ii) Velocity v =
dt

dv d 2s
(iii) acceleration a = = 2
dt dt

337
 ANSWERS

Exercise 11(a)

1 (i) y  0.2301, dy  0.23 (ii) y  e5 (e0.02  1)  0.02, dy  (e5  1)0.02

(iii) y  0.026005, dy  0.026 (iv)y  0.0001996, dy  0.0002

(v) y  0.0152, dy  0.01516

2 (i)9.056 (ii) 400208 (iii)5.0001 (iv)1.9834 (v) 0.8834 (vi)0.4987(vii)2.03125

1
3. 8 4.7.04 5. 16 ,1.6 6.
2

Exercise 11(b)

1 a
1. 764 2. 3. 11 4. 24 5. 1 6. 7.  3, 10  ,   1, 2 
64 2b

8.  3,1 9.  2, 9  10.(i) 10x  y  5, x  10 y  50  0 (ii). 3x  y  2  0, x  3 y  4  0

(iii). y  0, x  0 (iv). x  y  2  0, x  y (v). 4 x  y  14  0, x  4 y  12  0

(vi). y  1  0, x  0 11. 5x  2 y  20  0, 2x  5 y  21  0

 1
12. 5x  y  2  0, x  5 y  16  0 13.at 1,   3x  2 y  2  0, 4 x  6 y  7  0
 2

 9
and at  3,  3x  2 y  18  0, 4 x  6 y  15  0 14. 3x  2 y  2 e  0, 4 x  6 y  7 e  0
 2

 2 2  2 2
15. 2 x  3 y  6  0,3x  2 y  4  0 17.  2 ,  ,  2 ,  
 3 3  3 3 

Exercise 11(c)

x b2 2x t t t t t
1. a tan , sin 4.  2 5. 2a sin , 2a sin tan , a sin t , 2a sin 2 tan .
a 2a a 2 2 2 2 2
x a 2x
6.a cosh 2 , sinh . 7. a(sin t  t cos t ) cot t, a(sin t  t cos t ) tan t.
a 2 a

Exercise 11(d)

1 22 6  9 1
1.(i) tan 1 (ii) tan 1 3 (iii ) tan 1 (iv) (v) tan 1 (vi) tan 1 3 (vii) tan 1
7 69 2 13 3

338
 Exercise 11(e)

1.  38units / sec 2.120 3. 50units / sec, 24units / sec2

8 2
4. t  2sec, s  2units, t  4sec, s  2units 5. 9 6. cm / sec
3
1
7. 80 cm2 / sec 8. 1.4 cm / sec 9. cm / sec 10. 2 cm3 / sec


1 2
11. 49000units 12. 180 (13). 14. 15. 20.967
80 9

16. 208 17. 32units / sec

339
 12. LOCUS
12.1 Definition of Locus-Illustrations
12.1.1 Definition: Locus is the set of points (and only those points) that satisfy the
given condition(s).
From the above definition, it follows that:
(i) Every point satisfying the given condition(s) is a point on the locus.
(ii) Every point on the locus satisfies the given condition(s).

12.1.2 Examples
1. Example: In a plane the locus of a point whose distance from a given point A is 4.

Any point which is at a distance 4 from A Lies on the circle of radius 4 with
centre A. Conversely, every point on the circle is at a distance of 4 from A. Hence, the set
of all points on the circle is the locus in this example.(See Fig. 12.1).
i.e., locus = the circle, in the given plane, with centre at A and radius 4.
2. Example: Locus of a point above the X-axis whose distance from the X-axis is 2.
Let M be the point on the positive direction of the Y-axis with OM=2. Pis a point above
the X-axis with PD=2, where PD is the distance of P from the X-axis (Fig.1.2).ODPM is a
rectangle so that MP OX . Conversely, we can prove that any point P on the locus lies
on the line parallel to X-axis 9above X-axis ) which passes through M. Y

M P Locus
1 2
O D

Figure 12.2
In view of the above examples, locus of a point in the plane is generally a curve in the
plane. For simplicity, we call that curve itself as locus. The locus in example 1 is a circle,
where as it is a straight line in Example 2.

340
12.1.3 Equation of Locus – Problems connected to it
It is clear that, every point on the locus satisfies the given conditions and
every point which satisfies the given conditions lies on the locus.
Equation of the locus of a point is an algebraic equation in x and y satisfied
by the points (x, y) on the locus alone(and by no other point).

12.1.4 Solved Problems

1. Problem: Find the equation of the locus of a point which is at a distance 5 from
(-2,3) in the XOY Plane.
Solution : Let the given point be A=(-2,3) and P(x,y) be a point on the plane.
The geometric condition to be satisfied by P to be on the locus is that AP = 5 - (1)
i.e., AP2 = 5

i.e., ( x  2)2  ( y  3)2  5

i.e., x2  4 x  4  y 2  6 y  9  25

i.e., x2  y 2  4 x  6 y  12  0 --------(2)

Let Q(x1,y1) satisfy equation (2)

Then x12  y12  4 x1  6 y1  12  0 ----(3)

Now the distance of A from Q is AQ = ( x1  2)2  ( y1  3)2

Therefore AQ2 = x12  4 x1  4  y12  6 y1  9

= ( x12  4 x1  4  y12  6 y1  12)  25

= 25 (by using (3)

Hence AQ = 5
This means that Q(x1,y1) satisfies the geometric condition (1).

Therefore, the required equating of locus is x2  y 2  4 x  6 y  12  0 .

2. Problem: Find the locus of the third vertex of a right angled triangle, the ends
of whose hypotenuse are (4, 0) and (0, 4).
Solution: Let A= (4, 0) and B = (0, 4). Let P (x, y) be point such that PA and PB
are perpendicular. The PA2 + PB2 = AB2. ---------(1)
i.e., (x – 4)2 + y2 + x2 + (y – 4)2 = 16 + 16

341
i.e., 2x2 + 2y2 – 8x – 8y = 0
i.e., x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y = 0 ---------( 2)
Let Q (x1, y1) satisfies equation (2) and Q different from A and B.
Then x12 + y12 – 4x1 – 4y1 = 0 , (x1, y1)  (4, 0) and (x1, y1)  ( 0, 4) -------(3)

Now QA2 + QB2 = (x1 – 4)2 + y12+ x12 + (y1 – 4)2

= x12 - 8x1 + 16+ y12 + x12 + y12 - 8y1 +16

= 2(x12 + y12 - 48x1 - 4y1) +32

= 32 ( by using (3) )
= AB2
Hence QA2 + QB2 = = AB2, (Q  A and Q  B

Q (x1, y1) satisfies equation (1). Therefore the required equation of locus is (2).

3. Problem: Find the equation of the locus of P , if the ratio of the distance from P
to A (5, -4) and B (7, 6) is 2 : 3.
Solution: Let P (x, y) be any point on the locus.
AP 2
The geometric condition to be satisfied by P is  -----(1)
PB 3

i.e., 3AP = 2PB

i.e., 3AP2 = 2PB2
i.e., 9[(x – 5)2 + (y + 4)2 ] = 4[(x – 7)2 + (y - 6)2 ]
i.e.,9[x2 + 25 - 10x + y2 + 16 + 8y ] = 0 (y + 4)2 ] =4[ x2 + 49 - 14x + y2 + 36 -
12y]
i.e., 5x2 + 5y2 - 34x + 120 y +29 =0 ----------------(2)
Let Q (x1, y1) satisfy (2). Then 5 x12 + 5y12 - 34x1 + 120 y1 +29 =0
Now 9AQ2 = 9[ x12 + 25 -10x1 + y12 +16 + 8y1 ]
= 5 x12 + 5y12 - 34x1 + 120 y1 +29 +4 x12 + 4y12 -56 x1 - 48y1 + + 340
= 4 [ x12 + y12 - 14x1 -12 y1 +49 + 36 ]
= 4[(x1 – 7)2 + (y1 - 6)2 ] = 4QB2
Thus 3 AQ = 2 QB. Thus Q (x1, y1) satisfy (1).
Hence the required equation of locus is 5x2 + 5y2 - 34x + 120 y +29 =0

342
 Exercise 12(a)
Short Answer Questions
1. Find the equation of a point which is at a distance 5 from A(4, –3).
2. Find the equation of Locus of a point which equidistant from the points A(–3, 2)
and B(0, 4).
3. Find the equation of locus of a point equidistant from A (2, 0) and the Y – axis.
4. Find the equation of Locus of a point P such that the distance of P from the origin
is twice the distance of P from A(1,2).
5. Find the equation of Locus of a point P, the square of whose distance from the
origin is 4 times its Y-coordinate.
6. Find the equation of Locus of a point P such that PA2 + PB2 = 2c2, where A = (a,
0), B = (–a, 0) and 0 < a < c .
Essay Type Questions
1. Find the equation of Locus P, if the line segment joining (2, 3) and (–1, 5)
subtends a right angle at P.
2. Find the equation of the Locus of P, if A = (4, 0) B = (–4, 0) and PA  PB = 4
3. Find the equation of the Locus of P, if A = (2, 3) B = (2, –3) and PA + PB = 8 .
4. A (5, 3) and B(3, –2) are two fixed points. Find the equation of the Locus of P, so
that the area of triangle is 9.
5. If the distance from P to the points (2, 3) and (2, –3) is in the ratio 2:3, then find
the equation of the Locus of P.
6. A(1,2) B(2, –3) and C(–2, 3) are three points, a point P moves such that PA2 + PB2
= 2PC2. Show that the equation of the Locus of P is 7x – 7y + 4 = 0.

Key Concepts
1. Locus is the set of points (and only those points) that satisfy the given consistent
geometric condition(s).
2. An equation of a locus is an algebraic description of the locus. This can be obtained in
the following way.
(i) Consider a point P (x, y) on the locus.
(ii) Write the geometric condition(s) to be satisfied by P in terms of an equation
or in equation in symbols.
(iii) Apply the proper formula of coordinate geometry and translate the geometric
condition(s) into an algebraic condition.
(iv) Simplify the equation so that it is free from radicals.
(v) Verify that if Q (x1, y1) satisfies the equation, then Q satisfies the geometric
condition.
The equation thus obtained is the required equation of locus.

343
 Answers
Exercise 1(a)
Short Answer Questions
1. x2  y 2  8x  6 y  0

2. 6 x  4 y  3

3. y 2  4 x  4  0

4. 3x2  3 y 2  8x 16 y  20  0

5. x2  y 2  4 y  0

6. x2  y 2  c2  a 2

Essay Type Questions

1. x2  y 2  x  8 y  13  0;( x, y)  (2,3) & ( x, y)  (1,5)

x2 y 2
2.  1
4 12

( x  2)2 y 2
3. 16 x2  7 y 2  64 x  48  0 i.e.,  1
7 16

4. (5x  2 y  37)(5x  2 y  1)  0

5. 5x2  5 y 2  20 x  78 y  65  0

344
 13 TRANSFORMATIONS OF AXES
13.1 Translation of axes – Rules and simple problems
Transformation of axes, sometimes proves to be advantageous in solving some
problems. Translation of axes is discussed in this section.
13.1.1. Definition (Translation of axes)
The transformation obtained, by shifting the origin to a given different points in the
plane without the direction of coordinate axes therein is called a Translation of axes.
13.1.2.Changes in the coordinates by translation of axes :
Let OX and OY be the given coordinate axes. Suppose the origin O is shifted to O′ = (h,
k) by the translation of axes OX and OY . Let O′ X ′ and O′Y ′ be the new axes as
shown in Fig.13.1. Then with reference to O / X / and O /Y / the point O′ has the
coordinates ( 0, 0).

Y Y1
P(x, y)
P(x1 , y1)

X1
1 M
O
k y
h
O L N X
Fig.13.1 Translation of axes

Let P be a point with coordinates (x, y) in the system OX and OY ; and with the
coordinates (x′, y′) in the new system O′ X ′ and O′Y ′ .
Then O′L = k and OL = h
Now x = ON = OL + LN
= OL+ O′M
= h + x′
And y = PN = PM + MN
= PM + O′L
= y′ + k
Thus x = x′ + h, y = y′ + k ; or x′ = x − h, y′ = y – k .
13.1.3. Note: If the origin is shifted to (h, k) by translation of axes, the
(i) the coordinates of point P (x, y) are transformed as P ( x − h, y – k .) and
(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 of the curve is transformed as
f ( x′ + h , y ′ + k ) = 0 . .
13.1.4 Examples
1. Example: When the origin is shifted to ( -2,3) by translation of axes, let us find the
coordinates of ( 1,2 ) with respect to new axes.
Solution: Here (h, k) = (-2, 3), Let (x, y) = (1, 2) be shifted to ( x′ , y′ ) by the
translation of axes. Then = ( x′ , y′ ) = ( x − h, y – k ) = ( 1 – (-2), 2 -3 ) = (3, -1).
2. Example:, Find the transformed equation of 2x2 + 4xy + 5y2 = 0, when the origin is
shifted to ( 3,4) by the translation of axes.

345
Solution: Here (h, k0 = (3, 4). On substituting x = x′ + 3 and y = y′ + 4 in the given
2 2
equation, we get 2 ( x′ + 30 ) + 4 ( x′ + 3)( y′ + 4 ) + 5 ( y′ + 4 ) = 0
Simplifying this equation , we get
2 x′2 + 4 x′ y′+ 5 y′2 + 28 x′ + 52 y′ + 146 = 0
The transformed equation is 2 x 2 + 4 xy + 5 y 2 + 28 x + 52 y + 146 = 0

13.2 Rotation of axes – Rules and simple problems

The present section is intended to discuss another transformation, namely rotation of axes.

13.2.1. Definition (Rotation of Axes)

The transformation obtained, by rotating both the coordinate axes in the plane by an equal
angle, without changing the position of the origin is called a Rotation of axes.
13.2.2 Changes in the coordinates when the axes are rotated through an angle
‘θ ’

Let P = (x, y) with reference to the axes OX and OY . Let the axes be rotated through
an angle θ in the positive direction about the origin O, to get the new system OX ′ and
OY ′ as shown in Fig.2.2. With reference to the new axes OX ′ and OY′ , let P = (x′, y′) .
Since the angle of rotation is θ , we have XOX ′ = YOY′ = θ .

Y P(x,y),(x1,y1) X1
Y1 N M

O θ θ
L Q X

Let L, M be the feet of the perpendiculars drawn from p upon axes OX and OX ′ .The
angle between the two straight lines is equal to o the angle between their perpendiculars.
Hence LPM = XOX ′ = θ .

Let N be the foot of the perpendicular from M to PL .

Now x = OL = OQ - LQ
= OQ – NM

= OM cosθ − PM sinθ
= x′ cos θ − y′ sinθ ----------(1)

Also y = PL = PN + NL

346
 = PN + MQ

= PM cosθ + OM sinθ
= y′ cos θ + x′ sinθ --------(2)

Therefore x = = x′ cosθ − y′ sinθ and y = y′ cosθ + x′ sinθ . -----------(3)

From the above equations, the value of x′ and y′ can be found as

x′= x cosθ + y sinθ and y′= − x sinθ + y cosθ ------------(4)

The results in (3) and (4) can be remembered by the following table,

x′ y′
x cos θ -sin θ
y sin θ cos θ
13.2.3. Note: When the axes are rotated to through an angle θ , then

(i) the coordinates of a point P (x, y) are transformed as

P ( x′, y′) = P ( x cosθ + y sinθ , − x sinϑ + y cosθ ), , and
(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 0f the curve is transformed as
f ( x′ cosθ − y′ sinθ , x′ sinθ + y′ cosθ ) = 0

13.2.4. Examples

1. Example: Find the coordinates of P (1, 2) with reference to the new axes, when the
axes are rotated through an angle of 300 .

Solution: Let P (x, y) = (1, 2) and (x′, y′)be the coordinates of P in the new system.

3 1 3+2
x′ = 1 (cos300 ) + 2.( sin300 ) = + 2. =
2 2 2

−1 3 −1 + 2 3
y′= −1 ( sin300 ) + 2 (cos300 ) = + 2. =
2 2 2

3 + 2 −1 + 2 3
Therefore, the new coordinates of P are ( , )
2 2
13.2.5 Note: If the origin is shifted to (h, k) and then axes are rotated t through an angle
θ , then

(i) the coordinates of a point P ( x, y ) are transformed as

P ( x′, y′) = ( x cosθ + y sinθ − h, − x sin θ + y cos θ − k ), and

(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 of the curve is transformed as

f ( x′ cosθ − y′ sinθ + h, x′ sin θ + y′ cosθ + k )

347
 Exercise 13(a)
Short Answer Questions
1. When the origin is shifted to ( 4, −5 ) by transformation of axes, let us find the
co-ordinates of the following with reference to. new axes.
(i) (i ) ( −2, 4 ) ( ii )( 4, −5)
2. When the origin is shifted to (2, 3) by translation of axes, the co-ordinates of a
point P are changed as follows, find the coordinates of P in the original
system.
(i) ( 4,5) (ii) ( − 4, −3)
3. Find the point to which the origin is to be shifted so that the point (3, 0) may
change to (2, –3).
4. Find the point to which the origin is to be shifted so as to remove the first
degree terms from the equation, 4 x 2 + 9 y 2 − 8 x + 36 y + 4 = 0 . .
5. The point to which the origin is shifted and the transformed equation are given
below. Find the original equation.
(i) ( 3, −4 ) ; x 2 + y 2 = 4 (ii) ( −1, 2 ) ; x 2 + 2 y 2 + 16 = 0
6. When the axes are rotated through an angle 30o, find the new coordinates of
(i) (0, 5), (ii) (–2, 4) and (iii) (0, 0).
7. When the axes are rotated through an angle 60o, find the original co-ordinates
of (i) (3, 4), (ii0 (–7, 2) and (iii) (2, 0).
8 .Find the angle through which the axes are to be rotated so as to remove the xy
term in the equation x 2 + 4 xy − y 2 − 2 x + 2 y − 6 = 0 . .

Essay Type Questions:

1. When the origin is shifted to the point (2, 3), the transformed equation of a
curve is x 2 + 3xy − y 2 − 2 y 2 + 17 x − 7 y − 11 = 0 . Find the original equation of
the curve.
2. When the origin is shifted to (–1, 2) by the translation of axes, find the
transformed equation to x 2 + y 2 + 2 x − 4 y + 1 = 0
3. When the axes are rotated through an angle 45o , find the original equation of
the curve 17 x 2 − 16 xy + 17 y 2 = 225
π
4. When the axes are rotated through an angle find the transformed
4
2 2
equation 3x + 10 xy + 3 y = 9

Key Concepts
1.If the origin ( 0, 0 ) is shifted to ( h, k ) by translation of axes, the

(i) the coordinates of point P (x, y) are transformed as P ( x − h, y – k .) and

(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 of the curve is transformed as
f ( x′ + h, y′ + k ) = 0 ..

2. If the axes are rotated to through an angle θ , then

348
 (i) the coordinates of a point P ( x, y ) are transformed as

P ( x′, y′ ) = P ( x cos θ + y sinθ , − x sinθ + y cosθ ) , and

(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 of the curve is transformed as

f ( x′ cosθ − y′ sinθ , x′ sinθ + y′ cosθ ) = 0.

3.If the origin is shifted to ( h, k ) and then axes are rotated t through an angle θ , then

(i) the coordinates of a point P ( x, y ) are transformed as

P ( x′, y′) = ( x cosθ + y sinθ − h, − x sinθ + y cosθ − k ), , and

(ii) the equation f ( x, y ) = 0 of the curve is transformed as

f ( x′ cosθ − y′ sinθ + h, x′ sin θ + y′ cosθ + k )

Answers
Exercise 13(a)
Short Answer Questions

1. (i) (-6,9) (ii) ( 0,0 )

2. (i) (6,8) (ii) ( -2,6 )

3. (1,3 )
4. (1,-2)

5. (i) x 2 + y 2 − 6 x + 8 y + 21 = 0 (ii) x 2 + 2 y 2 + 2 x − 8 y + 25 = 0

5 5 3
6. (i)  ,  (
(ii) 2 − 3,1 + 2 3 ) (iii) 0
2 2 

 3− 4 3 3 3 + 4   −7 − 2 3 2 − 7 3 
7.(i)  ,  (ii)  ,  (iii) (1, 3)
 2 2  
 2 2 

8. 45
Essay Type Questions

1. x 2 +3xy − 2 y 2 + 4 x − y − 20 = 0

2. x 2 + y 2 − 4 = 0

3. 25 x 2 + 9 y 2 = 225

4. 8 x 2 − 2 y 2 = 9

349
 14 THE STRAIGHT LINE
14.1 Equation of Straight line – various forms – Illustrations - simple
problems
In this section we discuss some basic concepts of coordinate geometry that are
covered in lower classes.

14.1.1. Horizontal lines and Vertical lines

Generally the lines drawn parallel to X- axis are called horizontal lines and the
lines drawn parallel to Y-axis are called vertical lines. The y- coordinate of every point on
X-axis is zero. i.e., every point on X-axis satisfies the equation y= 0. Conversely, if any
point has its y-coordinate is zero, then the point lies on X-axis. Therefore the equation of
X-axis is y= 0. Similarly the equation of Y-axis is x= 0.

The equation y= k is the equation of horizontal line which is at a distance k units

from the X- axis and lying above the X-axis.(Fig.14.1)

Y
2 Horizontal line y=2

XI 1 X-axis y= 0

O X
1 Horizontal line y = -2
2

YI
Figure 14.1
The equation y= - k is the equation of horizontal line which is at a distance k units
from the X- axis and lying below the X-axis. (Fig.14.1)
In a similar way, it can be observed that the equation of the vertical line passing
through the point (x0, 0) on X-axis is x = x0 9 Here the distance of this line from Y-axis is
| x0|). Also the line lies to the right of the Y-axis if x0 > 0 and to the left of the Y-axis if
x0 <0.( . (Fig.14.2)

14.1.2. The slope of a straight line.

Definition: If a non-vertical line L makes an angle θ with X-axis measured counter clock
wise direction from the positive direction of the X-axis, the tan θ s called its slope of the
line L. The slope of the non vertical line is generally denoted by m.

14.1.3.Note
(i). A vertical line makes aright angle with the X-axis and therefore the slope the line is
not defined.
(ii). If a straight line parallel to X-axis, then θ= 0 and therefore the slope of the a
horizontal line is 0
350
(iii) If θ is acute, tan θ is positive and if θ is obtuse then tan θ is negative.

(iv) The variation of θ is in the interval 0≤ θ <  .

(v) If L1 and L2 are two non vertical lines with slopes m1 and m2 and if θ 1 and θ 2 are the

angles in [0) such that m1  tan1 and m2  tan2 2

then L1 || L 1  2

 tan1  tan2

 m1  m2

And L1 and are perpendicular L2 then m1m2   1

(vi) If anon vertical straight line passes through the points  x1, y1  and  x2, y2  then its
y1  y2
slope is .
x1  x2

14.1.4 Intercepts
Definition: If a starlight line L intersects X-axis at A(a, 0) AND y-axis at B(0, b) then a
and b are respectively called X-intercept and Y-intercept of the line L. Depending on the
values of a and b the position of the line AB ia as given Fig . 14.

351
 Y Y
L
B(0,b)
L B(0,b)

A(a,0) A(a,0)
| |
X X X
X
O O
a >0,b > 0 a <0,b > 0
Y|Y| Y
Y

L A(a,0) A(a,0) L
| |
X X X
X
O O

a <0,b < 0 B(0,b) B(0,b) a >0,b < 0

| |
YY

14.1.5 Note

1. A straight line passes through origin if and only if the X-intercept and Y-intercept of
the

straight line are both equal to zero.

2. The X-intercept of a horizontal line is not defined.

3. The Y-intercept of a vertical line is not defined.

14.1.6 The equation of a straight line in slope-intercept form

Theorem: The equation of the straight line with slope m and cutting off Y-intercept c is
y  mx  c. .

352
 Y

B(0.c)
P(x, y)

A
|
X O X
L

Y|

14.1.7 Note: The straight line y  mx  c. passes through the origin if c= 0. Thus the
equation of the non vertical straight line passing through the origin and having slope m is
y = m x.

14.1.8 Example: Find the equation of the straight line making an angle 600 with the
positive direction of the X-axis and passing through the point ( 0, -2).
Solution : Slope of the line m  tan600  3 and Y- intercept of the line c = -2.
Hence the equation of the line using slope- intercept form is y  3x – 2.

14.1.9 The equation of a straight line in intercept form

Theorem :The equation of the Straight line which cuts off non –zero intercepts a and b
x y
on the X- axis and Y-axis respectively is + =1
a b
14.1.8 Example : Find the equation of the straight line which makes intercepts whose
sum 5 and product 6.
Solution : If a and b are the intercepts of the line on the axes of coordinated then a + b =
5 and ab = 6.Solving these we get a = 2, b =3 or a =3 , b = 2 .
x y
If a = 2, b =3 ; the equation of the line is + = 1.
2 3
x y
If a =3 , b = 2 ; the equation of the line is + = 1.
3 2
14.1.11 The equation of a straight line in point – slope form

Theorem: The equation of a straight line with slope m and passing through the point
 x1, y1  is y  y1  m  x  x1 .

353
 Y

L
P( x1 , y1 )
θ
X| O X

Y|

14.1.12 Example : Find the equation of the straight line making an angle1350 with the
positive direction of the X-axis and passing through the point ( -3, 2).

Solution: Slope of the line m= tan1350 = -1 and the point is ( -2, 3). Hence the equation
of the line using the point- slope form is
y  2   1  x  3  or  x  y  1  0.
14.1.13. The equation of a straight line - Two point form
Theorem: The equation of the straight line passing through the points
 x1, y1  and  x2 , y2  is  x  x1  y1  y2    y  y1  x1 – x2 .

L Y

A( x1, y1 )
B( x2, y2 )

X| O X

Y|

14.1.14 Note
1. Three points A( x1, y1 ) ,B ( x2, y2 ) and C ( x3, y3 ) are collinear if and only if the
point C lies on the line AB . Hence x1 (y1 - y3 ) + x2 (y3 - y1 ) + x3 (y1 - y2 ) = 0 .

354
 x1 y1 1
i.e., x2 y2 1 = 0
x3 y3 1

2. The equation of a straight line containing ( x1, y1 ) and ( x2, y2 ) can also be written
as

x y 1
x1 y1 1 = 0
x2 y2 1

14.1.15 Example: Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points ( 1, 2)
and (3, - 5).

Solution: The straight line passing through the points (1, 2) and (3, - 5) is

(x – 1) (2 + 5) = (y – 2) (1 – 3) (or) 7x + 2y - 3 = 0

14.1.16 Solved Problems

1. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point (2, 3) and making non-
zero intercepts n the coordinate axes whose sum is zero.

Solution: Let the intercepts made by the straight line on the coordinate axes be a, -a (a
x x
not equal to 0). Then the equation of the straight line is   1 (i.e.) x – y = a .
a a

If this line passes through (2, 3) then a = 2 – 3 = -1.

Hence, equation of the required line is x  y  1  0 .

2. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points (at12 , 2at1 ) & (at22 , 2at2 ) .
Solution: The equation of the straight line containing the points (at12 , 2at1 ) & (at22 , 2at2 ) is
( x  at12 )(2at1  2at2 )  ( y  2at1 )(at12  at22 )
i.e.., 2( x  at12 )  ( y  2at1 )(t1  t2 )
i.e..., 2 x  (t1  t2 ) y  2at1t2  0

Exercise 14 (a)

Short Answer Questions : -

1. Find the slopes of the lines x  y  0 and x  y  0
2. Find the equation of the line containing the points (1,2) and 1,-2)
3. . Find the angle which the straight line y  3x 4 makes with the y-axis.
4. Write the equations of the straight lines parallel to X-axis and (i) at a distance of 3

355
 units above the X-axis and (ii) at a distance of 4 units below the X-axis.
5. Write the equations of the straight lines parallel to Y-axis and (i) at a distance of 2
units from the Y-axis to the right of it, (ii) at a distance of 5 units from the Y-axis
to the left of it.
6. Find the slopes of the straight lines passing through the following pair of points.
i   3,8 , 10,5 ii  8,1 ,  1,7 
7. . Find the value of y if the line joining the points  3, y  and  2, 7  is parallel to the
line joining the points  –1, 4  and  0, 6 . .
8. Find the slopes of the lines (i) parallel and (ii) perpendicular to the line passing
through  6, 3 and  –4, 5.
9. Find the equations of the staright lines which makes the following angles with the
positive X –axis in the positive direction and which pass through the the points given
below.
 
(i) and  0, 0  (ii) and 1, 2 
4 3
10. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through the origin and making equal
angles with the coordinate axes.
11. The angle made by a straight line with the positive X –axis in the positive direction
and the Y-intercept cut off by it are given below. Find the equation of the straight
 i  1500 , 2  ii  Tan1   , 3.
2
lines.
3
12. Find the equation of the straight line passing through  –4, 5 and cutting at equal
non zero intercepts in the coordinate axes.
13. Find the equation of the straight line passing through  –2, 4  and making non-zero
intercepts whose sum is zero.
14. Find the sum of the squares of the intercepts of the line 4 x – 3 y  12 on the axes
of coordinates.
15. Find the angle made by the straight line y  3x 3 with positive direction of the X-
axis measured in the counter- clock wise direction.
16. The intercepts of a straight line on the axes of coordinates are a and b. If P is the
length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin to this line, write the value of P in
terms of a and b.
17. Find the equations of the straight lines in the symmetric form, given the slope and a
point on the line in each pat of the equation.
1
 i  3 ,  2, 3  ii   ,  2, 0   iii   1, 1, 1
3

18. Transform the following equations into (a) slope – intercept form (b) intercept
form
(c) normal form.
(i) 3x  4 y  5 (ii) 4 x  3 y  12  0
(iii) 3x  y  4 (iv) x  y  2  0.

356
 19. A line L has intercepts a and b on the coordinate axes. When the axes are
rotated to through a given angle keeping the origin fixed, the same line L has
1 1 1 1
intercepts p and q on the transformed equations. Prove that 2  2  2  2
a b p q
20. Transform the equation x/a + y/b = 1 into normal form where a > 0 and b > 0. If
the perpendicular distance of the straight line from the origin is P then deduce
1 1 1
that 2  2  2 .
p a b
Essay Type Questions

1. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points (4, -3) and
perpendicular to the line passing through the points (1, 1) and 2,3).
2. Show that the following sets of points are collinear and find the equation of the
line L containing them.
(i) (-5, 1), (5, 5), (10, 7) (ii) (1, 3), (-2,-6), (2,6)
3. A(10,4), B(-4, 9) and C( -2, -1) are the vertices of a triangle. Find the equation of
(i) AB (ii) the median through to A (iii)
the altitude through b (iv) the perpendicular bisector of the side AB
4. Find the points on the line 3x  4 y  1 =0 which are at a distance 5 units from the
point (3,2)

14.2 Intersection of two straight lines

In this section, we find the point of intersection of two intersecting lines and we
also discuss the two half – planes partitioned by a straight line in the coordinate plane.
14.2.1 Theorem:
If L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represents two intersecting
 bc b c c a c a 
lines, then their point of intersection is  1 2 2 1 , 1 2 2 1  .
 a1b2  a2b1 a1b2  a2b1 
Proof: Consider the straight lines L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 (1)

L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0
(2)
Since the lines intersect, we must have a1b2  a2b1
If P( x0 , y0 ) is the point of intersection of lines (1) and (2), then P satisfies both the
equations (1) and (2) and so,
a1 x0  b1 y0  c1  0
(3)
a2 x0  b2 y0  c2  0
(4)
By applying the rule of cross multiplication to (3) and (4) we obtain
x0 : y0 :1  (b1c2  b2c1 ) : (c1a2  c2a1 ) : (a1b2  a2b1 )

357
 b1c2  b2c1 c a c a
Therefore x0  and y0  1 2 2 1
a1b2  a2b1 a1b2  a2b1
 bc b c c a c a 
And the point of intersection of the lines (1) and (2) is P   1 2 2 1 , 1 2 2 1 
 a1b2  a2b1 a1b2  a2b1 
Note that, if the straight lines (1) and (2) are parallel, then a1b2  a2b1 and in this case, the
equations (3) and (4) cannot be solved for x0 & y0 . As such, the point of the lines doesn’t
exist.

14.2.2 Example:
x y x y
Find the point of intersection of the straight lines   1 and   1(a  b) .
a b b a
x y
Solution: Let P( x0 , y0 ) be the point of intersection of the straight lines   1 and
a b
x y
  1.
b a
x0 y0 x y
Then,   1 and 0  0  1 . From this
a b b a
 1 1   1 1
We obtain    x0     y0  0 (i.e.., x0  y0 )
a b b a
x0 y0 ab
But   1 and x0  y0  x0   y0
a b ab
 ab ab 
Therefore P  ,  is the point of intersection of the given lines.
 ab ab 

14.2.3 Half – Planes:

A straight line divides the coordinate plane into three mutually disjoint sets of
points,
namely
(i) The set of points on the straight line
(ii) The set of points on one side of the straight line
(iii) The set of points on the other side of the straight line.

Notation:

(i) The linear expression ax  by  c is denoted by L. then the general form of

the equation of a straight line is ax  by  c  0 or, briefly, L = 0
(ii) We denote ax1  by1  c by L11 and ax2  by2  c by L22 . If the point
A( x1 , y1 ) lies on the straight line L = 0, then the expression L11 equals zero.
If the point A does not lie on the line L = 0, then L11 does not equal to
equal and hence, L11 is either positive or negative. As such, the points of
the plane are divided into three parts as
(a) The set of points for which L = 0
(b) The set of points for which L > 0
(c) The set of points for which L < 0.

358
In what follows, we find that the classification of points ( x1 , y 1 ) on either side of a given
straight line is based on whether L11 is positive or negative

14.2.4 Theorem:

The ratio in which the straight line L  ax  by  c  0 divides the line segment
joining the points A( x1 , y1 ) and B( x2 , y2 ) is  L11 : L22 .

Proof: Let the straight line divide the line segment AB in the ratio l : m at P. Then
 lx  mx1 ly2  my1 
P 2 ,  is a point on the straight line L = 0 and therefore,
 lm lm 

 lx  mx1   ly2  my1 

a 2   b c  0 L=0 m B( x2 , y2 )
 lm   l m 

l P A( x1 , y1 )

(i.e.,) a(lx2  mx1 )  b(ly2  my1 )  c(l  m)  0 or l (ax2  by2  c)  m(ax1  by1  c)  0

Hence l : m  (ax1  by1  c) : (ax2  by2  c)   L11 : L22

14.2.5 Note:

1. The points A, B are on opposite sides of the line L = 0

 P divides AB internally (see fig) L=0

 l : m   L11 : L22  0

 L11 & L22 Have opposite signs P

2. The points A, B lie on the same side of the line L = 0 B( x2 , y2 )

 P divides AB externally (see fig) A( x1 , y1 )

 l : m   L11 : L22  0

 L11 & L22 Have the same sign.

3. X –axis divides AB in the ratio  y1 : y2 (since the equation of the X – axis is y = 0 and
L11  y1 , L22  y2 ). Similarly the Y – axis divides AB in the ratio  x1 : x2 .

359
14.2.6 Examples:

1. Find the ratio in which the straight line 2 x  3 y  20  0 divides the join of the points
(2, 3) and (2, 10).

Solution: Here L  2 x  3 y  20, L11  2(2)  3(3)  20  7 and

L22  2(2)  3(10)  20  14

So the straight line L = 0 divides the given line segment in the ratio
 L11 : L22  7 :14  1: 2 and the division is internal.

2. State whether (3, 2) and (-4, -3) are on the same side or on opposite sides of the straight
line 2 x  3 y  4  0 .

Solution: If L  2 x  3 y  4 , then L11  2(3)  3(2)  4  4 and L22  2(4)  3(3)  4  5

As L11 & L22 have the same sign, the two points, lie on the same side of the given line L =
0.

3. Find the ratios in which (i) the X – axis and (ii) the Y – axis divide the line segment
AB joining A (2, -3) and B (3, -6).

Solution:

(i) X – axis divides AB in the ratio  y1 : y2  3: 6  1: 2

(ii) Y – axis divides AB in the ratio  x1 : x2  2 : 3
So both the axes of coordinates divide the line segment AB externally.

14.3 Family of straight lines - Concurrent lines

A set of straight lines having a common property is also known as a family of straight
lines. In this section, we discuss (i) the family of straight lines parallel to a given line and
(ii) the family of straight lines concurrent with two given intersecting lines.

14.3.1 Theorem:

Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent a pair of parallel straight

lines. Then the straight line represented by 1L1  2 L2  0 is parallel to each of the
straight lines L1  0 & L2  0 .

Proof: The straight lines L1  0 & L2  0 are parallel only if a1b2  a2b1

But then, 1L1  2 L2  1 (a1 x  b1 y  c1 )  2 (a2 x  b2 y  c2 )

 (1a1  2 a2 ) x  (1b1  2b2 ) y  (1c1  2c2 )

360
And a1 (1b1  2b2 )  b1 (1a1  2 a2 )  2 (a1b2  a2b1 )  0 . So the straight line represented
by 1L1  2 L2  0 is parallel to the straight line L1  0 and hence, also to the line L2  0 .

14.3.2 Theorem:

Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c 1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent two intersecting lines.

Then

(i) The equation 1L1  2 L2  0 for parametric values of 1 & 2 with 12  22  0
, represents a family of straight lines passing through the point of intersection
of the lines L1  0 & L2  0 .
(ii) Conversely the equation of any straight line passing through the point of
intersection of the given straight lines is of the form 1L1  2 L2  0 for some
real 1 & 2 such that 12  22  0 .
Proof: Let P( x1 , y1 ) be the point of intersection of the given pair of intersecting lines
L1  0 & L2  0 . Then a1 x2  b1 y1  c1  0 and a2 x1  b2 y1  c2  0 . Observe that a1b2  a2b1 ,
since L1 & L2 intersect.

(i) If 12  22  0 , then at least of 1 & 2 is different from zero and since
a1b2  a2b1 , it follows that the two numbers 1a1  2 a2 & 1b1  2b2 cannot be
both equal to zero.
Hence the equation 1L1  2 L2  1 (a1 x  b1 y  c1 )  2 (a2 x  b2 y  c2 )  0 (i.e.)
(1a1  2 a2 ) x  (1b1  2b2 ) y  (1c1  2c2 )  0 represents a straight line. Also
1 (a1 x1  b1 y1  c1 )  2 (a2 x1  b2 y1  c2 )  0 . Therefore the above line passes
through P( x1 , y1 ) .

Hence, for parametric values of 1 & 2 with 12  22  0 , the equation
1L1  2 L2  0 represents a family of straight lines passing through P( x1 , y1 ) (see fig).

L1  0 L2  0
L2  0

L1  0

361
 (ii) Let L  px  qy  r  0 be a straight line passing through P( x1 , y1 ) (see fig).
Then px1  qy1  r  0 . Since (p, q) not equal to (0, 0) and a1b2  a2b1
The equations

1a1  2 a2  p

1b1  2b2  q

Have unique solution for 1 & 2 such that (1 , 2 )  (0,0) .

From (1), r   px1  qy1  (1a1  2 a2 ) x1  (1b1  2b2 ) y1

= 1 (a1 x1  b1 y1 )  2 (a2 x1  b2 y1 )  1c1  2c2

 px  qy  r  (1a1  2 a2 ) x  (1b1  2b2 ) y  (1c1  2c2 )  1L1  2 L2

Thus, the equation of any straight line passing through the point of intersection of the
lines L1  0 & L2  0 can be expressed in the form 1L1  2 L2  0 for some real numbers
1 & 2 with 12  22  0 .

14.3.3 Note:

1. The equation 1L1  2 L2  0 represents L1 if 2  0(1  0) and L2 if 1  0(2  0) .

The equation of any straight line different from L1 and L2 and passing through the point
of intersection of these two lines can hence be written in the form either L1   L2  0 or
L2   L1  0 for some   0 &   0 .

2. Suppose L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L1  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent a pair of lines

intersecting at P.

If L is a straight line in the plane of L 1  0 & L2  0 is a straight line passing through P

and parallel to L, then by the above theorem, the equation of L' is of the form
1L1  2 L2  0 for (1 , 2 )  (0,0) and hence, the equation of L is of the form
1L1  2 L2  3 for constant 3 .

14.3.4 Example:

Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point of intersection of the lines
x  y  1  0 & 2 x  y  5  0 and containing the point (5, -2).

362
Solution: Clearly the line 2 x  y  5  0 does not contain the point (5, -2). So the
equation of any straight line (other than the above line) passing through the point o
intersection of the given lines is of the form ( x  y  1)   (2 x  y  5)  0 .

4
This line passing through (5, -2) only if 4   (17)  0 or if    .
17

Therefore, the equation of the required line is 17( x  y  1)  4(2 x  y  5)  0

(i.e.) 9 x  21y  3  0 or 3x  7 y  1  0 .

14.4 Condition for Concurrent lines

Given three straight lines in the XY – plane, we first obtain a necessary and
sufficient condition for concurrency of these lines. This is followed by a sufficient
condition for concurrency of three lines.
14.4.1 Theorem:
Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0, L2  a2 x  b2 y  c 2  0 and L3  a3 x  b3 y  c3  0 be
three straight lines, no two of which are parallel. Then these lines are concurrent if and
only if a1 (b2c3  b3c2 )  b1 (c2a3  c3a2 )  c1 (a2b3  a3b2 )  0 .

Proof: By theorem 3.5.1, the point of intersection of the lines L1  0 & L2  0 is

 bc b c c a c a 
p 1 2 2 1 , 1 2 2 1 
 a1b2  a2b1 a1b2  a2b1 

The given straight lines are concurrent

 the point P lies on the line L3  0

 bc b c   c a c a 
 a3  1 2 2 1   b3  1 2 2 1   c3  0
 a1b2  a2b1   a1b2  a2b1 

 a3 (b1c2  b2c1 )  b3 (c1a2  c2a1 )  c3 (a1b2  a2b1 )  0

  a1 (b2c3  b3c2 )  0

14.4.2 Note:

The above necessary and sufficient condition for concurrency of three straight lines
a1 b1 c1
can also be expressed in the determination form as a2 b2 c2  0
a3 b3 c3

363
14.4.3 Theorem (A sufficient condition for concurrency of three straight lines)

If L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0, L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0, L3  a3 x  b3 y  c3  0 are three
straight lines, no two of which are parallel and if non zero real numbers 1 , 2 & 3 exist
such that 1L1  2 L2  3 L3  0 , then the straight lines L1  0, L2  0 & L3  0 are
concurrent.

Proof: If P( x0 , y0 ) is the point intersection of the lines L1  0, L2  0 , then

a1 x0  b1 y0  c1  0 & a2 x0  b2 y0  c2  0

     2 
Since L3   1  L1    L2 , we have
 3   3 

     
a3 x0  b3 y0  c3   1  (a1 x0  b1 y0  c1 )   2  (a2 x0  b2 y0  c2 )  0
 3   3 

 P( x0 , y0 ) lies on the straight line L3  0 and accordingly, the lines

L1  0, L2  0 & L3  0 are concurrent at P.

14.4.4 Solved Examples:

1. Find the value of k, if the lines 2 x  3 y  k  0,3x  4 y 13  0 &8x 11y  33  0 are
concurrent.

Solution: Let L1 , L2 , L2 be the straight lines whose equations are respectively

2x  3 y  k  0 (1)

3x  4 y  13  0 (2)

8x  11y  33  0 (3)

Solving (2) and (3) for x and y, we obtain (by applying the rule of cross – multiplication)

x y 1
 
132  142 104  99 33  32

And this gives x = 1 and y = 5.

Therefore, point of intersection of the lines (2) and (3) is (11, 5)

Since L1 , L2 , L3 are concurrent, L1 contains (11, 5) and therefore, 2 (11) – 3 (5) + k = 0

(i.e.) k = -7.

364
2. If the straight lines ax  by  c  0, bx  cy  a  0, cx  ay  b  0 are concurrent, then
prove that a3  b3  c3  3abc .

Solution: Let L1 , L2 , L3 be the straight lines whose equation are respectively

ax  by  c  0 (1)

bx  cy  a  0 (2)

cx  ay  b  0 (3)

Solving the equations (1) and (2), we obtain

x y 1
 
ab  c 2
bc  a 2
ca  b 2

 ab  c 2 bc  a 2 
Therefore, the point of intersection of L1 and L2 is  , 
 ca  b 2
ca  b 2 

If the lines L1 , L2 , L3 are concurrent, L3 contains the above point of intersection of L1 and
L2 .

 ab  c 2   bc  a 2 
Hence, c 2 
 a 2 
b  0
 ca  b   ca  b 

i.e.., c(ab  c2 )  a(bc  a 2 )  b(ca  b2 )  0

i.e.., a3  b3  c3  3abc

3. A variable straight line drawn through the point of intersection of the straight lines
x y x y
  1 and   1 meets the coordinate axes at A and B. Show that the locus of the
a b b a
midpoint of AB is 2(a  b) xy  ab( x  y) .

x y x y
Solution: The straight lines   1 and   1 intersect at P whose coordinates are
a b b a
 ab ab 
 ,  (see example)
 ab ab 

Q( x0 , y0 ) is a point on the given locus

 The straight line with x – intercept 2x0 and y – intercept 2 y0 passes through P.

x y
 P lies on the straight line   1.
2 x0 2 y0

365
  1 1   ab 
    1
 2 x0 2 y0   a  b 

 2(a  b) x0 y0  ab( x0  y0 )

 Q( x0 , y0 ) lies on the locus 2(a  b) xy  ab( x  y)

5. If a, b, c are in arithmetic progression, then show that the equation ax  by  c  0

represents a family of concurrent lines and find the point of concurrency.
Solution: If a, b, c are in arithmetic progression, then 2b  a  c or a  2b  c  0 .
Therefore, each member of the family of straight lines given by ax  by  c  0 passes
through the fixed point (1, -2). Hence, the set of lines ax  by  c  0 for parametric
values of a, b, c is a family of concurrent lines and the point of concurrency is (1, -2).

Exercise 14 (b)

Short Answer Questions:

1. Find the ratio in which the following straight lines divides the line segment joining
the given points. State whether the points lie on the same side or on either side of
the straight-line.
(i) 3x  4 y  7 :  2,  7  and  1, 3 (ii).
3x  4 y  6 :  2, 1 and 1, 1
2. Find the point of intersection of the following lines.
(i) 4 x  8 y 1  0 , 2 x  y  1  0 (ii) 7 x  y  3  0, x  y  0
3. Find the value of p if the following straight lines are concurrent.
(i) x  p  0 , y  2  0 and 3x  2 y  5  0
(ii) 3x  4 y  0, 2 x  3 y  0, px  4 y  6
(iii) 4 x – 3 y – 7  0, 2 x  py  2  0, 6 x  5 y – 1  0
4. Find the area of the triangles formed by the following straight lines and the
coordinate axes.
i  x  4 y  2  0 ii  3x  4 y  12  0.
5. A straight line meets the coordinate axes in A and B . Find the the equation of the
straight line, when
(i) AB is divided in the ratio 2 : 3 at (5, 2
(ii) AB is divided in the ratio 1: 2 at  5, 4 . .
6. A straight line forms a triangle of area 24 sq.units with the coordinate axes in the
first quadrant find the equation of the line if it passes through  3, 4  .
7. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points  1, 2  . and
 5, -1. and also find the area of the triangle formed by it with the axes of
coordinates.
8. A straight line with slope 1 passes through Q (-3 , 5) and meets the straight line

366
 x  y  6  0 at P. Find the distance PQ.
9. Show that the lines 2 x  y – 3  0, 3x  2 y – 2  0 and 2 x – 3 y  23  0
are concurrent also find the point of concurrence.
10. If the straight lines ax  by  c  0 , bx  cy  a  0 , cx  ay  b  0 are concurrent,
then prove that a3  b3  c3  3abc .
11. Determine whether or not the four straight lines with the equations
x  2y  3  0 ,
3x  4 y – 7  0 2 x  3 y – 4  0 and 4 x  5 y – 6  0 0 are concurrent.
12. If 3a  2b  4c  0 then show that the equation ax  by  c  0 represents
a family of concurrent starlight lines and fin the point of concurrency.
Essay Type questions:
1. Find the point on the starlight line 3x  y  4  0 which is equidistant from the
points ( -5, 6 ) and (3, 2).
2. Find the area of the triangle formed by the starlight lines
2 x – y  5  0, x  5 y  11  0 =0 and x  y  1  0

3. A straight line through Q ( 3 , 2) makes an angle of ∏/6 with x-axis in positive

direction if the straight line intersects the line 3x – 4 y  8 = 0 at P. Find the
distance PQ.
4. Show that the straight lines
x  y  0, 3x  y – 4  0 and x  3 y – 4  0 forms an isosceles triangle.
14.5 Angle between two lines
In this section, we first obtain a formula for the angle between two straight lines
and then deduce the conditions for two lines to be parallel and perpendicular.

14.5.1 Theorem:
The angle between the straight lines L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and
 a1a2  b1b2 
L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 is cos 1  
 (a 2  b 2 )(a 2  b 2 ) 
 1 1 2 2 

Proof: Let OA & OB be the straight lines passing through the origin and parallel to the
given lines L1  0 & L2  0 (see fig). Then the equations OA & OB are a1 x  b1 y  0 and
a2 x  b2 y  0 respectively.
 
If XOB  2 , then the measure of | 1  2 | that lies in the interval of 0,  is
 2
the angle between the lines L1  0 & L2  0 . Clearly, P(b1 , a1 ) and Q(b2 , a2 ) are points
on the lines OA & OB respectively. Therefore,
b1
cos  1 
a12  b12
a1
sin 1 
a12  b12

367
 b2
cos  2 
a22  b22
a2
And sin  2 
a22  b22
Hence, cos(1  2 )  cos 1 cos 2  sin 1 sin 2
a1a2  b1b2
=  cos( 2  1 )
 1 1  2 2 
a 2
 b 2
a 2
 b 2

 
Thus, if  is the angle between L1  0 & L2  0 , then   0,  and so, cos  0 .
 2
| a1a2  b1b2 |
 cos  
 a12  b12  a22  b22 
| a1a2  b1b2 |
Or   cos 1
a 2
1  b12  a22  b22 

14.5.2 Note:
1. A necessary and sufficient condition for the lines L1 & L2 with equations
a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 to be perpendicular is that a1a2  b1b2  0
(since   90 ). Hence the equation of a straight line perpendicular to the straight
line ax  by  c  0 is of the form bx  ay  k .
2. By theorem, the straight lines a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 are parallel
iff a1b2  a2b1 . Therefore the equation of any straight line parallel to the straight
line ax  by  c  0 is of the form ax  by  k .
3. The straight line containing the points A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ) is
( x  x1 )( y  y2 )  ( y  y1 )( x  x2 ) . Similarly the straight line containing the points
C ( x3 , y3 ) & D( x4 , y4 ) is ( x  x3 )( y3  y4 )  ( y  y3 )( x3  x4 ) .
Therefore, by the above note (1), the lines AB & CD are perpendicular if and only
if ( x1  x2 )( x3  x4 )  ( y1  y2 )( y3  y4 )  0 .
14.5.3 Corollary:

If L1 & L2 are non – vertical straight lines with slopes m1 & m2 respectively, then
m1  m2 
the angle between them is Tan 1 if m1m2  1 and if m1m2  1 .
1  m1m2 2

Proof: Let a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 be the equations of L1 & L2

a1 a
respectively. Then m1  and m2  2
b1 b2

Now L1  L2  a1a2  b1b2  0

368
 a1a2
  1  0 (since b1b2  0 )
b1b2

 m1m2  1  0

 m1m2  1


Therefore, angle between L1 & L2 is if m1m2  1 . However if m1m2  1 , then the
2
angel

between L1 & L2

a1a2  b 1b2
= cos 1
a2
1  b12  a22  b22 

a1a2
1
b1b2
= cos 1
 a12  a22 
 2  1 2  1
 b1  b2 

m1m2  1 m1  m2
= cos 1  Tan 1
(1  m )(1  m )
2
1
2
2
1  m1m2

Thus, the angle between two non perpendicular, non vertical lines with slopes m1 & m2 is
m1  m2
Tan 1 .
1  m1m2

14.5.4 Example: Find the angle between the lines 2 x  y  4  0 and y  3x  7

| 6  1|
Solution: The angle between the given lines = cos 1
5 10

 5  1  1  
= cos 1    cos   4
5 2   2

14.5.5 Example: Find the angle between the lines 3x  y  1  0 3x  y  1  0 and

x 1  0 .

Solution: The slope of the straight line 3x  y  1  0 is 3 . Therefore this line makes
an angle 60 with the X – axis and 30 with the Y – axis.

369
 But the equation x  1  0 represents a vertical line.
Hence, the angle between the given lines = 30
14.6 Length of the perpendicular from a point to a line
In this section, we obtain formulas for the perpendicular distance of a point from a
given straight line.
14.6.1 Theorem:
The length of the perpendicular from the point P( x0 , y 0 ) to the straight line
ax0  by0  c
ax  by  c  0 is . Y
a 2  b2

y B
M

X' X

P ( x0 , y0 )

x'

Proof: Let AB be the straight line ax  by  c  0

If the axes of coordinates are translated to the new origin P( x0 , y 0 ) then the coordinates
of a point (x, y) will be changed to (X, Y) where x  X  x0 and y  Y  y0 (See fig).
Then the equation of AB w.r.t P as the origin is
a( X  x0 )  b(Y  y 0 )  c  0
aX  bY  (ax0  by0  c)  0
Therefore, the perpendicular distance of AB from the origin P w.r.t the new axes is
ax  by0  c
PM  0 (See note 2)
a 2  b2
14.6.2 Example:
Find the perpendicular distances from the point (-3, 4) to the straight line
5x  12 y  2 .
Solution: The perpendicular distance of the point (-3, 4) from the line 5x  12 y  2 is
5(3)  12(4)  2 65
equal to  5.
52  122 13

14.7 Distance between two parallel lines

In this section, we obtain formulas for the distance between two parallel lines.

14.7.1 Theorem:
The distance between the parallel straight lines ax  by  c1  0 and

370
 c1  c2
ax  by  c2  0 is .
a 2  b2

Proof: Let P( x0 , y0 ) be a point on the straight line L1 : ax  by  c1  0 . Let L2 be the

other line. Then ax0  by0  c 1 (1)

Now the distance between the parallel lines L1 & L2 is equal to PM where PM is
perpendicular distance of P from L2 (See fig) Y

M L1

ax0  by0  c2
Therefore, PM  (by theorem 14.9.1) L2
a2  b 2

(ax0  by0  c1 )  (c2  c1 ) c1  c2

 (From 1) X ' O X
a b
2 2
a b2 2

Y'

14.7.2 Example
Find the distance between the parallel straight lines 3x  4 y  3  0 and
6x  8 y 1  0 .

Solution: The equations of the given straight lines can be taken as 6 x  8 y  6  0 and
6x  8 y 1  0 .

Hence by theorem 14.3.1, the perpendicular distance between these parallel lines
| 6  1| 5 1
 
62  82 10 2

14.7.3 Theorem:
If Q(h, k ) is the foot of the perpendicular from P( x1 , y1 ) on the straight line
ax  by  c  0 , then (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  (ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 ) .

Proof: Equation PQ which is normal to the straight line L : ax  by  c  0 (see fig) is

bx  ay  bx1  ay1 , since Q  PQ , we have L P( x1 , y1 )

bh  ak  bx1  ay1

(i.e.) b(h  x1 )  a(k  y1 ) Q(h, k )

371
 Or (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b

But, this implies that h  a  x1 and k  b  y1 for some   R .

Since Q (h, k) is a point on L, we have a(a  x1 )  b(b  y1 )  c  0

(ax1  by1  c)
i.e.., 
(a 2  b 2 )

Therefore, (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  (ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 ) .

14.7.4 Example:
Find the root of the perpendicular from (-1, 3) on the straight line 5x  y  18  0 .

Solution: (h, k) is the foot of the perpendicular from (-1, 3) on the line 5x  y  18  0
h  (1) k  3 (5  3  18)
   1
5 1 52  12

 h  1  5& k  3  1

(h, k )  (4, 2)

14.7.5 Theorem:
If Q(h, k ) is the image of the point P( x1 , x2 ) w.r.t the straight line ax  by  c  0 ,
then (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  2(ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 )

Proof: Q (h , k ) is the image of the point P( x1 , y1 ) w.r.t the line L : ax  by  c  0 (see

fig).

 x  h y1  k 
 1 ,  Is the foot of the perpendicular from P on the line L
 2 2 

 x h   y k 
 1  x1  : a   1  y1  : b  (ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b 2 ) (from theorem
 2   2 
3.10.3)
P( x1 , y1 )

 (h  x1 ) : 2a  (k  y1 ) : 2b  (ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 )

 (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  2(ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 ) Q(h, k )

14.5.6Example: find the image of (1,-2) w.r.t the line 2 x  3 y  5  0

372
 h  1 k  3 2(2  6  5)
    2
2 3 49
 h  3, k  4
Therefore (-3, 4) is the image of (1, -2) in the line 2 x  3 y  5  0 .

14.5.7 Solved problems:

1. Find the value of k, if the angle between the straight line
4 x  y  7  0 & kx  5 y  9  0 is 45 .

 
Solution: cos  1 | a1a2  b1b2   cos 1 | 4k  5 |  

  a12  b12  a22  b22   17  k 2  25  4

| 4k  5 | 1
 
17  k  25
2 2

 2(4k  5)2  17(k 2  25)

 15k 2  80k  375  0

 (k  3)(3k  25)  0

25
 k  3 or .
3

2. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and

(i) Parallel

(ii) Perpendicular to the straight line ax  by  c  0 .

Solution:

(i) The equation of the straight line parallel to the line ax  by  c  0 and passing
through ( x0 , y0 ) is ax  by  k where k  ax0  by0 (i.e.)
a( x  x0 )  b( y  y0 )  0 .
(ii) The equation of the straight line perpendicular to the line ax  by  c  0 and
containing the point ( x0 , y0 ) is bx  ay  k where k  bx0  ay0 (i.e.)
b( x  x0 )  a( y  y0 )  0 .
3. Find the equation of the straight line perpendicular to the line 5x  2 y  7 and passing
through the point of intersection of the lines 2 x  3 y  1&3x  4 y  6 .

Solution: Clearly neither of the straight lines 2 x  3 y  1&3x  4 y  6 is perpendicular to

the straight line 5x  2 y  7 . Therefore the equation of the required line is of the form

373
 (2 x  3 y 1)   (3x  4 y  6)  0 for some  ( 0)  R . This line is perpendicular to the
line 5x  2 y  7 if and only if (2  3 )5  (3  4 )(2)  0

4
(i.e.) iff  
7
So the equation of the required line is 7(2 x  3 y 1)  4(3x  4 y  6)  0 i.e..,
2 x  5 y  17  0 .

4. If 2 x  3 y  5  0 is the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining (3, -4)

and ( ,  ) . Find    .
Solution: ( ,  ) is the reflection of (3, -4) in the line 2 x  3 y  5  0 and therefore,
  3   4 2(6  12  5)
   2
2 3 13
So   1,   2 and     1 .

5. A line is such that its segment between the lines 5x  y  4  0 and 3x  4 y  4  0

is bisected at the point (1, 5). Obtain its equation.
Solution: Let the required line meet 3x  4 y  4  0 at A and 5x  y  4  0 at B, so that
AB is the segment between the given lines, with its mid point at C = (1, 5).

The equation 5x  y  4  0 can be written as y  5x  4 so that any point on BX

is (t ,5t  4) for all real t.

Therefore B  (t ,5t  4) for some t. Since (1, 5) is the mid – point of AB ,

A  [2  t ,10  (5t  4)]  [2  t,6  5t ] Y 5x  y  4  0

Since A lies on 3x  4 y  4  0 , 3(2  t )  4(6  5t )  4  0 B C(1,5) A

26
 23t  26  0  t 
23

 26  26    20 8 
Therefore, A   2  , 6  5      ,  3x  4 y  4  0 X
 23  23    23 23 

8
5
Since slope of AB is 23  107
20 3
1
23

107
Equation of AB is y  5  ( x  1)  3 y  15  107 x  107  107 x  3 y  92  0 .
3

6. An equilateral triangle has its centre at the origin and one side as x  y  2  0 .
Find the vertex opposite to x  y  2  0 .
Solution: Let ABC be the equilateral triangle and x  y  2  0 represent the side BC

374
Since O is the incentre of the triangle, AD is the bisector of BAC . Since the triangle is
equilateral, AD is the perpendicular bisector of BC .

Since O is also the centriod, AO : OD  2 :1 . [The centriod, circumcentre incentre

and orthocentre coincide]

Let D = (h ,k ). Since D is the foot of the perpendicular from O onto BC , D is given by

h  0 k  0 (2)
  A
1 1 2

Therefore h = 1 and k = 1, D = (1, 1)

Let A  ( x1 , y1 )
 2  x1 2  y1 
 (0, 0)   , 
 3 3 

 x1  2, y1  2

 A  (2, 2) , the required vertex.

B D C

x y2  0

Exercise 14(c)
Short Answer Questions:

1. Find the angle between the lines

(i) 2 x  y  4  0 and y – 3x  7 (ii) 3x  y  1  0 and x  1  0.
2. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from the point given against the
following straight lines. (i) 5x – 2 y  4  0 ;  2,  3 (ii)
3x – 4 y  10  0 :  3, 4 .
3. Find the equation of the straight line parallel to the line 2 x  3 y  7  0 and
passing through (5, 4).
4. Find the equation of the straight line perpendicular to the line 5x – 3 y  1  0
and passing through (4, –3).
5. Find the value of K, if the straight lines
6 x – 10 y  3  0 and kx – 5 y  8  0 are parallel.
6. Find the value of P, if the straight lines 3x  7 y –1  0 and 7 x – py  3  0
are mutually perpendicular.
7. Find the value of k if the straight lines

375
 y  3kx  4  0 and  2k 1 x – 8k – 1 y – 6  0 are perpendicular.
8. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through (1,3 ) and (i) parallel to (ii)
perpendicular to the line passing through the points  3,  5 and   6, 1 . .
9. Find the equation of the straight line perpendicular to the line 3x  4 y  6  0
and making an intercept – 4 on X – axis.
10. Find the foot of the perpendicular drawn from (4, 1) upon the straight line
3x  4 y  12  0
11. Find the foot of the perpendicular drawn from( 3, 0) upon the straight line
5x  12 y  41  0
12. x  3 y  5  0 is the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the
points A , B. If A = (-1, -3), find the coordinates of the point B.
13. Find the image of the point (1, 2) in the straight line 3x  4 y – 1  0. .
14. Show that the distance of the point (6, -2) from the line 4 x  3 y  12 is half the
distance of the point (3, 4) from the line 4x – 3y = 12.
15. Find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to a variable straight
line which always passes through a fixed point (a, b).

Essay Type questions

1. Show that the lines

x  7 y  22  0, 3x  4 y  9  0 and 7 x  y  54  0 form a right
angled isosceles triangle.
2. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through the point ( -3,2) and
making tan angle of 450 with the straight line 3x – y  4  0. .
3. Prove that the feet of the perpendiculars from origin to the lines
x  y  4 , x  5 y  26 and 15x – 27 y  424 are collinear.
4. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point of intersection of
the lines
3x  2 y  4  0 , 2 x  5 y  1 and whose distance from  2, 1 is 2. .
5. Find the area of the parallelogram whose sides are
3x  4 y  5  0, 3x  4 y  2  0 ,
2 x  3 y  1  0 and 2 x  3 y  7  0. .
6. Find the angles of the triangle whose sides are x  y  4  0, 2 x  y  6  0
and 5x  3 y 15  0.

14.8 Concurrent lines - Properties related to a triangle.

There are various triads of concurrent straight lines associated with a triangle, viz.
medians, altitudes, angular bisector, perpendicular bisectors of the sides etc. Geometric
proofs for the concurrency of the each of the triads are already learnt in lower classes. In
what follows, we give the analytical proofs for the concurrency of such triads of lines.
Recall the vectorial proofs of these also.

376
Concurrency of the medians of a triangle

14.8.1 Theorem: The medians of a triangle are concurrent.

Proof: Let A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ), C ( x3 , y3 ) be the vertices of the triangle ABC and

L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0

L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0

L3  a3 x  b3 y  c3  0

be respectively the sides BC, CA & AB (see fig).

Then r  ar xr  br yr  cr  0 for r = 1, 2, 3 and ar xs  br ys  cs  0 for r, s = 1, 2,3 and

r s.

Suppose D, E, F are the mid points of the sides BC, CA, AB respectively. Then the
equation of the median AD is L3   L2  0 where  ( 0) is given by (1)

  x2  x3   y2  y3     x2  x3   y2  y3  
 a3  2   b3  2   c3     a2  2   b2  2   c2   0
           

Or 3  2  0

Eliminating  from (1) and (2), we obtain the equation of AD as 2 L3  3 L2  0

Similarly the equation of BE is 3 L1  1L3  0

And the equation of CF is 1L2  2 L1  0 .

Since 1 (2 L3  3 L2 )  2 (3 L1  1L3 )  3 (1L2  2 L 1 )  0 and 123  0 , by theorem, it

follows that the median AD , BE and CF are concurrent.

Note that G is the centroid of triangle ABC.

377
Concurrency of the altitudes of a triangle
14.8.2 Theorem: The altitudes of a triangle are concurrent

Proof: Let AD, BE & CF be the altitudes of triangle ABC drawn from the vertices A, B
and C respectively. Let the altitudes AD, BE intersect at ‘O’ (see fig). Choose ‘O’ as the
origin of coordinates and a pair of perpendicular straight lines through O (not shown in
fig) as the axes of coordinates w.r.t these axes, let A  ( x1 , y1 ), B  ( x2 , y2 ) & C ( x3 , y3 ) .

Then AD  BC  ( x1  0)( x2  x3 )  ( y1  0)( y2  y3 )  0 (by note 3)

 x1 ( x2  x3 )  y1 ( y2  y3 )  0

Similarly BE  CA  x2 ( x3  x1 )  y2 ( y3  y1 )  0

From (1) and (2), we obtain x3 ( x2  x1 )  y3 ( y2  y1 )  0

(i.e.) ( x3  0)( x2  x 1 )  ( y3 1)( y2  y1 )  0

This shows that CO & AB are perpendicular. But CF is the altitude drawn to AB from
the vertex C.

Hence CF passes through O. Accordingly, the altitudes AD, BE & CF are concurrent at
‘O’.

Note that ‘O’ is the orthocentre of triangle ABC.

Concurrency of the internal bisectors of the angles of a triangle

14.8.3 Theorem: The internal bisectors of the angle of a triangle are concurrent.

Proof: Let A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ) & C ( x3 , y3 ) be the vertices of the triangle ABC and

Lr  ar x  br y  cr  0 (r = 1, 2, 3) be respectively the sides BC, CA & AB .

378
Then r  ar xr  br yr  cr  0 (r = 1, 2, 3)

And ar xs  br ys  cr  0(r , s  1, 2,3& r  s)

Suppose AD, BE & CF are the internal bisectors of the angles A, B, C respectively. With
the usual notation in triangle ABC, we write a  BC, b  CA, c  AB (see fig). Then D
 bx  cx3 by2  cy3 
divides BC internally in the ratio AB : AC  c : b . And so D   2 , 
 bc bc 

Equation of the bisector AD is L3   L2  0 (1)

Where  ( 0) is given by
  bx2  cx3   by2  cy3     bx2  cx3   by2  cy3  
 a3  b  c   b3  b  c   c3     a2  b  c   b2  b  c   c2   0
           

(i.e.) c3   (b2 )  0 (2)

Eliminating  from (1) and (2), we obtain the equation of the internal bisector AD of
angle A as u1  (b2 ) L3  (c3 ) L2  0

Similarly the other bisectors BE & CF are given by

u2  (c3 ) L 1 (a1 ) L3  0 And

u3  (a1 ) L 2 (b2 ) L1  0 Respectively.

Writing k1  a1 , k2  b2 , k3  c3 , we observe that k1k2 k3  0 and k1u1  k2u2  k3u3  0

Hence by theorem, it follows that the bisectors AD, BE & CF are concurrent. The point
of concurrency is called the incentre of triangle ABC, usually denoted by I (see fig)

Concurrency of the perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle

14.8.4 Theorem: The perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle are concurrent.

Proof: Let D, E, F be the mid points of the sides BC, CA, AB respectively of triangle
ABC; and let the perpendicular bisectors of the sides BC , CA at O (See fig). Choose O as

379
the origin of the coordinates and a pair of perpendicular lines through O as the axes of
coordinates (not shown in the fig).

Let  x1, y1  ,  x2 , y2  &  x3 , y3  be the coordinates of the vertices A, B, C

respectively w.r.t these axes of coordinates.

 x  x y  y3   x3  x1 y3  y1   x1  x2 y1  y2 
Then D   2 3 , 2 ; E  ,  and F   , 
 2 2   2 2   2 2 

Also

x x   y  y3 
OD  BC   2 3  ( x2  x3 )   2  ( y2  y3 )  0   x2  x3    y2  y3   0 ... (1)
2 2 2 2

 2   2 

x x  y y 
OE  CA   3 1  ( x3  x1 )   3 1  ( y3  y1 )  0   x32  x12    y32  y12   0 .... (2)
 2   2 

From (1) and (2) we obtain

x x  y y 
x2
2  x12    y22  y12   0 i.e..,  2 1  ( x2  x1 )   2 1  ( y2  y1 )  0
 2   2 

But, this implies that OF  AB

Since F is the mid point of OF & AB is therefore the perpendicular bisector of AB . Thus
the perpendicular bisectors of the sides are concurrent. The point of concurrence O is the
circumcentre of the triangle ABC.

Solved problems:

1. If the equation of the sides of the triangle are

7 x  y  10  0, x  2 y  5  0, x  y  2  0 . Find the orthocenter of the triangle.
Solution: Let the given triangle be ABC with the side AB, BC, AC represented by

7 x  y  10  0 (1)

380
 x  2y  5  0 (2)

x  y  2  0 (see fig) (3)

Let AD & BE be the altitudes drawn from A and B respectively to the sides AD & BE .

Solving the equations (1) and (3) we obtain A = (-3, 1)

Since AD  BC the equation of AD is x  7 y  3  7  10 (4)

Solving the equation (1) and (2) we obtain B = (1, 3)

Since BE  AC the equation of BE is x  y  1  3  2 (5)

 2 4 
Point of intersection of the lines (4) and (5) is H  ,  , which is the orthocentre of the
 3 3
triangle ABC

2. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose vertices are (1, 3), (-3, 5) and (5, -1).
Solution: Let the vertices of the triangle be A (1, 3) , B(-3, 5) and C (5, -1) (see fig)

The midpoints of the sides BC & CA are respectively D (1, 2) and E (3, 1)

Let S be the point of intersection of the perpendicular bisectors of the sides BC & CA .

5  1 3
Slope of BC = 
3  5 4

4
Slope of SD  and so the equation of SD is 4 x  3 y  4  6  2 (1)
3

3 1
Slope of AC   1
1 5

Slope of SE is 1 and so, we obtain of SE is x  y  3  1  2

Solving the equations (1) and (2) we obtain S = (-8, -10) which is the circumcentre of the
triangle ABC.

3. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose sides are

3x  y  5  0, x  2 y  4  0,5x  3 y  1  0 .
Solution: Let the given equations represent the sides BC, CA & AB repectively of
triangle ABC (See fig).

Solving the above equations by taking two at a time, we obtain the vertices A (-2, 3),
B(1, -2) and C (2, 1) of the given triangle.

381
  3 1 
The mid points of the sides BC & CA are respectively D  ,  & E (0, 2)
2 2 

Equations of SD , the perpendicular bisector of BC is x  3 y  0 and that of SE , the

perpendicular bisector of CA is 2 x  y  2  0 .

Solving these two equations we obtain the point of intersection of the lines SD & SE
 6 2 
which is therefore, S   ,  , the circumcentre of the triangle ABC.
 7 7

4. Find the incentre of the triangle formed by the straight lines

y  3x, y   3x & y  3 .
Solution: The straight lines y  3x, y   3x makes angles 60 &120 respectively,
with OX in the anti – clock wise sense (See fig). Since y = 3 is a horizontal line, the
triangle formed by the three given lines is equilateral. So its incentre is same as the
centroid which will be at a distance of 2 units from the origin (the vertex of the triangle)
on the positive Y – axis (which is a median).

Therefore Incentre of the triangle is I = (0, 2).

Exercise 14 (d)
1. Find the incentre of the triangle whose vertices are (1, 3),(2,0) & (0,0)
2. Find the orthocenter of the triangle whose sides are given by
x  y  10  0, x  y  2  0, 2 x  y  7  0
3. Find the orthocenter of the triangle whose sides are given by
4 x  7 y  10  0, x  y  5&7 x  4 y  15 .
4. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose sides are x  1, y  1& x  y  1 .
5. Find the incentre of the triangle formed by the lines x  1, y  1& x  y  1 .
6. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose vertices are (1,0),(1, 2) & (3, 2)
7. Find the values of k, if the angle between the straight lines

kx  y  9  0 &3x  y  4  0 is .
4
8. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the origin and also through
the point of intersection of the lines 2 x  y  5  0 and x  y  1  0 .
9. Find the equation of the straight line parallel to the line 3x  4 y  7 and passing
through the point of intersection of the lines x  2 y  3  0 & x  3 y  6  0 .
10. Find the equations of the straight line perpendicular to the line 2 x  3 y  0 and
passing through the point of intersection of the lines x  3 y 1  0 & x  2 y  4  0
.
11. Find the equations of the straight line making non – zero equal intercepts on the
coordinate axes and passing through the point of intersection of the lines
2x  5 y 1  0 & x  3 y  4  0 .
12. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from the point of intersection of the

382
 lines 3x  2 y  4  0 & 2 x  5 y 1  0 to the straight line 7 x  24 y 15  0
13. Find the value of ‘a’ if the distances of the points (2, 3) and (-4, a) from the
straight line 3x  4 y  8  0 are equal.
14. Find the circumcentre of the triangle formed by the straight lines
x  y  0, 2 x  y  5  0, x  y  2 .
x y x y
15. If  is the angle between the lines   1 and   1 . Find the value of
a b b a
sin  when a > b.
Essays

1. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through the point (-10, 4) and
making an angle  with the line x  2 y  10 such that tan   2 .
2. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through the point (1, 2) and making
an angle of 60 with the line 3x  y  2  0 .
3. The base of an equilateral triangle is x  y  2  0 and the opposite vertex is (2, -
1). Find the equations of the remaining sides.
4. Find the orthocentre of the triangle with the following vertices
(i) (2, 1),(6, 1) & (2,5)
(ii) (5, 2),(1, 2) & (1, 4)
5. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose vertices are given below
(i) (2,3),(2, 1) & (4,0)
(ii) (1,3),(0, 2),(3,1)
6. Let PS be the median of the triangle with the vertices P(2, 2), Q(6, 1), R(7,3) .
Find the equation of the straight line passing through (1, -1) and parallel to the
median PS .
7. Find the orthocentre of the triangle formed by the lines x  2 y  0, 4 x  3 y  5  0
and 3x  y  0 .
8. Find the circumcentre of the triangle whose sides are given by
x  y  2  0,5x  y  2  0, x  2 y  5  0 .
9. Find the equations of the straight lines passing through (1, 1) and which are at a
distance of 3 units from (-2, 3)
10. If ‘p’ and ‘q’ are the lengths of the perpendiculars from the origin to the straight
lines x sec  y cos ec  a and x cos   y sin   a cos 2 . Prove that
4 p2  q2  a2 .
11. Two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are given 4 x  5 y  0 & 7 x  2 y  0 and one
diagonal is 11x  7 y  9 . Find the equations of the remaining sides and the other
diagonal.
12. Find the incentre of the triangle formed by the following straight lines
(i) x  1  0,3x  4 y  5&5x  12 y  27
(ii) x  y  7  0, x  y  1  0, x  3 y  5  0
13. A triangle is formed by the lines ax  by  c  0, lx  my  n  0, px  qy  r  0 .
Given that the triangle is not right angled, show that the straight line
ax  by  c lx  my  n
 passes through the orthocentre of the triangle.
ap  bq lp  mq
14.The Cartesian equations of the sides BC, CA, AB of a triangle are respectively

383
 ur  ar x  br y  cr  0, r  1, 2,3 . Show that the equation of the straight line
u3 u2
passing through A and bisecting the side BC is  .
a3b1  a1b3 a1b2  a2b1
Key Concepts
1. Slope of a non vertical straight line passes through the points (x1, y1 ) and (x2, y2 ) is
y1  y2
2. A straight line passes through origin if and only if the X-intercept and Y-
x1  x2
intercept of the

straight line are both equal to zero.

3 The X-intercept of a horizontal line is not defined.

4. The Y-intercept of a vertical line is not defined.

5. The equation of the straight line with slope m and cutting off Y-intercept c is y = mx +
c
6.The equation of the non vertical straight line passing through the origin and having
slope m
is y = m x.

7.The equation of the Straight line which cuts off non –zero intercepts a and b on the X-
x y
axis and Y-axis respectively is + =1
a b
8. The equation of a straight line with slope m and passing through the point 1 , y1 ) is
y - y1 = m ( x - x1).

9. The equation of the straight line passing through the points ( x1 ,y1) and ( x2 ,y2) is
( x - x1)(y1 - y2) = (y - y1)( x1 – x2 ).
10. Three points A( x1, y1 ) ,B ( x2, y2 ) and C ( x3, y3 ) are collinear if and only if the
point C lies on the line AB . Hence x1 (y1 - y3 ) + x2 (y3 - y1 ) + x3 (y1 - y2 ) = 0 .

x1 y1 1
i.e., x2 y2 1 = 0
x3 y3 1

11. The equation of a straight line containing ( x1, y1 ) and ( x2, y2 ) can also be written
as

x y 1
x1 y1 1 = 0
x2 y2 1

12.Point of intersection of the lines L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 is

384
  b1c2  b2c1 c1a2  c2 a1 
 , .
 a1b2  a2b1 a1b2  a2b1 
13.
The linear expression ax  by  c is denoted by L. then the general form of
(i)
the equation of a straight line is ax  by  c  0 or, briefly, L = 0
(ii) We denote ax1  by1  c by L11 and ax2  by2  c by L22 . If the point
A( x1 , y1 ) lies on the straight line L = 0, then the expression L11 equals zero.
If the point A does not lie on the line L = 0, then L11 does not equal to
equal and hence, L11 is either positive or negative. As such, the points of
the plane are divided into three parts as
(a) The set of points for which L = 0
(b) The set of points for which L > 0
(c) The set of points for which L < 0.
we can find that the classification of points ( x1 , y 1 ) on either side of a given straight line is
based on whether L11 is positive or negative

14. The ratio in which the straight line L  ax  by  c  0 divides the line segment
joining the points A( x1 , y1 ) and B( x2 , y2 ) is  L11 : L22 .

15.Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent a pair of parallel

straight lines. Then the straight line represented by 1L1  2 L2  0 is parallel to each of
the straight lines L1  0 & L2  0 .

16.Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c 1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent two intersecting lines.

Then

(i) The equation 1L1  2 L2  0 for parametric values of 1 & 2 with 12  22  0
, represents a family of straight lines passing through the point of intersection
of the lines L1  0 & L2  0 .
(ii) Conversely the equation of any straight line passing through the point of
intersection of the given straight lines is of the form 1L1  2 L2  0 for some
real 1 & 2 such that 12  22  0 .
17.. The equation 1L1  2 L2  0 represents L1 if 2  0(1  0) and L2 if 1  0(2  0) .
The equation of any straight line different from L1 and L2 and passing through the point
of intersection of these two lines can hence be written in the form either L1   L2  0 or
L2   L1  0 for some   0 &   0 .

18.. If L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L1  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 represent a pair of lines

intersecting at P.If L is a straight line in the plane of L 1  0 & L2  0 is a straight line
passing through P and parallel to L, then by the above theorem, the equation of L' is of the

385
form 1L1  2 L2  0 for (1 , 2 )  (0,0) and hence, the equation of L is of the form
1L1  2 L2  3 for constant 3 .

18.Let L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0, L2  a2 x  b2 y  c 2  0 and L3  a3 x  b3 y  c3  0 be three

straight lines, no two of which are parallel. Then these lines are concurrent if and only if
a1 (b2c3  b3c2 )  b1 (c2a3  c3a2 )  c1 (a2b3  a3b2 )  0 .

19.The above necessary and sufficient condition for concurrency of three straight lines
a1 b1 c1
can also be expressed in the determination form as a2 b2 c2  0
a3 b3 c3

20.The angle between the straight lines L1  a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and L2  a2 x  b2 y  c2  0

 a1a2  b1b2 
is cos 1  
 (a 2  b 2 )(a 2  b 2 ) 
 1 1 2 2 

21. A necessary and sufficient condition for the lines L1 & L2 with equations
a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 to be perpendicular is that a1a2  b1b2  0
(since   90 ). Hence the equation of a straight line perpendicular to the straight line
ax  by  c  0 is of the form bx  ay  k .
22. By theorem, the straight lines a1 x  b1 y  c1  0 and a2 x  b2 y  c2  0 are parallel iff
a1b2  a2b1 . Therefore the equation of any straight line parallel to the straight line
ax  by  c  0 is of the form ax  by  k .
23. The straight line containing the points A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ) is
( x  x1 )( y  y2 )  ( y  y1 )( x  x2 ) . Similarly the straight line containing the points
C ( x3 , y3 ) & D( x4 , y4 ) is ( x  x3 )( y3  y4 )  ( y  y3 )( x3  x4 ) .
Therefore, by the above note (1), the lines AB & CD are perpendicular if and only
if ( x1  x2 )( x3  x4 )  ( y1  y2 )( y3  y4 )  0 .
24. If L1 & L2 are non – vertical straight lines with slopes m1 & m2 respectively, then the
m1  m2 
angle between them is Tan 1 if m1m2  1 and if m1m2  1 .
1  m1m2 2

25.The length of the perpendicular from the point P( x0 , y 0 ) to the straight line
ax0  by0  c
ax  by  c  0 is .
a 2  b2

386
26. The distance between the parallel straight lines ax  by  c1  0 and ax  by  c2  0
c1  c2
is .
a 2  b2

27.If Q(h, k ) is the foot of the perpendicular from P( x1 , y1 ) on the straight line
ax  by  c  0 , then (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  (ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 ) .

28.If Q(h, k ) is the image of the point P( x1 , x2 ) w.r.t the straight line ax  by  c  0 ,
then (h  x1 ) : a  (k  y1 ) : b  2(ax1  by1  c) : (a 2  b2 )

29. The medians of a triangle are concurrent.

30. The altitudes of a triangle are concurrent

31. The internal bisectors of the angle of a triangle are concurrent.

32. The perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle are concurrent.

Answers
Exercise 14 (a)
1. -1, 1
2. x – 1 = 0

3.
6
4. (i) y – 3 = 0, (ii) y + 4 = 0
5. (i) x – 2 = 0, (ii) x + 5 =0
3 5
6. (i) (ii)
13 2
7. y = 9
8. (i) – 1/5 (ii) 5
9. (i) y = x (ii) 3x  y  (2  3)  0
10.x = y , x = - y
11.(i) x  3 y  2 3  0 (ii) 2 x  3 y  9  0
12. x  y  1  0
13. x  y  6  0
14. 25
2
15.
3
| ab |
16.
a 2  b2
x2 y 3 x2 y x 1 y 1
17.(i)  (ii)  (iii) 
  5 5 3 3
cos sin cos sin cos sin
3 3 6 6 4 4

387
 18.(i) y     x  ,  
3 5 x y 4
  1, x cos   y sin   1   Tan1 
 4 4 (5 / 3) (5 / 4)  3
4 x y 12  3
(ii) y    x  4,   1, x cos   y sin        Tan1 
3 3 4 5 4
x y    
(iii) y   3x  4,   1, x cos    y sin    2
(4 / 3) 4 6 6
x y  
(iv) y   x  2,   1, x cos  y sin  2
2 2 4 4
 b   a  ab
20.   x y
 a b   a b 
2 2 2 2
a  b2
2

Essays

1. x  2 y  2  0
2. (i) 3x  y  0 (ii) x  y  a  b  c
3. (i) 5x  14 y 106  0 (ii) y  4 (iii) 12 x  5 y  3  0
(iv) 28x 10 y 19  0

4. (7, 5) and (- 1, - 1)
Exercise 14 (b)
1. (i) 27 : 22 ; opposite sides (ii) 4 : 1 ; opposite sides
7 3
2.  ,   1 1
 , 
 20 10  (ii)  2 2 
1
3. (i) (ii) 2 (iii) 4
3
1
4. (i) (ii) 6
2
5. (i) 3x  5 y  25  0 (ii) 8x  5 y  60  0
6. 4 x  3 y  24  0
9
7. x  2 y  3  0,
4
8. 2 2
9. (4, -5)
11.Not concurrent

3 1
12.  , 
4 2

Essays

1. (-2, 2)
2. 9

388
3. 6
Exercise 14 (c)

  1 
1. (i) (ii) cos 1  
4  170 
2. (i) 0 (ii) 3/5
3. 2 x  3 y  22  0
4. 3x  5 y  3  0
5. 3
6. 3
7. -1 or 1/6
8. (i) 2 x  3 y  11  0 (ii) 3x  2 y  3  0
9. 4 x  3 y  16  0

10.  , 
8 21
5 5 
11.  , 
49 24
 13 13 
12.   ,  
8 6
 5 5
13.   ,  
7 6
 5 5
15. x2  y 2  ax  by  0

Essays
2. x  2 y  7  0, 2 x  y  4  0

4. y  1, 4 x  3 y  5  0

5. 56

 4  1  13  1  3 
6. cos 1   , cos   &   cos  
 17   170   10 

Exercise 14 (d)

 1 
1. 1, 
 3
2. (- 4, - 6)
3. (1, 2)

389
 4.  , 
1 1
 
2 2
 1 1 
5.  , 
 2 2
6. (1, 2)
1
7. 2, 
2
8. x  2 y  0
9. 3x  4 y 15  0
10. 3x  2 y  8  0
11. x  y  32  0
1
12.
5
15 5
13. or
2 2
14.(-3, 1)
a 2  b2
15.
a 2  b2
Essays

1. 3x  4 y  14  0, x  10  0
2. y  2, y  2  3( x  1)
3. y  1  (2  3)( x  2)
4. (i)  2,  (ii)  , 
5 1 14
 3 5 5 
5. (i)  ,  (ii)   , 
3 5 1 2
2 2  3 3
6. 2 x  9 y  7  0
7. (-4, -3)
8.   , 
1 2
 3 3
9. 5x 12 y  7  0, x  1
11. 7 x  2 y  9, 4x  5 y  9, x  y  0

12.(i)  , 
1 2
(ii) (3,1  5)

3 3 

390
 15. PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES (18 HOURS)

Introduction
Given the equations of two straight lines, the methods of finding their point of
intersection and the angle between them were discussed in chapter 3. In this chapter we
shall find the conditions under which a second degree equation in x and y represents a
pair of straight lines.

15.1Equations of a pair of lines passing through the origin, Angle

between a pair of lines
In this section, we find the nature of the combined equation of a pair of straight
lines passing through the origin.

15.1.1 Combined equation of a pair of straight lines:

Let L1 & L2 denote two straight lines and let their equations be a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0
and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 , i.e.., which are linear in x and y (i.e.., a1 & b1 are not both zero and
a2 & b2 are not both zero.

Consider the equation ( a1 x + b1 y + c1 )( a2 x + b2 y + c2 ) = 0 . (1)

Now P (α , β ) is a point on the locus represented by (1)

⇔ ( a1α + b1β + c1 )( a2α + b2 β + c2 ) = 0

⇔ a1α + b1β + c1 = 0 or a2α + b2 β + c2 = 0

That implies that P lies on L1 or P lies on L2 .

We therefore, conclude that the locus or the graph of the equation (1) is the pair of
straight lines L1 & L2 . We say that (1) is the combined equation or simply the equation of
L1 & L2 .

15.1.2 Example:

The equation 6 x 2 + 11xy − 10 y 2 = 0 represents the pair of straight lines 3 x − 2 y = 0 and

2 x + 5 y = 0 , since (3x − 2 y )(2 x + 5 y ) ≡ 6 x 2 + 11xy − 10 y 2 (i)

Similarly, since (3x + 2 y − 1)(2 x − 3 y + 1) ≡ 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 + x + 5 y − 1

(ii)

391
The equation 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 + x + 5 y − 1 = 0 represents the pair of straight lines
3 x + 2 y − 1 and 2 x − 3 y + 1 .

15.1.3 Definition:

If a, b, h are real numbers, not all zero, then H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is called a

homogeneous equation of second degree in x and y; and
2 2
S ≡ ax + 2hxy + by + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is called a general equation of second degree in x
and y.

The equation (1) in 4.1.1 and the combined equations (i) and (ii) of example 4.1.2
are second degree equations in x any y.

We shall now investigate the conditions under which the above two equations
represent a pair of straight lines

15.1.4 Theorem:

If a, b, h are not all zero and the locus of the equation

S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 contains a straight line L, then S can be written
as the product of two linear factors in x and y (with real coefficient).

Proof: Let P( x0 , y0 ) be a point on the straight line L. By translating the origin to the
point and the rotating the axes of coordinated through a suitable angle θ about the new
origin, the equation of the straight line L can be transformed into the X-axis in the new
coordinate system. Let a point (x, y) have coordinate (X, Y) w.r.t the new system of
coordinate axes.

Then x = x0 + X cos θ − Y sin θ and y = y0 + X sin θ − Y cos θ

From these equations, we obtain

X = ( x − x0 ) cos θ + ( y − y0 )sin θ and Y = ( y − y0 ) cos θ − ( x − x0 )sin θ

Writing the given equation S = 0 in the new coordinates X and Y, we find the equation
changes to the form S ≡ AX 2 + 2 HXY + BY 2 + 2GX + 2 FY + C = 0 which is a second
degree equation in X and Y. (we note that A, B, H are not all zero, since
a + b = A + B, ab − h2 = AB − H 2 and a, b, h are not all zero).

Since the locus of S = 0 contains the straight line L whose equation is Y = 0 in the
new coordinate system, every point on the line Y = 0 satisfies the equation S = 0 and
hence,

AX 2 + 2GX + C = 0 for all real numbers X.

392
Since the equation is satisfied by more than two values of X, we must have
A = G = C = 0 . Hence

S ≡ BY 2 + 2 HXY + 2 FY = Y ( BY + 2 HX + 2 F )

That is S can be expressed as a product of two linear factors in X and Y. But X and Y are
linear in x and y; and so using (i) and (ii), S can be factorised as a product o two real
linear factors in x and y.

15.1.5 Note:

1. If the locus of a second degree equation in x and y contains a straight line, then the
equation represents a pair of straight lines.
2. If the locus of a second degree equation S = 0 in the two variables x and y is a pair
of straight lines, then we can write

S ≡ (l1 x + m1 y + n1 )(l2 x + m2 y + n2 )

Where l1 x + m1 y + n1 and l2 x + m2 y + n2 are linear in x and y.

We now find the condition under which a homogeneous equation of second degree in x
and y represents a pair of straight lines.

15.1.6 Theorem:

If a, b, h are not all zero, then the equation H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines if and only if h 2 ≥ ab .

Proof: Suppose that H = 0 represents a pair of straight lines. Then by note 4.1.5 (2), we
can write

H ≡ (l1 x + m1 y + n1 )(l2 x + m2 y + n2 )

Here l1 x + m1 y + n1 and l2 x + m2 y + n2 are linear in x and y.

Since (0, 0) is a point on the locus of ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 , it follows that (0, 0) is a point
on the line l1 x + m1 y + n1 = 0 or on the line l2 x + m2 y + n2 = 0.

Hence n1 = 0 or n2 = 0 , say n1 = 0 . Then

ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ (l1 x + m1 y + n1 )(l2 x + m2 y + n2 ) so that l1n 2 = 0 = m1n2 . Since l1 & m1 are

not both zero, we get n2 = 0 . Hence

ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ (l1 x + m1 y + n1 )(l2 x + m2 y + n2 ) . Therefore l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b and

l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h .

393
 2 2
2 l m +l m  l m −l m 
Hence h − ab =  1 2 2 1  − l1l2 m1m2 =  1 2 2 1  ≥ 0 so that h 2 ≥ ab
 2   2 

Conversely, suppose that h 2 ≥ ab .

Case (i): Let a ≠ 0 . Then ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2

1 2 2
=
a
( a x + 2ahxy + aby 2 )
1
=  ( ax) 2 + 2(ax)( hy ) + h 2 y 2 + aby 2 − h 2 y 2 
a

1
=  ( ax + hy ) 2 − ( h 2 − ab) y 2 
a

1
= (ax + hy + h 2 − ab y )(ax + hy − h 2 − ab y  since h 2 ≥ ab
a 

1
= ax + ( h + h 2 − ab ) y   ax + ( h − h 2 − ab) y 
a  

Therefore the equation H = 0 represents the pair of straight lines. ax + (h + h 2 − ab ) y = 0

and ax + (h − h 2 − ab ) y = 0

Observe that each of these lines passes through the origin.

Case (ii) Let a = 0. Then H ≡ 2hxy + by 2 ≡ y (2hx + by ) and so, in this case, the equation
H =0 represents the straight lines y = 0 and 2hx + by = 0 (since h and b are not both zero),
each of which passes through the origin.

15.1.7 Note:

If h 2 = ab , we observe that the lines represented by H = 0 are coincident

If h 2 ≥ ab , then we can write H ≡ (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y ) so that l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b and

l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h . Also l1 x + m1 y = 0 & l2 x + m2 y = 0 are the straight lines represented by H
= 0. If H = 0 represents a pair of a straight lines and b ≠ 0 , then these lines are non –
vertical (prove). If m1 & m2 are the slopes of these lines, then

ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ b( y − m1 x)( y − m2 x)

−2h a
So that m1 + m2 = & m1m2 =
b b

394
When the equations of two straight lines are given separately, finding the angle between
them was discussed in 3.8. The following theorem aims at finding the angle between a
pair of straight lines when their combined equation is given.

15.1.8 Theorem:

Let the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represent a pair of straight lines. Then the
|a+b|
angle θ between the lines is given b y cos θ =
( a − b ) 2 + 4h 2

Proof: It is obvious that (a − b)2 + 4h 2 > 0

Let H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y ) . Then the lines represented by the given
equations are l1 x + m1 y = 0 & l2 x + m2 y = 0 . Further l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b & l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h .
Therefore the angle θ between these lines is given by

| l1l2 + m1m2 |
cos θ =
(l + m12 )(l12 + m12 )
1
2

| l1l2 + m1m2 |
=
(l1l2 − m1m2 ) 2 + (l1m2 − m1l2 ) 2

|a+b|
Therefore cos θ =
( a − b ) 2 + 4h 2

15.2 Condition for perpendicular and coincident lines, bisectors of

angles
It is already observed in 4.1.7 that the equation H = =0 represents a pair of
coincident lines if h 2 = ab .

Now the lines given by H = 0 are perpendicular

⇔ cos θ = 0

⇔ a+b = 0

Sum of the coefficient of x 2 & y 2 in H = 0 is zero.

If a + b ≠ 0 , then the lines represented by H = 0 are not perpendicular and in such a

situation, the angle θ between the lines is also given by the formula

2 h 2 − ab |a+b|
tan θ = because cos θ = gives
|a+b| ( a − b ) 2 + 4h 2

395
 2 h 2 − ab
sin θ =
( a − b) 2 + 4h 2

15.2.1 Example :

Let us find the angle between the straight lines represented by the equation
2 x 2 − 3xy − 6 y 2 = 0 .

−3
Comparing this equation with ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 , we find a = 2, b = -6 and h = .
2

Therefore angle θ between the given pair of lines is given by

9
2 + 12 2
2 h − ab 4 57
tan θ = = =
|a+b| | 2−6| 4

 57 
Hence the angle between the lines is tan −1  
 4 

15.2.2 Theorem:

Let the equations of two intersecting lines be L1 ≡ a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and

L2 ≡ a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 . Then the equations of the angles (angle and its supplement)
a1 x + b1 y + c1 a2 x + b2 y + c2
between L1 = 0 & L2 = 0 are =±
2 2
a +b1 1 a22 + b22

Proof: The locus of the points equidistant from L1 & L2 is the pair of lines bisecting the
angles between L1 & L2 . Let PM, PN be the perpendicular distances of a point P ( x1 , y1 )
from the lines L1 & L2 respectively (see fig)

Then P is a point on the given locus ⇔ PM = PM

a1 x1 + b1 y1 + c1 a2 x1 + b2 y1 + c2
⇔ =
2 2
a +b
1 1 a22 + b22

a1 x1 + b1 y1 + c1 a2 x1 + b2 y1 + c2
⇔ =±
a12 + b12 a22 + b22

Note: The equations of the lines bisecting the angles between L1 & L2 are also written as

a1 x1 + b1 y1 + c1 a2 x1 + b2 y1 + c2
=± =0
2 2
a +b1 1 a22 + b22

396
15.2.3 Examples:

1) Let us find the equations of the straight lines bisecting the angles between the
lines 7 x + y + 3 = 0 & x − y + 1 = 0 . By theorem 4.2.2 the equations of the straight
lines bisecting the angles between the given lines are

 7x + y + 3   x − y +1
 ± =0
 50   2 

That is (7 x + y + 3) ± 5( x − y + 1) = 0 or x + 3 y − 1 = 0 & 3 x − y + 2 = 0

2) Let us prove that the internal bisectors of the angles of a triangle are concurrent.

Proof: Let A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ), C ( x3 , y3 ) be the vertices of a given triangle ABC (see

fig) whose sides are BC , CA, AB are represented by the equations A

L1 ≡ a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0

L2 ≡ a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 L3 = 0
L2 = 0

L3 ≡ a3 x + b3 y + c3 = 0 B C

L1 = 0

Without loss of generality, we can assume that the non zero numbers ar xr + br yr + cr
(r= 1, 2, 3) are positive (that is, if necessary, we write the equation so that these
numbers are positive).

Also ar xs + br ys + cr = 0 for r ≠ s and r, s=1, 2, 3.

a2 x + b2 y + c2 a3 x + b3 y + c3
Now the equation u1 ≡ −
a22 + b22 a32 + b32

L1 L3
Or u1 ≡ − =0
2 2
a +b
2 2 a + b32
2
3

Represents one of the bisectors of the angle BAC.

Since a3 x2 + b3 y2 + c3 = a2 x3 + b2 y3 + c2 = 0 we have

a2 x2 + b2 y2 + c2 a3 x2 + b3 y2 + c3
− > 0 and
a22 + b22 a32 + b32

397
 a2 x3 + b2 y3 + c2 a3 x3 + b3 y3 + c3
− <0
2 2
a +b
2 2 a32 + b32

Hence the vertices B( x2 , y2 ) & C ( x3 , y3 ) lie on either side of the bisector u1 = 0 and
accordingly, it is the internal bisector o angle A of triangle ABC.

Similarly the internal bisectors of the angles B and C of the triangle are respectively

L3 L1
u2 ≡ − =0
a32 + b33 a12 + b12

L1 L2
And u3 ≡ − =0
2 3
a +b
1 1 a + b22
2
2

Now letting k1 = k2 = k3 = 1 , we observe that k1u1 + k2u2 + k3u3 ≡ 0 and therefore, by

theorem 3.7.3, the bisectors u1 = 0, u2 = 0 & u3 = 0 are concurrent.

15.3 Pair of bisectors of angles

15.3.1 Theorem:

If the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents a pair of intersecting lines the

combined equation of the pair of bisection of the angles between these lines
h( x 2 − y 2 ) = (a − b) xy .

15.3.2 Note:

The sum of the coordinates of x 2 & y 2 in the bisectors equation is zero, which
verified perpendicularly.

15.3.3. Example:

Let us find the combined equation of the pair of bisectors of the angles between
that of straight lines represented by 6 x 2 + 11xy + 3 y 2 = 0 .

Comparing the given equation with ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 , we observe that a = 6, b

= 3 and h.

Therefore the equation of the pair of bisectors of the angles between the given pair of
linear h( x 2 − y 2 ) = (a − b) xy .

11 2
That is ( x − y 2 ) = (6 − 3) xy or 11( x 2 − y 2 ) − 6 xy = 0
2

398
15.3.4 Solved problem:

1. Does the equation x 2 + xy + y 2 = 0 represent a pair of lines?

1 1
Solution: No. For, a = b = 1, h = and h 2 − ab = − 1 < 0 , that is, h 2 < ab .
2 4

2. Find the nature of the triangle formed by the lines x 2 − 3 y 2 = 0 and x = 2.

1 1
Solution: The lines x 2 − 3 y 2 = 0 , that is y = x, y = − x are equally inclined to the x
3 3
- axis, the inclination being 30

Further ∠OAB = ∠OBA = 60

Hence the triangle is equilateral.

3. Find the centriod of the triangle formed by the lines 12 x 2 − 20 xy + 7 y 2 = 0 and

2x − 3y + 4 = 0 .

Solution: The pair of straight lines 12 x 2 − 20 xy + 7 y 2 = 0 intersects the straight line

2 x − 3 y + 4 = 0 in the points A and B whose coordinates are given by the equation
3(3 y − 4) 2 −10 y (3 y − 4) + 7 y 2 = 0 (eliminate of x from the above equations)

That is y 2 − 8 y + 12 = 0 or ( y − 2)( y − 6) = 0 and so, y = 2 or 6 and correspondingly x =

1 or 7.

Therefore, the points of intersection are A (1, 2) and B (7, 6). Accordingly, the
8 8
triangle OAB formed by the given triad of lines has its centriod at  ,  .
3 3

4. Prove that the lines represented by the equations x 2 − 4 xy + y 2 = 0 and x + y = 3

form an equilateral triangle.

Solution: The slope of the line L ≡ x + y − 3 = 0 is -1 and hence it makes an angle of 45

with the negative direction of the x- axis. Therefore, no straight line which makes an
angle of 60 with L is vertical. Let the equation of a line passing through the origin and
making an angle of 60 with L be y = mx. Then Y

m +1
3 = tan 60 =
m −1

y = m2 x L2

399
So that (m + 1)2 = 3(m − 1)2 or m 2 − 4m + 1 = 0
y = m1 x

Whose roots are m1 & m2 are real and distinct. Therefore, there are two lines L1 & L2
passing through the origin each making an angle of 60 with L. Their equations are
y = m1 x & y = m2 x where m1 + m2 = 4, m1m2 = 1 .

The combined equation of L1 & L2 is ( y − m1 x)( y − m2 x) = 0

i.e.., y 2 − (m1 + m2 ) xy + m1m2 x 2 = 0

i.e.., y 2 − 4 xy + x 2 = 0 , which is same as the given pair of lines

Hence L, L1 & L2 form an equilateral triangle.

5. Show that the product of the perpendicular distances from a point (α , β ) to the
aα 2 + 2hαβ + bβ 2
pair of straight lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is .
(a − b) 2 + 4h 2

Solution: Let ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y )

Then the lines represented by the equation are l1 x + m1 y =0 and l2 x + m2 y = 0

Further l1l2 = a; m1m2 = b & l1m 2 +l2 m1 = 2h .

d1 = length of the perpendicular from (α , β ) to l1 x + m1 y = 0

l1α + m1β
=
l12 + m12

d 2 = length of the perpendicular from (α , β ) to l2 x + m2 y = 0

l2α + m2 β
=
l22 + m22

Then, the product of the lengths of the perpendiculars from (α , β ) to the given pair of
(l1α + m1β )(l2α + m2 β ) aα 2 + 2hαβ + bβ 2
lines = d1d 2 = =
(l12 + m12 )(l22 + m22 ) ( a − b ) 2 + 4h 2

6. Let ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represent a pair of straight lines. Then show that the
equation of the pair of straight lines.

400
 (i) Passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and parallel to the given pair of lines is
a ( x − x0 ) 2 + 2h( x − x0 )( y − y0 ) + b( y − y0 ) 2 = 0 and
(ii) Passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and perpendicular to the given pair of lines is
b( x − x0 ) 2 − 2h( x − x0 )( y − y0 ) + a ( y − y0 ) 2 = 0 .

Solution: Let ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 ≡ (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y )

Then the equations of the lines are L1 ≡ l1 x + m1 y = 0, L2 ≡ l2 x + m2 y = 0

Further l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b & l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h

(i) Now the equations of the straight lines passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and parallel to
L1 & L2 respectively are

l1 ( x − x0 ) + m1 ( y − y0 ) = 0 And l2 ( x − x0 ) + m2 ( y − y0 ) = 0

Therefore their combined equation [l1 ( x − x0 ) + m1 ( y − y0 )][l2 ( x − x0 ) + m2 ( y − y 0 )] = 0 or

a ( x − x0 ) 2 + 2h( x − x0 )( y − y 0 ) + b( y − y0 ) 2 = 0

(ii) The straight lines passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and perpendicular to the pair
L1 & L2 are respective m1 x − l1 y = m1 x0 − l1 y0 or m1 ( x − x0 ) − l1 ( y − y0 ) = 0 and
m2 ( x − x0 ) − l2 ( y − y0 ) = 0 .

Hence their combined equation is [m1 ( x − x0 ) − l1 ( y − y0 )][m2 ( x − x0 ) − l2 ( y − y0 )] = 0 .

That is b( x − x0 ) 2 − 2h( x − x0 )( y − y0 ) + a ( y − y0 ) 2 = 0

Note: The pair of lines passing through the origin and perpendicular to the pair of lines
given by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is bx 2 + 2hxy + ay 2 = 0

7. Show that the area of the triangle formed by the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 ,
n 2 h 2 − ab
lx + my + n = 0 is
am 2 − 2hlm + bl 2

Solution: Let OA, OB be the pair of straight lines represented by the equation
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ( see fig) and AB be the line lx + my + n = 0 .

Let ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y ) and OA, OB be the lines

l1 x + m1 y = 0 & l2 x + m2 y = 0 respectively.

401
Let A = ( x1 , y1 ), B = ( x2 , y2 ) . Then since A lies on OA and AB ,
l1 x + m1 y = 0 & l2 x + m2 y = 0

Since, by hypothesis the given three lines form a triangle, l1m − lm1 ≠ 0 & l2 m − lm2 ≠ 0

So, by the rule of cross-multiplication, we obtain

x1 y 1
= 1 = and hence
m1n − nl1 l1m − lm1

m1n − nl1
x1 = ; y1 =
l1m − lm1 l1m − lm1

m2 n −nl2
Similarly x2 = ; y1 =
l2 m − lm2 l2 m − lm2 Y

Therefore area of triangle OAB A

1
= x1 y2 − x2 y1
2

1 n2 (l1m2 − l2 m1
=
2 (l1m − lm1 )(l2 m − lm2 )
B

X' X

Y'

2 2
1 n (l1m2 + l2 m1 ) − 4l1l2 m1m2 1 n2 4h2 − 4ab n h2 − ab
= =
2 l1l2 m 2 − lm(l1m2 + l2 m1 ) + m1m2l 2 2 am 2 − 2hlm + bl 2 am 2 − 2hlm + bl 2

(since l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b and l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h )

Exercise 15 (a)

1. Find the acute angle between the pair of lines represented by the following
equations.
(i) x 2 − 7 xy + 12 y 2 = 0
(ii) y 2 − xy − 6 x 2 = 0
(iii) ( x cos α − y sin α )2 = ( x 2 + y 2 ) sin 2 α
(iv) x 2 + 2 xy cot α − y 2 = 0

402
2. Show that the following pairs of straight lines have the same set of angular
bisectors (that is they are equally inclined to each other).
(i) 2 x 2 + 6 xy + y 2 = 0, 4 x 2 + 18 xy + y 2 = 0
(ii) a 2 x 2 + 2h(a + b) xy + b2 y 2 ; ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0; a + b ≠ 0
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + λ ( x 2 + y 2 ) = 0;(λ ∈ R )
(iii)
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0
3. Find the value of ‘h’ if the slope of the lines represented by 6 x 2 + 2hxy + y 2 = 0
are in the ratio 1 : 2.
4. If ax 2 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents two straight lines such that the slope of one line is
twice the slope of the other, prove that 8h 2 = 9ab
5. Show that the equation of the pair of straight lines passing through the origin and
making an angle of 30 with the line 3 x − y − 1 = 0 is 13x 2 + 12 xy − 3 y 2 = 0
6. Find the equation of the pair of straight lines passing through the origin and
making an acute angle α with the straight line x + y + 5 = 0
7. Show that the straight lines represented by ( x + 2a) 2 − 3 y 2 = 0 and x = a form an
equilateral triangle.
8. Show that the pair of bisectors of the angles between the straight lines
(ax + by )2 = c(bx − ay ) 2 , c > 0 are parallel and perpendicular to the line
ax + by + k = 0 .
9. The adjacent sides of a parallelogram are 2 x 2 − 5 xy + 3 y 2 = 0 and one diagonal is
x + y + 2 = 0 . Find the other vertices and the other diagonal.
10. Find the centriod and the area of the triangle formed by the following lines
(i) 2 y 2 − xy − 6 x 2 = 0, x + y + 4 = 0
(ii) 3x 2 − 4 xy + y 2 = 0, 2 x − y = 6
11. Find the equations of the pair of lines intersecting at (-2, -1) and
(i) Perpendicular to the pair of 6 x 2 − 13xy − 5 y 2 = 0 and
(ii) Parallel to the pair 6 x 2 − 13xy − 5 y 2 = 0
12. Find the equation of the bisector of the acute angle between the lines
3 x − 4 y + 7 = 0 &12 x + 5 y − 2 = 0 .
13. Find the equation of the bisector of the obtuse angle between the lines
x + y −5 = 0& x −7y + 7 = 0
14. Show that the lines represented by (lx + my ) 2 − 3(mx − ly )2 = 0 and lx + my + n = 0
n2
form an equilateral triangle with area
3(l 2 + m 2 )
15. Show that the straight lines represented by 3x 2 + 48 xy + 23 y 2 = 0 and
13
3 x − 2 y + 13 = 0 form equilateral triangle of area sq.units.
3

403
 16. Show that the equation of the pair of lines bisecting the angles between the pair of
bisectors of angles between the pair of lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is
(a − b)( x 2 − y 2 ) + 4hxy = 0
17. If one line of the pair of lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 bisects the angle between the
coordinate axis. Prove that (a + b)2 = 4h 2
18. If (α , β ) is the centriod of the triangle formed by the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0
α 2 β
and lx + my = 1 . Prove that = =
bl − hm am − hl 3(bl − 2hlm + am 2 ) 2

19. Prove that the distance from the origin to the orthocentre of the triangle formed by
1
x y (a + b)αβ
the line + = 1 and ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is (α 2 + β 2 ) 2
α β aα − 2hαβ + bβ 2
2

20. The straight line lx + my + n = 0 bisects an angle between the pair of lines o which
one is px + qy + r = 0 . Show that the other side is
2 2
( px + qy + r )(l + m ) − 2(lp + mq )(lx + my + n) = 0

15.4 Pair of lines – Second degree general equation

We now obtain conditions for a general equation of second degree in x and y to
represent a pair of lines.

15.4.1Theorem:

If the second degree equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 in the two

variables x and y represents a pair of straight lines, then

(i) abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0 and

(ii) h 2 ≥ ab, g 2 ≥ ac, f 2 ≥ bc

15.4.2 Note:

Both the above sets of conditions are necessary for the equation S = 0 to represent
a pair of straight lines. That is S = 0 cannot represent a pair of lines if any of the above
conditions fails.

For example in the equation x 2 + y 2 + 2 xy + 1 = 0 , we have a = b = c = h = 1; f = g

= 0 and therefore abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0 . But this equation which is the same as
( x + y )2 + 1 = 0 does not represent a pair of straight lines. Infact the locus of this equation
is the empty set.

Similarly in the equation x 2 + y 2 = 0 , we have a = b = 1; c = f = g = h = 0 and so

abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0; f 2 = bc, g 2 = ac . But h 2 < ab , and once again this

404
equation does not represent a pair of straight lines. The locus of the equation x 2 + y 2 = 0
is the origin.

The equation of second degree in x and y, S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0

2
represents a pair of straight lines if ∆ ≡ abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0 and h ≥ ab ,
2 2
g ≥ ac & f ≥ bc .

(This proof of this is beyond the scope of the book)

From 4.15.1theorem and 4.4.2 Note (2) we have

S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 Represents a pair of straight lines

2 2 2
⇔ ∆ ≡ abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0 , h ≥ ab , g ≥ ac & f ≥ bc

15.4.3 Theorem:

If the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents two straight lines,

then the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 represents a pair of lines passing through the origin
and parallel to the former pair of lines.

15.5 Conditions for parallel lines – Distance between them, Point of intersection of
pair of lines:

In this section we find the condition for two lines to be parallel and to find the
distance between two parallel lines. We will also find the intersection of two lines when
their combined equation is given.

S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 Represents a pair of straight lines. The

angle between this pair of lines is the same as the angle between the pair of lines
represented by H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 . Hence the angle between the pair of lines S = 0
 a+b 
is cos −1  
 (a − b) 2 + 4h 2 
 .

 2 h 2 − ab 
= tan −1   if (a + b) >0
 a+b 
 

 2 h 2 − ab 
= tan −1   if (a – b) <0
 −( a + b ) 
 

π
= if a + b = 0
2

405
Therefore, the lines represented by S = 0 are parallel if h 2 = ab , perpendicular if a + b = 0
and intersecting if h 2 > ab .

15.5.1 Theorem:

If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2hy + c = 0 represents a pair of

parallel straight lines, then

(i) h 2 = ab
(ii) af 2 = bg 2 and
g 2 − ac f 2 − bc
(iii) The distance between the parallel lines = 2 =2
a ( a + b) b ( a + b)

15.5.2 Theorem:

If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair of

straight lines intersecting at the origin, then g = f = c = 0.

15.5.3 Theorem:

If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair of intersecting

 hf − bg gh − af 
straight lines, then their point of intersection is  2
, 2 
 ab − h ab − h 

15.5.4 Note:

If h 2 > ab , then the point of intersection of the pair of lines S = 0 satisfies the
three equations ax + hy + h = 0, hx + by + f = 0 & gx + fy + c = 0 .

Observe that the eliminant of x0 , y0 from the equations (1), (2) and (3) above is
a h g
 
 h b f  = 0 which is the same as one of the necessary conditions given in the
g f c 
 
theorem 4.15.1for the equations S = 0 to represent a pair of straight lines.

15.5.5 Example:

Let us find the point of intersection of the pair of straight lines represented by
x + 4 xy + 3 y 2 − 4 x − 10 y + 3 = 0 .
2

Comparing this equation with the general equation of second degree in x and y, we get
a = 1; f=-5

b = 3; g = -2

406
 c = 3; h=2

Therefore the point of intersection of the lines is

 hf − bg gh − af   −10 + 6 −4 + 5 
 2
, 2 = ,  = (4, −1)
 ab − h ab − h   3−4 3−4 

The point of intersection can also be obtained by solving the equations

ax + hy + g = 0 That is, x + 2y − 2 = 0

hx + by + f = 0 That is, 2x + 3y − 5 = 0

15.5.6 Solved Problems:

1. Find the angle between the straight lines represented by

2 2
2 x + 5 xy + 2 y − 5 x − 7 y + 3 = 0 .

Solution: Here a = 2, 2h = 5 and b = 2 and

a+b 4 4
θ = cos −1 = cos −1 = cos −1  
2
(a − b) + (2h) 2
0+5 2
5

2. Find the equation of the pair of lines passing through the origin and parallel to the pair
of lines 2 x 2 + 3xy − 2 y 2 − 5 x + 5 y − 3 = 0

Solution: Equation of the pair of lines passing through the origin and parallel to the lines
represented by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 . Hence the
required equation is 2 x 2 + 3 xy − 2 y 2 = 0 .

3. Find the equation of the pair of lines passing through the origin and perpendicular to
the pair of lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0

Solution: The equation of the lines passing through the origin and parallel to the given
pair of lines is ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 . Hence their equation is bx 2 − 2hxy + ay 2 = 0

4. If x 2 + xy − 2 y 2 + 4 x − y + k = 0 represents a pair of straight lines, find k.

Solution: Since the given equation represents a pair of lines,

2 2 2
abc + 2 fgh − af − bg − ch = 0

1 1
Here, a = 1, b = −2, c = k , f = − , g = 2, h = . Hence k = 3.
2 2

5. Prove that the equation 2 x 2 + xy − 6 y 2 + 7 y − 2 = 0 represents a pair of straight lines.

Solution: Here a = 2, b = -6, c = -2, f = 7/2, g = 0,h = ½.

407
 2 2
2 2 2 7 1 7 1
Hence abc + 2 fgh − af − bg − ch = 2( −6)( −2) + 2. .0. − 2   − ( −6).0 − ( −2)  
2 2 2 2

49 1 1
= 24 − + = (48 − 49 + 1) = 0
2 2 2

1
h 2 − ab = + 12 > 0, g 2 − ac = 0 − (2)( −2) = 4 > 0
4

49 49 1
f 2 − bc = − (−6)( −2) = − 12 = > 0
4 4 4

Therefore, h 2 > ab, g 2 > ac, f 2 > bc . Hence the given equation represents a pair of
straight lines.

6. Prove that the equation 2 x 2 + 3 xy − 2 y 2 − x + 3 y − 1 = 0 represents a pair of

perpendicular straight lines.

Solution: a = 2, b = -2, c = -1, h = 3/2, g = -1/2, f = 3/2

3 13 9 1 9
Hence abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 4 + 2.  −  − 2. − ( −2) − ( −1).
2 22 4 4 4

9 9 1 9
= 4− − + + =0
4 2 2 4

9 1 9 1
h 2 − ab = + 4 > 0, g 2 − ac = + 2 > 0, f 2 − bc = − 2 = > 0
4 4 4 4

a + b = 2 – 2 = 0. Hence the given equation represents a pair of perpendicular lines.

7. Show that the equation 2 x 2 − 13 xy − 7 y 2 + x + 23 y − 6 = 0 represents a pair of straight

lines. Also find the angle between them and the coordinates of the point of intersection of
the lines.

Solution: Let S ≡ 2 x3 − 13 xy − 7 y 2 + x + 23 y − 6

Now 2 x 3 − 13 xy − 7 y 2 = ( x − 7 y )(2 x + y )

Let us see whether we can find C1 & C2 such that 2C1 + C2 = 1, C1 − 7C2 = 23, C1C2 = −6 .
From the first two, we get C1 = 2, C2 = −3 . These values satisfy C1C2 = −6 . Hence there
exist C1 & C2 such that

S ≡ ( x − 7 y + C1 )(2 x + y + C2 ) = ( x − 7 y + 2)(2 x + y − 3)

Therefore the given equation represents the straight lines 2 x + y − 3 = 0 & x − 7 y + 2 = 0

408
 1
2+
Angle between the lines = tan −1 7 = tan −1 3
2
1−
7

Solving the equations 2 x + y − 3 = 0 & x − 7 y + 2 = 0 , we obtain the point of intersection of

 19 7 
the given pair of lines which is  ,  .
 15 15 

8. Find the value of λ for which the equation λ x 2 − 10 xy + 12 y 2 + 5 x − 16 y − 3 = 0 which

represents a pair of straight lines.

Solution: A necessary condition for the given equation to represent a pair of lines is
5
abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch 2 = 0 where a = λ , b = 12, c = −3, h = −5, g = , f = −8
2
2
5 5
Therefore, −36λ + 2 × −8 × × 5 − λ ( −8) 2 − 12   − ( −3)(−5) 2 = 0
2 2

This gives λ =2=a

Now h 2 − ab = 25 − 24 = 1 > 0

25 49
g 2 − ac = +6= >0
4 4

f 2 − bc = 64 + 36 = 100 > 0

That is, h 2 > ab, g 2 > ac, f 2 > bc

Therefore, the given equation represents a pair of lines for λ = 2

8. Show that the pairs of straight lines 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 = 0 and

6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 + x + 5 y − 1 = 0 form a square.

Solution: H ≡ 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 = (3x + 2 y )(2 x − 3 y ) and

S ≡ 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 + x + 5 y − 1 = (3x + 2 y − 1)(2 x − 3 y + 1)

Clearly, H = 0 represents a pair of perpendicular lines and S = 0 also represents a pair of

perpendicular lines. Further the lines represented by H = 0 are parallel to the lines
represented by S= 0. Therefore, the four lines form a triangle.

But the distance of each of the lines 3 x + 2 y − 1 = 0, 2 x − 3 y + 1 = 0 from the origin

1
is . Hence the rectangle is a square.
13

409
Aliter

Since the second degree terms in both the equations are identical, they form a
parallelogram. Also, since the sum of the coefficients of x 2 & y 2 is zero, the
parallelogram becomes the rectangle.

If OABC represents the rectangle, then 6 x 2 − 5 xy − 6 y 2 + x + 5 y − 1 = 0 ...... (1)

represents the combined equation of AB & BC .

Comparing the equation (1) with ax 2 +2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 , we get

5 1 5
a = 6, b = −6, h = − , g = , f =
2 2 2

 hf − bg gh − af  1 5
Since B= 2
, 2 = , 
 ab − h ab − h   13 13 

Therefore, slope of OB is 5.

1
Since the equation AC is x + 5 y − 1 = 0 , its slope is − .
5

Clearly, AC is perpendicular to OB . OABC is thus a square.

9. Show that the equation 8 x 2 − 24 xy + 18 y 2 − 6 x + 9 y − 5 = 0 represents a pair of

parallel straight lines and find the distance between them.

Solution: S ≡ 8 x 2 − 24 xy + 18 y 2 − 6 x + 9 y − 5

= 2(2 x − 3 y )2 − 3(2 x − 3 y ) − 5

= [2(2 x − 3 y ) − 5][(2 x − 3 y ) + 1]

= (4 x − 6 y − 5)(2 x − 3 y + 1)

Therefore, the equation S = 0 represents the straight lines 4 x − 6 y − 5 = 0 and

2 x − 3 y + 1 = 0 which are clearly a pair of parallel lines.

2+5 7
Distance between them = .
2 2
4 +6 52

Note: This problem can also be solved by using the result of 4.5.1 theorem.

10. If the pairs of lines represented by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 and

2 2
ax + 2hxy + by + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 form a rhombus, prove that
2 2
(a − b) fg + ( f − g ) = 0 .

410
Solution: Let OA, OB be the pair of straight lines given by H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 and
AC , BC be the pair of lines given by S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 . We know
that the lines represented by H = 0 are parallel to the lines represented by S = 0 that is,
figure OACB (see fig) is a parallelogram C, the point of intersection of lines S = 0
 hf − bg gh − af 
 2
, 2 
.
 ab − h ab − h 

Since O and C are distinct points, hf – bg and gh – af are not both zero. Now the
equation of the diagonal OC is ( gh − af ) x − ( hf − bg ) y = 0 .

Since A is a point on the locus H = 0 as well as on the locus S = 0, coordinates of

A satisfy the equation S – H = 0. Similarly the coordinates of B also satisfy the equation.
Now S − H ≡ 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 , being linear in x and y represents a straight line, (note
that g and f are not both zero). Hence S – H = 0 is the equation of the diagonal AB. Since
by hypothesis, figure OACB is a rhombus, the diagonals OC and AB are perpendicular to
each other. Hence ( gf − af )2 g − ( hf − bg )2 f = 0 that is (a − b) fg + h( f 2 − g 2 ) = 0 .

11. If two of the sides of a parallelogram are represented by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 and

px + qy = 1 is one of its diagonals, prove that the other diagonal is
y (bp − hq ) = x( aq − hp ) .

Solution: Let OACB be the parallelogram two of whose sides OA, OB are represented by
the equation H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 (see fig). Since the other pair of sides AC and BC
are respectively parallel to OB & OA their combined equation will be of the form
S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0

Then the equation of the diagonal AB is 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 (see solved

problem11). But this line is given to be

px + qy = 1 or − pcx − qcy + c = 0 , since c ≠ 0 .

Therefore, 2 g = − pc, 2 f = − qc

 hf − bg gh − af 
The vertex C of the parallelogram =  2
, 2  . Therefore, the equation of the
 ab − h ab − h 
diagonal OC is ( gh − af ) x = ( hf − bg ) y that is, c( − ph + aq ) x = c( − hq + bp ) y (using (1))

Or ( aq − hp ) x = (bp − hq ) y , since c ≠ 0 .

411
 Exercise 15(b)

1. Find the angle between the lines represented by 2 x 2 + xy − 6 y 2 + 7 y − 2 = 0

2. Prove that the equation 2 x 2 + 3xy − 2 y 2 + 3x + y + 1 = 0 represents a pair of
perpendicular lines.
3. Prove that the equation 3x 2 + 7 xy + 2 y 2 + 5 x + 5 y + 2 = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines and find the coordinates of the point of intersection.
4. Find the value of k, if the equation 2 x 2 + kxy − 6 y 2 + 3x + y + 1 = 0 represents a pair
of straight lines. Find the point of intersection of the lines and the angle between
the straight lines for this value of k.
5. Show that the equation x 2 − y 2 − x + 3 y − 2 = 0 represents a pair of perpendicular
lines, and find their equations.
6. Show that the lines x 2 + 2 xy − 35 y 2 − 4 x + 44 y − 12 = 0 and 5 x + 2 y − 8 = 0 are
concurrent.
7. Find the distances between the following pairs of parallel straight lines :
(i) 9 x 2 − 6 xy + y 2 + 18 x − 6 y + 8 = 0
(ii) x 2 + 2 3 xy + 3 y 2 − 3 x − 3 3 y − 4 = 0
8. Show that the two pairs of lines 3x 2 + 8 xy − 3 y 2 = 0 and
3x 2 + 8 xy − 3 y 2 + 2 x − 4 y − 1 = 0 form a square.
9. Find the product of the lengths of the perpendiculars drawn from (2, 1) upon the
lines 12 x 2 + 25 xy + 12 y 2 + 10 x + 11y + 2 = 0
10. Show that the straight lines y 2 − 4 y + 3 = 0 and x 2 + 4 xy + 4 y 2 + 5 x + 10 y + 4 = 0
form a parallelogram and find the lengths of its sides.
11. Show that the product of the perpendicular distances from the origin to the pair of
straight lines represented by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is
|c|
( a − b) 2 + 4h 2
12. If the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair of
intersecting lines, then show that the square of the distance of their point of
c( a + b) − f 2 − g 2
intersection from the origin is . Also show that the square of this
ab − h 2
f 2 + g2
distance is if the given lines are perpendicular.
h2 + b2

Key Concepts

1.If a, b, h are not all zero, then the equation H ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines if and only if h 2 ≥ ab .

412
2. If h 2 = ab , the lines represented by H = 0 are coincident

3.If h 2 ≥ ab , then we can write H ≡ (l1 x + m1 y )(l2 x + m2 y ) so that l1l2 = a, m1m2 = b and
l1m2 + l2 m1 = 2h . Also l1 x + m1 y = 0 & l2 x + m2 y = 0 are the straight lines represented by H
= 0. If H = 0 represents a pair of a straight lines and b ≠ 0 , then these lines are non –
vertical . If m1 & m2 are the slopes of these lines, then

ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 ≡ b( y − m1 x)( y − m2 x)

−2 h a
So that m1 + m2 = & m1m2 =
b b

4. Let the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represent a pair of straight lines. Then the angle
|a+b|
θ between the lines is given b y cos θ =
( a − b) 2 + 4 h 2

5. The equation H = =0 represents a pair of coincident lines if h 2 = ab .

6. The lines given by H = 0 are perpendicular

⇔ cos θ = 0

⇔ a+b = 0

Sum of the coefficient of x 2 & y 2 in H = 0 is zero.

7.If a + b ≠ 0 , then the lines represented by H = 0 are not perpendicular and in such a
situation, the angle θ between the lines is also given by the formula

2 h 2 − ab |a+b| 2 h 2 − ab
tan θ = because cos θ = gives sin θ =
|a+b| ( a − b ) 2 + 4h 2 ( a − b) 2 + 4h 2

8.Let the equations of two intersecting lines be L1 ≡ a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and

L2 ≡ a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 . Then the equations of the angles (angle and its supplement)

a1 x + b1 y + c1 a2 x + b2 y + c2
between L1 = 0 & L2 = 0 are =±
2 2
a +b
1 1 a22 + b22

9.If the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents a pair of intersecting lines the combined
equation of the pair of bisection of the angles between these lines h( x 2 − y 2 ) = (a − b) xy

10.Let ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represent a pair of straight lines. Then the equation of the pair
of straight lines.

413
 (i) Passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and parallel to the given pair of lines is
a ( x − x0 ) 2 + 2h( x − x0 )( y − y0 ) + b( y − y0 ) 2 = 0 and
(ii) Passing through ( x0 , y0 ) and perpendicular to the given pair of lines is
b( x − x0 ) 2 − 2h( x − x0 )( y − y0 ) + a ( y − y0 ) 2 = 0 .

11. The pair of lines passing through the origin and perpendicular to the pair of lines is
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 is bx 2 + 2hxy + ay 2 = 0

12. The area of the triangle formed by the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 , lx + my + n = 0 is

n 2 h 2 − ab
am2 − 2hlm + bl 2

13.If the second degree equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 in the two

variables x and y represents a pair of straight lines, then

(i) abc + 2 fgh − af 2 − bg 2 − ch2 = 0 and

(ii) h 2 ≥ ab, g 2 ≥ ac, f 2 ≥ bc

14. If the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents two straight lines, then

the equation ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 represents a pair of lines passing through the origin and
parallel to the former pair of lines.

15.If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2hy + c = 0 represents a pair of parallel

straight lines, then

(i) h 2 = ab
(ii) af 2 = bg 2 and
g 2 − ac f 2 − bc
(iii) The distance between the parallel lines = 2 =2
a ( a + b) b( a + b)

16. If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair of straight

lines intersecting at the origin, then g = f = c = 0.

17.If the equation S ≡ ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair of

 hf − bg gh − af 
intersecting straight lines, then their point of intersection is  2
, 2 
 ab − h ab − h 

18. Show that the product of the perpendicular distances from the origin to the pair of
|c|
straight lines represented by ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is
( a − b) 2 + 4h 2

414
 ANSWERS

Exercise 15 (a)

1 π π
1. (i) tan −1   (ii) (iii) 2α (iv)
 13  4 2
2. .
3 3
3. ±
2
4. .
5. .
π π
6. x 2 + 2 xy sec 2α if α ≠ and xy = 0 if α =
4 4
7. Proof
 6 4   11 9 
8. (0, 0),  − , −  ,  − , −  , ( −1, −1);9 x − 11 y = 0
 5 5  5 5
 20 44  56
9. (i)  , −  , (ii) (0, −4),36
 9 9  3
10. (i) 5 x 2 − 13xy − 6 y 2 − 33x + 14 y + 40 = 0
(ii) 6 x 2 − 13xy − 5 y 2 − 37 x + 16 y + 45 = 0
11. 11x − 3 y + 9 = 0
12. 3 x − y − 9 = 0

Exercise 15 (b)

 4 
1. cos −1  
 65 
 3 1
2.  − , − 
 5 5
 5 1  1   5 1  4 
3. k = 4,  − , −  and cos −1   or k = -1,  − ,  and cos −1  
 8 8  5  7 7  65 
4. x + y − 2 = 0, x − y + 1 = 0
5. .
2 5
6. (i) (ii)
5 2
7. Proof
143
8.
25
9. 2 5,3

415
 16 THREE DIMENSIONAL COORDINATES
Introduction
Geometric shapes like spheres, cubes and cones do not exist in a single plane.
These shapes require third dimension to describe their location in shape. To create this
third dimension, a third axis is added to the co – ordinate system. Consequently, the
location of each point in space is defined by three real numbers. Three dimensional
geometry deals with geometry of solids like cone, sphere and also plane, lines using
algebraic equations. The study of analytical geometry is important because of its major
applications.

In this chapter we learn how to determine the position of a point in space and the
distance between two points. We derive a formula to find the coordinates of a point
dividing a line segment in a certain ratio. As an application of this, we determine the
coordinates of the centriod of a triangle and tetrahedron.

16.1 Coordinates:

Let X 'OX , Y 'OY be two mutually perpendicular straight lines passing through a
fixed point ‘O’. These two lines determine the XOY – plane or briefly XY – plane. Draw
the line Z 'OZ perpendicular to XY – plane and passing through O (this is unique). The
fixed point O is called the origin and these three mutually perpendicular lines
X 'OX , Y 'OY , Z 'OZ are called Rectangular Coordinate axes. OX , OY , OZ are the positive
directions of coordinate axes. In fig, the positive directions of these axes are represented
by arrow – heads.

X' Y

Y' X

Z'

Fig.16.1

The three coordinate axes are taken two at a time determine three planes namely, XOY –
plane, YOZ – plane and ZOX – plane or briefly XY, YZ, ZX – planes respectively. These
planes are mutually perpendicular and they are called Rectangular coordinate planes. The

416
triple coordinate axes X 'OX , Y 'OY , Z 'OZ are called the rectangular frame of reference
and is written as OXYZ.

This frame of reference is said to be aright handed system if a right threaded

screw advances in the direction of OZ , when it is rotated from OX to OY . Otherwise it
is said to be a left handed system.

Given point P in space other than O, through P, we can exactly draw three planes
parallel to the coordinate planes so that they meet the axes. X 'OX , Y 'OY , Z 'OZ in the
points A, B, C respectively. Let x, y, z be real numbers such that
OA =| x |, OB =| y |, OZ =| z | and the signs of x, y, z are positive or negative according as
A, B, C lie on the positive or negative according as A, B, C lie on the positive or negative
directions of the axes. Then the real numbers x, y, z taken in this order are called the
coordinates of P with respect to OXYZ. We write the coordinates of P as the ordered triad
(x, y, z ). The co – ordinates of the origin are (0, 0, 0).

Conversely, given an ordered triad of real numbers (x, y, z), we choose points A,
B, C on the X, Y, Z – axes respectively so that OA =| x |, OB =| y |, OZ =| z | . The positions
of A, B, C on the positive or negative side of the axes are determined according as x, y, z
are positive or negative respectively. Through A, B, C draw planes parallel to YZ, ZX,
XY planes respectively. These planes intersect at a unique point P in space. We observe
that the coordinates of P are nothing but (x, y, z).

Thus, for every point P in space, we can associate an ordered triad (x, y, z) of real
numbers formed by its coordinates and conversely, every ordered triad (x, y, z). So we
often refer to the triad (x, y, z) as the point P itself. The set of all points in space is
referred to as 3 – dimensional space or R 3 space.

If P (x, y, z) is a point in space

x is called the X – coordinate of P

y is called the Y – coordinate of P

z is called the Z – coordinate of P.

16.1.1 Remark:

Given a point P (x, y, z) other than O in space, draw three planes PLCM, PLAN,
PMBN parallel to XY, YZ, ZX planes respectively (fig). These three planes along with
three coordinate planes constitute a rectangular parallelepiped. From the fig, we have

| x |= OA = CL = BN = MP = perpendicular distance of P from YZ - plane .

| x |= OB = AN = CM = LP = perpendicular distance of P from ZX – plane.

417
 | z |= O = BM = AL = NP = perpendicular distance of P from XY – plane.

Therefore the coordinates of P are (x, y, z), then its perpendicular distances from YZ, ZX,
XY planes are | x |,| y |,| z | respectively.

16.1.2 Remark:

From fig, OA is perpendicular to the plane PLAN. So it is perpendicular to every

line on the plane and in particular to PA , that is OA ⊥ PA . Similarly,
OB ⊥ PB & OC ⊥ PC . Thus if the coordinates of P are (x, y, z) then | x |,| y |,| z | are the
perpendicular distances from the origin of the feet of the perpendiculars A, B, C from P to
X, Y, Z – axes respectively.

Z P

X' Y

Y' Z' X

Figure 16.2

16.1.3 Remark:

From the fig, NP = AL = OC =| z |, AN = OB =| y |, OA =| x | . Thus if P (x, y, z) is a

given point in space, from P draw PN perpendicular to the XY – plane meeting it at N.
Draw parallel to Y – axis meeting OX at A (see fig)

Then PN =| z |, NA =| y |, OA =| x |

16.1.4 Note:

1. If a point P (x, y, z) lies in the XY – plane then from Remark 5.1.1, | z | =

perpendicular distance of P from XY – plane = 0 i.e., z = 0. Therefore P is of the
form (x, y, 0).
Similarly, the coordinates of points in YZ and ZX planes may be taken as (0, y, z)
and (x, 0, z) respectively.
2. If P (x, y, z) lies on the X – axis, then its perpendicular distances from ZX and XY
planes are zero. So from Remark 5.1.1, y = 0, z = 0. Thus any point on X – axis is
of the form (x, 0, 0).
Similarly points on Y and Z axes are of the form (0, y, 0), (0, 0, z) respectively.

418
16.1.5 Octants:

The three coordinate planes divide the space into eight parts called Octants. The
octant formed by the edges OX , OY , OZ is called the first octant. We write it as OXYZ.
The octant whose bounding edges are OX, OY ' , OZ ' is denoted by OXY ' Z ' . In a similar
fashion the remaining six octants can be found. The following table shows the octants and
the sigh of coordinates in each octant.

Octant OXYZ OX 'YZ OX 'Y ' Z OXY ' Z OX 'YZ ' OXYZ ' OXY ' Z ' OX 'Y ' Z '

x – coordinate + - - + - + + -
y – coordinate + + - - + + - -
z- coordinate + + + + - - - -

16.1.6 Distance between two points in space

First we find the distance between the origin and any point in space. Using this we
find the distance between any two points in space.

16.1.7 Theorem:

The distance between the origin ‘O’ and any point P (x, y, z) in space is
OP = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 .

Proof: We may assume P ≠ O . Let the planes through P parallel to the coordinate planes
intersect the X, Y, Z axes respectively at A, B and C (see fig)

Since PA ⊥ OX

In ∆OAP, OP 2 = OA2 + AP 2

Since AP is the diagonal of the rectangle PDAF, AP 2 = AF 2 + FP 2

From rectangle OAFC, AF = OC

From rectangle PDAF and OBEC, FP = AD = OB

OP 2 = OA2 + AP 2 + OA2 + AF 2 + FP 2 = OA2 + OC 2 + OB 2

Since the coordinate of P are (x, y, z), OA =| x |, OB =| y |, OC =| z |

Therefore OP 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 . Hence OP = x 2 + y 2 + z 2

16.1.8 Note: Distance is a non negative number. The distance of the point ( )
3, 0, −1

from the origin is 3 + 0 +1 = 2 .

419
16.1.9 Translation of axes:

If we keep the direction of coordinate axes unchanged and shift the origin to some
other point, the change is called translation of axes. The coordinates of the point in space
change when the origin is shifted. Z'

Y'

Y
'
X

A (h, k, l)

O (0, 0, 0) X

Let P (x, y, z) and A (h, k, l) be two points in space with respect to the frame of
reference OXYZ. Now treating A as origin, let AX ' , AY ' , AZ ' be the new axes parallel to
OX , OY , OZ respectively (see fig)

If ( x' , y ' , z ' ) are coordinates of P with respect to AX 'Y ' Z ' , then
' ' '
x = x − h, y = y − k , z = z − l respectively, with reference to OXYZ frame. Shifting the
origin to P, the new coordinates of Q are (1 − 1, 0 − 2, −1 + 3) = (0, −2, 2)

16.1.10 Theorem (Distance formula):

Distance between the points P( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) is

( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + ( z2 − z 1 ) 2 .

Proof: Shifting the origin to P, the new coordinates of Q are ( x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z2 − z 1 )

Using 5.1.7, Distance between P and Q = PQ

= Distance of Q from the new origin P

= ( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + ( z2 − z 1 ) 2 .

Using the above formula, the distance between the points (1, -1, 1) and (3, -3, 2) is
PQ = (3 − 1) 2 + ( −3 + 1) 2 + (2 − 1) 2 = 4 + 4 + 1 = 3 .

420
16.1.11 Note:

1. Clearly QP = PQ
2. The foot of the perpendicular from P (x, y, z) to X – axis is A (x, 0, 0). Using 5.1.10
perpendicular distance of P from X – axis is
PA = ( x − x ) 2 + ( y − 0) 2 + ( z − 0) 2 = y2 + z2

Similarly perpendicular distances of P from X – axis are x2 + z 2 & x2 + y2

respectively.

16.1.12 Solved problems:

1. Show that the points A(−4,9, 6), B(−1, 6, 6) & C (0, 7,10) form a right angled isosceles
triangle.

Solution: Using distance formula

AB = (−1 + 4) 2 + (6 − 9) 2 + (6 − 6) 2 = 9 + 9 = 3 2
BC = (0 + 1) 2 + (7 − 6) 2 + (10 − 6) 2 = 1 + 1 + 16 = 3 2
AC = (0 + 4) 2 + (7 − 9) 2 + (10 − 6) 2 = 16 + 4 + 16 = 6

AB = BC = 3 2

Therefore the triangle is isosceles.

Also AB 2 + BC 2 = 18 + 18 = 36 = AC 2 . Therefore B = 90 .

Therefore the triangle ABC is right angled isosceles triangle.

2. Show that locus of the point whose distance from Y – axis is thrice its distance from (1,
2 , -1) is 8 x 2 + 9 y 2 + 8 z 2 − 18 x − 36 y + 18 z + 54 = 0 .

Solution: Let P (x, y, z) be any point on locus.

Distance of P from Y – axis = x2 + z 2 .

Distance of P from (1, 2, -1) = ( x − 1) 2 + ( y − 2) 2 + ( z + 1) 2

Given that, x 2 + z 2 =3 ( x − 1) 2 + ( y − 2) 2 + ( z + 1) 2
⇒ x 2 + z 2 = 9( x 2 − 2 x + y 2 − 4 y + z 2 + 2 z + 6) ⇒ 8 x 2 + 9 y 2 + 8 z 2 − 18 x − 36 y + 18 z + 54 = 0
which is the required equation.

421
 3. A, B, C are three points on OX , OY , OZ respectively at distances a, b, c (
a ≠ 0, b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0 ) from the origin ‘O’. Find the coordinates of the point which is
equidistant from A, B, C and O.

Solution: Let P (x, y, z) be the required point. The coordinates of A, B, C and O are (a, 0,
0), (0, b, 0), (0, 0, c) and (0, 0, 0) respectively.

Given that PA = PB = PC = PO

PA = PO ⇒ PA2 = PO 2 ⇒ ( x − a)2 + y 2 + z 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2

a
⇒ a 2 − 2ax = 0 ⇒ x = (∵ a ≠ 0)
2

b c
Similarly we get y = , z =
2 2

a b c
Therefore P =  , ,  is the point equidistant from A, B, C and O.
 2 2 2

4. Show that the points A (3, -2, 4), B (1, 1, 1) and C (-1, 4, -2) are collinear. (points
are said to be collinear if they lie on the same line. See definition 5.2.1)

Solution: By the distance formula

AB = (1 − 3) 2 + (1 + 2) 2 + (1 − 4) 2 = 4 + 9 + 9 = 22

BC = ( −1 − 1) 2 + (4 − 1) 2 + ( −2 − 1) 2 = 4 + 9 + 9 = 22

AC = ( −1 − 3) 2 + (4 + 1) 2 + ( −2 − 4) 2 = 16 + 36 + 36 = 88

Now AB + BC = 2 22 = 88 = AC

Therefore A, B, C are collinear.

Exercise 16 (a)
1. Find the distance of P (3, -2, 4) from the origin.
2. Find the distance between the points (3, 4, -2) and (1, 0, 7).
3. Find ‘x’ if the distance between (5, -1, 7) and (x, 5, 1) is 9 units.
4. Show that the points (2, 3, 5), (-1, 5, -1) and (4, -3, 2) form a right angled
isosceles triangle.
5. Show that the points (1, 2, 3), (2, 3, 1) and (3, 1, 2) form an equilateral triangle.
6. P is a variable point which moves such that 3PA = 2PB. If A = (-2, 2, 3) and B =
(13, -3, 13), prove that P satisfies the equation
2 2 2
x + y + z + 28 x − 12 y + 10 z − 247 = 0

422
 7. Show that the points (1, 2, 3), (7, 0, 1) and (-2, 3, 4) are collinear.
8. Show that ABCD is a square where A, B, C, D are the points (0, 4, 1), (2, 3, -1),
(4, 5, 0) and (2, 6, 2) respectively.

16.2 Section Formula

Section formula gives the coordinates of a point that divides the line segment
joining two given points in a given ratio. Using this we derive the coordinates of the
centriod of a triangle and tetrahedron.

16.2.1 Definition:

If three or more points lie on the same line, they are said to be collinear points.

16.2.2 Division of a line segment in space:

Suppose A, B, P are three collinear points in space.

If P lies on the segment AB, we say P divides AB in the ratio AP : PB or P divides AB

internally in the ratio AP : PB (see fig).

A P B

If P lies on the line AB and outside the segment AB , we say that P divides AB
in the ratio - AP : PB (or AP : - PB) or P divides AB externally in the ratio AP : PB.

A B P P A
B

16.2.3 Theorem (Section formula):

The point dividing the line segment joining the distinct points
A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & B( x2 , y2 , z2 ) in the ratio m : n (m + n not equal to 0) is given by

 mx2 + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1 

 , , 
 m+n m+n m+n 

Proof: Suppose P (x, y, z) divides AB in the ratio m : n. Draw planes through A, P, B

parallel to the YZ – plane so as to meet OX in A' , P ' , B ' . Then A' , P ' , B ' are the feet of
the perpendiculars of A, P, B on the X – axis (see fig).

Therefore A' = ( x1 , 0, 0), P ' = ( x, 0, 0), B ' = ( x2 , 0, 0)

423
 A' P ' AP m
Since parallel planes divide any two straight lines proportionally = =
PB' '
PB n

m x − x1 mx + nx1
⇒ = and so, x = 2
n x2 − x m+n

my2 + ny1 mz + nz1

Similarly, y = ,z = 2
m+n m+n

 mx + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1 

Therefore the coordinates of P are  2 , , .
 m+n m+n m+n 

16.2.4 Corollary:

The midpoint of the segment AB where A = ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & B = ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) is

 x1 + x2 y1 + y2 z1 + z2 
 , , .
 2 2 2 

Proof: Since the midpoint divides the line segment AB in the ratio 1 : 1 taking m = n =1
x +x y +y z +z 
in theorem 5.2.3, we get  1 2 , 1 2 , 1 2  .
 2 2 2 

16.2.5 Note:

1. If k ≠ −1 from 5.2.3, the point which divides AB in the ratio k : 1 is

 kx2 + x1 ky2 + y1 kz2 + z1 

 , , 
 k +1 k +1 k +1 

2. Further A = ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B = ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) and C are collinear iff there exist m, n, m ≠ − n

 mx + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1 
such that C =  2 , , 
 m+n m+n m+n 

16.2.6 Example:

By section formula, the point which divides the line joining the points A (2, -3, 1)
 1× 3 + 3 × 2 1× 4 + 3 × −3 1× −5 + 3 × 1   9 −5 −1 
and B (3, 4, -5) in the ratio 1 : 3 is  , , = , , 
 1+ 3 1+ 3 1+ 3  4 4 2 

16.2.7 Example:

We can use section formula to find the ratio in which the line joining two points is
divided by a given point on it.

Consider the points A (7, 0, -1), B (1, 2, 3) and C (-2, 3, 5). Suppose B divides
AC in the ratio k : 1.

424
 Then, by note 5.2.5,

 k × −2 + 1× 7 k × 3 + 1× 0 k × 5 + 1× −1   7 − 2k 3k 5k − 1 
B= , , = , , 
 k +1 k +1 k +1   k +1 k +1 k +1 

But. B = (1, 2, 3)

7 − 2k 3k 5k − 1
Therefore equating the corresponding coordinates, = 1, = 1, =3
k +1 k +1 k +1

Solving for k, we get k = 2.

Therefore B divides AC in the ratio 2 : 1.

Note that B divides AC internally since the ratio is positive.

16.2.8 Example: Using section formula, we can verify whether the given points are
collinear or not. Consider the points A (2, -4, 3), B (-4, 5, 6), C(4, -7, 2).

A, B, C are collinear iff C divides AB in some ratio say m : n. Then, the

 −4m + 2n 5m − 4n 6m + 3n 
coordinates of C, according to section formula are  , , 
 m+n m+n m+n 

But C = (4, -7, 2)

Equating the corresponding coordinates we have

−4m + 2n 5m − 4 n 6m + 3n
= 4, = −7, =2
m+n m+n m+n

m 1
From the above three relations we get a unique value =− .
n 4

So, we conclude that ‘C’ divides AB externally in the ratio 1 : 4.

Therefore A, B, C are collinear.

16.2.9 Example: Let A, B, C be the points (5, 4, 6), (1, -1, 3) and (4, 3, 2) respectively. If
these points are collinear, C must divide AB in some ratio say m : n. Then coordinates of
 m + 5n − m + 4n 3m + 6n 
C are  , ,  . Since C is (4, 3, 2) equating the corresponding
 m+n m+n m+n 
coordinates,

m + 5n − m + 4n 3m + 6n
We get = 4, = 3, =2
m+n m+n m+n

m 1 1 −4
These relations respectively give = , , .
n 3 4 1

425
We can see that there are no values of m and n that satisfy all the three equations
simultaneously. So, we conclude that A, B, C are not collinear.

16.2.10 Definition:

Three or more straight lines passing through a single point P are called concurrent
lines and the point P is called the point of concurrence.

We know that in a triangle, the medians are concurrent and the point of
concurrence is called its centriod. The centriod of a triangle trisects each median.

16.2.11 Theorem: The centriod of a triangle whose vertices are

 x + x + x y + y2 + y3 z1 + z2 + z3 
A( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z2 ).C ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) is  1 2 3 , 1 , .
 3 3 3 

Proof: Let D, E, F are midpoints of the sides BC , AC , AB respectively. Then

AD, BE , CF are medians of ∆ABC (See fig).

 x + x y + y3 z 2 + z3 
Since D is the midpoint of BC , D =  2 3 , 2 , 5.2.4.The
 by corollary 5.2.4.T
 2 2 2 
centriod G divides AD in the ratio 2 : 1.

  x2 + x3   y2 + y3   z2 + z3  
 x1 + 2  2  y1 + 2  2  z1 + 2  2    x + x + x y + y + y z + z + z 
∴G =   ,  ,  = 1 2 3 , 1 2 3
, 1 2 3

 1+ 2 1+ 2 1+ 2   3 3 3 
 
 

16.2.12 Example: The centriod of the triangle whose vertices are (5, 4, 6), (1, -1, 3) and
 5 + 1 + 4 4 − 1 + 3 6 + 3 + 2   10 11 
(4, 3, 2) is  , ,  =  , 2,  .
 3 3 3   3 3

426
16.2.13 Tetrahedron
A tetrahedron is a closed figure formed by four planes not all passing through the
same point. It has four vertices and six edges. Each vertex is obtained as the point of
intersection o three planes. Each edge arises as the line of intersection of two of the four
planes. If all edges of a tetrahedron are equal in length, it is called a regular tetrahedron.

In the fig, A, B, C are three points and D is a point not lying in the plane of A, B,
C, D. Now ABCD is a tetrahedron with vertices A, B, C, D. AB, AD, AC , BC , BD, CD are
its edges and ∆ABC , ∆BCD, ∆ACD & ∆ABD are its faces. AB, CD; BC , AD; CA, DB are
called three pairs of opposite edges.

It is known that the line segments joining the vertices to the centriod of opposite
faces are concurrent. The point of concurrence is called the centriod of the tetrahedron. It
divides each line segment in the ratio 3 : 1.

16.2.14 Theorem: The centriod of the tetrahedron whose vertices are

A( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z2 ), C ( x3 , y3 , z3 ), D( x4 , y4 , z4 ) is

 x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 
 , , .
 4 4 4 

Proof: Let S be the centroid of the ∆ABCD .Then by theorem 16.2.11

 x + x + x y + y3 + y4 z2 + z3 + z4 
S = 2 3 4 , 2 , .
 3 3 3 

Let G be the centriod of the tetrahedron ABCD. Then G divides AS in the ratio 3 : 1.

 3( x2 + x3 + x4 ) 3( y2 + y3 + y4 ) 3( z2 + z3 + z4 ) 
 + 1.x1 + 1. y1 + 1.z1 
∴G =  3 3 3
, , 
 3 + 1 3 + 1 3 +1 
 

427
  x + x + x + x y + y + y3 + y4 z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 
=  1 2 3 4, 1 2 , .
 4 4 4 

16.2.15 Example: The centriod of the tetrahedron whose vertices are (2, 3, -4), (-3, 3, -2),
 2 − 3 − 1 + 3 3 + 3 + 4 + 5 −4 − 2 + 2 + 1   1 15 −3 
(-1, 4, 2), (3, 5, 1) is  , , = , , .
 4 4 4  4 4 4 

16.2.16 Vector Method

The study o analytical geometry is so far confined to Cartesian methods only.
Though this gives a clear geometric and analytical picture of the situation, vector
approach to 3D – geometry makes the study simpler and more elegant. Since the students
are familiar with vector algebra, vector methods are suggested for derivation of some
formulae. According to convenience, either the classical method or the vector method
may be used to solve the problems.

We know that if i, j , k are mutually orthogonal unit vectors along OX , OY , OZ in

a right handed co-ordinate system, the position vector of a point P ( x, y, z ) in space with
reference to the origin ‘O’ is given by OP = xi + yj + zk .

Conversely, for every vector xi + yj + zk , there is a unique point P ( x, y, z ) in space

whose position vector is xi + yj + zk . Thus there is a one – one correspondence between
the set of points R 3 and the set of position vectors. We identify the point (x, y, z) with its
position vector xi + yj + zk .

Now it follows that, Distance of P ( x, y, z ) from the O (0, 0, 0) is OP =| OP | = magnitude

of OP =| xi + yj + zk |= x 2 + y 2 + z 2 .

Distance between the points A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & B( x2 , y2 , z2 ) is AB =| AB | = magnitude of

AB =| OB − OA | = | ( x2 − x1 )i + ( y2 − y1 ) j + ( z2 − z1 )k | = ( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 )2 + ( z2 − z 1 ) 2

Section Formula: Suppose P (x, y, z) divides AB in the ratio m : n where

AP m
A( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & B( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are given points. Then A, P, B are collinear and =
PB n

Therefore nAP = mPB

⇒ nAP = mPB ⇒ n [ ( x − x1 )i + ( y − y1 ) j + ( z − z1 )k ] = m [ ( x2 − x)i + ( y2 − y) j + ( z2 − z )k ]

⇒ n( x − x1 ) = m( x2 − x), n( y − y1 ) = m( y2 − y ), n( z − z1 ) = m( z2 − z )

mx2 + nx1 my + ny1 mz + nz1

⇒x= ,y= 2 ,z = 2
m+n m+n m+n

428
  mx + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1 
⇒ P= 2 , , 
 m+n m+n m+n 

16.3 Solved problems:

1. Find the ratio in which YZ – plane divides the line joining A (2, 4, 5) and
B (3, 5, -4). Also find the point of intersection.

Solution: Suppose the line segment AB meets YZ – plane in P. Then A, P, B are

collinear. If P divides AB in the ratio k : 1, then

 3k + 2 5k + 4 −4k + 5 
P= , , 
 k +1 k +1 k +1 

Since P lies on the YZ – plane its X – coordinate is zero.

3k + 2 −2
Therefore =0⇒ k =
k +1 3

−2
Thus YZ – plane divides AB in the ratio :1 i.e.., in the ratio −2 : 3
3

Substituting the value of k, the point of intersection P = (0, 2, 23).

2. Show that the points A (3, -2, 4), B (1, 1, 1) and C (-1, 4, -2) are collinear.

Solution: Suppose the point P divides AB in the ratio k : 1, then

 k +3 k −2 k +4
P= , ,  (1)
 k +1 k +1 k +1 

If C lies on AB , then for some value of ‘k’, the coordinate of P must be same as those of
C.

k +3
Equating the X – coordinates of P and C, = −1 ⇒ k = −2 .
k +1

Substituting k = -2 in (1), we get P = (-1, 4, -2) = C.

Therefore A, B, C are collinear.

3. Find the fourth vertex of the parallelogram whose consecutive are (2, 4, -1), (3, 6,
-1) and (4, 5, 1).

Solution: Let ABCD be the parallelogram where A = (2, 4, -1), B = (3, 6, -1),
C = (4, 5, 1) and D = (a, b, c).

Then the midpoint of AC = midpoint of BD (see fig)

429
  2 + 4 4 + 5 −1 + 1   3 + a 6 + b −1 + c 
⇒ , , = , , 
 2 2 2   2 2 2 

3+ a 6 + b 9 −1 + c
⇒ = 3, = , =0
2 2 2 2

⇒ a = 3, b = 3, c = 1

Therefore fourth vertex D = (3, 3, 1).

4. A(5, 4, 6), B (1, −1, 3), C (4,3, 2) are three points. Find the coordinates of the point in
which the bisector of BAC meets the side BC .

Solution: We know that the bisector of BAC divides BC in the ratio AB : AC (see fig)

AB = (5 − 1) 2 + (4 + 1) 2 + (6 − 3) 2 = 5 2

Ac = (5 − 4) 2 + (4 − 3) 2 + (6 − 2) 2 = 3 2

AB : AC = 5 : 3.

If D is the point where the bisector of BAC meets BC then D divides BC in the ratio
5 : 3.

 5 × 4 + 3 × 1 5 × 3 + 3 × −1 5 × 2 + 3 × 3   23 3 19 
∴D =  , , = , , 
 5+3 5+3 5+3   8 2 8 

5. If M (α , β , γ ) is the midpoint of the line segment joining the points A ( x1 , y1 , z1 )

and B, then find B.

Solution: Let B ( h, k , s ) be the point required.

It is given that M is the midpoint of AB.

 x + h y1 + k z1 + s 
Therefore we have (α , β , γ ) =  1 , , 
 2 2 2 

⇒ 2α = x1 + h; 2β = y1 + k ; 2γ = z1 + s

⇒ h = 2α − x1; k = 2β − y1 ; s = 2γ − z 1

Therefore point B is (2α − x1 , 2β − y1 , 2γ − z 1 ) .

6. If H, G, S and I respectively denote orthocentre, centriod, circumcentre and

incentre of a triangle formed by the points (1, 2, 3), (2, 3, 1) and (3, 1, 2), then
find H, G, S, I.

430
 Solution: AB = (2 − 1) 2 + (3 − 2) 2 + (1 − 3) 2 = 1 + 1 + 4 = 6

BC = (3 − 2) 2 + (1 − 3) 2 + (2 − 1) 2 = 1 + 4 + 1 = 6

CA = (1 − 3) 2 + (2 − 1) 2 + (3 − 2) 2 = 4 + 1 + 1 = 6

Since AB = BC = CA, ABC is an equilateral triangle.

We know that orthocentre, centriod, circumcentre and incentre of an equilateral triangle

are the same (i.e.., all the four points coincide).

 1+ 2 + 3 2 + 3 +1 3 +1+ 2 
Now, centroid G =  , ,  = (2, 2, 2)
 3 3 3 

Therefore H = (2, 2, 2), S = (2, 2, 2) and I = (2, 2, 2).

7. Find the incentre of the triangle formed by the points (0, 0, 0), (3, 0, 0) and (0, 4,
0).

Solution:

If a, b, c are the sides of the triangle ABC, where

A = ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B = ( x2 , y2 , z2 ), C = ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) are the vertices, then the incentre of the
triangle is given by

 ax + bx2 + cx3 ay1 + by2 + cy3 az1 + bz2 + cz3 

I = 1 , , 
 a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c 

Here A = (0, 0, 0), B = (3, 0, 0) and C = (0, 4, 0).

a = BC = 9 + 16 + 0 = 5

b = CA = 0 + 16 + 0 = 4

c = AB = 9 + 0 + 0 = 3

 5(0) + 4(3) + 3(0) 5(0) + 4(0) + 3(4) 5(0) + 4(0) + 3(0) 

Therefore I =  , ,  = (1,1, 0)
 5+ 4+3 5+ 4+3 5+ 4+3 

8. If the point (1, 2, 3) is changed to the point (2, 3, 1) through translation of axes,
find the new origin.

Solution: Let (x, y, z) be the coordinates of any point P, w.r.t the coordinate frame oxyz
and (X, Y, Z) be the coordinates of P w.r.t the new frame of reference O ' XYZ .

Let O ' (h, k , s ) be the new origin so that x = X + h, y = Y + k , z = Z + s

431
 ⇒ ( h, k , s ) = ( x − X , y − Y , z − Z )

⇒ ( h, k , s) = (1 − 2, 2 − 3, 3 − 1) = ( −1, −1, 2)

Therefore O ' = (−1, −1, 2) is the new origin.

9. Find the ratio in which the point P (5, 4, -6) divides the line segment joining the
points A (3, 2, -4) and B (9, 8, -10). Also find the harmonic conjugate of P.

Solution: Let P divide the line segment AB in the ratio l : m .

 9l + 3m 8l + 2m −10l − 4m 
Therefore we have (5, 4, −6) =  , , 
 l+m l+m l+m 

⇒ l : m = 1: 2 or 2l = m .

Now let Q divide AB in the ratio l : −m

 9l − 3m 8l − 2m −10l + 4m   9l − 6l 8l − 4l −10l + 8l 
Then Q =  , , = , ,  = ( −3, −4, 2)
 l−m l−m l − m   l − 2l l − 2l l − 2l 

Therefore Q (-3, -4, 2) is the harmonic conjugate of P (5, 4, -6).

Exercise 16 (b)
1. Find the ratio in which XZ – plane divides the line joining A (-2, 3, 4) and B (1, 2,
3).
2. Find the coordinates of the vertex ‘C’ of triangle ABC if its centriod is the origin
and the vertices A, B are (1, 1, 1) and (-2, 4, 1) respectively.
3. If (3, 2, -1), (4, 1, 1) and (6, 2, 5) are three vertices and (4, 2, 2) is the centriod of a
tetrahedron, find the fourth vertex.
4. Find the distance between the midpoint of the line segment AB and the point (3, -
1, 2) where A = (6, 3, -4) and B= (-2, -1, 2).
5. Show that the points (5, 4, 2), (6, 2, -1) and (8, -2, -7) are collinear.
6. Show that the points A (3, 2, -4), B (5, 4, -6) and C (9, 8, -10) are collinear and
find the ratio in which B divides the line segment AC.
7. If A (4, 8, 12), B (2, 4, 6), C (3, 5, 4) and D (5, 8, 5) are four points, show that the
lines AB & CD intersect.
8. Find the point of intersection of the lines AB & CD where A = (7, -6, 1), B (17, -
18, -3), C (1, 4, -5) and D = (3, -4, 11).
9. A (3, 2, 0), B (5, 3, 2), C (-9, 6, -3) are the vertices of a triangle. AD , the bisector
of BAC meets the line segment BC at D. Find the coordinates of D.
10. Show that the points O (0, 0, 0), A (2, -3, 3), B (-2, 3, -3) are collinear. Find the
ratio in which each point divides the segment joining the other two.

432
 Key Concepts

Distance of P ( x, y, z ) from the origin = x2 + y 2 + z 2 .

The distance of the point P ( x, y, z ) from the x, y, z axes are respectively
y 2 + z 2 , z 2 + x2 , x2 + y 2
Distance between the points ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) is

( x2 − x 1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 ) 2 + ( z2 − z1 ) 2
The point dividing the segment AB where A = ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B = ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) in the
 mx + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1 
ratio m : n is  2 , , 
 m+n m+n m+n 
 kx + x ky + y kz + z 
Point dividing the line segment AB in k : 1 is  2 1 , 2 1 , 2 1  .
 k +1 k +1 k +1 
x +x y +y z +z 
Mid point of AB is  1 2 , 1 2 , 1 2 
 2 2 2 
Centriod of a triangle with vertices ( xi , yi , zi ), i = 1, 2,3 is
 x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3 z1 + z2 + z3 
 , , 
 3 3 3 
Centriod of a tetrahedron with vertices ( xi , yi , zi ), i = 1, 2,3 ,4 is
 x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 
 , , .
 4 4 4 

ANSWERS

Exercise 16 (a)

1. 29
2. 101
3. 8, 2
Exercise 16 (b)
1. -3 :2 6. 1 : 2
2. (1, -5, -2) 8. (2, 0, 3)
9.  , , 
38 57 17
3. (3, 3, 3)
 16 16 16 
OA −1 AB −2 OB
4. 14 10. = , = , =1
AB 2 BO 1 OA

433
 17. Direction Cosines and Direction Ratios

Introduction
Any two lines lying on the same plane are either parallel or intersecting. When
two non-parallel lines on a plane meet at a point , an angle is formed and we know how to
measure that angle. Sometimes we come across lines in space in space which are neither
parallel nor intersecting. For example, the diagonal of the rectangle formed by the floor
and the opposite diagonal of the rectangle formed by the roof of a room are two such
lines, called skew lines. Measuring angle between such lines is very important.

In Analytical geometry of two dimensions the orientation of a line is given by

slope. Whereas 3-dimensional geometry it is measured in terms of direction cosines. In
this chapter we learn about the direction cosines and direction ratios of a line and use
them to derive a formula to find the angle between lines.

17.1 Definition of Direction Cosines – Simple Problems

Consider a ray OA passing through O and making angles α , β , γ respectively with

OX , OY , OZ (i.e.., positive directions of X,Y,Z axes).The numbers cos α , cos β ,cos γ are
the direction cosines of a ray OA .Usually they are denoted by (l,m,n) where
l = cos α , m = cos β , n = cos γ (fig 17.1)

By reversing the direction, we observe that the ray AO makes angles

∏ −α , ∏ − β , ∏ −γ respectively with positive directions of X, Y, Z axes.

So cos(∏ −α ) = − cos α = −l ,cos(∏ − β ) = − cos β = − m,cos(∏ −λ ) = − cos γ = − n

are d.c’s of AO If L is a directed line in space, we draw a line parallel to L passing
through origin so that the direction of the line is same as that of L. The direction cosines
of L are defines as the direction cosines of this line through ‘O’.

17.1.1 Note:

1. Since a line in space has two directions, it has two sets of direction cosines, one for
each direction. If (l, m, n) is one set of d.c’s then (-l, -m, -n) is the other set. So it is
enough to mention any one set of d.c’s of a line.

2. It is clear from the definition and note (1) that if(l,m,n) are the d.c’s of a line the d.c’s
of its parallel line L are ± (l,m,n).

17.1.2 Example: Since OX males angles 0 ,90 ,90 with OX , OY , OZ respectively,

cos 0, cos90 ,cos 90 i.e.., (1, 0, 0) are the of X-axes. Similarly d.c’s of Y, Z axes are (0,
1, 0),(0, 0, 1) respectively.

434
17.1.3 Theorem:

Suppose P(x, y, z) is any point in space such that OP=r.

If (l, m, n) are d.c’s of OP then x=le, y=mr, z=nr.

From P draw PA perpendicular to the X-axis. Let A be the foot of the

perpendicular. Suppose OP makes angles α , β , γ with the positive directions of X, Y, Z
axes respectively.

In fig 17.2, ∆OAP is right angled.

Y Z1

r P

X1 O X

Y1

Since A is the foot of the perpendicular from P to X-axes, A=(x, 0, 0).

If x>0 A is on the positive side of X-axes.

∴ OA = x

OA x
cos α = =
OP r

If x<0,A is on the negative side of X-axes ∴ OA = − x

OA − x x
∴ cos(∏ −α ) = = ⇒ cos α =
OP r r

Similarly by dropping perpendiculars to Y and Z axes respectively we get y=mr, z=nr.

17.1.4 Note: If OP=r and d.c’s of OP are (l,m,n) then the coordinates of P are
(lr, mr ,nr)

17.1.5 Example: Suppose P is a point in the space such that OP = 3 and OP makes
∏ ∏ ∏
angles , , with OX ,OY ,OZ , respectively.
3 4 3

∏ ∏ ∏ 1 1 1
Then d.c’s of OP are: cos , cos , cos i.e..,  , , 
3 4 3 2 2 2

435
  3 3 3
By 17.1.4 coordinates of P are  , , .
 2 2 2 

17.1.6 Corollary: If P(x, y, z) is appoint in the space then the d.c’s of OP are
 x y z 
 , , 
 x2 + y 2 + z 2 x2 + y 2 + z 2 x2 + y 2 + z 2 
 

Proof: If P=(x, y, z) the OP=r= x 2 + y 2 + z 2

x y z 
By 17.1.3 d.c’s of OP are  , , , 
r r r 

 x y z 
i.e..,  , , 
 x +y +z
2 2 2 2 2
x +y +z 2
x + y2 + z2
2 
 

17.1.7 Example:

 2 3 −1 
Consider the point P(2,3,-1).By 17.1.6 direction cosines of OP are  , , ,
 14 14 14 

17.1.8 Corollary: If (l, m, n) are the direction cosines of a line L, then l 2 + m 2 + n 2 = 1

Proof: Draw a line parallel to the given line and passing through ‘O’. Let P(x, y, z) be
appoint on the line each that OP=r. Then r = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 .

By theorem 17.1.3

x = ±lr , y = ± mr , z = ± nr Where the sign should be taken positive or negative throughout,

by note 17.1.1

Now r 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = (l 2 + m2 + n 2 )r 2 ⇒ l 2 + m 2 + n 2 = 1

 1 1 1 
17.1.9 Example: We cannot have a line direction cosines are  , ,  because
 3 2 2
2 2 2
 1   1   1  4
  +  +  = ≠1
 3  2  2 3

17.1.10 Theorem:

The direction cosines of the directed line PQ joining the points P( x1 + y1 + z1 ) and
 x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 
Q( x2 + y2 + z2 ) are  , , .
 ∑( x − x ) 2 ∑( x − x ) 2 ∑( x − x ) 2 
 2 1 2 1 2 1 

436
17.1.11 Solved problems:

1. Problem: If P(2,3,-6),Q(3,-4,5) are two points, find the d.c’s of OP, QO , PQ where O
is the origin

Solution: OP = 4 + 9 + 36 = 7; QO = 9 + 16 + 25 = 5 2

PQ = 1 + 49 + 121 = 171

 2 3 −6 
∴ d.c’s of OP are :  , , 
7 7 7 

 0 − 3 0 − (−4) 0 − 5   3 4 −1 
d.c’s of QO are :  , , = , , ,
5 2 5 2 5 2  5 2 5 2 5 2 

 3 − 2 −4 − 3 5 + 6   1 −7 11 
d.c’s of PQ are :  , , = , , 
 171 171 171   171 171 171 

2. Problem: Find the d.c’s of a line that makes equal angles with the axes

Solution: Suppose the line makes an angle α with OX .since it makes equal angles with
the axes, its d.c’s are ( cos α ,cos α ,cos α )

cos 2 α + cos 2 α + cos 2 α = 1

But 1 1
⇒ 3cos 2 α = 1 ⇒ cos 2 α = ⇒ cos α = ±
3 3

 1 1 1 
Therefore the d.c’s of the line are:  ± ,± ,± 
 3 3 3

1 1 1
3. Problem: If the d.c’s of a line are  , ,  find c
c c c

1 1 1 3
Solution:  2 , 2 , 2  = 1 ⇒ 2 = 1 ⇒ c 2 = 3
 c c c  c

⇒c=± 3

4. Problem: Find the direction cosines of two lines which are connected by the relations
l+m+n=0 and mn-2nl-2lm=0.

Solution:

Given that l + m + n = 0 (1)

And mn − 2nl − 2lm = 0 (2)

437
From (1) l = −m − n

Substituting in (2) mn − 2 n( − m − n) − 2m( − m − n) = 0

mn + 2 mn + 2 n 2 + 2m 2 + 2 mn = 0

2 m 2 + 5mn + 2 n 2 = 0

(2m + n)( m + 2n) = 0

2m + n = 0orm + 2n = 0

m −1
=
n 2 (3)
m −2
=
n 1
l −m
From 1 = = −1 (4)
n n

m −1
When =
n 2

l 1 −1
From 4 = −1 =
n 2 2

m l n l 2 + m2 + n 2 1
∴ = = = =
l 1 −2 12 + 12 + (−2) 2 6

1 1 −2
∴l = ,m = ,n =
6 6 6

m l
Again from (3) and (4) = −2 gives = +2 − 1 = 1
n n

l m n l 2 + m2 + n2 1
∴ = = = =
1 −2 1 1+ 4 +1 6

1 −2 1
∴l = ,m = ,n =
6 6 6

 1 1 −2   1 −2 1 
Thus the d.c’s of the two lines are  , , ; , , 
 6 6 6  6 6 6

π π
5. Problem: A ray makes angles , with OX ,OY respectively. Find the angle made
3 3
by it with OZ .

438
Solution: Let the angle made by the ray with OZ be γ

 π π  1 1 
d.c’s of the ray are:  cos , cos , cos γ  =  , ,cos γ 
 3 3  2 2 

1 1 1 1 1  1 
+ + cos 2 γ = 1 ⇒ cos 2 γ = 1 − = ⇒ cos γ = ± ⇒ γ = cos −1  ± 
4 4 2 2 2  2

π 3∏
⇒γ = or
4 4

Exercise 17(a)
I. 1. A Line makes angles 900, 600, 300 with the positive directions of X,Y,Z axes
respectively. Find its direction cosines.
2. If the line makes angles α , β , γ with the +ve directives of X, Y, Z axes, what is the
2
value of sin α + sin2 β + sin2 γ ?
3. What are the direction cosines of the line joining the points (−4,1, 7) and (2, −3, 2)
II 1. Find the ratio in which the XZ-plnae divides the line joining A(−2,3, 4) and B(1, 2,3) .

2. Show that the lines PQ and RS are parallel, if P = (2, 3, 4) Q(4, 7,8) R = (−1, −2,1)
S = (1, 2, 5) .
II. 1.If the direction cosines of two non-parallel lines are related by 2mn + 3nl –
5lm= 0 and l + m + n = 0, then show that these lines are perpendicular to each
other.
17.2 Definition of Direction ratios – Simple Problems.
Any three real numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines of a line
are called direction ratios (d.r’s) of that line

If (a, b, c) are the direction ratios of a line then for every λ ≠ 0;(λ a, λb, λ c) are
also its direction ratios .Thus a line may have infinite number of direction ratios.

17.2.1 Determining the direction cosines with given direction ratios:

Let (a, b, c) be the direction ratios of a line whose direction cosines are (l, m,
n).Then (a, b, c) are proportional to (l, m, n).

a b c
∴ = = = k ( say )
l m n

⇒ a 2 +b 2 + c 2 = k 2 (l 2 + m 2 + n 2 ) = k 2

⇒ k = ± a 2 + b2 + c 2

439
 Therefore the direction cosines of the line are:

 
( l , m, n ) = 
a b c a b c
, ,  = ± , , 
k k k 2 2
 a +b +c
2 2 2
a +b +c 2 2 2 2
a +b +c 

17.2.2 Note:

1. If (a, b, c) are direction ratios of a line a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ≠ 1 in general

2. The direction cosines of a line are its direction ratios but not vice versa.

17.2.3 Direction ratios of the line joining the points ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) & ( x2 , y2 , z2 )

By Theorem 17.1.10 the direction cosines of the line joining

 x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 
( x2 , y2 , z2 ) & ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are  , , .
 ∑( x − x ) 2
∑( x2 − x1 ) 2
∑( x2 − x1 ) 2 
 2 1 

Since ( x2 − x1, y2 − y1 , z2 − z1 ) are proportional to direction cosines of the

line, they are direction ratios of the line.

17.2.4 Note: If P(x, y, z) is a point in space , by corollary 17.1.6,direction cosines

 x y z 
of OP  , , .
 x +y +z
2 2 2 2 2
x +y +z 2
x + y2 + z2
2 
 

Since x, y, z are proportional to these values, direction ratios of OP are (x, y,

z).Thus the coordinates of any point on a line through the origin may be taken are
direction ratios of the line.

17.2.5 Example: If P(-2,4,-5) and Q(1,2,3) are two points , direction ratios of the
line PQ are(3,-2,8) Direction cosines of the line are

 3 −2 8 
 , , 
 9 + 4 + 64 9 + 4 + 64 9 + 4 + 64 
 3 −2 8 
i.e..,  , , 
 77 77 77 

17.2.6 Angle between two lines:

Let L1, L2 be two lines in space. Draw lines L1' , L2 ' parallel to L1 , L2 and passing
 π
through the origin. The angle between L1' , L2 ' which lies in 0,  is defined as the angle
 2
between L1 , L2 .

440
17.2.7 Theorem: If ( l1 , m1 , n1 ) , ( l2 , m2 , n2 ) are direction cosines of two lines, and θ is
the angle between them, then cosθ = l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2

Proof: Let L1 , L2 be the given lines with direction cosines ( l1 , m1 , n1 ) , ( l2 , m2 , n2 )

respectively

Case (1): If the lines L1 , L2 are parallel then

θ =0
cos θ = 1

From 17.1.1 note (2),

l2 = kl 1 , m2 = km1 , n2 = kn1 Where k = ±1

So that l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 = l12 + m12 + n12 = 1

Therefore result holds good in this case.

Case (2): Suppose L1 , L2 are not parallel .Draw L1' , L2 ' parallel to L1 , L2 and passing
through the origin. Let A, B be points on L1' , L2 ' respectively at a distance of 1 unit from
‘O’.

A = ±(l1 , m1 , n1 )and
Then
B = ±(l2 , m2 , n2 )

∴ AB 2 = (l1 − l2 ) 2 + ( m1 − m2 ) 2 + ( n1 − n2 ) 2

= (l1 + l2 ) 2 + ( m1 + m2 ) 2 + (n1 + n2 ) 2 = (l12 + m12 + n12 ) + (l2 2 + m2 2 + n2 2 ) ± 2(l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 )

= 1 + 1 ± 2(l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 )

Using cosine rule from ∆OAB ,

OA2 + OB 2 − AB 2
cos θ =
2OA.OB

1 + 1 − [1 + 1 ± 2(l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 )]

= (∵ OA = OB = 1)
2

= ±(l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 )

 π
Since θ ∈ 0,  ,cos θ is non-negative
 2

441
 ∴ cosθ = l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2

π
17.2.8 Note: If the lines are perpendicular, θ = ,so cos θ = 0
2

∴ From 17.2.7, l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 = 0

17.2.9 Langange’s identity:

For any two ordered triads of real numbers, (a1 , b1, c1 )and (a1, b1 , c1 )

Then ( a12 + b12 + c12 )(a2 2 + a2 2 + a2 2 ) − ( a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 ) 2 = ∑ ( a12 − a2b1 ) 2 .

Notice that simplification and rearrangement of terms on the left yields the right side.

17.2.10 Note:

1. If θ is the angle between two lines with direction cosines (l1, m1, n1 )and (l2 , m2 , n2 )
then,
sin 2 θ = 1 − cos 2 θ = (l12 + m12 + n12 )(l2 2 + m2 2 + n2 2 ) − (l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 ) 2 = ∑ (l1m2 − m1l2 ) 2
(by langrange’s identity)

Exercise 17(b)

1. If (6,10,10) (1, 0, −5) (6, −10, 0) are the vertices of a triangle, find the direction ratios of its
sides. Also show that it is a right angle triangle.
2. If the direction cosines of two non-parallel lines are related by
2mn + 3nl – 5lm = 0 andl + m + n = 0, then show that these lines are
perpendicular to each other.
3. A line makes angles α,β,γ, δ, with the four diogonals of a cube. Show that
cos 2 a + cos 2 α + cos 2 β + cos 2 γ + cos 2 α + cos 2 δ = 4 / 3.
Key Concepts

1. Direction cosines of a ray OA are l = cos α , m = cos β , n = cos γ where α , β , γ are the
angles made by OA with positive directions of OX , OY , OZ .

2. By reversing the direction, the ray AO makes angles ∏ −α , ∏ − β , ∏ −γ respectively

with positive directions of X, Y, Z axes.

3. cos(∏ −α ) = − cos α = −l ,cos(∏ − β ) = − cos β = − m,cos(∏ −λ ) = − cos γ = − n are d.c’s

of AO

4. Since a line in space has two directions, it has two sets of direction cosines, one for
each direction. If (l, m, n) is one set of d.c’s then (-l, -m, -n) is the other set.

442
5. if(l,m,n) are the d.c’s of a line then the d.c’s of its parallel line L are ± (l,m,n).

6.If P(x, y, z) is a point in the space then the d.c’s of OP are

 x y z 
 , , 
 x +y +z
2 2 2 2 2
x +y +z 2
x + y2 + z2
2 
 

7.If (l, m, n) are the direction cosines of a line L, then l 2 + m 2 + n 2 = 1

8.The direction cosines of the directed line PQ joining the points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and
 x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 
Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are  , , .
 ∑( x − x ) 2
∑( x2 − x1 ) 2
∑( x2 − x1 ) 2 
 2 1 

.9. Direction cosines of a line whose the direction ratios are (a, b, c) are

 a b c 
± , , 
2 2 2
 a +b +c a 2 + b2 + c 2 a 2 + b2 + c 2 

10. Direction ratios of the line joining the points ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) & ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are
( x2 − x1, y2 − y1, z2 − z1 ) And the direction cosines of the line joining
 x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 
( x2 , y2 , z2 ) & ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are  , , .
 ∑( x − x ) 2 ∑( x − x ) 2 ∑( x − x ) 2 
 2 1 2 1 2 1 

11. If P(x, y, z) is a point in space , by corollary 17.1.6,direction cosines of OP

 x y z 
 , , .
 x2 + y 2 + z 2 x2 + y 2 + z 2 x2 + y 2 + z 2 
 

12.If ( l1 , m1 , n1 ) , ( l2 , m2 , n2 ) are direction cosines of two lines, and θ is the angle between
them, then cosθ = l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2

π
If the lines are perpendicular, θ = ,so cosθ = 0
2

∴ , l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 = 0

13.Angle between the lines whose direction ratios are ( a1 , b1 , c1 ) , ( a2 , b2 , c2 ) is

a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2

cos −1
a + b12 + c12 a2 2 + b2 2 + c2 2
1
2

The lines perpendicular if a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 = 0

443
 a1 b1 c1
The lines are parallel if a2 = b2 = c2

Answers

Exercise 17 (a)

 1 3
I. 1.  0, , 
 2 2 
2. 2
 6 −4 −5 
3.  , , 
 77 77 77 
 −2 −2 3   −2 −3 −2   4 5 −1 
II. 1.  , , , , , , , , ,
 17 17 17   17 17 17   42 42 42 

 −1 1 2   1 2 3 
III.1.  , , , , , 
 6 6 6   14 14 14 

Exercise 17 (b)

1. (-5, -10, -15), (5, -10, 5), (0, 20, 10), Triangle ABC is right angled
triangle.
π
2. 3
3. 4/3

444
References:

[1] Mathematics Textbook for Class XI© National Council of Educational Research and
Training, 2006
[2] Mathematics Textbook for Class XII© National Council of Educational Research and
Training, 2006
[3] Textbook for Intermediate First Year Mathematics IA© Telugu Akademi,
Hyderabad, 2014
[4] Textbook for Intermediate First Year Mathematics IB© Telugu Akademi,
Hyderabad, 2014
**************

445
 VOCATIONAL BRIDGE COURSE

MATHEMATICS – First Year (w.e.f. 2018-2019)

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

Time: 3 Hours Max.Marks: 75

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Section A 10x3=30

Note:

i) Answer all questions

ii) Each question carries 3 marks
1. A function f : A → B is defined by f ( x ) = x 2 + x +1. If A = {−2, −1, 0,1, 2}, then find
B.
2. If the vectors −3i + 4 j + pk and qi + 8 j + 6k are collinear, then find p and q.
2x2  7 x  4
3. lim
x2 2x 1
d Cosx
4. Find ( )
dx Cosx  Sinx
5. A point P moves such that PA = PB where A = ( −3, 2) and B = (0, 4) . Find the
equation to the locus of P.
6. Transform the line equation of the line x + y + 2 = 0 into
(i) slope – intercept form (ii) intercept from (iii) normal form.
7. The three consecutive vertices of a parallelogram are given as (2,4, –1), (3,6,–1),
(4,5,1). Find the fourth vertex.
8. Simplify: sin 330 0.cos120 0 + cos 210 0.sin 3000 .
3cos  cos 3
9. Simplify
sin   sin 3
10. If sinh x = 3/4 , find cosh(2 x)
 Section B 3x15 =45
Note:
i) Answer any 3 questions
ii) Each question carries 15 marks
2 2 2 2 n(n  1)(2n  1)
11 I(a) . Prove by Mathematical Induction 1 + 2 + 3 + ........ + n =
6

 1 2 3 
I(b). If A =  0 1 4  find (AT)-1
 2 2 1 

OR
1 a a2
II (a). Prove 1 b b 2 = (a-b)(b-c)(c-a)
1 c c2

II (b) If a = (1, − 2, 1), b = (2, 1, 1), c = (1, 2, −1) then find (axb) xc and ax(bxc) .

sin(a  bx)  sin(a  bx)

12.I(a) Evaluate lim
x0 x
I(b) Find the derivative of x2 +2x from first principles
OR
cos ax  cos bx
II(a) Show that f(x) = for x ≠ 0
x2
b2  a 2
= for x = 0
2
where a and b are real constants, is continuous at x = 0
II(b) Find the equations of tangent and normals to the curve
4 3 2
y=x − 6 x + 13 x − 10 x + 5 at the point (0, 5).

13 I(a) Find the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (3,0) upon the straight line
5x+ 12y- 41=0.
I (b) Find the equation to the straight line which passes through (0, 0) and also the point
 of intersection of the lines x + y + 1 = 0 and 2 y − y + 5 = 0 .

OR

II(a) When the axes are rotated through on angle  , find the transformed equation of
3 x 2 + 10 xy + 3 y2 = 4.
II(b). If (6,10,10), (1, 0, −5), (6, −10, 0) are the vertices of a triangle, find the direction
ratios of its sides. Also, show that it is a right angled triangle.

24 4 
14 I(a). If Sin (A+B) = and cos(A-B) = where 0<A<B< then find the value of
25 5 4
Sin2A.

1
I(b). Solve: sin2 θ − cos θ =
4
OR

II(a). If A + B + C = 1800 then prove that sin 2 A − sin 2 B + sin 2C = 4 cos A sin B cos C .
II(b). Solve 3 cos θ + sin θ= 2

15 I(a). Solve 2 x − y + 3 z = 9 , x + y + z = 6 , x − y + z = 2 by matrix inversion method.

I(b) .Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve of
y = x 4 − 6 x 3 + 13 x 2 − 10 x + 5 at (0, 5) .
OR
II(a). Show that the equation 2 x 2 − 13 xy − 7 y 2 + x + 23 y − 6 = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines and also find the angle between and the co-ordinates of the point of
intersection of lines.
 2 3 9
II(b). Prove that cos2 + cos2 +cos2 + cos2 = 2.
10 5 5 10
 VOCATIONAL BRIDGE COURSE

First Year - Paper – I (w.e.f. 2018-19)

MATHEMATICS SCHEME OF EXIMATION (WEIGHTAGE)

Total Questions : 15

Time: 3 Hours Max.Marks: 75

_____________________________________________________________________________
Note: In section A – Answer all Questions
In section B – Answer any three Questions

Section – A 10x3=30
Note:
i) Answer all the questions
ii) Each question carries 3 marks.
1. From Algebra
2. From Algebra
3. From Calculus
4. From Calculus
5. From Co-ordinate Geometry
6. From Co-ordinate Geometry
7. From Co-ordinate Geometry
8. From Trigonometry
9. From Trigonometry
10. From Trigonometry

Section – B 3x15=45
Note:
i) Answer any 3 questions
ii) Each question carries 15 marks.
11. From Algebra with internal choice
12. From Calculus with internal choice
13. From Co-ordinate Geometry with internal choice
14. From Trigonometry with internal choice
15. I(a) – From Algebra
I(b) – From
Calculus
OR
II(a) – from Co-ordinate Geometry
II(b) – from Trigonometry
 VOCATIONAL BRIDGE COURSE

MATHEMATICS – First Year

WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

S.No. Chapters Number Weightage

Chapter of periods
number
1 FUNCTIONS 12Hours

2 MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION 5 Hours

3 MATRICES 8 Hours 28

4 ADITION OF VECTORS 8 Hours

5 PRODUCT OF VECTORS 8 Hours

6 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS UP TO 14 Hours

TRANSFORMATIONS

7 TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS 5 Hours 32

8 HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS 3 Hours

9 LIMITS AND CONTINUITY 8 Hours

10 DIFFERENTIATION 12 Hours 29

11 APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES 15 Hours

12 LOCUS 4 Hours

13 TRANSFORMATION OF AXES 4 Hours

14 THE STRAIGHT LINE 14 Hours

15 PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES 18 Hours 31

16 THREE DIMENSIONAL CO-ORDINATES 6 Hours

17 DIRECTION COSINES AND DIRECTION RATIOS 6 Hours

TOTAL 150Hours 120 Marks